Loading...
8.1. SR 06-03-2019 EOty1� ,.,�� Request for Action River To Item Number Mayor and City Council 8.1 Agenda Section Meeting Date Prepared by General Business June 3, 2019 Justin Femrite, P.E. Public Works Director Item Description Reviewed by Elk River Landfill Leachate Conveyance System Cal Portner, City Administrator Improvements Reviewed by Action Requested Approve,by motion, the Utility Installation Agreement, Significant Industrial User Agreement,License Agreement and the final plans for the Elk River Landfill Leachate Conveyance System. Background/Discussion As discussed on May 7, 2018, staff has finalized details for the extension of the public sewer system along the Great Northern Trail (GNT) to accommodate a permanent connection of a leachate pipeline from the Elk River Landfill to our sewer collection system. This permanent connection is required to be complete for continued disposal of landfill leachate from the Elk River Landfill to Elk River's public sewer system as detailed in their current Special Discharge Permit. The project will install a new publicly-owned lift station near the intersection of the GNT and 221" Avenue and associated forcemain to the existing collection system located near Meadowvale Elementary School. It will further include a parking area off of 221"Avenue that will serve the new lift station and support 10 public parking spaces for GNT users. Elk River Landfill will extend a private leachate pipe line from their site directly to the new public lift station near 221"Avenue. This pipeline will also be placed,via the attached License Agreement, along the GNT right-of-way. The agreements set for approval are the required documents detailing the responsibilities for Elk River Landfill to deliver the project. Upon approvals with this action,installation of the improvements will begin in early June and last through the summer months of 2019. The construction of the pipeline will require closing of segments of the GNT this summer. We will work with the contractor to assure these closures are minimized and use our communication channels to notify users. Financial Impact All improvements will be paid for by Elk River Landfill,Inc. Details in the attached Utility Installation Agreement identify costs that are to be reimbursed. The agreement further details the Sewer Access Charge that will be paid by Elk River Landfill over a 5-year period. The 2019 rates for leachate treatment are established in the current Special Discharge Permit between Elk River Landfill and the city. The rates for treatment in future years have been established in the Utility Installation Agreement. The Elk River Vision A PehoMing community 2a itb revolutionary and spirited resourcefulness, exceptional POWERED By service, and community engagement that encourages and inspires prosperity INAMIRE1 Attachments ■ Utility Installation Agreement ■ Significant Industrial User Agreement ■ License Agreement ■ Final Plans N:APublic Bodies\Agenda Packets\06-03-2019\Final\x8.1 sr Leochote.docx Utility Installation Agreement Waste Management Leachate Disposal June 3, 2019 Table of Contents 1. Leachate Conveyance System............................................................................................................................ 1 2. Right to Proceed With Installation of LCS......................................................................................................2 3. Plans.......................................................................................................................................................................2 4. Industrial Wastewater Treatment Agreement.................................................................................................2 5. Additional Regulatory Approvals......................................................................................................................2 6. Installation of LCS Improvements....................................................................................................................2 7. City Installed Improvements..............................................................................................................................4 8. Fees and Security for Developer's Performanc...............................................................................................4 9. Responsibility for Costs......................................................................................................................................5 10. General Provisions Binding Effect...................................................................................................................5 11. Surface and Groundwater Management...........................................................................................................6 12. Default...................................................................................................................................................................7 13. Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................................................7 14. Notices................................................................................................................................................................... 8 15. Representations and Warranties........................................................................................................................ 8 i UTILITY INSTALLATION AGREEMENT FOR Elk River Landfill,Inc. Leachate Conveyance System THIS UTILITY INSTALLATION AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), made and entered into this day of 12019,by and between the CITY OF ELK RIVER, a municipal corporation organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota (the City), and Elk River Landfill,Inc. (the Developer). BACKGROUND Developer owns and operates Elk River Landfill (the "Landfill") within the corporate limits of the City. The Landfill generates leachate, which is currently trucked to and disposed of at the City's Wastewater Treatment Plant ("WWTP") pursuant to a Special Discharge Permit. City and Developer have agreed that it will be more efficient and environmentally safer for the leachate to be transported from the Landfill to the WWI'P via an underground leachate conveyance system ("LCS") rather than trucks, and enter into this Agreement to facilitate installation of the LCS. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and conditions hereinafter contained,it is hereby agreed as follows: 1. Leachate Conveyance System. (01) Location. The LCS shall be installed within the right-of-way of the City owned Great Northern Trail ("GNT") as shown on the plans attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement ("Plans"). (02) Components. The LCS shall consist of the following three primary components: (A) A privately owned leachate conveyance pipe extending from the Landfill to the lift station as shown on the Plans: (B) The lift station,in the location shown on the Plans;and (C) A publicly owned wastewater conveyance pipe extending from the lift station to the point at which the pipe enters the City's existing wastewater conveyance system, as shown on the Plans. (03) Ownership, Operation and Maintenance. (A) Developer Owned. That portion of the LCS extending from the Landfill to the lift station shall be permanently owned, operated and maintained by the Developer, subject to the terms of the License Agreement entered into between the parties on this date. (B) City Owned. The lift station and that portion of the LCS extending from the lift station to the City's existing wastewater system shall, upon acceptance by the City as provided in this Agreement, be owned, operated and maintained by the City. The City may use those components of the LCS that it owns and operates for the conveyance of wastewater as well as leachate. (04) Installation. The entire LCS shall be installed by Developer, at Developer's cost,pursuant to the Plans attached as Exhibit A and the terms of this Agreement. 1 2. Right to Proceed With Installation of LCS. The Developer may not grade or otherwise disturb the earth or remove trees until authorized by a separate permit or letter from City and all the following conditions have been satisfied: (1) this Agreement has been fully executed by both parties and filed with the City Clerk; (2) the security required by this Agreement has been received by the City; (3) the insurance required by this Agreement for the Developer and its construction contractors has been received by the City; (4) the final plans have been approved by the City and (5) all required permits to construct and operate the LCS, including the License Agreement and a Minnesota Pollution Control Agency sewer extension permit, are secured and a copy filed with the City Engineer. 3. Plans. The LCS shall be installed in accordance with the Plans attached to this Agreement. The City Engineer may approve minor amendments to the Plans without City Council approval. If the Plans vary from the written terms of this Contract,the written terms shall control. The Plans are: Construction Plans and Specifications for Leachate Conveyance System 4. Industrial Wastewater Treatment Agreement and License Agreement. In addition to this Agreement, the utility permit and the MPCA sewer extension permit, Developer shall not proceed with installation of the LCS until Developer and City have entered into an Industrial Wastewater Treatment Agreement ("SIU Agreement") authorizing Developer to dispose of Landfill leachate in the City WWTP, and a license agreement ("License Agreement") authorizing Developer to enter onto the GNT to install the LCS and to own, operate and maintain the Developer owned portion of the LCS in the GNT right of way. 5. Additional Regulatory Approvals. Any additional regulatory approvals required for construction or operation of the LCS shall be obtained before commencement of construction on the LCS. Additional approvals may include but are not limited to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency permit for the extension of sanitary sewer; National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permits for grading; Department of Natural Resources permits for water appropriations; Army Corps of Engineers permits; and City, County and/or State permits for access and work within existing rights-of-way. 6. Installation of LCS Improvements. All components of the LCS and related facilities necessary for operation of the LCS (the "Improvements") will be installed at Developer's expense by Developer as hereinafter provided. (01) Developer shall construct and install at Developers sole expense all Improvements necessary to fully complete the LCS,including restoration of the GNT as required by Section G(11) below, and all those Improvements identified in the Plans, attached hereto, except as may otherwise be set forth in this Agreement. The installation of the Improvements shall be in accordance with all applicable City ordinances and shall be subject to review, approval, inspection and authorization by the City and/or its consultants, as provided in this Agreement. (02) Deadline for Performance by Developer. Except as otherwise provided herein, Developer agrees to complete all Improvements and perform all other acts as are required for completion of the LCS Improvements as shown in the Plans on or before December 31, 2019. The Developer may, however, request an extension of time from the City. If an extension is granted, it shall be conditioned upon updating the security posted by the Developer to reflect cost increases and the extended completion date. (03) Approval of Contractor. The City reserves the right to approve or disapprove any contractor selected by the Developer. (04) Construction Plans. The construction, installation, materials and equipment shall be in accordance with the Plans approved by the City Engineer. The Plans and specifications shall be 2 based upon such engineering surveys, including soil borings and material tests, determined to be necessary by the City Engineer. (05) Supervision and City Services. Construction and installation plans and activity shall be reviewed by and subject to the supervision of the City. Unless City provides written notice to Developer of the name, email address and phone number of a different city representative, the City Engineer shall be the City's representative and Developer's point of contact. Developer will cause the contractor(s) to inform the City's representatives of the schedule to complete the Improvements. City shall inspect all Improvements during and after construction for compliance with the Plans and approved specifications. Developer will notify the City Engineer or his designee at such times during construction as the City Engineer requires for inspection purposes. (A) The Developer shall instruct its engineer to provide adequate field inspection personnel to assure accurate record drawings can be produced and an acceptable level of quality control to the extent that the Developer's engineer will be able to certify that the construction work meets the approved City standards as a condition of City acceptance. In addition, the City may, at the City's discretion and at the Developer's expense, have one or more City inspectors and an independent testing firm inspect the work on a full or part-time basis. The Developer, its contractors and subcontractors, shall follow all instructions received from the City's inspectors. The Developer's engineer shall provide for on-site project management. The Developer's engineer is responsible for design changes and contract administration between the Developer and the Developer's contractor. The Developer or its engineer shall schedule a pre-construction meeting at a mutually agreeable time at the City with all parties concerned,including the City staff,to review the program for the construction work. (B) Upon City Inspector observing unacceptable installation of Improvements, the City shall notify the contractor or the developer to cease installation. The installation of the Improvement shall not resume until agreement is reached between the City and the Developer on acceptable installation at the Developer's sole expense. (C) Developer shall work with City and its representatives to phase construction of the Improvements so that public access to those portions of the GNT not under construction is preserved to the extent possible. Portions of the GNT that are under construction and unsafe for public use shall be barricaded by Developer, but public access shall be preserved for as long as possible and restored as soon as possible following construction activities. (06) Insurance. Developer shall cause each contractor engaged in the construction and installation of any Improvement to furnish the City with evidence acceptable to the City showing insurance coverage (including workers' compensation, liability and property damage) in the amounts required by this Agreement. Developer or its contractor shall also maintain adequate liability insurance for public use of Streets,the GNT and other facilities until such time as the Improvements are completed and accepted by City as provided herein, and shall hold the City harmless and indemnify the City from any liability arising out of the public's use of said facilities until such time as the Improvements are completed and accepted by the City as provided herein. (07) As Constructed Plans. Within thirty (30) days after the completion of the Improvements and before the security required by this Agreement is released, the Developer shall supply the City with a complete set of reproducible "as constructed" plans and an electronic file of the "as constructed" plans in an AutoCAD.dwg file or a .dxf file, .pdf, and GIS formats all prepared in accordance with City standards. The Developer shall cause the Improvements be field surveyed after 3 construction with all location, elevation, and data attributes information, deliverable to the City in an approved sub-foot accurate GIS/GPS format. (08) City Acceptance. The City shall accept, at no cost, ownership of the Improvements to be owned,operated and maintained by City,provided that such Improvements have been constructed in compliance with the Plans and specifications therefore and City requirements with respect thereto as determined by the City. No improvements will be accepted until all disturbed areas within the GNT right-of-way are repaired and, if deemed necessary by the City, the trail resurfaced, and the trail corridor fully vegetated and functioning in accordance with the approved construction and storm water management Plans. Upon acceptance, all Improvements to be owned by the City, as provided in this Agreement, shall become City property without further notice or action. (09) License. The Developer hereby grants the City, its agents, employees, officers and contractors a license to enter any property owned by Developer if necessary to perform work and inspections deemed appropriate by the City in conjunction with the LCS. Developer and City shall enter into a separate License Agreement authorizing Developer to enter onto the GNT to install the LCS and to own, operate and maintain the Developer owned portion of the LCS in the GNT right of way. (10) Faithful Performance of Construction Contracts. Developer will fully and faithfully perform the installation and construction of the Improvements in accordance with the approved Plans and specifications therefore and shall comply with all terms of any and all contracts entered into by the Developer for the installation and construction of all Improvements, at no expense to the Citv. (11) Warran r. Developer hereby warranties the workmanship and materials respecting the Improvements to be owned by the Citi including the surface of the GNT, for a period of two (2) years following the City's final acceptance of the Improvements, and agrees to repair or replace, as directed by the Citi and at Developer's sole cost and expense, any work or materials that become defective,in the sole opinion of the Citi within said two (2) year period, even though notice thereof be given by the City after said twoyear period. 7. City Installed Improvements. (01) There will be no City installed Improvements. 8. Fees and Security for Developer's Performance. (01) Security for Developers Performance. (A) No work shall be commenced under this Agreement until the Developer has filed with the City a cash deposit or an irrevocable and unconditional Letter of Credit acceptable to the City,in the amount$250,000. Said Letter of Credit shall also provide that funds shall be paid to the City upon written demand of the City to the extent of default herein by Developer in the payment of any amount due or the performance of any other duty or obligation of Developer pursuant to this Agreement, including Developer's obligations to complete the Improvements, to complete restoration of the GNT, and to make payment of any amounts due hereunder. (B) The Letter of Credit shall contain a provision that states that the Letter of Credit shall be automatically renewable annually unless the issuer of the Letter of Credit first gives the City 30 days written notice by certified mail of its intent not to renew the Letter of Credit. The letter of credit shall also contain a minimum initial period of 1 year. The Letter 4 of Credit shall be a guaranty to the City that the Improvements,restoration of the GNT and all other requirements set forth in this Agreement will be timely completed to the City's satisfaction. The Letter of Credit shall be maintained continuously by the Developer until the Improvements and restoration of the GNT are completed to the City's satisfaction, including certification by the City engineer that all items are satisfactorily completed, pursuant to this Agreement. The Letter of Credit shall have no conditions and shall be subject to being drawn upon by the City upon any default under this Agreement, including failure to pay contractors, subcontractors or costs or expenses owed to the City. If at any time the City shall draw upon the Letter of Credit, the Developer agrees that within 10 days upon being notified of such withdrawal by the City, Developer shall either pay the deficient amount in cash to the City or have the Letter of Credit restored to current amount. (02) Security for Warranty. The cash deposit or letter of credit provided pursuant to Section 9(01) above, shall remain in effect to secure the Warranty provided for in Section 6(11) above, and shall not be released until expiration of the two (2)year warranty period. 9. Responsibility for Costs. (01) Except as otherwise specified herein, the Developer shall pay all costs incurred by it or the City in conjunction with the construction of the Improvements,including but not limited to Soil and Water Conservation District charges, legal, planning, engineering and construction observation inspection expenses incurred in connection with approval and acceptance of the Improvements, review of construction plans and documents, the payment of fines and penalties imposed on the city as a result of non-compliance with any permit or failure to obtain necessary permits, and all costs and expenses incurred by the City in monitoring and inspecting development of the Improvements. (02) The Developer shall hold the City and its officers, employees, and agents harmless from claims made by itself and third parties for damages sustained or costs incurred resulting from installation of the Improvements. The Developer shall indemnify the City and its officers, employees, and agents for all costs, damages, or expenses which the City may pay or incur in consequence of such claims,including attorneys' fees. (03) The Developer shall reimburse the City for costs incurred in the enforcement of this Agreement,including engineering and attorneys' fees. (04) The Developer shall pay in full all bills submitted to it by the City for obligations incurred under this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt. If the bills are not paid on time, the City may halt construction of the Improvements until the bills are paid in full. Bills not paid within thirty (30) days shall accrue interest at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per year. 10. General Provisions. (01) Binding Effect. The terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the heirs,representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto and shall be binding upon all future owners of all or part of the Improvements and shall be deemed covenants running with the land. References herein to Developer,if there be more than one, shall mean each and all of them. This Agreement shall be placed of record so as to give notice hereof to subsequent purchasers and encumbrances of all or any part of the Improvements, and all recording fees,if any, shall be paid by the Developer. 5 (02) Severable. In the event that any portion of this Agreement shall be held invalid for any reason, the same shall not affect in any respect whatsoever the validity of the remainder of this Agreement. (03) Waiver. Any waiver, whether express or implied, by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of this Agreement. (04) Construction Times. All construction activities authorized by this agreement shall be confined to the following hours of operation: Monday-Friday 7:00 AM until 8:00 PM Saturday 8:00 AM until 5:00 PM (only with 48 hour advance notice to the City Engineer or their representative) Sunday Not Allowed This does not apply to activities that are required on a 24-hour basis such as dewatering, etc. or emergencies that present a danger to public health, safety and/or welfare. Any deviation from the above hours is subject to approval of the City Council. (05) Historv. Any item or condition found that indicates the site is likely to yield information important to pre-history or history shall be reported to the city immediately, and the city reserves the right in such event, to stop work immediately until the Improvements is appropriately investigated and developer is authorized to recommence work. 11. Surface and Groundwater Management. (01) Dewatering. Due to the variable nature of groundwater levels and stormwater flows,it will be the Developer's and the Developer's contractors and subcontractors responsibility to satisfy themselves with regard to the elevation of groundwater in the area and the level of effort needed to perform dewatering and storm flow routing operations. All dewatering shall be in accordance with all applicable county, state, and federal rules and regulations. DNR regulations regarding appropriations permits shall also be strictly followed. (02) Wetlands. If the Developer proposes the filling of wetlands in connection with construction of the Improvements, receipt of necessary permits from appropriate regulatory agencies to fill wetlands as proposed by the Developer and approval by the Technical Evaluation Panel of the proposed mitigation plan for wetlands filling prior to any work. If these permits are denied, or approval of the wetland permit and mitigation plan is subject to conditions which significantly impact the Improvements, the final plat for the Improvements shall be resubmitted to the City Council for consideration of changes required for the wetland approvals. The City shall receive a copy of the monitoring report annually for three years. (03) Erosion Control. Prior to initiating any work on the site, the erosion control plan, Plan B, shall be implemented by the Developer and inspected and approved by the City or other regulating authority. The City may impose additional erosion control requirements if they are deemed necessary to protect the downstream waters of the state. All areas disturbed by the grading operations shall be stabilized per the MPCA NPDES Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity and the City MS4 permit. Seed shall be in accordance with the City's current seeding specification which will include temporary erosion control measures to provide ground cover as rapidly as possible. All seeded areas 6 shall be fertilized, mulched, and watered as necessary for seed retention and growth. The parties recognize that time is of the essence in controlling erosion. If the Developer does not comply with the MPCA NPDES Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity, the City MS4 permit, with the erosion control plan and schedule, or supplementary instructions received from the City or other regulating authority, the City may take such action as it deems appropriate to control erosion. The City will endeavor to notify the Developer in advance of any proposed action,but failure of the City to do so will not affect the Developer's and City's rights or obligations hereunder. If the Developer does not reimburse the City for any cost the City incurred for such work within ten (10) days, the City may draw down the letter of credit to pay any costs. No work on the Improvements will be allowed unless it is in full compliance with the approved erosion control plan. (04) CleanUp. The Developer shall clean dirt and debris from all streets that has resulted from construction work by the Developer, subcontractors, their agents or assigns,until all requirements of this agreement have been satisfied. Prior to any construction on the Improvements, the Developer shall identify in writing a responsible party and schedule for erosion control, street cleaning, and street sweeping. (05) National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Requirements. Prior to the commencement of any work on the Improvements, the Developer shall provide a signed Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan for City review and approval to control erosion from the construction site. Because the site is over one (1) acre, the Developer shall also apply for and obtain the required NPDES permit from the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. (06) Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System Requirements. All stormwater management activities shall comply with the City MS4 permit. 12. Default. (01) Remedies. In the event of default by the Developer as to any of the work to be performed by it hereunder, the City may, at its option, perform the work and the Developer shall promptly reimburse the City for any expense incurred by the City, provided the Developer, except in an emergency as determined by the City,is first given notice of the work in default, not less than forty- eight (48) hours in advance. This Agreement is a license for the City to act, and it shall not be necessary for the City to seek a Court order for permission to enter the land owned by Developer. 13. Miscellaneous. (01) Incorporation by Reference. The exhibits to this Agreement shall be and hereby are made a part of this Agreement by reference as fully as if set forth herein in full. (02) Regulatory Compliance. The Developer represents to the City that the Improvements as- built will comply with all city, county, metropolitan, state, and federal laws and regulations,including but not limited to environmental regulations. If during construction of the Improvements the City determines that the Improvements are not in compliance, the City may, at its option, issue a stop work order until such time as the Parties agree to a remediation/construction plan to bring the Improvements into compliance. Upon the City's demand, the Developer shall cease work until the City lifts the stop work order. (03) Third Parties. Third parties shall have no recourse against the City or Developer under this Agreement. 7 (04) Severabilit<r. If any portion, section, subsection, sentence, clause, paragraph, or phrase of this Agreement is for any reason held invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portion of this Agreement. (05) Amendments. The action or inaction of the City or Developer shall not constitute a waiver or amendment to the provisions of this Agreement. To be binding, amendments or waivers shall be in writing, signed by the parties and approved by written resolution of the City Council. The Developer or the City's failure to promptly take legal action to enforce this Agreement shall not be a waiver or release. (06) Insurance. The Developer and contractor shall acquire public liability and property damage insurance covering personal injury,including death, and claims for property damage which may arise out of the Developer's work or the work of their subcontractors or by one directly or indirectly employed by any of them. The insurance must be maintained until six (6) months after the City has accepted the Improvements. Limits for bodily injury and death shall be not less than $500,000 for one person and $1,000,000 for each occurrence; limits for property damage shall be not less than $200,000 for each occurrence; or a combination single limit policy of$1,000,000 or more. The City shall be named as an additional insured on the Developer's and contractors' policies on a primary and noncontributory basis, and the Developer and contractor shall file with the City a certificate evidencing coverage prior to the start of construction. The certificate shall provide that the City must be given ten (10) days advance written notice of the cancellation of the insurance. (07) No Waiver. Each right, power or remedy herein conferred upon the City is cumulative and in addition to every other right, power or remedy, express or implied, now or hereafter arising, available to City, at law or in equity, or under any other agreement, and each and every right, power and remedy herein set forth or otherwise so existing may be exercised from time to time as often and in such order as may be deemed expedient by the City and shall not be a waiver of the right to exercise at any time thereafter any other right,power or remedy. (08) Assignment. The Developer may not assign this Agreement without the written permission of the City, except to its parent, subsidiary, affiliate mortgage lender or successor-in-interest pursuant to a third party sale. 14. Notices. All notices and demands specified herein shall be deemed appropriately and timely given when delivered personally or deposited in the United States mail to the addresses hereinafter set forth by certified mail (return receipt requested). The addresses of the parties hereto are as follows until changed by written notice given as above: If to the City at: City of Elk River Attn: City Administrator 13065 Orono Parkway Elk River,Minnesota 55330 If to the Developer at: Elk River Landfill,Inc. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 15. Representations and Warranties. Developer represents and warrants that the person executing this Agreement on behalf of the Developer has the authority to do so and to bind Developer to the terms of this Agreement. 8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the City and Developer have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on this day and year first above written. CITY OF ELK RIVER By: John J. Dietz Its: Mayor By: Tina Allard Its: Clerk DEVELOPER: By: Its: 9 STATE OF MINNESOTA ) ) ss. COUNTY OF SHERBURNE ) This instrument was acknowledged before me this day of by John J. Dietz and Tina Allard,the Mayor and City Clerk,respectively,for the City of Elk River,Minnesota. Notary Public STATE OF MINNESOTA ) ss. COUNTY OF ) This instrument was acknowledged before me this day of by Notary Public This instrument was drafted by: City of Elk River 13065 Orono Parkway Elk River,MN 55330 10 EXHIBIT A Plans A-1 SIGNIFICANT INDUSTRIES INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT AGREEMENT THIS Industrial Wastewater Treatment Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "AGREEMENT") is made and entered into this day of by and between the City of Elle River, Minnesota, a municipal corporation (hereinafter referred to as "City") and Elk River Landfill, Inc, a corporation under the laws of the State of Minnesota (hereinafter referred to as "Elk River Landfill"). WHEREAS, the City is the owner and operator of a Wastewater Treatment Plant (hereinafter "Plant") located within the City of Elk River, County of Sherburne, and State of Minnesota, which has continuous discharge to the Mississippi River, and WHEREAS, the City holds a NPDES operating permit (Permit # MN0020788) for the Plant as a part of the national and state disposal permit program administered by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency under the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 USC 1251), MSA Chapters 115 and 116, and Minnesota Rules Chapter 7701, and WHEREAS, Elk River Landfill operates a solid waste facility which discharges leachate into the City's municipal sanitary sewer system for treatment at the City's Plant, and WHEREAS, under definitions set forth in the NPDES operating permit for the Plant, Elk River Landfill is defined as a significant industrial user, and WHEREAS, The City is required to prepare and execute an industrial wastewater treatment agreement with all significant industrial users. NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth the parties hereto agree as follows: 1 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS As used in this Agreement, unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context: A. "Act"—The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, also referred to as the Clean Water Act, as amended, 33. U.S.C. 1251 et seq. B. "City"—The area within the corporate boundaries of the City of Elle River, the City Council, it's authorized representative, or the authorized representative of the sanitary sewer district. C. "SN" means Elle River Landfill and its facility located in the City of Elle River, Minnesota. D. "MPGA" means the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. E. "National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)Permit"—A permit issued by the MPGA, setting limits on pollutants that a permittee may legally discharge pursuant to Sections 402 and 405 of the Act. F. "Slug" is defined as any flow rate or concentration or quantity of pollutants that may cause inhibition or disruption of the Plant. G. "Sewage" means Industrial Waste and Sanitary Sewage. ARTICLE II. AUTHORITY AND SCOPE A. This Agreement is made pursuant to the City of Elk River's Wastewater Treatment Ordinance. B. The language within the Articles of the Agreement shall have precedence over the language used within the Articles of the Wastewater Treatment Ordinance, as long as all requirements and the intent of the Wastewater Treatment Ordinance are satisfied. ARTICLE III. COLLECTION AND TREATMENT A. Elle River Landfill may discharge to the Sewerage System, and the City will meter, collect and treat Elle River Landfill sewage, as set forth in this Agreement. 2 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 B. The Elle River Landfill shall collect grab samples of the leachate. C. The frequency of sampling and testing shall be as set forth in Table 1 to this Agreement. Elk River Landfill shall pay for the laboratory testing costs of the samples. Copies of all analyses and laboratory reports will be mailed to the City and Elk River Landfill directly from the testing lab. The City shall deliver to Elk River Landfill copies of all correspondence, not within the attorney-client privilege or other privilege recognized by law, to or from the City, concerning violations or potential violations of this Agreement or the Wastewater Treatment Ordinance, within two business days after the City sends or receives such correspondence. D. The City will, on a regular basis, submit to Elk River Landfill a statement setting forth any violations of quality or quantity or composition of the Sewage the SlU has discharged into the City's Sewerage System during the preceding billing report. E. The City shall add and be responsible for maintaining and repairing any metering facilities it deems appropriate and shall calibrate said facilities to operate within the manufacturers established limits of accuracy. F. Unpolluted water or storm water shall not be discharged to the sanitary sewer. Such water shall be discharged only to storm sewers or to natural outlets approved by the City and other regulatory agencies. G. Discharges of the following substances shall be limited to concentrations or quantities, which will not harm the wastewater facility, streams, soils, vegetation, ground water, and will not otherwise create a hazard or nuisance. Consideration will be given to such factors as the quantity of waste in relation to flows, velocities, materials of construction, the community's NPDES and SDS permits, capacity of the Plant, degree of treatability of wastes, and other pertinent factors. 1. Prohibited Discharges. A. Elk River Landfill shall not discharge or cause to be discharged to the collection system, either directly or indirectly, any pollutants, which may cause interference with treatment processes of the Plant, nor shall Elk River Landfill discharge or cause to be discharged any of the following described wastes or wastewater: 3 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 1) Storm water, ground water, or flow from roof runoff, subsurface drainage, downspouts, yard drains, yard fountain drains, swimming pools, ponds, or lawn sprays into any sanitary sewer. Storm water and all other unpolluted drainage shall be discharged to such sewers as are specifically designated as storm sewers or discharged to a natural outlet. 2) Any liquid having a temperature higher than 104 degrees Fahrenheit (40 degrees Centigrade). Exceptions may be granted where it has been shown that the high temperature wastewater would not cause any significant City wastewater works problems. 3) Any water or wastes which contain wax, grease or oil, plastic or other substance that will solidify or become discernibly viscous at temperatures between 32 degrees to 104 degrees Fahrenheit. 4) Any solids, liquids or gases which by themselves or by interaction with other substances may cause fire or explosion hazards, or in any other way may be injurious to persons, property, or the operator of the City's wastewater treatment facilities, including, but not limited to, waste streams with a closed cup flashpoint of not less than 140 degrees Fahrenheit (60 degrees Celsius) using test methods specified in 40 CFR 261.21. 5) Any solids, slurries, or viscous substances of such character as to be capable of causing obstruction to the flow in sewers or other interference with the proper operation of the City's wastewater treatment facilities, such as ashes, sand, mud, straw, shavings, metal, glass, rags, feathers, tar, 4 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 plastics, wood, whole blood, paunch manure, hair and fleshing's, entrails, lime slurry, lime residues, chemical residues, or bulk solids. 6) Any garbage that has not been properly comminuted or shredded. 7) Any noxious or malodorous substance, which either singly or by interaction with other substances is capable of causing objectionable odors, or hazard to life; or creates any other condition deleterious to structures or treatment processes; or requires unusual provisions, alterations, or expense to handle such materials. 8) Any waters or wastes having a pH lower than 5.0 or higher than 9.0 or having any corrosive property capable of causing damage or hazards to City structures, equipment, or personnel. Exceptions may be granted where it has been shown that the high or low pH would not cause any significant City sewerage system problems. 9) Any wastes or waters containing suspended or dissolved solids of such character and quantity that unusual attention or expense is required to handle such materials in the City's wastewater collection and treatment facilities. 10) Any radioactive wastes greater than allowable releases as specified by current United States Bureau of Standards Handbooks dealing with the handling and release or radioactive materials. 11) Any waters or wastes including hazardous wastes in sufficient quantity either singularly or following interaction with any other substance to injure or interfere with any wastewater treatment process of the Plant, to 5 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 constitute a hazard to humans or animals, or to create any hazard in the receiving water of the wastewater treatment facilities. 12) Free or emulsified oil and grease exceeding on analysis an average of 100 parts per million (834 pounds per million gallons) of either or both, or combinations of free emulsified oil and grease, if in the opinion of the City of Elk River Chief Operator it appears probable that such wastes: a. Can deposit grease or oil in the City's sewer lines in such a manner to clog the sewers. b. Are not amenable to bacterial action and will therefore pass to the receiving waters without being affected by normal wastewater treatment processes of the Plant. c. Can have deleterious effects on the treatment process. 13) Materials which exert or cause: a. Unusual concentrations of solids or composition; as for example, in total suspended solids of inert nature (such as Fuller's Earth) and/or in total dissolved solids (such as sodium chloride or sodium sulfate). b. Excessive discoloration. c. Unusual biochemical oxygen demand or unusual immediate oxygen demand. d. High hydrogen sulfide content. 14) Molybdenum based wastes, including, but not limited to, cooling tower chemical additives, boiler additives, antifreeze, and lubricants. 15) Any discharge that would cause the City to violate the requirements of its NPDES permit. 16) "Slugs" of waste or wastes to the collection system which may be harmful to the operation of the treatment plant. Where, in the opinion of the City engineer, slugging does occur, Elk River Landfill shall construct and 6 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 maintain, at their own expense, a storage reservoir of sufficient capacity with flow control equipment to ensure an equalized discharge over a 24- hour period. B. The City retains the right, upon written notice, to restrict any discharge from Elk River Landfill should a prohibited material that interferes with the treatment capability of the wastewater treatment plant or causes an NPDES permit violation be discharged or cause to be discharged by Elk River Landfill to the City's wastewater collection system, until Elk River Landfill demonstrates to the City that suitable precautions have been implemented to assure future discharges are within allowable limits prescribed in this Agreement. C. The City also retains the right, upon written notice, to restrict any discharge from Elk River Landfill to the wastewater treatment plant if deemed necessary by City to perform maintenance or repairs to the City's wastewater system or the wastewater treatment Plant. The City shall provide 48 hours notice of such a restriction, unless the City determines that an immediate halt to discharges is necessary. 2. Allowable Discharges. Elk River Landfill will discharge into the City's wastewater treatment system only such allowable substances as are permitted by the City's Wastewater Ordinances and all applicable MPCA regulations. For the purposes of this Agreement, such discharges are anticipated to be such wastewater discharges as are typically generated in the usual and customary procedures employed by Elk River Landfill. The Final Discharge Limits allowed pursuant to this Agreement are set forth in Table 1. The discharge 7 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 limitations contained in this Agreement shall supersede any limitations of these parameters contained in the City's Wastewater Ordinance. ARTICLE IV. WASTEWATER USER CHARGES A. Sewer Availability Charge. As provided in the Utility Installation Agreement entered into between City and Elle River Landfill, Elle River Landfill shall pay the City a one- time sewer availability charge (SAC) of One Hundred Fifty-Six Thousand Dollars ($156,000) for their new direct connection of the private line to the public system. The SAC is payable over a five-year term which carries a four percent (4%) annual interest rate on the unpaid balance. SAC payments are due annually on the day and month that this Agreement takes effect (2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023). B. Leachate Treatment Fees. 1. Leachate Treatment Rate. Elle River Landfill shall pay for the City's treatment of leachate at the Plant. The initial Leachate Treatment Rate shall be $0.013 per gallon. This rate will increase annually, on the anniversary date of this Agreement, by three percent (3%) (rounded to the nearest 0.000). 2. Leachate Treatment Rate Adjustments. Beginning on the fifth (5th) anniversary of this Agreement, and on every fifth (5th) anniversary thereafter, City shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to adjust the Leachate Treatment Rate to reflect changes in the City's MPCA NPDES Permit for the Plant, changes in the composition of the leachate, or any other factor which impacts the City's cost to treat the leachate. The three percent (3%) annual increase shall then be applied to the adjusted Leachate Treatment Rate. 3. Notice. Prior to increasing the Leachate Treatment Rate, City shall provide ninety (90) days' advance written notice to Elle River Landfill of the proposed increase and shall provide Elle River Landfill the opportunity to meet with City to discuss the factors which require the proposed increase. 4. Payment. Wastewater user charges shall be payable within sixty (60) days after receipt of the City's charge bill to Elle River Landfill. Failure by Elle River Landfill to pay charges when due shall authorize City to discontinue, upon five s V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 (5) business days' written notice to Elle River Landfill, accepting leachate at the WWTP until such time as Elle River Landfill pays the City the past due charges. ARTICLE V. TERM OF AGREEMENT A. Initial Term. The responsibilities defined in this Agreement shall be effective on the date that Elle River Landfill begins discharging wastewater into the City's wastewater system though a pipeline, and this Agreement shall remain in effect for twenty (20) years from that date. B. Renewal Terms. This Agreement shall automatically renew for additional twenty (20) year terms upon the expiration of the initial term, unless either party notifies the other in writing, at least six (6) months prior to the expiration of the initial or any renewal term, that it will not be renewing this Agreement. C. Termination by Elk River Landfill. Notwithstanding Sections V(A) and (B) above, Elle River Landfill may terminate this Agreement at any time, upon not less than six (6) months' advance written notice, if necessary to effectuate the sale of Elle River Landfill or a controlling interest in Elle River Landfill. D. Termination by City. Notwithstanding Sections V(A) and (B) above, City may terminate this Agreement at any time, upon not less than six (6) months' advance written notice, if the City determines, in its sole discretion, that it is no longer able to treat leachate at the Plant due to unexpected changes in the composition of the leachate, unexpected impacts of the leachate on the Plant, new limitations on the discharge from the Plant as set forth in a renewal of the City's NPDES permit for the Plant, other changes in governmental regulation, or any other factor. City and Elle River Landfill shall meet periodically to discuss issues related to the physical equipment and operation of the Plant and the Plant's ability to accept leachate. E. Reimbursement Upon Termination. If this Agreement is terminated by City pursuant to Section V(D) above within the initial Term, City shall reimburse Elle River Landfill for a portion of the costs of installing the Leachate Conveyance System described in the Utility Installation Agreement entered into between the parties, as follows: 1. If this Agreement is terminated by City within five (5)years of the date that Elle River Landfill begins discharging wastewater into the City's wastewater system, City shall reimburse Elle River Landfill in the amount of$2,000,000. 9 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 2. If this Agreement is terminated by City between five (5) and ten (10) years after the date that Elle River Landfill begins discharging wastewater into the City's wastewater system, City shall reimburse Elk River Landfill into amount of$1,500,000. 3. If this Agreement is terminated by City between ten (10) and fifteen (15) years after the date that Elk River Landfill begins discharging wastewater into the City's wastewater system, City shall reimburse Elk River Landfill in the amount of$1,000,000. 4. If this Agreement is terminated by City after this Agreement has been in effect for fifteen (15) years, and before the expiration of the initial Term set forth in Section V(A) above, City shall reimburse Elk River Landfill in the amount of$500,000. 5. Reimbursement payments pursuant to this Section V(E), if any, shall by payable over a five-year term which carries a four percent (4%) annual interest rate on the unpaid balance. The first payment shall be made on the effective date of the termination and the remaining payments shall be made annually thereafter. ARTICLE VI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. The City will keep books, records and accounts in which complete entries shall be made available of all transactions and costs relating to the City's Sewerage System. The books, records and accounts shall at all reasonable times be subject to inspection and copying by any party to this Agreement. Elk River Landfill may from time to time review such books and records. The City shall also provide to Elk River Landfill such information regarding the design or other technical information regarding the City Treatment Plant and its Sewerage System as Elk River Landfill may request from time to time. B. The City and Elk River Landfill warrant that each has right, title and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform each and every term, covenant and condition in it. C. The City and Elk River Landfill agree that this Agreement, together with the Utility Installation Agreement and the License Agreement entered into by the parties on this date, and the exhibits attached to each, embody the entire understanding between the parties and supersede all prior understandings and agreements related to the subject matter and that no prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings of the parties shall be applicable hereto except as specifically set forth herein. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the City from adopting and enforcing ordinances rules or regulations providing for pretreatment of Sewage, 10 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 exclusion of Sewage, or the establishing of sewerage user charges periodically, provided that no such action shall affect Elk River Landfill's rights hereunder. D. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended, changed or modified unless the amendment, change or modification is in writing and signed by both parties. E. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if and when delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, by certified or registered mail, to: (1) City of Elk River Attn: Chief Wastewater Operator 13065 Orono Parkway Northwest Elk River, MN 55330 (2) Elk River Landfill Attn: Michael Miller 22460 Hwy 169 Northwest Elk River, MN 55330 F. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. Subject to paragraph VLL, remedies provided in this Agreement are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies that might be available to the parties at law or in equity. G. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns, except as herein limited. H. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. L If a dispute occurs between Elk River Landfill and the City regarding monitoring data or its interpretation or use under this Agreement, Elk River Landfill may request the City to obtain an opinion from the City's engineer regarding such dispute. Upon the request of Elk River Landfill, the City shall provide the opinion of its engineer to Elk River Landfill in an attempt to resolve the dispute. 11 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 If the dispute continues to occur between Elle River Landfill and the City, an independent professional engineer experienced in municipal sanitary engineering not regularly within the employ of the either the City or Elle River Landfill shall be designated by the City and Elle River Landfill to review the matter in dispute and issue a technical opinion thereof. The City and Elle River Landfill shall agree on the selection of such engineer. If the technical opinion of the independent professional engineer substantially conforms to the opinion of the City and its consulting engineer, the cost for such review shall be borne in its entirety by Elle River Landfill. If the technical opinion by the independent professional engineer substantially conforms to the position of Elle River Landfill, the cost for such review shall be borne in its entirety by the City. J. Elle River Landfill warrants and represents that the person executing this Agreement on its behalf has the authority to do so and to bind Elle River Landfill to the terms of this Agreement. 12 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have hereunto executed this agreement the date and year first above written. CITY OF ELK RIVER By: Mayor By: City Clerk ELK RIVER LANDFILL By: Its: 13 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 Table 1 SIU Discharge Limits Elk River Landfill,Inc. City of Elk River,Minnesota Final Discharge Limits Effluent Parameter Maximum Maximum Maximum Type of Frequency of Daily Monthly Daily Sample Sampling Discharge Average Discharge Strength Load Load Flow - 35,000 gpd 35,000 gpd* Continuous Continuous Alkalinity,Total Monitor Only Monitor Only Monitor Only Grab 1 X Month Chemical Oxygen Demand 13,000 mg/L 3,795 lbs/day 4,935 lbs/day Grab 1 X Month (COD) Chloride 3,000 mg/L 876 lbs/day 1,140 lbs/day Grab 1 X Month Nitrogen,Ammonia(NH4-N) 2,450 mg/L 715 lbs/day 930 lbs/day Grab 1 X Month Nitrogen,Total Kjeldahl 2,450 mg/L 715 lbs/day 930 lbs/day Grab 1 X Month (TKN) PH 6.0-9.0 - - Grab 1 X Month Phosphorus(P) 15 mg/L 4.5 lbs/day 6.0 lbs/day Grab 1 X Month Total Suspended Solids(TSS) Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Month Sulfate(SO4) 105 mg/L 31 lbs/day 40 lbs/day Grab 1 X Month Arsenic Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Boron Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Cadmium Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Calcium Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Chromium Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Copper Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Lead Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Magnesium Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Mercury Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Molybdenum Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year 14 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 Nickel Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Potassium Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Selenium Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Sodium Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Year Zinc Monitor Only - - Grab 1 X Years *Higher flow can be discharged as long as the Maximum Daily Discharge Loads are being met. 15 V\MCGRANNDMVDMDOCS\DOCS\tak\90000A1140004.DOCX Error!Unknown document property name.05/23/2019 34899386.205/30/2019)513012019�"cnnn 19 LICENSE AGREEMENT THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made this day of , 2019, by and between the CITY OF ELK RIVER, MINNESOTA, a Minnesota municipal corporation ("Licensor") and ELK RIVER LANDFILL, INC., a Minnesota corporation ("Licensee"). RECITALS A. Licensor is the owner of the property described on Exhibit A attached hereto which is commonly known as the right of way for the Great Northern Trail ("GNT"), and is located in the City of Elk River, County of Sherburne, State of Minnesota(the "Property"). B. Licensor and Licensee have entered into a Utility Installation Agreement ("Utility Agreement") providing for the installation of an underground Leachate Conveyance System ("LCS"), to pipe leachate under the GNT from Licensee's Landfill to Licensor's Wastewater Treatment Plant ("WWTP"). C. Licensor and Licensee have also entered into a Significant Industries Industrial Wastewater Treatment Agreement ("SN Agreement"), providing for treatment of Licensee leachate at Licensor's WWTP. D. Pursuant to the Utility Agreement, Licensor will take ownership of a portion of the LCS upon its completion and acceptance by Licensor, and Licensee will retain ownership of the balance of the LCS. E. The purpose of this Agreement is: 1. to grant Licensee the right to enter upon the Property for the purposes of installing the LCS; and 2. to grant Licensee the right to own, operate and maintain that portion of the LCS which Licensee will retain ownership of. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and the agreements contained herein, Licensor and Licensee agree as follows: 1. Installation License. A. License. Licensor hereby grants to Licensee, its Agents, Contractors and Employees, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, a non-exclusive license (the "Installation License") to enter upon the Property for the purpose of installing the LCS pursuant to, and subject to the terms of, the Installation Agreement. B. Term. The Installation License shall take effect upon execution of this Agreement and shall terminate upon acceptance by Licensor of the LCS as provided in the Installation Agreement, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. C. Permitted Uses. Licensee's use of the Property pursuant to the Installation License shall be limited to installation of the LCS pursuant to the terms of the Installation Agreement. D. Termination. The Installation License shall automatically terminate if the Installation Agreement is terminated pursuant to its terms. 2. LCS License. A. License. Licensor hereby grants to Licensee, its Agents, Contractors and Employees, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, a non-exclusive license (the "LCS License"), to use that portion of the Property depicted as the "LCS License Area" on Exhibit B attached hereto for the purpose of operating and maintaining that portion of the LCS which will be owned by Licensee. B. Term. The LCS License shall take effect upon acceptance by Licensor of the LCS and shall remain in effect permanently, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. C. Permitted Uses. Licensee use of the LCS License Area shall be limited to ownership, operation and maintenance of the portion of the LCS located within the LCS License Area. All improvements installed, operated and maintained by Licensee within the LCS License Area shall be underground. Under no circumstances, at any time, shall Licensee place any equipment or permanent structures above ground on the LCS License Area. D. Termination. The LCS license shall automatically terminate if the SIU Agreement is terminated. Termination of the LCS license shall be effective at the same date and time as termination of the SIU Agreement. If a non-party to this Agreement successfully challenges Licensor's ownership of the Property and subsequently terminates this Agreement, the Reimbursement upon Termination provisions set forth in Section V.E. of the SIU Agreement shall take effect as if Licensor had terminated the SIU Agreement. 2 E. Maintenance, Repair and Replacement. Upon initial completion of the LCS, and acceptance by Licensor of Licensees repair of the GNT following construction, Licensee may maintain, repair or replace the LCS, but may not excavate within the LCS License Area, or anywhere else on the Property, without prior written approval of Licensor. Such approval shall be subject to a condition that Licensee fully restore the GNT and the LCS License Area to its prior condition upon completion of maintenance, repair or replacement activities. F. Relocation. If Licensor determines, in its sole discretion, that it is necessary to relocate the LCS within the LCS License Area, Licensee shall be obligated to do so within 365 days of receipt of written notice from Licensor to do so. This Agreement grants Licensee the right to excavate within the LCS License Area for the purposes of such a relocation, but only pursuant to plans approved in writing by Licensor in advance of any construction activities, and subject to a requirement that the GNT and the LCS License Area be restored to its prior condition upon completion of the relocation. G. Limitation of Liability. Licensee acknowledges that its use of the LCS License Area is subject to Licensor's and the public's right to access and use the GNT and the LCS License Area at any time for recreational purposes and for activities related to the installation, operation, maintenance, repair or replacement of the GNT and any other facilities or utilities located now or in the future in the LCS License Area. Licensee acknowledges that the installation, operation, maintenance, replacement and/or repair of the GNT and/or other facilities by Licensor may impact Licensee's use of the LCS License Area. Licensor shall not be responsible or liable to Licensee, or anyone claiming by or through Licensee, for any loss or damage to Licensee or its property, and Licensee assumes all risk of loss or damage to Licensee's property located in the LCS License Area. H. Indemnity. Licensee shall defend, indemnify and save Licensor and its officers, employees and agents harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, obligations, claims, suits, damages, penalties, causes of action, costs and expenses (including without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) arising from or relating to Licensee's use, occupancy or operations within the LCS License Area, or any failure on the part of Licensee to perform or comply with any terms of this Agreement, or any injury, death, disability or damage to any person or property occurring in or on the LCS License Area in connection with Licensee's use of the LCS License Area, or any act or omission by Licensee or its officers, employees, contractors or agents or anyone claiming by or through them. The foregoing indemnification does not apply to any liability, cause of action, expense or cost suffered or incurred by Licensor as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Licensor, its officers, employees, agents or contractors. L Environmental Compliance. Licensee covenants, represents and warrants to Licensor: (i) that it will not use or permit the LCS License Area to be used, whether directly or through contractors or agents of Licensee, other than in full compliance with all federal, state or local laws, regulations, ordinances or requirements governing the 3 installation and operation LCS; and (ii) that Licensee's operations in the LCS License Area will have all required federal and state approvals. J. Compliance with Laws. Licensee shall not commit, or permit its employees, contractors or agents to commit, any act or omission on the LCS License Area in violation of any statute, regulation or ordinance of any governmental body or which will be in violation of any insurance policy carried on the LCS License Area by Licensor. K. Insurance. Licensee shall maintain commercial general liability insurance against claims for personal injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the License Area, such insurance to afford protection to the limit of not less than $1,000,000.00 in respect to injury or death to a single person, and to the limit of not less than $2,000,000.00 in respect to any one accident, and to the limit of not less than $500,000.00 in respect to any property damage, and shall name Licensor as an additional insured. All policies of insurance shall be written in companies that are qualified to do business in the State of Minnesota with a minimum AM Best Rating of at least A-. Licensee shall procure and deliver to Licensor certification from the respective insurance companies indicating that the insurance to be maintained by Licensee is in force. During the term of this Agreement, upon request by Licensor, License shall procure and deliver to Licensor updated certifications from the respective insurance companies indicating that the insurance to be maintained by Licensee is in force. Licensee shall notify Licensor if any of the required coverage is cancelled or terminated. L. Gopher One Call. Licensee shall register that portion of the LCS located in the LCS License Area with Gopher State One Call, and shall respond to requests for location of the LCS as required by Gopher State One Call and applicable laws and regulations. 3. Miscellaneous Provisions. A. No Interest in Property. Licensee acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement does not grant Licensee any estate or other interest in the Property or any part thereof, including the LCS License Area, except the Licenses expressly described herein. B. Assignability. This Agreement, and the Licenses herein granted, may not be assigned or transferred to any third party by Licensee without the prior written approval of Licensor, and shall automatically terminate if any effort is made to assign without written approval; provided, however, Licensee may assign and/or transfer this Agreement and the License herein granted to its parent, subsidiary, affiliate, mortgage lender or successor-in-interest pursuant to a third party sale. C. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Utility Agreement and the SIU Agreement, and the exhibits attached to each, embody the entire understanding between the parties and supersede all prior understandings and agreements related to the subject matter. This License cannot be amended, altered or modified, and 4 no provisions can be waived, except by a written instrument executed by the party affected. D. Benefit. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. E. No Waiver. No waiver of any breach or any agreement, covenant or restriction contained herein shall be construed to be a waiver of any other or future breach of the same or other covenants or restrictions. F. Notice Addresses. All notices shall be sent by registered or certified mail addressed as follows: Licensor: City Engineer City of Elle River 13065 Orono Parkway Elle River, MN 55330 Licensee: Elle River Landfill Either party may, by such notice, designate a new or other address to which notice may be mailed. G. Heading and Captions. The headings and captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience and reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement or a limitation on the scope of any paragraph or subparagraph. H. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in such jurisdiction without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or any provision hereof in any other jurisdiction. L Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. J. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota. 5 K. Authority. Licensee warrants and represents that the person executing this Agreement on its behalf has the authority to do so and to bind Licensee to the terms of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above. 6 LICENSOR: CITY OF ELK RIVER By: Its: Mayor By: Its: City Clerk STATE OF ) ) SS COUNTY OF ) The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of 2019, by , its Mayor and its City Manager for the CITY OF ELK RIVER, a Minnesota municipal corporation, on behalf of the corporation. Notary Public S-1 LICENSEE: ELK RIVER LANDFILL, INC. By: Name: Title: STATE OF ) ) SS COUNTY OF ) The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of 2019, by the Elle River Landfill, Inc. a Minnesota Corporation. Notary Public Drafted by: City of Elle River 13065 Orono Parkway Elle River, MN 55330 S-2 EXHIBIT A Description of Licensor's Property A-1 EXHIBIT B Depiction of the Property and the LCS License Area B-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR SITE: Elk River Landfill LOCATION: Elk River , MN PROJECT: Leachate Conveyance System DATE: March 1, 2019 WASTE MANAGEMENT CONTENTS Construction Agreement Standard General Conditions for Construction Supplementary Conditions (if used) Exhibit A - Scope/Schedule/Price B - Contractor's Health and Safety C - Insurance Requirements D - Application for Payment E - Change Order F - Lien Release G - Final Payment/General Release and Indemnity Agreement H - Other Contract Administration Forms I - Drawings/Plans for the Work J - Specifications for the Work W Page ii Updated 05/12 WASTE MANAGEMENT WASTE MANAGEMENT STANDARD CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT This Standard Construction Agreement(this"Agreement") is entered into as of Select Date (the"Effective Date") by and between Owner and Contractor in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, Owner's payments to Contractor and the completion by Contractor of the Work required for the Project. OWNER — CONTRACTOR Company: Elk River Landfill, Inc. — Name Authorized — Mark Boeckers — Name Representative: Title: — District Manager — Title Address: — 22460 Hwy 169 Northwest — Address City, State, Zip: Elk River, MN 55330 — City, State, Zip Telephone No.: — 952-656-7283 — Telephone number Contractor's License No.: — License No. or state or province in which project is located Article 1 Contractor shall complete the Work required for the Project within the Contract Time in consideration of Owner's payment of the Contract Price. Article 2 The Work is described in the Exhibits to this Agreement and may only be changed by an Amendment. Article 3 The Contract Price is$Contract Price and may only be changed by an Amendment. The Contract Price is comprised of the Lump Sum and Unit Price items listed in Exhibit A. Article 4 The Contract Time for Substantial Completion of the Work is 107 days and may only be changed by a Modification. Interim milestones, if any, are set forth In Exhibit A. Time is of the essence. Article 5 The amount of liquidated damages for Owner's extended site representation and inspection that Contractor agrees to pay Owner for each day Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time is$1,500 per day. Contractor also agrees to pay the liquidated damages amounts, if any, set forth in Exhibit A in the event Contractor fails to achieve timely completion of any listed interim milestone. Article 6 Capitalized terms are as defined herein or in Section 1.5 of the General Conditions. Article 7 Prior to commencing performance of the Work, Contractor shall furnish Owner with the following Bonds. ❑ Payment Bond ® Performance Bond ❑ Maintenance Bond W Page 1 Updated 05/12 WASTE MANAGEMENT Article 8 This Agreement is comprised of the following Contract Documents,which together constitute the entire and integrated Agreement between Owner and Contractor with respect to the Work and Project. .1 This Agreement—Standard Construction Agreement .2 Standard General Conditions for Construction .3 ❑ Supplementary Conditions (if box is checked) .4 Exhibit A—Scope/Schedule/Price .5 Exhibit B—Contractor's Health and Safety .6 Exhibit C— Insurance Requirements .7 Exhibit D —Application for Payment .8 Exhibit E—Change Order .9 Exhibit F— Lien Release .10 Exhibit G — Final Payment/General Release and Indemnity Agreement .11 Exhibit H — Other Contract Administration Forms .12 Exhibit I — Drawings/Plans for the Work .13 Exhibit J—Specifications for the Work The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in the Standard General Conditions by an Amendment. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have signed this Agreement. OWNER: Elk River Landfill, Inc. CONTRACTOR: Name By: By: President Title (Title) (Title) (If Contractor is a corporation,attach evidence of authority to sign) Date: Date: [END OF AGREEMENT] W Page 2 Updated 05/12 WASTE MANAGEMENT W11-1111IF a:. WASTE MANAiiEMENT WASTE MANAGEMENT STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE 1 — General Provisions.................................................................................... 1 ARTICLE 2 — Owner's Rights and Responsibilities ......................................................... 7 ARTICLE 3 — Contractor's Rights and Responsibilities................................................... 8 ARTICLE 4 —Administration of the Agreement............................................................. 17 ARTICLE 5 — Subcontractors and Suppliers ................................................................. 18 ARTICLE 6 — Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors................................ 19 ARTICLE 7 — Changes in the Work............................................................................... 20 ARTICLE 8 — Time ........................................................................................................ 21 ARTICLE 9 — Payments and Completion ...................................................................... 23 ARTICLE 10 — Safety Precautions ................................................................................ 27 ARTICLE 11 — Insurance and Bonds ............................................................................ 28 ARTICLE 12 — Uncovering and Correction of Work ...................................................... 30 ARTICLE 13 — Miscellaneous Provisions...................................................................... 31 ARTICLE 14 — Termination or Suspension of the Agreement....................................... 32 ARTICLE 15 — Claims and Disputes ............................................................................. 34 i Jun-17 Ver.2.0 J WASTE MANAGEMENT ARTICLE 1 General Provisions 1.1 Contract Documents. The Contract Documents enumerated in Article 8 of the Standard Construction Agreement collectively form the Agreement for the Work. The Contract Documents represent the entire and integrated agreement between Owner and Contractor and supersede prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. 1.2 Amendments. The Contract Documents may be amended or modified only by an Amendment, as such term is defined in Article 1.5. 1.3 Beneficiaries. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind between any persons or entities other than between Owner and Contractor. Other than Owner's Affiliates, there are no intended third party beneficiaries of the Agreement. 1.4 Independent Contractor. Contractor shall act as an independent contractor pursuant to the Agreement and nothing herein shall create an agency relationship between Owner and Contractor. Contractor understands that it has no authority to make or imply any commitments that are binding upon Owner. None of Contractor's employees or agents shall be considered or in any way represent themselves as being employees of Owner or be entitled to any of the benefits supplied by Owner to Owner's employees. 1.5 Definitions. Whenever the following terms, phrases, and acronyms are used in the Contract Documents, the intent and meaning shall be as herein defined. Working titles having a masculine gender, such as "workman" and the pronoun "he", are utilized for the sake of brevity and are intended to refer to persons of either gender. 1.5.1 Agreement. The written and signed Standard Construction Agreement between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work to be performed, together with all other Contract Documents enumerated therein and made a part thereof. 1.5.2 Amendment. Any written supplementation of the Agreement, issued by the Owner's Authorized Representative on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. An Amendment may be a Change Order, Construction Change Directive, written order for a minor change in the Work, or other written document issued for the purpose of changing the scope, ways and means, schedule, pricing, or any other provisions set forth in the Contract Documents. 1.5.3 Applicable Laws. Any and all applicable statutes, laws, treaties, rules, codes, ordinances, regulations, permits, interpretations, or orders of any Federal, State, or local governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Project, the Contract Documents, and the Parties all as in effect as of the date of the Agreement and as amended during the term of the Agreement including, without limitation, all applicable zoning ordinances and building codes, accessibility laws and codes, United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration requirements, the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements, requirements under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act requirements, any Environmental Laws, applicable storm water, street, utility and other related infrastructure requirements, and requirements related to the use, removal, storage,transportation, disposal and remediation of Hazardous Materials. 1.5.4 Application for Payment. Contractor's monthly written submission to Owner for payment for the Work, including all required supporting documentation, as described in Article 9.4 of these General Conditions. 1.5.5 Authorized Representative. The persons designated in writing by each of the Parties to the Agreement to act on their behalf with respect to all matters arising from or related to the Agreement or Work. The Authorized Representatives may delegate all or part of their authority for specific services or within specific limits of authority to other individuals as set forth in writing from the Authorized Representative of one Party to the Authorized Representative of the other. The Authorized Representative of any Party shall be a single individual who may be an employee or an independent contractor of such Party. 1 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 1.5.6 Bonds. Contractor's performance bond, payment bond, maintenance bond, and/or other instruments of surety to the extent required by the Agreement. 1.5.7 CQA Consultant. The individual or other legal entity who is under contract to Owner to provide construction quality assurance inspections under the direction of the Owner's Authorized Representative and/or as required by Applicable Laws. The responsibilities and duties of the CQA Consultant are set forth in the Specifications. The term CQA Consultant includes the CQA Consultant's Authorized Representative. When a CQA Consultant is not employed by Owner to inspect the Work, Owner's Authorized Representative or his designee will perform the duties and responsibilities designated in the Contract Documents for the CQA Consultant, in addition to his usual duties. 1.5.8 Change Order. A written Amendment to the Agreement prepared by Owner's Authorized Representative and signed and approved by Owner and Contractor that may include, but is not limited to,alterations,deviations, additions to,or deletions from the Agreement which are required for the proper completion of the Work as further described in Article 7 of these General Conditions. 1.5.9 Claim. A demand or assertion by Contractor seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of the terms of the Agreement, payment of money, extension of time, or other relief with respect to the terms or conditions of the Agreement. The term Claim also includes other disputes and matters in question between Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to the Agreement or a question of fact or law arising out of or related to the Agreement or the Work to be performed by Contractor. 1.5.10 Conditions of the Agreement. These Standard General Conditions for Construction and the Supplementary Conditions, if any. The Conditions of the Agreement are part of the Contract Documents and define certain rights, responsibilities, and relationships of the Parties and others involved in performance of the Work. 1.5.11 Construction Change Directive. A written order prepared by Owner directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, as further described in Article 7 of these General Conditions. 1.5.12 Construction Schedule. A schedule for construction and completion of the Work prepared by Contractor and approved by Owner, which includes, without limitation, activity sequences and durations, milestone dates for receipt and approval of pertinent information, preparation and processing of shop drawings and samples, delivery of materials or equipment requiring long-lead- time procurement, Owner's occupancy requirements, a proposed Substantial Completion date and any other items identified or required by Owner to convey how the Project is to be completed. 1.5.13 Contract Documents. The Agreement, the Exhibits thereto and Conditions of the Agreement, as enumerated in Article 8 of the Agreement,together with all Amendments issued after the Effective Date. 1.5.14 Contract Price. The Contract Price is the amount stated in Exhibit A to the Agreement and, including authorized Amendments, is the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work required by the Contract Documents. 1.5.15 Contract Time. The time allotted for Contractor's performance of the Work and set forth in the Agreement, measured from the Date of Commencement to the Date of Substantial Completion, as adjusted by any Amendments. 1.5.16 Contractor. The person or entity identified as Contractor in the Agreement. Contractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as singular in number. Contractor shall be lawfully licensed to perform the Work in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Contractor shall designate an Authorized Representative who shall have the authority to bind Contractor with respect to all matters under the Agreement. "Contractor" means Contractor and Contractor's Authorized Representative. 2 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 J WASTE MANAGEMEW 1.5.17 Date of Commencement. The date established in the Agreement or a Notice to Proceed given by Owner as provided in the Agreement. The date shall not be changed by any failure to act by Contractor or by persons or entities for whom Contractor is responsible. 1.5.18 Date of Substantial Completion. The date certified by the Owner's Authorized Representative that Contractor has achieved Substantial Completion of the Work. 1.5.19 Day. A calendar day. 1.5.20 DBE. A person or entity performing any Work or service in connection with the project who is certified as a Disadvantaged, Minority or Women Owned Business Enterprise. 1.5.21 Defective Work. Any Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized. 1.5.22 Drawings. The graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, describing the design, location, dimensions, character, requirements, description or scope of the Work or any portion thereof. Drawings may include, but are not limited to, plans, elevations, cross sections, isometrics, details, schedules and diagrams. 1.5.23 Effective Date. The date stated in the Agreement that it becomes effective; but, if no such date is stated, the date on which the Agreement was signed by Owner. 1.5.24 Environmental Laws. Any federal, state, or local law, statute, ordinance, or regulation, whether now or hereafter in effect, pertaining to health, industrial hygiene, or the environmental conditions on, under, or about the Project or Owner's property, including without limitation the following, as now or hereafter amended: Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C.A. § 9601 et seq., as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499, 100 Stat. 1613; Resource, Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C.A. § 6901 et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C.A. § 2601 et seq.; Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C.A. § 11001 et seq.; Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C.A. § 1251 et seq.; Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C.A. § 7401 et seq.; and any corresponding state laws or ordinances; and regulations, rules, guidelines, or standards promulgated pursuant to such laws, statutes and regulations, as such statutes, regulations, rules, guidelines, and standards are amended from time to time. 1.5.25 Final Completion. The date certified by the Owner's Authorized Representative that, to his best information, knowledge,and belief,construction is complete and in conformance with the Contract Documents, including any Work authorized by Amendment but not any warranty Work. Final Completion includes satisfactory completion of the Punch List and submittal and acceptance by Owner of all closeout submittals required by the Contract Documents. 1.5.26 Force Majeure. The occurrence of any of the following acts or events: acts of God, acts of the public enemy, confiscation or seizure by any Governmental Authority, insurrections,wars or war- like action (whether actual and pending or expected), arrests or other restraints of government (civil or military), blockades, embargoes, epidemics, landslides, earthquakes, fires, tornadoes, hurricanes or other unusually severe weather at the time and location where the Work is performed, floods, wash-outs, explosions, civil disturbance or disobedience, riot, sabotage, terrorism, threats of sabotage or terrorism, or any other cause, whether of the kind herein enumerated or otherwise, that is not within the reasonable anticipation or control of the Party claiming the right to delay performance on account of such occurrence and which, in any event, (i) is not a result of the intentional act, negligence, or willful misconduct of the Party claiming the right to delay performance on account of such occurrence and (ii) could not be overcome by commercially reasonable efforts or due diligence of the Party; provided, however, in no event shall the term "Force Majeure" include any economic hardship, inability to pay debts, or price escalations, failure, unavailability or delay of equipment or materials except if caused by an independent event of Force Majeure, changes in Applicable Laws other than those that prevent Contractor from performing the Work, or any act, omission, delay, default or failure of a Subcontractor except to the extent caused by an independent event of Force Majeure. 3 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 1.5.27 Furnish. Supply, pay for, and deliver to the Site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, and installation. 1.5.28 General Conditions.These Standard General Conditions for Construction, a part of the Conditions of the Agreement and which are incorporated into the Agreement as part of the Contract Documents. 1.5.29 General Requirements. The sections of the Specifications, if any, which specify administrative and procedural requirements and temporary facilities required for the Project. 1.5.30 Governmental Authorities. Any governmental or quasi-governmental courts, boards, agencies, or other authorities having jurisdiction over the Project, the Contract Documents or the Parties, including without limitation jurisdiction over any required inspections or approvals of the Work or any portion thereof. 1.5.31 Hazardous Materials. Any flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, petroleum-based materials exceeding applicable federal, state, or local regulatory limits, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), and other toxic substances or related materials, including without limitation substances defined as "hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials," or"toxic substances," in the Comprehensive Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. ARTICLE 9601 et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C.ARTICLE 2601, et seq.; and any other Applicable Laws, including Environmental Laws, and all amendments and revisions thereto or as otherwise defined as a pollutant or contaminant under Applicable Laws, including Environmental Laws. 1.5.32 Holiday. Any Day established by Owner as a holiday. 1.5.33 Indemnitees. Those parties that are indemnified by Contractor under the Agreement, including Owner, Owner's affiliates, Owner's Design Professional, Subconsultants and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, legal representatives, successors, and assigns. 1.5.34 Instruments of Service. Representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the tangible and intangible creative work prepared by the Owner, Owner's Design Professional or their consultants under any professional services agreements with the Owner. Instruments of Service may include, without limitation, studies, surveys, models, CAD files, building information models(BIM),sketches,drawings,specifications, and other similar materials. 1.5.35 Install. Unload, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, clean, protect, and similar operations. 1.5.36 Liens. Any and all claims of mechanics' or materialmans' liens under any Applicable Laws, payment Bond claims, security interests or encumbrances by any person or entity against the Work, Project, Site or any materials or equipment incorporated or to be incorporated therein or used upon the Site. 1.5.37 Lump Sum. The single amounts stated in Exhibit A to the Agreement for completion of all Work required by the Contract Documents or for any designated portions of the Work. 1.5.38 Major Item. An individual, measurable item of Work Listed in Exhibit A to the Agreement where the total price for the item is based on (i) a Unit Price multiplied by an estimated quantity and (ii) the total price for the item is greater than or equal to ten percent (10%)of the Contract Price as of the Effective Date. 1.5.39 Notice of Intent to Award. The written notice by Owner to the apparent successful bidder stating that, upon compliance by the bidder with the conditions enumerated in the Notice, Owner intends to award and enter into a contract for the Project with the recipient as Contractor. 1.5.40 Notice to Proceed. The written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the Date of Commencement unless specified in the Agreement and any conditions regarding commencement of construction at the Site. 4 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 1.5.41 Owner. The entity identified as Owner in the Agreement. Owner is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as singular in number. Owner shall designate an Authorized Representative who shall have the authority to bind Owner with respect to all matters under the Agreement. Contractor acknowledges that Owner is a subsidiary of Waste Management, Inc. Waste Management, Inc. and its subsidiaries ("Owner's Affiliates")are intended third party beneficiaries of the Agreement who shall have the right, but not the obligation, to exercise all rights of Owner hereunder. "Owner" means Owner and Owner's Authorized Representative. 1.5.42 Owner's Design Professional. The individual or other legal entity who is lawfully licensed to practice architecture or engineering, and is under contract to Owner to provide professional services as defined in the Contract Documents, under the direction of the Owner's Authorized Representative. The term Owner's Design Professional means the architect or engineer or his or her Authorized Representative. When a design professional is not employed for administration of the Agreement, Owner's Authorized Representative or his designee will perform the duties and responsibilities designated in the Contract Documents for Owner's Design Professional, in addition to his usual duties. 1.5.43 Parties. Collectively Owner and Contractor. Owner and Contractor are sometimes referred to herein individually as a "Party". 1.5.44 Product. Materials, equipment, or systems incorporated or to be incorporated into the Project. 1.5.45 Product Data. The illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other information furnished by Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 1.5.46 Project. The total construction project of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or part and which may include construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors. The Project is generally described in the Agreement. 1.5.47 Punch List. The list of minor items not necessary for Owner's beneficial use of the completed Work and/or repair work that is identified during the inspection for Substantial Completion of the Work, which must be completed as a condition to Final Completion. 1.5.48 Provide. Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. 1.5.49 Recommendation for Payment. Owner's internal document or electronic approval issued by Owner's Authorized Representative recommending Owner's payment of either all or a designated portion of the amount set forth in the Contractor's Application for Payment. 1.5.50 Record Drawings. Drawings prepared by Contractor that document changes to, additions to, or deductions from the Drawings and which represent the Work as constructed, as required by Article 8 of the Agreement. Record Drawings shall be kept in a form acceptable to Owner and, unless otherwise specified, may be hand annotated, redline type, as-built drawings. 1.5.51 RFI. A request for information submitted in writing by Contractor to Owner seeking an interpretation or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1.5.52 Samples. The physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship, and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 1.5.53 Schedule of Values. A document in such format as prescribed by Owner, furnished by the Contractor, reflecting the portions of the Contract Price allotted for the various parts of the Work. Unless otherwise agreed, the Schedule of Values shall be Exhibit A to the Agreement. The total of the Schedule of Values shall equal the Contract Price, including all labor, material, equipment, overhead, general conditions costs, and profit. Unit Price items shall be shown on the Schedule of Values based upon the product of the Unit Price and the total estimated quantity for each such item. Lump Sum items shall be listed separately in the Schedule of Values and may be further broken down into tasks associated with the item if Owner and Contractor so agree. 1.5.54 Separate Contractor. A person, firm, or corporation retained by Owner to perform work on the Property under a separate agreement with Owner. Work performed by Separate Contractors may 5 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT be a part of the Project or may not. In all cases, Contractor will coordinate its Work with Owner to avoid any interference with the work of any Separate Contractors. 1.5.55 Shop Drawings. The drawings, diagrams, schedules, and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor, Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor, to illustrate some portion of the Work. 1.5.56 Site. The real property upon which the Project is located and where the Work is to be performed, including any easements for access thereto, and other lands which are designated for use by the Contractor, if any, in the Contract Documents. 1.5.57 Specifications. The portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. 1.5.58 Subconsultant. A person or entity that has a direct contract with Owner's Design Professional, properly licensed, to provide professional services as defined in the Contract Documents, under the direction of the Owner's Design Professional. The term Subconsultant means the Subconsultant or his Authorized Representative. 1.5.59 Subcontract. Any separate agreement between Contractor and any Subcontractor specifically related to the Project or Work, including supply contracts, and equipment rental or lease agreements entered into by Contractor for the Project. 1.5.60 Subcontractor. A person or entity that has a direct contract with Contractor to perform a portion of the construction required in connection with the Work or to furnish materials, equipment, or services to Contractor in connection with or for incorporation into the Work. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor, an Authorized Representative of the Subcontractor, or any lower tiered subcontractor or supplier of a Subcontractor. 1.5.61 Substantial Completion. That stage in the progress of the Work or any designated portion thereof where Owner's Authorized Representative certifies that the construction is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for the purpose for which it is intended, the only remaining Work is Punch List Work and any Governmental Authorities with jurisdiction over the Site have issued such certificates of occupancy or similar permits so that the Work may be lawfully occupied or used. 1.5.62 Supplementary Conditions. The part of the Conditions of the Agreement which amends or supplements the General Conditions, if any. The Supplementary Conditions may state any additional requirements unique for the Project Site or the jurisdiction where the Project is located. 1.5.63 Surety. Any entity that is bound by any Bond to undertake any obligation of Contractor under the Contract Documents in the event of Contractor's default of such obligation. Surety shall include any co-surety or reinsurer, as applicable. 1.5.64 Warranty Work. Work that must be performed under any contractual, legal, manufacturer, or other warranty, within the stipulated time period in such warranty, the performance of which is not a condition precedent to Substantial Completion. Warranty Work includes correction of Defective Work discovered after Substantial Completion but prior to the expiration of any applicable warranty. 1.5.65 Unit Price.The amount stated in Exhibit A to the Agreement for an individual, measurable item of Work, which when multiplied by the actual quantity incorporated into the Work, amounts to the full compensation for completion of the item including any Work incidental to the item. 1.5.66 Work. The entire construction required by the Contract Documents, whether specified, indicated, shown or implied, including all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, tools, transportation, supervision, services and incidentals to be provided by Contractor to Furnish and Install Products and to fulfill all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents, including all Amendments. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 6 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 1.6 Execution, Correlation and Intent. 1.6.1 The Agreement shall be signed by Owner and Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents. 1.6.2 Execution of the Agreement by Contractor constitutes Contractor's conclusive representation that Contractor has carefully examined the Contract Documents, visited the Site of the Work, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, examined all available soils, geotechnical, environmental and other reports related to the Site or nearby lands, and fully informed itself as to conditions and matters which might affect the Work or costs thereof. Contractor further affirms that it has correlated its personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.6.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to provide for and describe the complete Work. Contractor shall provide all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. What is required by one of the Contract Documents shall be as binding as if required by all. Performance by Contractor shall be required to the extent called for by the Contract Documents or reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the completed Work. 1.6.4 In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Contract Documents, the inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order: (i)Amendments to the Agreement made after execution of the Agreement, (ii)the Agreement, (iii)Scope/Schedule / Price Form (iv) Supplementary Conditions, if any, (v) these General Conditions, (vi) other Exhibits to the Agreement, (vii) Specifications, and (viii) Drawings. 1.6.5 Reference to standard specifications, manuals, or codes of a technical society, organization, or association, or to laws or regulations of a governmental authority, whether specific or implied, shall mean the latest edition in effect as of the Effective Date, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 1.6.6 No provision of any referenced standard, specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Owner's Design Professional or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to Owner or Owner's Design Professional or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.6.7 Unless otherwise stated in Contract Documents, words which have well-known or customary construction industry technical meanings are used in Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.6.8 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an"; but, the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 1.7 Specifications. 1.7.1 The organization of Specifications into divisions, sections, and articles and the arrangement of Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. Contractor represents that it and its Subcontractors have examined all of the Contract Documents to determine the appropriate scope of Work for each. 1.7.2 Specifications are written in imperative and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to the Contractor unless specifically noted otherwise. When written in the streamlined form, the words "shall be" are included by inference where a colon(:) is used within sentences or phrases. 1.8 Ownership and Use of Instruments of Services. Neither Contractor nor any Subcontractors shall own or claim a copyright or other right to the Instruments of Service or any part of them. Instruments of Service, 7 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT including any copies furnished to Contractor, are for use solely and exclusively with respect to the Project and Work. The Instruments of Service shall not be used by Contractor or any Subcontractor on other projects or for additions to the Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of Owner and Owner's Design Professional when applicable. Contractor and any Subcontractors are hereby granted a limited license only to use and reproduce applicable portions the Instruments of Service appropriate to, and for use in, execution of their Work under the Agreement or as may be required by any Governmental Authority in order to secure any necessary permits or approvals. ARTICLE 2 Owner's Riebts and Responsibilities 2.1 Information and Services Required of Owner. 2.1.1 Owner, assisted by the Owner's Design Professional when employed and by the Contractor, will complete an application for a building permit, as applicable for the place of the Project. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the fee for such permit will be paid for by Owner. 2.1.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Owner will furnish to Contractor one set of Contract Documents. Additional copies will be furnished on Contractor's request at the discretion of the Owner's Authorized Representative. 2.1.3 Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner will provide Contractor with surveys and/or a legal description of the Project Site with any limitations and horizontal and vertical controls adequate to locate the Project. Construction surveying is the responsibility of Contractor. 2.1.4 To the extent practicable and reasonably available to Owner, Owner will provide contractor with access to any soils and environmental reports and geotechnical or other data describing physical characteristics of the Project Site. Owner does not warrant the accuracy of such information, and Contractor is not relieved of its obligation to investigate conditions on, under and around the Site by Owner's making such information available to Contractor. 2.1.5 To the extent Owner is required to provide information or services pursuant to the Agreement, such information and services will be provided by Owner with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. Unless a shorter time is provided for in the most current Owner approved Construction Schedule, information or services provided by Owner to Contractor within seven (7) Days of Contractor's written request therefore shall be conclusively deemed to have been furnished with reasonable promptness. 2.1.6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of Owner enumerated herein. 2.2 Availability of Lands. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Owner shall provide access to the Site on which the Work is to be performed, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated in the Contract Documents for use by the Contractor. Contractor shall coordinate access with Owner's Authorized Representative. 2.3 Owner's Right to Stop Work. 2.3.1 If Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents, as required in Article 12.2, or fails to carry out Work in accordance with Contract Documents within the time period for cure specified herein, Owner may order Contractor in writing to stop the Work or any portion thereof until the cause for such order has been eliminated. However, the right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent expressly provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall comply with any such order and shall have no right to seek an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time or otherwise to recover any amount or make any Claim as a result of any such order. Owner's right to stop the Work is without prejudice to other remedies Owner may have, including its right of termination under Article 14.1. 8 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 2.3.2 Whenever the Owners' Representative becomes aware of any condition which poses a serious or imminent danger to the health or safety of the public or Owner's/Contractor's personnel, the Owner's Representative shall notify the Contractor orally, with written confirmation, and request immediate initiation of corrective action. This notice, when delivered to the Contractor or the Contractor's representative at the work site, shall be deemed sufficient notice of the noncompliance and that corrective action is required. After receiving the notice, the Contractor shall immediately take corrective action. If the Contractor fails or refuses to promptly take corrective action in the sole opinion of the Owner,the Owner's Representative may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. Work may resume only upon satisfactory corrective action by the Contractor and the issuance of a Resume Work Notice, provided at the sole discretion of the Owner. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any equitable adjustment of the contract price on any stop work order issued under this clause. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the performance schedule equal to the length of the delay due to the stop work order. However, the Contractor shall be responsible for any and all third-party costs incurred by the Owner that are a direct result of the stop work order. 2.4 Owner's Right to Carry Out Work. 2.4.1 If Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails, within a seven (7) Day period after receipt of written notice from Owner, to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, Owner may, upon providing a second written notice to Contractor of its intent to do so, correct such deficiencies without prejudice to other remedies Owner may have, including its right of termination under Article 14.1. Contractor shall have no right to seek an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time or otherwise to recover any amount or make any Claim as a result of any such action by Owner. 2.4.2 Should Owner correct any default, neglect or failure pursuant to Article 2.4.1, an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due to Contractor, the cost of correcting such default, neglect or failure, including Owner's administrative costs and overhead, and compensation for Owner's Design Professional's additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. If payments then or thereafter due to Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. 2.4.3 Notwithstanding Owner's right to carry out the Work or election to do so, maintenance and protection of the Work shall at all times remain Contractor's responsibility. 2.5 Limitations on Owner's Employees. No officer or employee or other agent of Owner is empowered to authorize the Contractor to perform any act contrary to the terms of the Agreement or any Applicable Laws. 2.6 Right of Removal. Owner reserves the right to require Contractor to bar any Subcontractor, employee of Contractor or employee of any Subcontractor from its Site for any reason, in its reasonable discretion. 2.7 Job Meetings. Owner will schedule regular job progress meetings of the Parties' Authorized Representatives or their delegates at the Site or other suitable location on a weekly, bi-weekly,or monthly basis. Owner reserves the right to schedule additional meetings as needed to assure compliance with the Contract Documents and Construction Schedule. ARTICLE 3 Contractor's Rights and Responsibilities 3.1 General 3.1.1 Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, approved Shop Drawings and submittals and Applicable Laws. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the 9 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT Contract Documents, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, transportation, temporary facilities, supplies, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not incorporated therein. 3.1.2 Regardless of any inspections, tests or approvals by Owner, Owner's Design Professional, or third parties, Contractor shall perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner has no liability or responsibility to Contractor or any Surety of Contractor for work performed by Contractor which is not in accordance with Contract Documents, regardless of whether discovered during construction or after acceptance of the Work. 3.1.3 Contractor shall not assign or transfer (other than by proper Subcontracts for which Contractor shall remain responsible) any rights or obligations under the Agreement without the consent of Owner, which consent may be granted or withheld in Owner's sole and absolute discretion. 3.1.4 Contractor shall verify that the Work is in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents before requesting observation or inspection by Owner. 3.1.5 Contractor shall give the Owner's Authorized Representative twenty-four(24)hours written notice before commencing Work or renewing Work where Work has been stopped for more than three (3) Days. Contractor shall also give the same notice to Owner's CQA Consultant, if any. 3.1.6 Prior to commencing Work, Contractor shall provide to Owner for Owner's consideration and approval a list of labor and equipment rates to be applied in any request for a Change Order under Article 7. Such list shall be all inclusive of trades and equipment Contractor anticipates utilizing in completion of the Work. 3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor. 3.2.1 Contractor's execution of the Agreement constitutes Contractor's representation that it has studied and compared the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by Owner pursuant to Article 2.1 and has reported to the Owner's Authorized Representative any discovered errors, inconsistencies, or omissions. 3.2.2 Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such conditions and other information known to Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. 3.2.3 Contractor shall make a reasonable attempt to understand the Contract Documents before requesting interpretation from Owner. 3.3 Conflicts, Errors,or Discrepancies. If Contractor finds any conflict, error,or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall report same to Owner's Authorized Representative in writing at once, and shall seek a written interpretation or clarification from Owner's Authorized Representative before proceeding with the Work affected thereby. Contractor's failure to comply with this requirement shall constitute a waiver of Contractor's right, if any, to seek an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time or otherwise recover any consideration on account of such conflict, error or discrepancy. Contractor shall be liable to Owner or to Owner's Design Professional for losses or expenses incurred by either of them resulting from Contractor's failure to timely report any conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents if Contractor knew of should have reasonably known thereof. 3.4 Supervision and Construction Procedures. 3.4.1 Contractor shall supervise, direct, and inspect the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention and applying such skills and expertise as necessary,to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.4.2 Superintendent. 1 Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall 10 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT have the authority and responsibility to act for Contractor and to represent Contractor. Communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor's Authorized Representative and the acts of the superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. .2 After Notice of Intent to Award and prior to beginning Work at the Site, Contractor shall furnish to the Owner's Authorized Representative, in writing, the name and qualifications of the person proposed by Contractor to be the superintendent. In the event Contractor identified a proposed superintendent during the bidding process, unless rejected by Owner,the proposed superintendent shall be the person previously identified. Contractor shall not assign as superintendant any person to whom the Owner's Authorized Representative makes reasonable objection in writing. Once an acceptable superintendant has been appointed, Contractor shall not change the superintendant without Owner's prior approval. 3.4.3 Contractor shall be solely responsible and have sole control over the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and for coordinating all Work under the Contract Documents. 3.4.4 Contractor is solely responsible to Owner for any acts and omissions of its employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and any other persons or entities performing any portion of the Work for or on behalf of Contractor. 3.4.5 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor is responsible for all construction surveying necessary to complete the Work. 3.5 Labor 3.5.1 Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform the Work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain strict discipline and good order at the Site. 3.5.2 Contractor shall prohibit its employees and the employees of all Subcontractors from possessing any firearms or illegal weapons at the Site or otherwise on Owner's property. Any person violating this rule may be removed from the Site, in Owner's sole discretion. 3.5.3 It is the policy of Owner to achieve a drug-free workforce and to provide a workplace that is free from the use of illegal drugs,substance abuse, and alcohol abuse. The manufacture,distribution, dispensation, possession (either externally or internally), sale, or use of illegal drugs by Contractor's or its Subcontractor's employees while on duty at or near the Site or the Project is prohibited. Contractor shall ensure that its and its Subcontractors' employees are prohibited from working at or near the Site or the Project while impaired by alcohol or under the influence of illegal or illicit substances. 3.5.4 Contractor shall comply with the employment eligibility verification requirements (Form 1-9) contained in the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), and represents that all personnel engaged in performing Work have provided the required verification documentation to comply with IRCA and are authorized to work in the United States. Contractor understands that Contractor is solely responsible for this 1-9 verification and for any penalties or fees associated with Contractor's failure to comply with IRCA, and will indemnify Company for any penalties or fees imposed under IRCA against Owner on account of any worker providing Work. 3.6 Materials and Equipment 3.6.1 If required by Owner, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. Material not in conformance with Contract Documents will be rejected and shall be promptly removed from the Site at Contractor's expense. 3.6.2 All materials and equipment, including any materials or equipment purchased or furnished by Owner for incorporation into the Work by Contractor, shall be suitably stored by Contractor in a 11 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT safe, neat, compact, and protected manner in accordance with Applicable Law and any manufacturer's recommendations. Materials shall be stored in such a manner to cause the least inconvenience to adjacent property owners, tenants, and the general public, and shall not block access to any fire hydrant. Trees, lawns, walks, drives, streets and other improvements shall be protected from damage by the Work, materials, earth, debris, water, or otherwise. If private or public property is damaged by Contractor, it shall be restored to original condition or better by Contractor, in addition to Contractors obligations of indemnification. 3.6.3 Contractor shall obtain Owner's approval for storage areas to be used for materials or equipment, for which payment has been requested under the provisions of Article 9. Access to such storage areas,for inspection purposes,shall be provided to designated Owner representatives. Materials once paid for by Owner, become the property of Owner and may not be removed from the place of storage, except to the Site, without Owner's written permission. Contractor's all-risk insurance shall cover all perils including loss or damage to materials during storage, loading, unloading, and transit to the Site. 3.6.4 Contractor shall ensure that any drawings, plans and specifications for Contractor engineered materials or equipment included as part of the Work have been prepared and certified by a licensed professional engineer who has reviewed and approved all such drawings, plans and specifications, copies of which shall be made available to Owner within a reasonable time after Contractor's receipt of Owner's request therefore. 3.7 Products and Substitutions 3.7.1 For Products specified by reference standards or by description only, Contractor may provide any Product meeting those standards or description. 3.7.2 For Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers, with provision for substitutions (or equal), Contractor may submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named, provided that the progress of the Work is not thereby delayed. 3.7.3 When individual specification sections require a specific construction method orthe use of specific construction equipment, with provision for substitutions (or equal), Contractor may submit a request for any method or equipment not named, provided that the progress of the Work is not thereby delayed. 3.7.4 Contractor shall document each request for substitution with complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with the Contract Documents. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the Contractor: .1 has investigated the proposed Product, method, or equipment and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified Product, method or equipment; .2 will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified Product; .3 will coordinate installation or implementation of the proposed substitution and will make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete, with no additional cost to Owner; .4 confirms that cost data is complete and includes all related costs under the Contract Documents; .5 waives any Claim for additional cost or time extension related to the substitution; .6 will work with Owner to obtain any required review or redesign services at Contractor's sole cost by a properly licensed design professional; and .7 will work with Owner to obtain any required reapproval and permits from Governmental Authorities necessary for the substitution. 3.7.5 Substitutions will not be considered or allowed when so indicated in the Contract Documents or implied on approved Shop Drawing or Product Data submittals without separate written request, nor will they be considered or allowed when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. 3.7.6 Owner has authority to reject any request for substitution in its sole and absolute discretion. 12 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 3.8 Warranties 3.8.1 Contractor warrants to Owner that all materials and equipment furnished as part of the Work will be free of defects in title, of good quality, and new unless otherwise required or expressly permitted by the Contract Documents. Contractor further warrants that the Work will be free from defects and that the Work will conform with all requirements of the Contract Documents. 3.8.2 Contractor warrants to Owner that all Work shall be performed in a thorough, good and workmanlike manner, notwithstanding any omission from the Specifications or the Drawings. 3.8.3 Contractor warrants to Owner that the Work will be free of Hazardous Materials, except for any hazardous substances expressly specified for use in the Contract Documents. 3.8.4 Contractor warrants to Owner that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment will pass to Owner either by incorporation in the construction or upon the receipt of payment by the Contractor, whichever occurs first. Such title shall be free and clear of all Liens, claims, security interests,or encumbrances. No Work, materials,or equipment covered by an Application for Payment shall be subject to an agreement under which an interest is retained or an encumbrance is attached by the seller, the Contractor, or other party. 3.8.5 Contractor warrants to Owner that all Work provided pursuant to this Agreement, and any deliverables or work product provided to Owner in connection with the Work,shall not infringe the patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property rights of any third party. 3.9 Defective Work. 3.9.1 Contractor shall promptly and at its sole cost correct all Defective Work identified by Owner within one (1)year after the date of Final Payment or within any longer period specified in the Contract Documents. Contractor's obligation to correct Defective Work excludes correction of damage caused by abuse by a person or persons other than those for whom Contractor is responsible, modifications performed by someone other than Contractor or its Subcontractors, improper or insufficient maintenance by Owner, improper operation by Owner, or normal wear and tear under normal usage. Nothing in this Article or elsewhere in the Agreement shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility or liability for latent defects, departures from the requirements of the Contract Documents, fraud or gross mistake or from damages resulting from any of the foregoing. 3.9.2 In the event a defect in a specified Product is discovered either during performance of the Work or in the warranty period, Contractor shall take appropriate measures with the manufacturer of the Product to assure correction or replacement of the defective Product with minimum delay or shall itself effect the correction or replacement promptly. 3.10 Taxes 3.10.1 Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, excise, use, and other taxes and fees for the Work or portions thereof provided by Contractor or its Subcontractors or suppliers which are legally enacted when bids are received,whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 3.10.2 Contractor shall obtain and require Subcontractors to obtain, all necessary permits from the State and from local taxing authorities to perform contractual obligations under the Agreement, including sales tax permits. 3.11 Permits and Fees. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall secure and pay for all construction permits, licenses, and inspections, including any associated taxes or fees, necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work and which are legally required at the time the Work is performed. If any such requirements were not enacted at the time bids were received, Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order increasing the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time as necessary for compliance with such new requirements. 3.12 Applicable Laws and Notices. 3.12.1 Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by Applicable Laws. 13 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 3.12.2 It is not Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with Applicable Laws. However, if Contractor believes or determines any portion of the Contract Documents are at variance with any Applicable Laws,Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Authorized Representative in writing. If Owner agrees, any necessary changes shall be accomplished by an appropriate Amendment. 3.12.3 If Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary Applicable Laws without giving advance notice, in writing, to Owner, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear and pay all direct and indirect costs or correcting the Work to conform to Applicable Laws and shall indemnify the Owner against the consequences thereof as provided in this Article 3. 3.13 Concealed Conditions 3.13.1 If Contractor encounters conditions at the Site that are: (i)subsurface or other concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that could not be ascertained from the survey and site data made available by Owner; or (ii) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction of the character inherent to the Work and that could not be ascertained from the survey and site data made available by owner, then Contractor shall notify Owner's Authorized Representative, in writing, of the presence of such conditions not later than seven (7) Days after the Contractor's first observance of such conditions and in any event before such conditions are disturbed. Owner will investigate the conditions and notify Contractor in writing of Owner's determination concerning whether the conditions materially differ. If Owner agrees that the conditions material differ as set forth above, a Amendment will be issued to equitably adjust the Contract Price and Contract Time on account of such materially different conditions. If Contractor disagrees with Owner's assessment of the conditions, Contractor may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15 of these General Conditions. Contractor's failure to give timely notice under this Article of any materially different conditions encountered by Contractor before such conditions are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of Contractor's right to make any Claim for additional compensation or time related to the presence of such conditions. 3.13.2 Should Contractor encounter human remains, burial grounds, archeological sites, wetlands or other conditions where Contractor is legally obligated to cease working and not indicated in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall suspend any Work that would affect them and give immediate notice to Owner's Authorized Representative in writing of the conditions and suspension. Contractor shall continue to suspend such affected operations until instructed otherwise by Owner. Within fourteen (14) Days of resumption of the affected operations, Contractor may submit a Claim to Owner for an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price and Contract Time related to the presence of such conditions. 3.14 Construction Schedules 3.14.1 Promptly following execution of the Agreement and no later than seven (7) Days prior to the first scheduled job progress meeting between Owner and Contractor, Contractor shall prepare and submit the Construction Schedule for the Owner's Authorized Representative's review. The Construction Schedule shall reflect the minimum time required to complete the Project, not to exceed the allowed Contract Time, and shall be in a format, method and level of detail acceptable to Owner. The Construction Schedule shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.14.2 Contractor shall prepare, keep current, and submit for Owner's Authorized Representative's approval with the Construction Schedule, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Construction Schedule if such submittals are not included as activities in the Construction Schedule. 3.14.3 Contractor shall update or revise the Construction Schedule at appropriate intervals, not less than monthly, and as required by conditions of the Work and the Project. Each such update or revision shall reflect Contractor's approved plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. 14 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT Construction Schedule updates and revisions shall indicate actual progress of the Work in the field and shall include Amendments, if any, impacting the progress of the Work. 3.14.4 No revision or update to the Construction Schedule shall relieve Contractor of its obligation to complete the Work within the Contract Time. 3.14.5 Contractor shall perform the Work in general conformance with the most recent Construction Schedule submitted to Owner. 3.15 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.15.1 Contractor shall maintain and make available to the Owner's Authorized Representative one record copy of Contract Documents, including Record Drawings. Such documents shall be maintained in good order and kept current to record Amendments, selections made during construction, minor changes in the Work and approved deviations from the Contract Documents, if any. 3.15.2 Contractor shall also maintain and make available to the Owner's Authorized Representative for review approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals. These shall be delivered to the Owner's Authorized Representative prior to final inspection as required in Article 9. 3.16 Manufacturer's Specifications 3.16.1 Contractor shall offload, store, handle and install all materials and perform all Work in the manner required by any applicable materials manufacturers whose Products are incorporated into the Work, including any Owner furnished materials. Should the Contract Documents and manufacturer's instructions conflict, Contractor shall report the conflict to the Owner's Authorized Representative for resolution prior to proceeding with the Work. 3.16.2 References to the manufacturer's specifications, manufacturer's directions, or manufacturer's recommendations, shall refer to the referenced manufacturer's current published documents in effect as of the date of receipt of bids, or for Change Orders, as of the date of the Change Order. 3.17 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 3.17.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate, for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required, the way Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. 3.17.2 Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Authorized Representative the Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples required by the Contract Documents in the forms, quantities, and procedures specified in the Specifications. Submittals shall be transmitted with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of Owner or of a Separate Contractor. Submittals made by Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents or which are indicated to be for information only may be returned without action. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Authorized Representative, the submittals are incomplete, indicate an inadequate understanding of the Work covered by the submittal, or indicate a lack of review by Contractor prior to submittal, the submittal may be returned unchecked to Contractor for correction of deficiencies and subsequent resubmittal. 3.17.3 Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples until the respective submittal has been returned with appropriate action. Such Work shall be in accordance with reviewed submittals, unless the submittals are subsequently found to be defective. When Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples are required, related Work performed prior to review and approval of such submittals shall be at Contractor's risk, and Owner shall not be obligated to accept such Work if such submittals are later found to be not acceptable. 3.17.4 Contractor shall review and certify that all submitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples conform to Contract Documents without exception by affixing Contractor's approval stamp and 15 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT signature. Contractor's stamp shall state that Contractor has determined and verified materials, quantities, field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 3.17.5 Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by Owner's, Owner's Design Professional's or any Subconsultant's review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples unless Contractor has specifically informed the Owner's Authorized Representative in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal, and the Owner's Authorized Representative has given written approval of such deviation. Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples by Owner's or Owner's Design Professional's or Subconsultant's approval thereof. 3.17.6 Contractor shall clearly and prominently identify all revisions or changes on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples from the prior submittal. 3.17.7 When professional certification of performance criteria or materials, systems, or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, Owner shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications. 3.17.8 Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples to the Owner's Authorized Representative in time to allow a minimum of fourteen (14) Days for the Owner's Authorized Representative's review prior to the date Contractor needs the reviewed submittals returned. By agreement of the parties' Authorized Representatives, this time may be shortened or lengthened for a particular job requirement. For Product colors or textures to be selected by Owner, Contractor shall submit all samples together to allow the Owner's Authorized Representative to prepare a complete selection schedule. 3.18 Use of Site 3.18.1 Contractor shall perform and confine operations at the Site to those areas permitted by Applicable Laws, permits and the Contract Documents. To the maximum extent practicable and except as otherwise expressly provided for in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall schedule and complete the Work in a manner that does not interfere with Owner's ongoing business operations, if any, at the Site. 3.18.2 Contractor shall not unreasonably encumber the Site with materials or equipment. 3.18.3 To the extent required by Contractor and not provided by Owner, Contractor shall provide for all lands and access thereto that may be required for use by Contractor for temporary construction facilities or for storage of materials and equipment, and shall indemnify Owner with regard to such use as stated in this Article 3. 3.18.4 In its use and scheduling of the Site and of the Work, Contractor shall give all reasonable cooperation to Owner and Owner's Separate Contractors who may be undertaking parts of the Project for any reason or who may be performing work on other projects of Owner. 3.19 Cutting And Patching 3.19.1 Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,fitting, and patching necessary to accomplish the Work and shall suitably support, anchor, attach, match, and trim or seal materials to the work of others. Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the work of Separate Contractors to minimize conflicts, as provided in Article 6, Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors. 3.19.2 Contractor shall not endanger any Work by cutting, digging, or other action, and shall not cut or alter the Work of other Separate Contractors except with the written consent of Owner and the affected Contractor. 3.20 Cleaning 3.20.1 Contractor shall perform a daily clean-up of all dirt, debris, scrap materials, and other disposable items resulting from Contractor's operations, whether on Site or off Site. Unless otherwise 16 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 J WASTE MANAGEMENT authorized, all streets, access streets, driveways, and walkways shall be kept clean and open at all times. 3.20.2 Failure of Contractor to maintain a clean site, including access to streets, will be the basis for Owner to issue a written notice of non-compliance with the Agreement. Should that notice to correct not be complied with within 24 hours, Owner may authorize the necessary clean-up to be performed by others and the cost of such clean-up may be deducted from moneys due Contractor. 3.20.3 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor is responsible for disposal of all waste materials and other excess materials resulting from Contractor's operations in compliance with Applicable Laws. 3.21 Access to Work and Information 3.21.1 Contractor shall provide Owner, Owner's Design Professional, Subconsultants, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional authority, access to the Work in preparation and in progress wherever located. Contractor shall provide proper and safe conditions for such access. 3.21.2 Contractor shall promptly furnish to the Owner's Authorized Representative, upon request, any information Owner may require respecting the character of the Products and the progress and manner of the Work, including information necessary to determine the cost of the Work. 3.22 Royalties, Patents, and Trade Secrets 3.22.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, at its cost, procure any license or permit which is required for the use of any patented invention, article, process, or means, method, or instrumentality wrought into, used in, upon, or in any way or manner connected with the construction, erection, or maintenance of the Work or any part thereof as embraced in the Agreement. Contractor shall pay all fees or royalties required for any such use or license. Such fees shall, unless otherwise provided in these Contract Documents, be included in the Contract Price. Contractor shall indemnify Owner from Contractor's failure to comply with this requirement in accordance with this Article 3. 3.22.2 Alleged ownership by Contractor of trade secrets as to Products used in the Work, or the preparation of any mixture for the Work, shall not be recognized by Owner in the performance of the Agreement, and Contractor waives any such Claim. Owner shall at all times have the right to demand and Contractor shall furnish complete information concerning materials or samples of ingredients of any materials used or proposed to be used in preparation of the concrete placed or other Work to be done. Mixtures once agreed on shall not be changed in any manner without the knowledge and consent of Owner. Owner will make commercially reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of such proprietary information if Contractor has advised Owner that the information is confidential. 3.23 INDEMNIFICATION 3.23.1 GENERAL INDEMNITY. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW AND EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN ARTICLES 3.23.2, 3.23.3 AND 3.23.4, CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND WITH COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER, INDEMNIFY,AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNITEES AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, DAMAGES (ECONOMIC OR OTHERWISE), LOSS AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ATTORNEYS' FEES AND CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, TO THE EXTENT THEY ARISE OUT OF, RELATE TO OR RESULT FROM THE BREACH OF ANY OBLIGATION OR WARRANTY EXRESSED OR IMPLIED UNDER THE AGREEMENT AND/OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE VIOLATION OF ANY APPLICABLE LAWS, ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OR ANY INTENTIONAL ACT OR OMISSION, BY CONTRACTOR, OR ANY OF ITS SUBCONTRACTORS, OR ANY OF THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES. CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE SUCH OBLIGATION IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER ANY SUCH DAMAGE IS CAUSED BY OR ALLEGED TO BE CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY'S SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY (INCLUDING LIABILITY RELATING TO THE PERFORMANCE OR 17 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 J WASTE MANAGEMENT FAILURE TO PERFORM ANY DUTY CONSIDERED TO BE NON-DELEGABLE). THIS INDEMNITY DOES NOT EXTEND TO THAT PORTION OF A CLAIM FOR WHICH OWNER OR ANY OWNER INDEMNITEE IS FOUND BY FINAL JUDGMENT OR ARBITRATION AWARD TO HAVE BEEN NEGLIGENT OR AT FAULT. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN ARTICLES 3.23.2, 3.23.3 AND 3.23.4 BELOW, IN THE EVENT THAT OWNER OR AN OWNER INDEMNITEE IS FOUND, BY ANY DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS TO BE NEGLIGENT OR AT FAULT IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THE INDEMNITY AND HOLD HARMLESS OBLIGATION OF CONTRACTOR WITH REGARD TO ATTORNEYS' FEES AND LITIGATION OR ARBITRATION COSTS AND EXPENSES INCURRED IN DEFENSE OF SUCH CLAIM SHALL BE REDUCED BY THE PERCENTAGE OF NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT OF THE OWNER OR OTHER INDEMNITEES. 3.23.2 INDEMNITY-THIRD PARTY PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE CLAIMS. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, AND EXCEPT AS SET OUT IN SUBPARAGRAPHS 3.23.3 AND 3.23.4 BELOW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND OWNER AND ALL INDEMNITEES WITH COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,ATTORNEYS' FEES,ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF ANY PERSON OR PROPERTY DAMAGE, INCLUDING LOSS OF USE OF PROPERTY, ARISING OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE AGREEMENT OR CONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OR OTHER ACTIVITIES OF CONTRACTOR, BUT ONLY TO THE EXTENT CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF CONTRACTOR OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY CONTRACTOR OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS CONTRACTOR MAY BE LIABLE. 3.23.3 INDEMNITY-EMPLOYEE INJURY CLAIMS. NOTHWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING AND TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND OWNER AND THE INDEMNITEES WITH COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,ATTORNEYS' FEES,ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM BODILY INJURY TO, OR SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OF, ANY EMPLOYEE, AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE OF CONTRACTOR OR ANY OF ITS SUBCONTRACTORS ("EMPLOYEE") BROUGHT BY SUCH INJURED EMPLOYEE OR THE EMPLOYEE'S WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE CARRIER, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT OF OWNER OR THE INDEMNITEES . THE INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL NOT BE LIMITED BY ANY BENEFITS PAYABLE BY OR FOR CONTRACTOR UNDER WORKERS COMPENSATION ACTS, DISABILITY BENEFIT ACTS OR OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT ACTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCURE LIABILITY INSURANCE COVERING ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS PARAGRAPH. 3.23.4 INDEMNITY - INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY CLAIMS. IN ADDITION TO THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED IN 3.23.1, 3.23.2 AND 3.23.3 ABOVE, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND WITH COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER, AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER AND INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS, OR EXPENSE (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDEMNITEES' ATTORNEYS' FEES) ARISING OUT OF, RESULTING FROM OR ATTRIBUTABLE TO ANY CLAIM THAT ANY MEANS, METHOD OR PROCESS, MATERIALS, GOODS OR SERVICES PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR IN THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK ON THE PROJECT INFRINGES ON ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK, SERVICE MARK, OR TRADE NAME OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT OF A THIRD PARTY, INVADES A THIRD PARTY'S RIGHT OF PUBLICITY OR PRIVACY, OR PLAGIARIZES THE WORK OF A THIRD PARTY, EVEN TO THE EXTENT SUCH CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS OR EXPENSE IS ALLEGED TO BE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART,BY THE CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF INDEMNITEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THEM. 18 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 3.23.5 It is agreed with respect to any legal limitations now or hereafter in effect and affecting the validity or enforceability of the obligations under this Article 3.23, such legal limitations are made a part of the contractual obligations and shall operate to amend the obligations to the minimum extent necessary to bring the provision into conformity with the requirements of such limitations, and as so modified, the obligations shall continue in full force and effect. Should any provision in the Agreement be held invalid, unenforceable or contrary to public policy, law, statute or ordinance, then the remainder of the provision, paragraph, Article and/or Agreement shall not be affected thereby and shall remain valid and fully enforceable. 3.23.6 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTLY ADVISE OWNER IN WRITING OF ANY ACTION, ADMINISTRATIVE OR LEGAL PROCEEDING, OR INVESTIGATION TO WHICH THIS INDEMNIFICATION MAY APPLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL, AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, ASSUME ON BEHALF OF THE INDEMNITEES AND CONDUCT WITH DUE DILIGENCE AND IN GOOD FAITH THE DEFENSE THEREOF WITH COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT OWNER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT, AT ITS OPTION, TO BE REPRESENTED THEREIN BY ADVISORY COUNSEL OF ITS OWN SELECTION AND AT ITS OWN EXPENSE. 3.23.7 The obligations contained in this Article 3.23 shall survive the expiration, completion, abandonment and/or termination of the Agreement and final completion of the Work and any other services to be provided pursuant to the Agreement. 3.24 Confidentiality 3.24.1 Without Owner's prior written consent, Contractor agrees not to disclose to third parties any information provided to Contractor by Owner(or Owner's agents, Owner's Design Professionals, consultants or Separate Contractors), or obtained by Contractor in the execution of the Work, except with respect to information which has been previously disclosed to Contractor by outside third parties having no obligation of confidentiality, or which is in the public domain through no breach of this Article by Contractor or any Subcontractor. Contractor shall not make any use whatsoever at any time of such information other than to provide the Work in accordance herewith. Contractor and its Subcontractors shall use their best efforts to safeguard from unauthorized disclosure to third parties any such information given them. Furthermore, Contractor will not disclose to its employees, agents, or Subcontractors any such information if Contractor knows, or should reasonably know, that those persons may be involved in similar projects with direct competitors of Owner. As used in this Article 3.24, "Contractor" shall include its affiliates and their respective employees and agents, in addition to Contractor's Authorized Representative. 3.24.2 To the extent confidential information is given to Contractor and is to be kept by Contractor as part of the Record Drawings or other documentation required by the Agreement, Contractor shall keep such Drawings and documentation confidential until such Drawings or documentation is returned to Owner or destroyed in accordance herewith. 3.24.3 Except for information included in the Contract Documents, any information provided by Owner is provided "as is", and Owner makes no representation or warranty, express or implied regarding the accuracy or completeness of such information. No license to any trademark, patent, copyright or any other intellectual property right is either granted or implied hereunder. 3.24.4 Contractor's obligations under this Article 3.24 continue for seven (7) years after termination of this Agreement or completion of the Work except with respect to Trade Secrets which shall continue to be governed by this Article for as long as such information constitutes a Trade Secret. As used herein, "Trade Secret" shall mean trade secrets as defined by applicable law and identified in writing as such at the time of disclosure. Immediately upon a request, Contractor will turn over to Owner all such information and shall certify in writing that all materials containing such information have been returned or destroyed. 19 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 3.25 Publicity. 3.25.1 Except as may be required by law or governmental rules or the requirements of any exchange on which securities of Contractor or an affiliate of Contractor are traded, Contractor shall not,without the prior written consent of Owner, which may be granted or withheld at Owner's sole discretion: 1 use Owner's name, brand, trademarks or any descriptions of Owner and/or its industry that would allow a third party to identify Owner ("Owner's Brand"), in advertising or promotional material, publicity releases or for any other commercial purpose; .2 in any manner advertise, publish or disclose the fact that Owner has placed this Agreement with Contractor; .3 publish or provide for publication any information (including photographs)associated with the Work; or .4 disclose the subject matter or terms and conditions of this Agreement. 3.25.2 Contractor shall comply with the restrictions accompanying Owner's consent to any publicity related to the Work or Project, including but not limited to scope and term limitations. Unless otherwise specified by Owner in writing, Owner consents shall be deemed to be "initial use only," and will expire immediately after Contractor's first use of Owner's Brand as set forth in the applicable Owner consent. Any and all subsequent uses, including but not limited to re- publication of advertising or promotional material, duplicate or follow-up press releases or like publications shall each require an updated consent, duly executed by the Owner. In no case shall Contractor or an affiliate of Contractor use Owner's Brand or information about Owner's industry, equipment or operations in a manner that disparages Owner. 3.26 Job Progress Meetings 3.26.1 Contractor's Authorized Representative shall attend all job progress meetings scheduled by Owner. At such meeting, Contractor shall present any schedule updates or revisions required hereunder and, unless waived by Owner, a Contractor's status report. The status report shall include at least the following information and data, unless otherwise agreed by Owner: .1 major Work tasks accomplished in previous period (tasks started and completed); .2 major Work tasks planned in next period (tasks to start or be completed) .3 Problems encountered; .4 Requested owner assistance to resolve any problems and actions being taken by Contractor; .5 Construction Schedule progress, planned Construction Schedule revisions and status of any milestones; .6 Status of critical path for completion of the Work and items on the critical path; .7 If the Work involves Unit Prices, quantities installed to-date, forecast to-go and total; .8 For any Work being performed on a cost reimbursable basis, actual cost to-date and forecasted cost to complete; .9 Status of any open safety issues; and .10 Status of any open value engineering proposals. ARTICLE 4 Administration of the Agreement 4.1 Agreement Administration 4.1.1 The Owner's Authorized Representative will provide administration of the Agreement as described in the Contract Documents, and will be Owner's representative during performance of the Work and subsequent warranty period. 4.1.2 The Owner's Authorized Representative and his delegates will not have control over or charge of, and will not be responsible for, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely Contractor's responsibility, as provided in Article 3. Owner's Authorized Representative and his delegates will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or 20 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT omission of Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of any other persons performing portions of the Work. 4.1.3 Owner's Authorized Representative or his designated representative has the right to attend Project meetings and visit the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner's Authorized Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. 4.1.4 Neither the authority of Owner's Authorized Representative, nor a decision made to exercise or not to exercise such authority under this Article 4, nor any decision, shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Owner's Authorized Representative to Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or to other persons performing portions of the Work nor to any liability on the part of the Owner's Authorized Representative. 4.1.5 The forms attached to the Agreement as Exhibits D through H are Owner's standard contract administration forms. Unless otherwise agreed by Owner or different forms are required by Applicable Laws, Owner's forms shall be used by Owner and Contractor in the administration of the Agreement. In the event Contractor desires to use alternative forms with substantially the same content, Contractor shall submit such alternative forms to Owner for approval in advance of any such use. 4.2 Submittals. Owner's Authorized Representative or his designated representative will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon Contractor's submittals described in Article 3.17, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. 4.2.1 Review of submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details, such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of Contractor. 4.2.2 The Owner's review of submittals shall not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Article 3,will not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Owner's Authorized Representative, will not constitute approval of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. The Owner's Authorized Representative's review of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.3 Amendments. The Owner's Authorized Representative will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Article 7.5. 4.4 Progress Payments. Based on field observations and evaluations, the Owner's Authorized Representative will process Contractor's Progress Payments and will certify the amounts due the Contractor. 4.5 Inspections. The Owner's Authorized Representative will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, and will receive for Owner's review and records, written warranties, Record Drawings and related documents required by the Agreement and assembled by Contractor. The Owner's Authorized Representative will approve final payment upon compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.6 Requests for Information. The Owner's Authorized Representative will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents following Owner's receipt of an RFI from Contractor. The Owner's Authorized Representative's response to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within time limits agreed upon. Interpretations and decisions of the Owner's Authorized Representative will be consistent with the intent of,and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. Unless a shorter time is agreed, 21 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT an RFI response provided by Owner to Contractor within seven (7) Days of Contractor's written request therefore shall be conclusively deemed to have been furnished with reasonable promptness. 4.7 Rejection of Work. The Owner's Authorized Representative has authority to reject Work which does not conform to Contract Documents. 4.8 Additional Testing. Whenever the Owner's Authorized Representative considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, Owner's Authorized Representative has authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Articles 13.5, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 4.9 Claims. Owner's Authorized Representative shall act on Claims, as described in Article 15. 4.10 Communications in Agreement Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specifically authorized by Owner's Authorized Representative between Contractor and a delegate of Owner's Authorized Representative, Contractor communication shall be with Owner's Authorized Representative. Communications by and with the Owner's Design Professional shall be through the Owner's Authorized Representative. Communication with Subconsultants shall be through the Owner's Authorized Representative. Communications with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner's Authorized Representative. ARTICLE 5 Subcontractors and Suppliers 5.1 Award of Subcontracts 5.1.1 Promptly following execution of the Agreement and before commencing Work at the Site, Contractor shall submit in writing to Owner's Authorized Representative a list of Subcontractors proposed for each portion of the Work with a value of greater than $10,000. The list shall include: 1 a description of the Work and such other information about such proposed Subcontractors as the Owner's Authorized Representative may request. .2 The approximate value of the Subcontract; and .3 Identification of whether the Subcontractor is a DBE or otherwise certified as a minority, woman or veteran owned business. 5.1.2 The Owner's Authorized Representative will reply to Contractor in writing stating whether or not Owner, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner's Authorized Representative to reply within seven (7) Days shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.1.3 Contractor shall not contract with a proposed Subcontractor to whom the Owner's Authorized Representative has made reasonable and timely objection. 5.1.4 If the Owner's Authorized Representative has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom Owner has no reasonable objection. 5.1.5 If the Contractor demonstrates that its execution of the Agreement was based on a bid from a Subcontractor rejected by the Owner and that there was no reason to anticipate such objection, the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the actual cost caused by such substitution of a Subcontractor, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued. 5.1.6 Contractor shall execute contracts with Suppliers and approved Subcontractors within thirty (30) Days after the date of execution of the Agreement. 5.1.7 Contractor shall notify Owner's Authorized Representative of any proposed change of a Subcontractor previously accepted by Owner. 5.1.8 Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other persons or entities against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. 22 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 5.2 Subcontract Terms. Contractor shall cause every Subcontractor to enter into a written Subcontract with terms and conditions that require that every Subcontractor assume all of the duties toward the Contractor that Contractor assumes toward Owner under the Contract Documents. 5.3 Subcontract Assignment. Contractor hereby grants, transfers, and assigns to Owner all the right, title, and interest of Contractor in, to, and under any and all contracts which are now or hereafter entered into by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work, including but not limited to all Subcontracts and, to the extent assignable, all leases entered into for equipment to be used in connection with the performance of the Work. The foregoing assignment shall be exercisable by Owner, at its election, in the event that Contractor is in default hereunder and Owner has exercised its right to terminate the Work or the Agreement in whole or in part, or to take control of the Project. Owner may reassign contracts to another contractor or any other person or entity, or to any construction lender, and such assignee may exercise Owner's rights in the contracts and Contractor shall cause each contract to so provide. Contractor shall ensure that each contract contains the consent of each such entity to the foregoing assignment. 5.4 Contractor Responsibility for Subcontractors. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner for all acts and omissions of Subcontractors and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor, regardless of tier. ARTICLE 6 Construction By Owner Or By Separate Contractors 6.1 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts 6.1.1 Owner reserves the right to perform construction operations related to the Project with Owner's own forces, and to award separate prime contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the Site under Conditions of the Agreement identical or substantially similar to these, including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the construction or operations at the Site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the entity which executes each separate agreement. 6.2 Coordination. Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of Owner's own forces and of each Separate Contractor with the Work of Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. Contractor shall participate with other Separate Contractors and Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. Contractor shall make any revisions to the Construction Schedule and the Contract Price deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the Construction Schedule to be used by Contractor, Separate Contractors, and Owner, until subsequently revised. 6.3 Mutual Responsibility. 6.3.1 Contractor shall afford to Owner and to Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities and shall coordinate the construction and operations with Separate Contractors as required by Contract Documents. 6.3.2 If part of Contractor's Work depends on proper execution of construction or operations by Owner or a Separate Contractor, Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, inspect such other work and promptly report to the Owner's Authorized Representative apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution of the Work. Failure of the Contractor to so report shall constitute an acknowledgment that Owner's or Separate Contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to discrepancies or defects not then reasonably discoverable. 23 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 6.3.3 Contractor shall promptly remedy damage caused by Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of Owner or Separate Contractor. 6.3.4 Each Separate Contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described in Article 3.19. 6.4 Owner's Right to Clean Up. If a dispute arises among the Contractor, Separate Contractors,and Owner, as to responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish as described in Article 3.20, Owner may clean up and allocate the cost among those responsible as the Owner's Authorized Representative determines. ARTICLE 7 Chances in the Work 7.1 Changes Generally 7.1.1 Additions, deletions, modifications or other revisions to the Work (collectively, "Changes" or individually a "Change") may be directed by Owner after execution of the Agreement without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to Contractor's Surety. Changes may be directed by Change Order,Construction Change Directive,or order for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 7.1.2 Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute Changes unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.2 Change Orders 7.2.1 Whenever Owner and Contractor reach agreement upon the adjustments required as a result of any Change, such agreement shall be immediately recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order stating Owner and Contractor's agreement upon the following: .1 Changes in the Work of Contractor; .2 the amount of adjustment in the Contract Price, if any; and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 7.3 Construction Change Directives 7.3.1 The Owner's Authorized Representative may, by Construction Change Directive, order Changes in the Work within the general scope of the Work and may state a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Time, or both. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive may be used when Owner and Contractor cannot fully agree on the terms of a Change Order or pending agreement on the terms of Change Order. 7.3.3 Pending subsequent agreement to, or determination of, the effect on the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with the Work as changed by the Construction Change Directive and the Owner shall make payments to Contractor on account of the Construction Change Directive utilizing the proposed basis for payment stated in the Construction Change Directive, if any. 7.3.4 A Construction Change Directive signed by Contractor indicates the agreement of Contractor to the terms thereof, including any adjustment in Contract Price and Contract Time or the method for determining them and shall be immediately recorded as a Change Order. 7.4 Adjustments in Contract Price. 7.4.1 Adjustments in Contract Price,whether by Change Order or Construction Change Directive, shall be based on one of the following methods: 1 mutual acceptance of a fixed price properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 Unit Prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; 24 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the Parties plus a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 as specified in Article 7.4.4. 7.4.2 If Contractor does not respond promptly, or disagrees with Owner's proposed method for adjustment in the Contract Price, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Owner's Authorized Representative on the basis of Unit Prices to the extent Changes involve items subject to Unit Prices, or on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Changes, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Price, agreed allowances for actual labor burden and for overhead and profit in the maximum percentages stated in Supplementary Conditions. If no such percentages are stated, the maximum overhead rate shall be 5% and the maximum profit rate shall be 10%. The decision of the Owner's Authorized Representative shall be final and determinative unless and until the Contractor invokes the procedures of Article 15. 7.4.3 Pending final agreement on a Change Order or in the event Contractor disagrees with the proposed method for adjustment of the Contract Price contained in any Construction Change Directive, Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Owner's Authorized Representative may prescribe, an itemized accounting, together with appropriate supporting data, of all costs incurred by Contractor in the performance of any Change where Contractor intends to seek an adjustment of the Contract Price as a result of the Change. Failure to submit such itemized accounting and supporting data within twenty-one (21)Days of a request for such data by the Owner's Authorized Representative shall constitute waiver of Contractor's right to seek an adjustment to the Contract Price with respect to the Change involved. 7.4.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Article shall be limited to the actual, out-of-pocket cost incurred by Contractor for the following: .1 labor, including social security, unemployment insurance, customary and usual fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation insurance; .2 materials, supplies, and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from Contractor or others, with prior approval of the Owner's Authorized Representative; .4 premiums for all Bonds and insurance and permit fees related to the Work; .5 additional supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the Change; and .6 agreed allowances for overhead and profit not exceeding the maximum percentages stated in Supplementary Conditions or, if none, the percentages stated in Article 7.4.2. 7.4.5 The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for a deletion or other Change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Price,shall be determined in accordance with this Article. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a Change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase or decrease, if any, with respect to that Change. 7.4.6 Under no circumstances shall Contractor be entitled to indirect field or home office overhead in connection with any Change or delay Claim. 7.5 Minor Changes in the Work. The Owner's Authorized Representative may order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on Owner and Contractor. Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. 25 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT ARTICLE 8 Time 8.1 Progress and Completion 8.1.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. By executing the Agreement, Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for substantially completing the Work. 8.1.2 In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Agreement, the Day of the act, event, or default after which the designated period of time begins to run is not to be included. The last Day of the period so computed is to be included, unless it is a Sunday or Holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next Day which is not a Sunday or Holiday. Sundays and Holidays are considered to be calendar days and are to be included in all other time computations relative to the Contract Time. 8.1.3 Contractor shall not, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner's Authorized Representative in writing, knowingly commence operations on the Site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11. The Date of Commencement and the Contract Time shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. 8.1.4 Contractor shall proceed expeditiously, and without interruption, with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.1.5 Should progress of the Work fall behind the Construction Schedule, Contractor shall submit a revised Construction Schedule to Owner's Authorized Representative for approval. Unless the Contract Time is extended for reasons stated in Article 8.3.1, Contractor, at its sole cost and expense, shall take actions necessary to restore progress to the revised Construction Schedule and shall work such hours, including extra shifts and lawful overtime operations, as necessary to achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.1.6 Except in connection with safety or protection of persons or Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:00 am and 7:00 pm. Performance of Work between 7:00 pm and 7:00 am, and on Saturdays, Sundays or Holidays, shall not be permitted without consent of the Owner's Authorized Representative given after at least twenty-four(24) hours prior written notice from Contractor. 8.2 Acceleration for Convenience of Owner. 8.2.1 The Owner's Authorized Representative may, by Construction Change Directive, direct Contractor to take such measures as may be necessary to expedite construction to achieve Substantial Completion prior to expiration of the Contract Time or to otherwise accelerate its performance to overcome Force Majeure or Owner caused delay. When the construction time is expedited solely for the convenience of Owner, and not due to Contractor's failure to prosecute timely completion of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment to the Contract Price in accordance with Article 7 to recover any additional costs of acceleration. 8.2.2 Costs of acceleration shall be limited to the additional labor, equipment and material field costs incurred, plus an agreed percentage for overhead and profit, not to exceed a combined maximum of fifteen percent (15%). Costs of acceleration shall not include any home office costs. 8.2.3 Contractor shall offset additional costs with reduced fixed labor, material and equipment costs resulting from the shorter overall Construction Schedule. 8.2.4 Nothing in this Article shall be construed as an Agreement by Owner to reimburse any acceleration costs unless and until Contractor has received a written directive from Owner that acknowledges Owner will pay such costs. 8.2.5 Owner expressly reserves the right to order Contractor to accelerate the Work, at no cost to Owner, whenever it appears that Contractor will not meet the date specified in the Agreement for 26 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT Substantial Completion due to any delay for which Contractor, any Subcontractor,or other person for whom Contractor is responsible is at fault. 8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time 8.3.1 Contractor may request an extension of Contract Time for any critical delay to the performance of Work caused by Force Majeure, any Change, or an act or omission of Owner or a Separate Contractor in accordance with this Article. 8.3.2 Any Claim for extending or shortening the Contract Time shall be asserted by written notice promptly delivered by the Party making the Claim to the other Party. The Claim shall describe in detail the occurrence generating the Claim, and include a description of the probable effect on progress of the Work. For Claims where Contract Documents require critical path method schedules, Contractor shall provide a revised critical path method schedule illustrating the impact of the delay on the overall Construction Schedule based on a time impact analysis. 8.3.3 Claims for extensions of time will be considered if a written notice of Claim is provided to Owner by Contractor within fourteen (14) Days of the start of the event giving rise to the Claim, as further provided in Article 15. Any failure by Contractor to give timely notice of its Claim for additional time shall be a waiver of the Claim. 8.3.4 The notice shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. When the Parties cannot agree, Claims for adjustment in the Contract Time shall be determined by Owner's Authorized Representative in accordance with Article 15. The decision of the Owner's Authorized Representative shall be final and determinative unless and until the Contractor invokes the procedures of Article 15. 8.4 Liquidated and Actual Damages for Delay. 8.4.1 Contractor acknowledges and agrees that in the event Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion of any interim milestone specified in the Agreement or the Work within the allotted times, as adjusted by any Amendments, Owner will suffer damages that are difficult to predict or calculate with certainty as of the Effective Date. 8.4.2 Contractor therefore agrees that Owner may deduct from amounts otherwise due under the Agreement, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, the sum specified in the Agreement for each Day Contractor fails to achieve any specified interim milestone and Substantial Completion within the allotted Contract Time, as extended by any Amendments. The liquidated damage amounts stated in the Agreement liquidate only Owner's cost for extended on-site representation by Owner's Authorized Representative, Design Professional, CQA Consultant, other quality assurance and control inspectors who must be present when Work is performed and their delegates, if any. The liquidated damage amounts do not liquidate the actual damages (e.g. lost revenues, increased disposal costs) Owner will suffer in the event Owner is forced to stop operating the facility at the Site where the Work is to be performed due to Contractor caused delay. 8.4.3 Owner hereby reserves the right to recover actual damages from Contractor, in addition to the liquidated damages specified above, should Owner be forced to stop operating the facility at the Site where the Work is to be performed or suffer lost revenues due to Contractor caused delay in completion of any interim milestone or in achieving Substantial Completion. ARTICLE 9 Payments and Completion 9.1 Unit Price Work 9.1.1 Where the Agreement provides that all or part of the Work is based on Unit Prices, initially the Contract Price will include, for all Unit Price Work, an amount equal to the sum of the established Unit Prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work, multiplied by the estimated quantity of each item listed in the Agreement. 27 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 9.1.2 Each Unit Price shall include an amount to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 9.1.3 The quantities indicated in the Agreement have been estimated by Owner for contracting and comparison purposes. No Claim shall be made against Owner for any excess or deficiency therein. Payment at the prices stated in the Agreement shall be in full for the completed Unit Price Work, and will cover materials, supplies, labor, tools, machinery and all other expenditures incidental to satisfactory completion of the Unit Price Work, subject only to adjustments for Major Items as set forth in Article 9.1.5. 9.1.4 Owner may increase or decrease (including totally eliminate)quantities of Unit Price Work at any time. Contractor will be entitled to payment only for the actual quantities of items provided at the Unit Prices set forth in the Agreement, subject only to adjustments for Major Items as set forth in Article 9.1.5. 9.1.5 At the request of either Party and subject to the provisions of Article 15 regarding Claims and disputes, the Unit Price for any Major Item shall be equitably adjusted when actual quantity of such Item varies from the estimated quantity for such Item by more than twenty-five percent of the original estimated quantity included in Exhibit A. Such adjustment shall reflect any over or under allocation of overhead and profit in the Item due to the variation in the actual quantity of the item from the estimated quantity. The amount of the adjustment, if any, is subject to Owner's right to audit Contractor's actual costs incurred in completing the Major Item Work. 9.2 Schedule of Values (Lump Sum Work). 9.2.1 For Work contracted on a Lump Sum basis,ten (10)Days before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Authorized Representative a Schedule of Values allocating the Contract Price to the various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data as the Owner's Authorized Representative may require to substantiate its accuracy. This schedule, as approved by the Owner's Authorized Representative, shall be used as a basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment for Lump Sum Work. 9.2.2 In the event Owner permits a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for mobilization, the maximum percentage that may be allocated for mobilization in the Schedule of Values is ten percent(10%)of the Contract Price. 9.2.3 In the event Owner permits a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for General Conditions, the maximum percentage that may be allocated for General Conditions in the Schedule of Values is ten percent(10%)of the Contract Price. 9.3 Cash Allowances 9.3.1 Contractor shall include in the Contract Price all allowances provided for in the Contract Documents for: .1 services, utility relocations, permits, or other similar costs; and .2 materials and equipment. Items covered by an allowance shall be supplied for the price determined under Article 9.3.2.4 and by such persons or entities as Owner may direct, but Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities against which Contractor makes reasonable objection. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents: .1 materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected promptly by Owner within the time limits for processing submittals; .2 allowances shall cover the cost to Contractor of services completed or materials and equipment delivered at the Site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .3 Contractor's costs for administering services, unloading and handling products at the Site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allowance shall be included in the Contract Price and not in the allowance; and 28 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT .4 whenever the cost for an allowance item is more than, or less than, the allowance, the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall be the difference between actual costs and the amount of the allowance stated in the Contract Documents, and shall be offset against credits due to Owner in the amount of the allowance. Any Change Order which would result in an increase in the Contract Price shall be subject to the approval of the Owner's Authorized Representative, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld. 9.4 Applications For Payment 9.4.1 Each month, not later than the tenth (10th) Day of the month, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Authorized Representative, an itemized Application for Payment for Work completed during the previous month. 9.4.2 The Application for Payment shall be supported by such data and documentation substantiating Contractor's right to payment (including evidence of payment of Subcontractors and Suppliers) as the Owner's Authorized Representative may require. Such documentation may include: .1 For any Project where Contractor does not provide a payment Bond, conditional Lien releases from all Subcontractors who are to be paid from the current pay application; and .2 Unconditional Lien releases from all Subcontractors up to and through the last pay application that Owner has paid. 9.4.3 Subject to provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each Application for Payment shall be compiled as follows: .1 The Contract Price of the Work completed from commencement of the Work through the end of the previous month, as determined by multiplying the number of units completed of each item of the Work by the Unit Price of that item, or by multiplying the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work by the Lump Sum Price allocated to that portion of the Work listed in the Schedule of Values, as applicable; .2 Plus that portion of the Contract Price, properly substantiated by certified copies of invoices and freight bills, for non-perishable materials and equipment not yet incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to by the Owner's Authorized Representative in writing, for subsequent incorporation into the completed construction, less 15 percent; .3 Less retainage on the completed portion of the Work of 10%for progress payments through Substantial Completion of the Work; .4 Less any discounts Owner is entitled to take based on past, prompt payments as set forth in Article 9.7.2; .5 Less any amounts Owner is entitled to withhold under Article 9.6, any other article authorizing withholding of payments or any Applicable Laws; and .6 Less the total of previous payments made by Owner. 9.5 Recommendations or Payment 9.5.1 The Owner's Authorized Representative will, within ten (10) Days after receipt of Contractor's Application for Payment: .1 Issue a Recommendation for Payment for the full amount of the Application; or .2 Issue a Recommendation for Payment for a portion of the amount of the Application. In the event Owner's Recommendation for Payment is less than the full amount of the Application, Owner will notify Contractor of the reasons therefore in writing and request the Contractor to make corrections or provide additional information to substantiate the remaining portion. Contractor shall make the corrections and provide the additional information, and resubmit the Application for Payment for the remaining portion; or .3 Return the Application to the Contractor for corrections or additional information. Contractor shall make the corrections and provide the additional information and resubmit the Application for Payment; or .4 Decline to recommend payment on the basis of the provisions in Article 9.6. 29 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 9.5.2 Unless otherwise provided in Contract Documents, payments made on account of operations completed and for materials and equipment stored on or off the Site shall be conditioned upon compliance by Contractor with procedures satisfactory to Owner's Authorized Representative to establish Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect Owner's interests. Procedures shall include applicable insurance, storage, and transportation to the Site for materials and equipment stored off the Site. Contractor is responsible for maintaining materials and equipment until Substantial Completion of the Work. 9.6 Decisions to Withhold Recommendation 9.6.1 The Owner's Authorized Representative may decline to recommend payment and may withhold an Application for Payment in whole or in part to the extent reasonably necessary to protect Owner, if in the Owner's Authorized Representative's opinion there is reason to believe that there is: .1 non-conforming Work not remedied; .2 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Price; .3 damage to Owner or a Separate Contractor not remedied; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual and liquidated damages, if any; .5 a failure of Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials, or equipment; .6 a failure of Contractor to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; .7 Unsatisfied indemnity Claims or Liens; or .8 Any other basis to withhold payment authorized by the Agreement. 9.6.2 When the reasons for withholding recommendation are cured, Owner will authorize payment of amounts previously withheld not later than with the next Application for Payment received from Contractor. 9.7 Progress Payments 9.7.1 Owner will make payment in the amount recommended by Owner's Authorized Representative within sixty (60) Days after the date of Owner's receipt of Contractor's properly submitted Application for Payment. 9.7.2 A two (2) percent Owner discount will apply and may be taken on all Applications for Payment paid by Owner within fifteen (15) Days of Owner's receipt of the Application for Payment. 9.7.3 Owner has no obligation to pay or to facilitate the payment to a Subcontractor, except as may otherwise be required by Applicable Laws. Contractor will comply with the prompt payment requirements of the place of the Project. Owner may, at its sole discretion, make direct payments to any Subcontractor, payments by "joint check" or other arrangements designed to assure that Subcontractors are properly paid; and, Contractor shall cooperate therewith. 9.7.4 Owner may, on request and at the discretion of the Owner's Authorized Representative, furnish to any Subcontractor, if practical, information regarding the percentages of completion or the amounts applied for by Contractor, and the action taken thereon by Owner on account of Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.7.5 Neither a Recommendation for Payment nor the making of a progress payment by Owner shall constitute acceptance of Work which is not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.7.6 Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor who is entitled to receive payment from any progress payment paid by Owner within seven (7) Days of receipt of payment from Owner the amount the Subcontractor is entitled, less any Subcontract retainage. 9.7.7 Upon Owner's request, Contractor shall provide evidence to Owner of Contractor's proper and timely payment of Subcontractors. Should Contractor fail or refuse to provide satisfactory evidence to Owner of the proper and timely payment of Subcontractors, Owner shall have the right, but not 30 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT the obligation, to contact any Subcontractors to ascertain whether they have been properly and timely paid. 9.7.8 As a condition of payment by Owner, the Contractor shall keep the Project free of Liens. In the event Liens are filed by any party other than the Contractor relating to the Work, the Contractor shall, upon five (5) Days' written notice from the Owner, take all necessary steps to remove such Liens, including, without limitation, the posting of a Bond to remove the Lien of record. Any costs incurred by the Contractor in removing the Lien shall be borne solely by Contractor. If a Lien is filed against the Project,Work,Site,Owner,or its affiliated companies,their respective officers,directors, employees, subcontractors and/or agents, then Owner may at its option (and without any liability being attributed to Owner)withhold further payment to the Contractor under this Agreement and/or avail itself of such other remedies as it may have at law, in equity or pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, in such case, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the payment of all costs and expenses regarding the removal and satisfaction of record of all Liens filed. To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent of payments made by Owner to Contractor, the Contractor for itself, its employees, agents and Subcontractors, at any tier, waives and releases any and all rights of Liens for payment for Work performed or material provided by Contractor, its employees, agents and/or Subcontractors, at any tier. 9.8 Substantial Completion 9.8.1 When Contractor believes it has achieved Substantial Completion of the Work or a portion thereof and Owner agrees, Owner's Authorized Representative shall inspect the Work and prepare a comprehensive Punch List of items to be completed or corrected. Contractor shall proceed promptly to complete and correct the Punch List. Failure of Owner to include an item on such Punch List does not alter the responsibility of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.8.2 If the Owner's Authorized Representative's inspection discloses that Contractor has not achieved Substantial Completion, Contractor shall complete the remaining Work required to achieve Substantial Completion and shall then submit a request for another inspection by Owner's Authorized Representative to determine Substantial Completion. Should any inspection fail to comply with Contractor's claim of Substantial Completion, Owner may recover or deduct the costs of reinspection from Contractor. 9.8.3 When Owner agrees that Contractor has achieved Substantial Completion, the Owner's Authorized Representative will prepare a certificate of Substantial Completion which establishes the Date of Substantial Completion, responsibilities of Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and insurance, and shall fix the time within which Contractor shall complete all items on the Punch List accompanying the certificate. Warranties related to the quality and character of the Work required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the certificate of Substantial Completion. 9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.9.1 Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by Contractor and its insurer. Consent of Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. 9.9.2 Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is Substantially Complete, provided the Owner's Authorized Representative and Contractor execute a certificate of partial occupancy which will establish the date of partial occupancy, responsibilities of Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and insurance. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of partial occupancy unless otherwise provided in the certificate of partial occupancy. 9.9.3 When Contractor determines a portion of the occupied Work has achieved Substantial Completion, Contractor shall notify Owner who will prepare a Punch List as provided under Article 9.8. 31 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 9.9.4 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner's Authorized Representative and Contractor shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or the portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. 9.9.5 Partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment 9.10.1 When Contractor believes Final Completion of the Work has been achieved, Contractor shall review all Contract Documents and inspect the Work. Prior to Contractor notification to Owner's Authorized Representative that Work is complete and ready for final inspection, Contractor shall submit an affidavit that the Work has been inspected and the Work is complete in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 9.10.2 Within fifteen (15) Days after receipt of Contractor's written notice that Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, and on receipt of final Application for Payment, Owner's Authorized Representative will make such inspection. When Owner's Authorized Representative finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and Final Completion has been achieved, the Owner's Authorized Representative will issue a certificate of Final Completion stating that to the best of Owner's Authorized Representative's knowledge, information, and belief, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and will issue a final Recommendation for Payment. 9.10.3 Should Work be found not in compliance with requirements of Contract Documents, Owner's Authorized Representative shall notify Contractor in writing of items of non-compliance. Upon correction of such non-complying items, Owner's Authorized Representative shall issue a Certificate of Final Completion to Contractor as provided in Article 9.10.2. 9.10.4 Final payment shall not be become due to the Contractor until each of the following have been submitted to Owner by Contractor, each of which shall be a condition precedent to final payment. .1 an affidavit that payrolls, invoices for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness of the Contractor connected with the Work(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid or otherwise satisfied; .2 if required by Owner's Authorized Representative, Contractor waivers or releases of Liens or Claims from Subcontractors and laborers; .3 a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled, or materially changed, until at least thirty(30) Days written notice has been given to Owner; .4 a written statement that Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the correction and warranty period required by the Contract Documents; .5 consent of Surety to final payment; .6 any required maintenance or other Bonds; and .7 Record Drawings and any maintenance manuals, results of tests, inspections, and approvals required by the Contract Documents. 9.10.5 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, Final Completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of Contractor, or by issuance of Change Orders affecting Final Completion, and the Owner's Authorized Representative so confirms, Owner may, upon application by Contractor and recommendation by the Owner's Authorized Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work that is fully completed and accepted. 9.10.6 Owner shall make final payment to Contractor within sixty(60)Days after the Owner's Authorized Representative issues the final certificate of Completion and the final Recommendation for Payment, subject to limitations, if any, as stated in the Supplementary Conditions and provided that Contractor has satisfied all of the conditions precedent listed in Article 9.10.4. 32 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 9.10.7 Acceptance of final payment by Contractor shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Contractor, except those previously made in writing and identified by Contractor as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 Safety Precautions 10.1 Safety Programs 10.1.1 Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor shall submit a safety program to the Owner's Authorized Representative prior to mobilizing the Work, and shall be solely responsible for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of Contractors ways, means, and methods. 10.1.2 Contractor shall submit a monthly safety report to the Owner's Authorized Representative which may be included in the job status report. 10.1.3 Contractor shall designate a responsible representative at the Site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be Contractor's Authorized Representative unless otherwise designated in writing by Contractor to Owner. 10.1.4 Contractor shall follow Owner's safety rules, instructions and policies in effect at the Site during Contractor's performance of the Work. Contractor shall execute Owner's "Contractor's Health and Safety" form prior to performance of any Work at the Site and in the form attached to the Agreement as Exhibit B. 10.2 Hazardous Materials 10.2.1 In the event Contractor encounters on the Site material which it is reasonable to believe may be a Hazardous Material, Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and immediately notify the Owner's Authorized Representative and thereafter confirm such notice in writing. 10.2.2 If, in fact, the material is a Hazardous Material, the Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed, except by Change Order or Construction Change Directive, and then only if such Work would not violate Applicable Laws. 10.2.3 If the material is not a Hazardous Material, the Work in the affected area shall be resumed. 10.2.4 Contractor shall not be required, pursuant to Article 7, to perform without consent any Work relating to Hazardous Materials except for those hazardous substances specified for use under this Agreement. 10.3 Safety of The Environment, Persons, and Property 10.3.1 Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for safety and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss from all causes, to: .1 employees performing the Work or on Site, and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work including materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage (on or off the Site), under care, custody, or control of Contractor or any Subcontractor; .3 work of Separate Contractors, if any. .4 other property at or adjacent to the Site, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and underground facilities not designated for removal or replacement in the course of construction; and .5 Cultural, historical and archeological resources and the environment. 10.3.2 Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Agreement, all reasonable safeguards for the safety and protection of persons and property; including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 33 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 10.3.3 Contractor shall recognize the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Owner's Authorized Representative. Particular attention is drawn to the avoidance of any pollution of on-site or adjacent streams, sewers,wells, or other water sources. 10.3.4 Contractor shall use best management practices to minimize erosion of soil and excess runoff of surface or subsurface water from the Site, or wind-blown dust or erosion, during the construction period. 10.3.5 Contractor shall allow no burning on the Site, shall perform all Work in such a manner as required to minimize atmospheric pollution by dust or other contaminants, and shall control noise. 10.3.6 When use or storage of Hazardous Materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.3.7 Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by Contract Documents)to property caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, Subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which Contractor is responsible, except damage or loss solely attributable to negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct by Owner, Owner's Design Professional, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to any fault or negligence of Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to Contractor's obligations under Article 3.23. 10.4 Emergencies. In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, Contractor shall act at the Contractor's discretion to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 7. ARTICLE 11 Insurance and Bonds 11.1 General Insurance Requirements 11.1.1 With no intent to limit Contractor's liability under the indemnification provisions set forth above, Contractor covenants to provide and maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement and all extensions and Amendments thereto, at least the following insurance and available limits of liability. 11.1.2 If any of the following insurance is written as "claims made" coverage and Owner is required to be carried as an additional insured,then Contractor's insurance shall include a two-year extended discovery period after the last date that Contractor provides any Work under this Agreement. 11.1.3 "Aggregate"amounts of coverage, for purposes of the Agreement, are agreed to be the amounts of coverage available during a fixed 12-month policy period. 11.2 Insurance to be Provided by Contractor 11.2.1 Contractor shall provide at a minimum the insurance coverages and limits of liability set forth in the Insurance Requirements, Exhibit C to the Agreement. 11.2.2 Insurance may be in one or more policies of insurance, the form of which is subject to reasonable approval by Owner. Each liability policy shall have a contractual liability endorsement or otherwise provide coverage for any liability assumed by Contractor under the indemnification or other provisions of this Agreement. It is agreed, however, that nothing Owner does or fails to do with regard to the insurance policies shall relieve Contractor from its duties to provide the required coverage hereunder and Owner's actions or inactions will never be construed as waiving Owner's rights hereunder. 34 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 11.2.3 The issuer of any policy must have a certificate of authority to transact insurance business in the State of the place of the project. Each insurer must be responsible and reputable and must have financial capability consistent with the risks covered. Each insurer shall be subject to approval by Owner in Owner's sole discretion as to conformance with these requirements, pursuant to Article 11.2.2 above. 11.2.4 Each policy, except those for Workers' Compensation and Professional Liability, must name Owner, its parent and their officers, agents, and employees as additional insured parties on the original policy and all renewals or replacements during the term of this Agreement. Owner's status as an additional insured under the Contractor's insurance does not extend to instances of sole negligence of Owner unmixed with any fault of the Contractor. 11.2.5 Contractor shall assume and bear any claims or losses to the extent of any deductible amounts and waives any claim it may ever have for the same against Owner, its officers, agents, or employees. 11.2.6 Each policy shall be endorsed to provide thirty (30) Days' advance written notice to Owner of cancellation or non-renewal by the Insurer. 11.2.7 Each policy must contain an endorsement to the effect that the issuer waives any claim or right in the nature of subrogation to recover against Owner, its officers, agents, or employees. 11.2.8 Each policy must contain an endorsement that such policy is primary insurance to any other insurance available to the Additional Insured with respect to Claims arising hereunder. 11.2.9 Contractor shall be solely responsible for payment of all insurance premium requirements hereunder and Owner shall not be obligated to pay any premiums. 11.3 Proof of Insurance 11.3.1 Prior to commencing any services and at any time during the term of Work under this Agreement, Contractor shall furnish Owner's Authorized Representative with certificates of insurance, along with an affidavit from Contractor confirming that the certificate accurately reflects the insurance coverage that will be available during the term of the Agreement. If requested in writing by the Owner's Authorized Representative, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner's Authorized Representative with certified copies of Contractor's actual insurance policies. Failure of Contractor to provide certified copies, as requested, may be deemed in Owner's discretion, to constitute a breach of this Agreement. 11.3.2 Notwithstanding the proof of insurance requirements set forth above, it is the intention of the Parties hereto that Contractor, continuously and without interruption, maintain in force the required insurance coverages set forth above. Failure of Contractor to comply with this requirement shall constitute a default by Contractor allowing Owner, at its option, to immediately suspend or terminate Work under this Agreement. Contractor agrees that Owner shall never be argued to have waived or be estopped to assert its right to terminate this Agreement hereunder because of failure by Owner to adequately review insurance documents provided by Contractor, its agents, employees, or assigns. 11.4 Performance and Payment Bonds. Contractor shall provide Performance and Payments Bonds acceptable to Owner and as required by the Agreement. Bonds may be obtained from the Contractor's usual source and the cost thereof shall be included in the Contract Price. Owner shall be named as the Obligee. The penal sum of each Bond shall be equal to the Contract Price, unless otherwise specified. 11.5 Maintenance Bonds. If so required by the Agreement, Contractor shall provide a one (1) year maintenance Bond, providing for the Contractor's correction, replacement, or restoration of any portion of the Work which is found to be not in compliance with requirements of Contract Documents during any applicable warranty periods. The penal sum of any maintenance Bond shall be ten percent (10%)of the Contract Price unless otherwise specified. 11.6 Surety. 35 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 11.6.1 The Surety on the Bonds must be a corporate Surety authorized to conduct business in the State of the place of the Project. and have a rating from A.M. Best Company equal to or better than financial size category VI and be on the approved list of sureties issued by the United States Department of Treasury. 11.6.2 Each Bond must be accompanied by a current power of attorney as proof that the individual signing the Bond on behalf of the Surety has the necessary authority to execute the Bond. 11.6.3 Upon request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of Bonds covering payment of obligations under the Agreement, Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the Bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. 11.7 Delivery Of Bonds 11.7.1 Contractor shall deliver the required Bonds to the Owner's Authorized Representative within the time limits stated in the Notice of Intent to Award, or if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, Contractor shall submit Bonds prior to commencement of the Work. ARTICLE 12 Uncovering and Correction Of Work 12.1 Uncovering Of Work 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work, including the Work of others, is covered by Contractor contrary to the Owner's Authorized Representative's request or to requirements of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall uncover such Work, if required in writing by the Owner's Authorized Representative,for observation by the Owner's Authorized Representative. The uncovered Work shall be replaced without change to the Contract Price or Contract Time. 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Owner's Authorized Representative has not specifically requested to observe prior to it being covered, Owner's Authorized Representative may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall be charged to Owner by Change Order. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall pay such costs. 12.2 Correction Of Work 12.2.1 Contractor shall promptly correct or remove Work rejected by the Owner's Authorized Representative or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed. Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for Owner's Design Professional's or Subconsultant's services and expenses made necessary thereby. 12.2.2 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Article 3, or of other applicable special warranty required by Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents including without limitation Contractor's warranties, Contractor shall correct the Work promptly after receipt of written notice from Owner to do so. The period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of the Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual acceptance of the Work. This obligation under this Article shall survive acceptance of the Work under the Agreement and termination of the Agreement. Nothing in this Article 12.2.2 or elsewhere in the Agreement shall, however, relieve the Contractor from responsibility or liability for latent defects, departures from the requirements of the Contract Documents, fraud or gross mistakes or from damages resulting from any of the foregoing. 36 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 12.2.3 Contractor shall remove from the Site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner's Authorized Representative. 12.2.4 If Contractor does not proceed with correction of such non-conforming Work within the time fixed by written notice from the Owner's Authorized Representative, Owner may correct the non- conforming Work in accordance with Article 2, or remove non-conforming Work and store the salvable materials or equipment at the Contractor's expense. If Contractor does not pay costs of such removal and storage within ten (10)Days after written notice, Owner may upon an additional ten (10) Days written notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof after deducting costs and damages that would have been borne by Contractor, including compensation for the services of the Owner's Design Professional or Subconsultants and expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of the sale do not cover costs which Contractor should have borne, the Contract Price shall be reduced by the deficiency, or Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. 12.2.5 Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting work originally installed by Owner or by Separate Contractors and damaged by the Contractor's correction or removal of Contractor's Work. Article 6 describes coordination between the Contractor, Owner, and Separate Contractors. 12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work. If Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner's Authorized Representative may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Price will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 Miscellaneous Provisions 13.1 Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue. The rights and obligations of the Parties to the Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state where the Project is located. The exclusive venue of any dispute shall be a state court with proper jurisdiction in the county or city where the Project is located or the federal district court division where venue is proper based solely on the location of the Project. 13.2 Successors and Assigns. Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other Party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other Party in respect to covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither Party to the Agreement shall assign the Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the other. If either Party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that Party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Agreement. 13.3 Written Notice. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the Owner's Authorized Representative or Contractor's Authorized Representative at the address given in the Agreement, or if sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the Party giving notice. 13.4 Rights and Remedies 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 13.4.2 No act or failure to act by Owner, Owner's Design Professional, or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Agreement, nor shall such act or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 13.5 Tests and Inspections 37 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 13.5.1 Contractor shall give Owner and Owner's Design Professional, if any, timely notice of the time and place where tests and inspections are to be made and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.5.2 Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspections or tests required by the Contract Documents except: .1 Inspections or tests specifically required to be performed by Contractor under Applicable Laws or by the Contract Documents; or .2 Contractor costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections to be performed by Owner. 13.5.3 Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspection or testing required in connection with Owner acceptance of a supplier of materials or equipment proposed to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.5.4 Owner may, at any time, order any test or inspection, without regard to whether such test or inspection is required by the Contract Documents or regard to whether such test or inspection requires the uncovering of completed Work. If such test of inspection reveals any Defective Work, Contractor shall reimburse Owner the cost of the test or inspection, correct the Defective Work, and restore any other Work damaged by such test or inspection. If such test of inspection does not reveal any Defective Work, Owner shall pay the cost of the test or inspection and reimburse Contractor the cost to restore any Work damaged by such test or inspection by Change Order. 13.5.5 Neither observations by Owner or Owner's Design Professional nor inspections, tests, or approvals by others shall relieve Contractor from Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accordance with Contract Documents. 13.6 Interest. No interest will accrue on late payments by Owner during the pendency of any dispute between Owner and Contractor regarding payments due. In the event any dispute between the Parties is resolved by litigation, the Parties agree that the maximum rate of pre-judgment interest that may be included in any judgment is three percent (3%) simple interest, without compounding, commencing ninety (90) Days after payment should have been made. 13.7 Agreement Amendments. Subject to the right of the Owner to direct Changes by the issuance of Amendments,the Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written instrument executed by an authorized representative of Owner and Contractor, and no purported oral modification or amendment shall be valid or effective. Contractor waives any right to recover any amount on account of any Changes not authorized in writing by Owner. 13.8 Each party warrants to the other that it has full power, authority and right to enter into and perform this Agreement. 13.9 Minority/Women/Veteran-Owned Firms. Owner and Contractor shall support the utilization of minority, woman and veteran owned businesses in the performance of this Agreement, including firms certified as a DBE. 13.10 Audit and Inspection. Contractor shall maintain records of all contracts, papers, correspondence, employee time sheets or ledgers, books, accounts and other information related to payments made and Contractor's performance under this Agreement. Upon reasonable advance notice to Contractor, Owner shall have the right to audit and inspect, at Contractor's place(s)of business and during normal business hours, during the term of this Agreement and for one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement or completion and acceptance of the Work, books and records pertinent to Contractor's performance of its obligations under this Agreement, and Contractor agrees to cooperate with respect to any such audit, provided, however,that Contractor may redact any portion of such books and records containing third party confidential information. ARTICLE 14 Termination or Suspension of the Agreement 14.1 Termination by Owner for Cause 38 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 J WASTE MANAGEMENT 14.1.1 Owner may terminate the Agreement if: .1 The Contractor breaches any provision of the Agreement and fails to cure such breach within ten (10) Days following notification by Owner of such breach; .2 The Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; .3 The Contractor institutes any action under any law relating to bankruptcy wherein it seeks to become a bankrupt, or to be discharged from its debts, or to effect a plan of liquidation, composition, or organization, or it becomes insolvent; .4 A receiver, assignee, or other liquidating officer is appointed on Contractors behalf and such person is not removed within thirty(30)Days; .5 An involuntary proceeding in bankruptcy is sought against it, and Contractor consents thereto or such proceeding is not terminated within thirty(30) Days; .6 Any substantial portion of Contractor's assets are attached or seized by judicial order and such seizure is not discharged within thirty(30)Days; .7 Contractor fails to provide any insurance certificate required under the Agreement within seven (7)Days of receipt of written notification from Owner that any such certificate has not been provided; .8 Contractor disregards any Applicable Law; .9 Contractor fails to make prompt payment to its Subcontractors; .10 Contractor fails to provide properly skilled workpersons to perform the Work; .11 Contractor has knowingly or willfully made false statements or certifications under or with respect to the Agreement; .12 In the sole opinion of the Owner's Authorized Representative,the Contractor fails to supply adequate or proper workers, materials, tools and equipment; .13 The Contractor disregards written instructions from the Owner's Authorized Representative properly given pursuant to the terms of the Agreement; or .14 In the sole opinion of the Owner's Authorized Representative, the Contractor refuses or fails is to prosecute the Work with the diligence that assures completion of the Work within the Contract Time. 14.1.2 When any of the above reasons exists, the Owner's Authorized Representative may, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of Owner terminate employment of Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the Surety: .1 request that Surety complete the Work; or .2 take possession of the Site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by Contractor; and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner's Authorized Representative may deem expedient. 14.1.3 After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Owner's Authorized Representative, Contractor shall: .1 Stop Work under the Agreement on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; .2 Place no further orders or Subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities except as necessary to complete the portion of the Work (if any) under the Agreement which is not terminated; .3 Terminate all orders and Subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of Work under the Agreement which is terminated; .4 Settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of such termination of orders and Subcontracts,with the approval of the Owner's Authorized Representative; .5 Take such action as may be necessary, or as the Owner's Authorized Representative may direct,for the protection and preservation of the property related to the Agreement which is in the possession of Contractor, and in which Owner has or may acquire an interest; and .6 Secure the Project in a safe state before leaving the Site, providing any necessary safety measures, shoring, or other devices. 39 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 14.1.4 When Owner terminates the Agreement for one of the reasons stated in Article 14.1.1, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is complete,subject to the provisions of Article 14.1.5. 14.1.5 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the costs of finishing the Work, including Damages and other amounts due under this Agreement,such balance shall be paid to Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. The amount to be paid to Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Owner's Authorized Representative, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Agreement. 14.1.6 If any termination of Contractor for cause is finally determined to be wrongful, such termination shall be deemed a termination for convenience under Article 14.2 and Contractor shall be entitled to recover its termination costs as set forth in Article 14.2.4. 14.2 Termination by Owner for Convenience 14.2.1 Owner may, without cause, and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of Owner, terminate employment of Contractor under the Agreement for Owner's convenience, in whole or part, by giving Contractor and any Surety seven (7) Days written notice of such termination. 14.2.2 After receipt of a notice of termination for convenience, and except as otherwise directed by the Owner's Authorized Representative, Contractor shall conform to the requirements of Article 14.1.3. 14.2.3 After receipt of a notice of termination for convenience, Contractor shall submit to Owner its termination Claim. Such Claim shall be submitted to Owner promptly, but in no event later than three months from the effective date of termination, unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner's Authorized Representative. If Contractor fails to submit its termination Claim within the time allowed, Owner's Authorized Representative shall determine, on the basis of available information, the amount, if any, due to Contractor because of the termination. Owner shall then pay to Contractor the amount so determined. 14.2.4 If Owner and Contractor fail to agree on the amount to be paid Contractor because of the termination for convenience of the Agreement or part thereof, Owner's Authorized Representative will determine, on the basis of information available to Owner's Authorized Representative, the amount due (if any)to Contractor by reason of the termination as follows: 1 The Contract Price for all Work performed in accordance with Contract Documents up to the date of termination determined in the manner prescribed for monthly payments in Article 9, except no retainage shall be withheld by Owner either for payment determined by percentage of completion, or for materials and equipment delivered to the Site, in storage, or in transit. .2 Actual costs incurred by Contractor towards completion of Work not actually performed and forwhich no payment would otherwise be due under Article 9, plus combined overhead and profit thereon not to exceed ten percent(10%). .3 Reasonable termination expenses, including the costs for settling and paying claims arising out of termination of work under Subcontracts and purchase orders, the reasonable cost of preservation and protection of Owner property after termination (if required). Termination expenses do not include field or central office overhead, salaries of employees of Contractor or litigation costs including attorney fees or accountants' or other professional fees. .4 No amount will be allowed for anticipated profit or home office overhead on the uncompleted Work,or any cost or lost profit for any other business of Contractor alleged to be damaged by the termination. .5 Owner shall have the right to audit Contractor's books and records for purposes of determining termination costs owed to Contractor. 40 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 J WASTE MANAGEMENT 14.2.5 Contractor shall promptly remove from the Site construction equipment, tools, and temporary facilities, except such temporary facilities which Owner's Authorized Representative may wish to purchase and retain. 14.2.6 Contractor shall cooperate with Owner's Authorized Representative during the transition period. 14.2.7 Owner will take possession of the Work and materials delivered to the Site, in storage, or in transit as of the date, or dates, specified in the termination notice, and will be responsible for maintenance, utilities, security, and insurance, as stated in the notice of termination. 14.3 Suspension by Owner for Convenience 14.3.1 The Owner's Authorized Representative may, without cause, after giving Contractor and the Contractor's Surety notice, order Contractor in writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner's Authorized Representative may determine. 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made in the Contract Time equivalent to the length of time of the suspension. 14.3.3 An equitable adjustment shall be made for the increases in the cost of performance of the Agreement, including profit on the increased cost of performance caused by suspension, delay, or interruption in accordance with Article 7.4. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: .1 that performance is, was, or would have been so suspended, delayed, or interrupted by another cause for which Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Agreement. 14.4 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO THE CONTRACTOR FOR ANY COMPENSATION IN EXCESS OF THAT EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, LOST PROFITS, LOST OPPORTUNITY, UNRECOVERED START-UP COSTS, EXTENDED OR UNABSORBED HOME OFFICE OVERHEAD, PREPARATORY, SETTLEMENT OR DISCONTINUATION COSTS OR DAMAGES,OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,SEVERANCE PAY AND OTHER PERSONNEL COMPENSATION AND COSTS AND ATTORNEYS' FEES) AS A RESULT OF THE OWNER'S TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF A PORTION OR ALL OF THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER SUCH TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION IS PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLES 14.1, 14.2 OR 14.3, OR AS THE RESULT OF ANY CLAIMED DELAY OR HINDRANCE TO THE WORK BY OWNER OR ITS AGENTS, EMPLOYEES OR SEPARATE CONTRACTORS, OR OTHERWISE. 14.5 Termination by Contractor 14.5.1 Contractor may terminate the Agreement if the Work is stopped for a period of sixty (60) Days through no act or fault of Contractor, Subcontractor, or their agents or employees, or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with Contractor, for any of the following reasons: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction; or .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, making material unavailable; or 14.5.2 Contractor may terminate this Agreement if repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions by Owner as described in Article 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of Days scheduled for completion, or 120 Days in any 365 Day period, whichever is less. 14.5.3 If the Agreement is terminated pursuant to this provision, Contractor may file a Claim for termination expenses in accordance with the requirements of Article 14.2. ARTICLE 15 Claims and Disputes 15.1 Claim Procedure 41 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 15.1.1 Any Claim must be initiated by timely written notice accompanied by a detailed written statement of the alleged basis of the Claim and all data and information supporting the relief sought. The responsibility to substantiate Claims by Contractor shall rest with the Contractor. 15.1.2 Claims shall be referred to the Owner's Authorized Representative for action as provided in this Article 15. Timely presentation of a Claim and a decision by the Owner's Authorized Representative shall be required as a condition precedent to litigation of a Claim between Contractor and Owner as to all matters, regardless of whether such matters relate to execution and progress of the Work or the extent to which the Work has been completed or any other matter. 15.1.3 The decision by the Owner's Authorized Representative in response to a Claim shall not be a condition precedent to litigation in the event the Owner's Authorized Representative has failed to render a timely decision under Articles 15.7 or other agreed time limits. 15.2 Time Limits on Claims. Contractor shall give notice to Owner of any matter which will be the basis of any Claim no later than fourteen (14) Days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Any failure to Contractor to give timely notice of its Claim shall be a waiver of the Claim. If Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Price, written notice shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work which is the subject of the Claim, or the Claim shall be deemed waived. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Article 10.4 15.3 Continuing Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim, unless otherwise agreed in writing, Contractor shall proceed diligently with the performance of the Agreement and Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with Contract Documents. The fact that a Claim is pending shall not relieve Contractor of its obligations to continue to prosecute the Work, for the safety and protection of the physical properties and conditions at the Site or any other obligations under the Agreement. 15.4 Claims for Additional Cost. 15.4.1 If Contractor believes it is entitled to an increase in the Contract Price for any reason allowed by the Agreement, it may file a Claim in accordance with the procedure established herein. 15.4.2 No increase in Contract Price will be allowed for delays or hindrances to the Work, except for direct and unavoidable extra costs to Contractor caused solely by the failure of Owner to provide information or material, if any, which is to be provided by Owner under the terms of the Agreement, or by Owner's failure to perform any other material obligation hereunder that prevents Contractor from performing timely, and then only if Contractor has performed all of its obligations to investigate conditions on, under and around the Site and to examine the information and material provided. Any such price increase shall be subject to the provisions of Article 7. 15.4.3 In no instance will Owner be deemed liable for Claims for delay when: .1 the Date of Substantial Completion occurs prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. .2 Owner notifies Contractor of a change to the Date of Commencement prior to Contractor's mobilization to the Site. .3 Contractor's performance would be delayed for any reason other than Owner caused delay, including concurrent delays by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Force Majeure. 15.4.4 Charges for Owner caused delays shall not exceed eight (8) hours per Day. Daily equipment rental rates for Owner caused delays shall not exceed the lesser of (i) Contractor's daily ownership cost of any idled equipment or (ii) the monthly rental rate charged by commercial equipment rental companies in the vicinity of the Project divided by thirty(30)for such equipment. 15.4.5 In the event Contractor intends to file a Claim for additional costs related to issuance of a minor change in the Work,Owner's denial of any request by Contractor for a Change Order under Article 7 or denial of a Amendment under Article 3.13, Contractor shall notify Owner of its intent to file such Claim within fourteen (14) Days of Contractor's receipt of the direction to perform a minor change or Owner's denial. Failure to notify Owner that Contractor intends to file a Claim on these bases shall be a waiver of the Claim. 42 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT 15.5 Claims for Additional Time: If Contractor wishes to claim an increase in the Contract Time, written notice shall be given as provided in Article 8.3.3. In the case of continuing delay, only one notice of Claim is necessary. 15.6 Claims for Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either Party to the Agreement suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other Party's employees or agents,or of others for whose acts such Party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured,shall be given to the other Party within a reasonable time, not exceeding twenty-one(21)Days after the first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other Party to investigate the matter. If a Claim for an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time due to damage or injury is to be asserted, it shall be filed as provided in Articles 15.4 or 15.5, as applicable 15.7 Resolution of Claims. 15.7.1 The Owner's Authorized Representative will review Claims and take one or more of the following preliminary actions within ten (10)Days of receipt of a Claim: .1 request additional supporting data from the Contractor; .2 submit a schedule to Contractor indicating when the Owner's Authorized Representative expects to take action; .3 reject the Claim in whole or in part; .4 recommend approval of the Claim; or .5 suggest a compromise. 15.7.2 Following receipt of any Claim, the Owner's Authorized Representative may also, but is not obligated to, notify the Surety of the nature and amount of the Claim. 15.7.3 If a Claim has been resolved, the Owner's Authorized Representative will prepare or obtain a Change Order or other appropriate documentation. 15.7.4 If a Claim has not been resolved, the Contractor shall, within ten (10) Days after receipt of the Owner's Authorized Representative's preliminary response, take one or more of the following actions: .1 submit additional supporting data requested by the Owner's Authorized Representative; .2 modify the initial Claim, .3 notify the Owner's Authorized Representative that the initial Claim stands; or, .4 do none of the foregoing, in which case the Claim shall be deemed permanently abandoned and waived. 15.7.5 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by Contractor or requested by the Owner's Authorized Representative, the Owner's Authorized Representative will render a written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time or both. The Owner's Authorized Representative may, but is not obligated to, notify the Surety and request the Surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. Owner's Authorized Representative's decision shall be final and determinative unless and until the Contractor invokes the procedures of Article 15.8 by notifying Owner, in writing, within fourteen (14) Days of Contractor's receipt of Owner's written decision regarding the Claim, that Contractor is invoking the disputes procedure under Article 15.8 and requesting negotiation. 15.8 Disputes. 15.8.1 In the event that a Claim is not resolved using the foregoing procedures, and unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing between the Parties, all disputes between the Parties relating to the interpretation and enforcement of their rights and obligations under the Agreement shall be submitted to negotiation and mediation in accordance with the provisions of this Article 15.8. 15.8.2 The Parties shall use their best efforts for a period of twenty-one (21) Days to resolve any remaining dispute following Owner's Authorized Representative's written decision relative to any Claim. To commence the dispute resolution process, either Party may serve written notice on the other Party specifically identifying the dispute and requesting that efforts at resolving the 43 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT dispute begin. The Parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve the dispute using their best efforts to reach agreement on the matters in dispute. 15.8.3 If the Parties are unable to resolve the dispute by negotiation within the time frame set forth above, which time frame may be extended by mutual agreement in writing, mediation shall be initiated upon written request by either Party. Within thirty (30) Days of such written request, the Parties shall jointly select an individual to serve as the mediator of any dispute if willing or able to do so, and a second individual to serve as the backup mediator. If neither of them is willing or able to serve, and/or if the Parties cannot agree on a single mediator, then the Parties shall, within ten (10) Days after written request by either Party, request that the American Arbitration Association ("AAA")name three qualified mediators from its list of construction mediators. Within five (5) business Days of receipt of the AAA list, each Party shall notify the other of a name it wishes to delete from the list. The mediator shall be the individual on the list not so deleted. If any Party fails to notify the other of the mediator it intends to delete within the time specified, the other Party shall select the mediator from the AAA list. Should both Parties delete the same name, Owner shall select the mediator from the remaining two (2) names. The mediator so selected shall not be a person who has previously acted in any capacity for either Party and who has at least ten (10) years of experience in the construction industry as a contractor, design professional or attorney. A single mediator, once selected, shall be used for all disputes until unable or unwilling to serve in which event the AAA list selection process shall be repeated. 15.8.4 Unless otherwise agreed,the mediation shall take place in the county in which the project is located, within thirty (30) Days after the written request is delivered to the non-requesting Party, or the mediator is selected, if later. The Parties shall submit to the mediator all written, documentary and other evidence and such information as determined by the mediator to be necessary for a proper resolution of the dispute. The Parties shall also meet promptly and shall use good faith efforts to resolve the dispute when and as requested by the mediator. The costs of mediation, including without limitation the mediator(s)fees,shall be paid equally by each Party, provided that each Party shall bear its own attorney's fees with respect to such mediation. 15.8.5 Any dispute not resolved through negotiation and mediation may be resolved via litigation at the place of the Project as provided for in Article 13.1 15.8.6 Unless ordered otherwise by a competent tribunal or otherwise mutually agreed, the Work shall be carried on regardless of any Claim or dispute, regardless of the any negotiations, mediation or litigation, and the progress of the Work shall be maintained. 15.8.7 Compliance with the provisions of this Article 15 and participation in the negotiation / mediation process shall be a condition precedent to the bringing of any lawsuit or other action arising out of or related to the Agreement, Work or Project or to enforce any rights or claims under or related to the Agreement or the Work, other than an action seeking injunctive or other extraordinary equitable relief. Compliance with this Article 15 is not a condition precedent to the right of Owner to terminate the Agreement. 15.9 Attorney's Fees. Should litigation, agreed arbitration or any other legal proceeding be commenced between the Parties regarding any Claim, issue or dispute arising out of, relating to, or in connection with the Agreement, or initiated to enforce the terms of the Agreement, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to an award from the other Party of all of the prevailing Party's attorneys fees and costs incurred in such litigation, arbitration or other legal proceeding, including any appeals or petitions there from. As used herein, "attorney fees" shall mean the full and actual costs of any legal services performed in connection with the matters involved, calculated on the basis of the usual fees charged by the attorneys performing such services and, without limitation, the allocated costs of services of in-house counsel, and shall not be limited to"reasonable attorney's fees"as defined in any statute, case law, or rule of court. Moreover,the prevailing Party shall also be entitled to all costs incurred in any such litigation, arbitration or legal proceeding, including, but not limited to, expert witness and consulting fees. 15.10 Severability. The provisions of the Agreement, including all Contract Documents, shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Agreement shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of the Agreement is 44 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, that provision shall be appropriately limited and given effect to the maximum extent that it may be enforceable. END OF DOCUMENT 45 Jun-17 Ver.2.0 EXHIBIT A-SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill,Inc. BMI Project No.R16.115896 BIDDER agrees to perform all of the work described in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the following unit prices: NOTE:BIDS shall include sales tax and all applicable taxes and fees. BIDDER must fill in unit prices in numerals,make extension for each item,and total. CY(LV)=Cubic Yards,Loose Volume APPROX. UNIT ITEM NO. ITEM QUANT. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT SCHEDULE A-PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS A- 1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING 1 LS A- 2 MOBILIZATION 1 LS A- 3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1 LS A- 4 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT-TRAIL 1,800 SY A- 5 SALVAGE AND REINSTALL SIGN 2 EACH A- 6 SITE GRADING-LIFT STATION 1 AND PARKING LOT 1 LS A- 7 AGGREGATE BASE,CLASS 5 675 TON A- 8 BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT PATCH 2.5"-TRAIL 1,800 SY A- 9 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 6" 85 SY A- 10 TYPE SP 9.5 WEAR CRS MIX(2,B)1.5"THICK 1,250 SY A- 11 TYPE SP 12.5 NON WEAR CRS MIX(2,B)2"THICK 1,250 SY A- 12 8"PVC PIPE SEWER,SDR 35 185 LF A- 13 6"FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11 62 LF A- 14 6"FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11 -DIRECTIONALLY DRILLED 18,603 LF A- 15 FORCEMAIN FITTINGS 1,300 LB A- 16 LIFT STATION 1 AND VALVE MH 9 1 LS A- 17 AIR RELIEF MANHOLE(MH 2-8) 7 EACH A- 18 AIR RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY(MH 2-8) 7 EACH A- 19 SANITARY SEWER MH INSIDE DROP ASSEMBLY(MH 1) 23 LF A- 20 BOLLARD 6 EACH A- 21 CORE AND BOOT SEWER MANHOLE(MH 1) 1 EACH A- 22 ELECTRICAL GENERATOR 1 EACH A- 23 ROLLING CANTILEVER GATE 151 x 8'H 1 EACH A- 24 CHAIN LINK FENCE 8'H 105 LF A- 25 TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 LS A- 26 SIGN AND POST 1 EACH A- 27 SILT FENCE,TYPE HEAVY DUTY 2,000 LF A- 28 FERTILIZER,TYPE 3 350 LB A- 29 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CATEGORY 3P 4,800 SY A- 30 SEEDING,MIXTURE 25-121 1 ACRE A- 31 4"SOLID LINE PAINT 330 LF A- 32 PAVEMENT MESSAGE PAINT-HANDICAP PARKING 1 EACH A- 33 PREFABRICATED PARKING STOP 10 EACH TOTAL AMOUNT BID SCHEDULE A $ SCHEDULE B-LANDFILL SITE IMPROVEMENTS B- 1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING 1 LS B- 2 MOBILIZATION 1 LS B- 3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1 LS B- 4 REMOVE CONCRETE PAVEMENT 80 SY B- 5 REMOVE LEACHATE TANK 1 &3 2 EACH Elk River Landfill,Inc.-R16.115896 BID FORM March 2019 PAGE 00410-4-5 APPROX. UNIT ITEM NO. ITEM QUANT. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT B- 6 REMOVE CATCH BASIN&CASTING ASSEMBLY 1 EACH B- 7 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT 55 SY B- 8 SALVAGE ELECTRICAL CONTROLS 1 LS B- 9 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION 20 HR B- 10 SITE GRADING-LIFT STATION 2 SITE 1 LS B- 11 COMMON BORROW FROM ON-SITE STOCKPILE(LV) 500 CY B- 12 AGGREGATE SURFACING CLASS 2 300 TON B- 13 AGGREGATE BASE CLASS 5 20 TON B- 14 BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT PATCH 5"-ROADWAY 55 SY B- 15 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 8" 80 SY B- 16 18"CS PIPE CULVERT 100 LF B- 17 CORE AND BOOT SEWER MANHOLE(EX MH 10) 1 EACH B- 18 8"/12"DUAL-CONTAIN GRAVITY SEWER HDPE DR 32.5 155 LF B- 19 6"/10"DUAL-CONTAIN GRAVITY SEWER HDPE DR 32.5 100 LF B- 20 2"/4"DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11 270 LF B- 21 T76"DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11 400 LF B- 22 6"/12"DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 9/11 (CARRIER/CASING) 2,140 LF B- 23 6"/12"DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11-DIRECTIONALLY DRILLED 3,260 LF B- 24 3"GATE VALVE 1 EACH B- 25 6"GATE VALVE 1 EACH B- 26 LIFT STATION 2,VALVE MH 15 AND METER MH 13 1 LS B- 27 TANK 4 PUMP AND CONTROLS UPGRADES 1 LS B- 28 CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE DESIGN G(CB 22) 1 EACH B- 29 CONNECT TO EXISTING DUAL-CONTAIN PIPELINE 11 EACH B- 30 4"POLYSTYRENE INSULATION 1,300 SY B- 31 FORCEMAIN FITTINGS 2,000 LB B- 32 SANITARY MANHOLE,DES.4007(MH 20) 1 EACH B- 33 VALVE MANHOLE, DES 60-4020(MH 18) 1 EACH B- 34 VALVE MANHOLE, DES 120-4020(MH 14) 1 EACH B- 35 AIR RELIEF AND CLEANOUT MANHOLE-HDPE 72"(MH 16,17) 2 EACH B- 36 LOAD-OUT MANHOLE,DES 48-4020(MH 21) 1 EACH B- 37 AIR RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY(MH 16,17) 2 EACH B- 38 LOAD-OUT MANHOLE ASSEMBLY(MH 21) 1 EACH B- 39 FORCEMAIN CLEANOUT ASSEMBLY(MH 11, 12,14,16,17,19) 6 EACH B- 40 FORCEMAIN CONNECTION ASSEMBLY(MH 20) 1 EACH B- 41 WITNESS AND CLEANOUT MANHOLE,DES 60-4020(MH 11,12,19) 3 EACH B- 42 1"STEEL PLATE 160 SF B- 43 SILT FENCE,TYPE HEAVY DUTY 1,000 LF B- 44 COMMON TOPSOIL BORROW(LV) 1,100 CY B- 45 FERTILIZER,TYPE 3 1,400 LB B- 46 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CATEGORY 3P 19,360 SY B- 47 SEEDING,MIXTURE 25-121 4 ACRE TOTAL AMOUNT BID SCHEDULE B $ TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID SCHEDULE A+B $ Elk River Landfill,Inc.-R16.115896 BID FORM March 2019 PAGE 00410-4-5 W ,oro. WASTE MANAGEMENT CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY DECLARATION As the duly authorized representative and agent of , hereinafter called "Contractor", I hereby certify and agree for myself and for and on behalf of Contractor that: 1. Contractor shall have all of its agents and employees who will work on site complete all four (4) of the mandatory Contractor Safety Orientation (CSO) courses identified below before they are allowed to work. This is an automated program the Contractor will implement from their own office prior to bringing employees to the Waste Management job-site. Upon completion of the CSO, Contractor's agents and employees shall print and retain the ID Card and keep it with them at all times. • Basic Landfill Electrical Safety Landfill Gas Operations 2. In addition to the CSO course(s) checked above, Contractor has received an orientation briefing including, but not limited to, the site-specific Health and/or Safety Rules, accident/injury reporting, emergency procedures and potential hazards in the Contractor's work area and has reviewed the site-specific rules provided for the site where the work will be performed as provided in the on-line training program; 3. Contractor shall instruct all of its agents and employees in the topics covered at the above orientation, before its agents and employees are allowed to work on site; 4. Contractor has received a written copy of the site-specific Health and/or Safety Rules and shall ensure that its employees and agents comply with those rules, as well as any applicable federal, state and local health and safety regulations; 5. Contractor shall provide any required respirators and personal protective equipment for its employees and agents working on the property; 6. Contractor employees have been medically qualified, as may be required by state and federal regulations, to perform their work assignments (including the wearing of respirators and personal protective equipment); 7. Contractor employees have received training, in accordance with applicable OSHA regulations, in appropriate health and safety topics (including, but not limited to, respiratory protection, hearing conservation, hazard communication and equipment operation); 8. Contractor performs maintenance on owned or lease vehicles and equipment, as per state and federal regulations. Known defects will be repaired prior to operation and, as defects become apparent during equipment operation, the equipment will be taken out of service until repairs are made. Contractor's Health and Safety Form 1 Oct-16 Ver. 2.0 w ,mr, %. WASTE MANAGEMENT 9. If Contractor is working on a landfill, Contractor and all of its agents and employees have completed the Landfill Gas CSO course and will implement requirements and work rules no less stringent than those detailed in Waste Management's rules "Landfill Gas Safety Rules for Contractors". 10. This Declaration is hereby incorporated into, and becomes a part of, Contractor's Agreement with Owner. Contractor's Authorized Representative Title Date Contractor's Health and Safety Form 2 Oct-16 Ver. 2.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS Throughout the term of this Agreement,the Contractor shall maintain insurance coverage written for not less than (i)the limits of insurance coverage corresponding to the Insurance Group(Low, Medium,or High) identified below,as determined by the Owner (i.e.,Waste Management), in its sole discretion,or(ii)required by law,whichever is greater. Insurance Group (Check Insurance Group below. If no Insurance Group is checked, Medium shall be used.) Required Insurance ❑ Low ® Medium ❑ High $1 M per accident $1 M per accident $1 M per accident Employers Liability $1 M disease policy limit $1 M disease policy limit $1 M disease policy limit $1 M disease per employee $1 M disease per employee $1 M disease per employee Workers Compensation Statutory Statutory Statutory Commercial General Liability& Umbrella Liability(including $21VI per occurrence $51VI per occurrence $10M per occurrence bodily injury,property damage, $21VI aggregate $51VI aggregate $10M aggregate operations,products,and completed operations) Automobile Liability(limits can be met with Umbrella Liability $1 M per occurrence $21VI per occurrence $51VI per occurrence coverage) Other Insurance Coverage check if required) ❑ Professional Liability Errors&Omissions (required only where $1 M per occurrence $21VI per occurrence $4M per occurrence engineering,architectural, $21VI aggregate $41VI aggregate $81VI aggregate or design services are provided) Insurance Groups. Owner will generally determine which Insurance Group is applicable to this Agreement according to the following definitions, provided, however, nothing in this Exhibit shall preclude Owner from setting higher or lower coverage limits or requiring or waiving any other insurance requirement. Low—This Group applies to smaller construction projects or construction work incidental to larger construction projects where the risk of injury, property damage, or environmental contamination is low. Examples of these projects include: small-scale road paving, grading, preparation of shallow foundations, installation of utilities, construction of truck scales, single-story building construction (other than MRFs and transfer stations), and activities incidental to these kinds of projects (e.g., HVAC installation, plumbing, interior modifications, etc.). Construction projects or services with contract value less than $100,000 will generally be presumed to be Low,except where the project or services present unusually high risks. Medium —This Group applies to construction projects or services where the risk of injury, property damage, or environmental contamination is typical of similar Waste Management construction projects. Examples include: landfill cell excavation and construction, final cover construction, construction of transfer stations or material recovery facilities, multi-story building construction, bridgework,work in or above waterways or wetlands, installation of leachate collection systems, and installation of gas collection systems in active landfills. High—This Group applies to construction projects or services with contract value exceeding$1 million and involving conditions or services that present unusually high risks or significant exposure to substantial liability in the event of an accident or negligence in performing the services. Projects involving significant quantities of flammable, explosive, toxic, or other hazardous materials are presumed to fall in the High Insurance Group. Examples of such projects include: blasting with explosives; construction work in and around hazardous waste disposal, storage, or treatment facilities; large-scale excavation of solid or hazardous waste; asbestos abatement;and landfill gas-to-energy turbine construction. See Additional Requirements on Page 2. Insurance Requirements 1 Jan-13 Ver.1.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS Additional Requirements In addition to meeting the coverage limits,Contractor's insurance coverage shall meet the following requirements: 1. General Requirements. 1.1. Contractor's insurance shall be maintained with an insurer or insurers with (i) a current A.M. Best's rating of B++or better, and(ii)a Financial Size Category of IX or better. 1.2. Contractor shall provide to Owner certificates evidencing such insurance. Such coverage and policies shall not be canceled, modified or revoked without providing Owner thirty(30)days advance written notice. 1.3. Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary as respects Owner and any insurance or self-insurance maintained by Owner shall be in excess of,and shall not contribute with,Contractor's insurance. 1.4. Insurance deductibles, if any, shall not exceed the standard deductible amounts for similar insurance policies and shall be absorbed entirely by Contractor,with no contribution from Owner. 1.5. Owner may, at its option, terminate the Agreement if Contractor fails to maintain the required insurance coverage. If Contractor fails to maintain the required insurance coverage, Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the required insurance coverage at Contractor's expense. 2. Employers Liability. 2.1. Coverage shall apply to claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees. 3.Workers Compensation. 3.1. Coverage shall apply to claims under workers'compensation,disability benefit and other similar employee benefits acts that are applicable to the work to be performed. 3.2. Such insurance shall be compulsory and not elective. 3.3. Coverage shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Owner. 4. Commercial General Liability&Umbrella Liability. 4.1. Contractor shall maintain commercial general liability (CGL) and, if necessary, umbrella liability (UL) insurance with policy limits as specified above. If such CGL and/or UL insurance contains a general aggregate limit, it shall apply separately to this project. 4.2. Coverage shall apply to(a)claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; (b) claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; (c) claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom;and(d)claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of operations,products,and complete operations. 4.3. Contractor shall name as additional insured the Owner and its related or affiliated entities, parents, subsidiaries, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies, and their respective directors, officers, partners, agents, employees, members,and shareholders. 4.4. Coverage shall be written on an"occurrence"basis,not a"claims made"basis. 4.5. Coverage shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Owner. 5.Automobile Liability. 5.1. Contractor shall maintain automobile liability, and, if necessary, umbrella liability (UL) insurance with policy limits as specified above. 5.2. Coverage shall apply to claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership,maintenance or use of a motor vehicle. 5.3. Contractor shall name as additional insured the Owner and its related or affiliated entities, parents, subsidiaries, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies, and their respective directors, officers, partners, agents, employees, members,and shareholders. Insurance Requirements 2 Jan-13 Ver.1.0 ro \ \ \ \ \ _ _ _ \ _ 6t _ _ 6 a \ / / . 4 � ) ) ) \ / / \ ( k k ( ° k \ k .- \ k ) % m < ƒ $ CL Q 40- Q � \ & \ \ \ § } Q § j C eCL2 / § � ; - 2 ] \ pj 7 . k o « 7 k � � 0 \ ° k 2 / a CL 3t a 2 raa ■ . b LL § d 3 k/ \ \ Z _ w C6 ƒf w (6 w W U m = 22E f E0 Q co « t / t E -= � E \ \ / -E -E coo- cc £ \ \ \ 2 \ \ / n ) < / \ m f > LU fc - � \ \ \ � < _ � _ o = O 2 ` ■ t \/_ c . § \ \ \ /o ) w\ \ G / /o w $ g Cl) > 0 C) Ro @ /2 (n � g 0 -0 \ « e 2 / _ \ : E of k § _ v _ / / § ¥ / o < \ 7 m k 0 E \ f Z / I Ee _ / \ \ \ E± Z(,) } } <> \ ± W WASTE MANAGEMENT EXHIBIT E CHANGE ORDER Change Order Number: Agreement Date: Project: 2019 Phase 813 South Construction Project This Change Order is made between(OWNER) And(CONTRACTOR) on to the above referenced Agreement in the following respects: CHANGE ORDER DESCRIPTION: CONTRACT TIME: Contract Completion Date prior to this Change Order: Schedule Increase/Decrease by this Change Order: Revised Completion Date including this Change Order: SCHEDULE OF VALUES: Task Description Estimated Quantities Unit Prices Extended Total (With Units) Prices Total/Estimated Cost Increase/Decrease by this Change Order: $ Net Change by Previous Change Orders: $ Original Total/Estimated Contract Price: $ Revised Total/Estimated Contract Price Including this Change Order: $ NOTE: Add other tasks or additional pricing breakdown on attachments. The consideration provided for in this Change Order represents the full and complete compensation to Contractor for making the Changes described herein, including the impact, if any,of the Changes on the unchanged work. By executing this Change Order, Contractor waives its right to seek any additional compensation or time on account of the Changes described herein. In all other respects,the Agreement remains the same. (Contractor) (Owner) By: By: (Signature) (Title) (Title) Date: Date: END OF EXHIBIT E OR ❑ CHECK HERE IF ATTACHMENTS Exhibit F 1 Jan-13 Ver. 1.0 Woo %,. WASTE MANAGEMENT EXHIBIT F LIEN RELEASE ❑ PARTIAL ❑ FINAL (to be completed by Contractor and each Subcontractor and Material Vendor) The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt, payment, and satisfaction in full for all labor, services, and materials furnished or supplied up to and including the date , relating to use, to be used, or contributing to the construction, addition, or development of the work or improvements concerning that certain real property, commonly known as: The undersigned hereby expressly waives, releases, and discharges the real property described above and the Owner thereof, of and from any and all claims for mechanics' liens and rights to any such claim which the undersigned has or may have for labor, services, or materials or otherwise in connection with said work or improvements and every part thereof up to and including the date hereof and does hereby waive and release any and all rights that the undersigned now has or may have to levy or place any mechanics' lien, attachment lien, judgment lien, or execution lien on or against the real property to the undersigned. (Contractor,Subcontractor,or Material Vendor) Invoice No.: By: (Signature) Amount: (Title) Contact Phone No.: Date: END OF EXHIBIT F 1 Jan-13 Ver. 1.0 W WASTE MANAGEMENT EXHIBIT G FINAL PAYMENT GENERAL RELEASE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT AGREEMENT DATE KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT: That (Contractor), and a corporation, with an office at in consideration of the payment of $ on Invoice No. representing the final payment under the Agreement dated between the undersigned and (Owner), covering the design, engineering, procurement, construction, or performance of services at (or for) , does hereby certify and warrant that it has been fully paid on account of said Agreement and does further certify and warrant that it has fully paid and satisfied all claims for work, labor, materials, supplies, equipment, and all other items used or furnished by the undersigned and its subcontractors and material suppliers in the performance of said Agreement. The undersigned therefore waives, releases, and discharges Owner, and the real property on which the undersigned's performance of the Agreement was performed, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, actions and judgments arising out of any matter related to this Agreement. The undersigned, in consideration of the final payment being made by Owner pursuant to such Agreement, does hereby release and forever discharge Owner from any right of lien it may have against Owner or Owner's Site or property under said Agreement, and the undersigned hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Owner and its officers and agents from and against all claims, demands, and liabilities arising out of labor performed or material and equipment supplied by the undersigned or by its subcontractors or material vendors or otherwise caused in whole or in part by the undersigned in connection with the performance of said Agreement. In addition, the undersigned agrees to reimburse Owner for any excess payments made by it to the undersigned, which may be discovered as a result of Owner's audit of the aforementioned Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Release and Indemnity to be executed by its duly authorized officer this day of By: (Signature) (Title) END OF EXHIBIT G C; 1 Jail-l" Ver. 1.0 W 'I'mr, %. WASTE MANAGEMENT NOTICE OF AWARD/TO PROCEED DATE: TO: FROM: SRRMF (Contractor) (Owner) ADDRESS: ADDRESS: 12755 137th Street Glencoe, MN 55336 PROJECT: 2019 Phase 8B South Construction AGREEMENT FOR: NOTICE OF AWARD You are hereby notified that your ❑ Bid ❑ Proposal dated for the above Project has been considered and you are the apparent successful bidder. The Contract Price of your Agreement ❑ is ❑ is estimated at ❑ is not to exceed Dollars ( ) You must comply with the following conditions precedent within 15 days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is, by 1. You must deliver to the OWNER two fully executed Contract Documents. 2. Other conditions precedent as follows: Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award, and to declare any Bid Security forfeited. NOTICE TO PROCEED The Contract Time under your Agreement will commence to run on . By that date, you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract Documents. In accordance with the Agreement, the date of Substantial Completion is SRRMF (Owner) By: (Signature) (Title) Date: Exhibit H1 1 Jan-13 Ver. 1.0 PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF § § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: THE COUNTY OF § THAT WE, as Principal, hereinafter called "Contractor", and the other subscriber hereto as Surety, do hereby acknowledge ourselves to be held and firmly bound to [Waste Management entity] (the "Owner"), in the sum of Dollars ($ ) for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made to Owner and its successors, the said Contractor and Surety do bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH THAT: WHEREAS, the Contractor has on or about this day executed an Agreement in writing with Owner for all of such work to be done as set out in full in said Contract Documents therein referred to and adopted by Owner, all of which are made a part of this instrument as fully and completely as if set out in full herein. NOW THEREFORE, if the said Contractor shall faithfully and strictly perform the Agreement in all its terms, provisions, and stipulations in accordance with its true meaning and effect, and in accordance with the Contract Documents referred to therein and shall comply strictly with each and every provision of the Contract Documents and with this bond, then this obligation shall become null and void and shall have no further force and effect; otherwise the same is to remain in full force and effect. It is further understood and agreed that the Surety does hereby relieve Owner or its representatives from the exercise of any diligence whatever in securing compliance on the part of the Contractor with the terms of the Contract Documents, and the Surety hereby waives any notice to it of any default, or delay by the Contractor in the performance of his Agreement and agrees that it, the Surety, shall be bound to take notice of and shall be held to have knowledge of all acts or omissions of the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the contract. The Surety understands and agrees that the provision in the Agreement that Owner shall retain certain amounts due the Contractor until the expiration of thirty days from the acceptance of the Work is intended for Owner's benefit,and Owner shall have the right to pay or withhold such retained amounts or any other amount owing under the Agreement without changing or affecting the liability of the Surety hereon in any degree. It is further expressly agreed by Surety that Owner or its representatives are at liberty at any time, without notice to the Surety,to make any change in the Contract Documents and in the Work to be done thereunder, as provided in the Agreement, and in the terms and conditions thereof, or to make any change in, addition to, or deduction from the work to be done thereunder; and that such changes, if made, shall not in any way vitiate the obligation in this bond and undertaking or release the Surety therefrom. It is further expressly agreed and understood that the Contractor and Surety will fully indemnify and save harmless Owner from any liability, loss, cost, expense, or damage arising out of or in connection with the work done by the Contractor under the Agreement. In the event that Owner shall bring any suit or other proceeding at law on the Agreement or this bond or both, the Contractor and Surety agree to pay to Owner the sum of 10 percent of whatever amount may be recovered by Owner in suit or legal proceeding, which sum of 10 percent is agreed by all parties to be indemnity to Owner for the expense of or time consumed by its Attorney, his assistants, and office force, and other cost and damage occasioned to Owner. This amount of 10 percent is fixed and liquidated by the parties, it being agreed by them that the exact damage to Owner would be difficult to ascertain. WN�EME�� Page 1 Updated 05/12 This bond and all obligations created hereunder shall be performable in County, in the State of . When this bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument on the respective dates written below their signature. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company Name Surety Name By: By: Name: Name: Title: Title: Date: Date: Attest/Witness or(Corporate Seal) Attest/Witness or(Corporate Seal) By: By: Name: Name: Title: Title: Date: Date: THE FOREGOING BOND IS ACCEPTED ON BEHALF OF Name: Title: Date: END OF DOCUMENT WN�EME�� Page 2 Updated 05/12 WAIK WASTE MANAGEMEW ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND THE STATE OF § § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: THE COUNTY OF § THAT rContractorl as Principal, hereinafter called "Contractor", and the other subscriber hereto as Surety, do hereby acknowledge ourselves to be held and firmly bound to Spruce Ridge Resource Management Facility (SRRMF) ("Owner"), in the sum of Dollars ($ ) for the payment of which sum to be made to Owner and its successors, Contractor and Surety do bind themselves, their successors and assigns,jointly and severally. The conditions of this obligation are such that: WHEREAS, the Contractor has on or about this date executed a Agreement in writing with Owner for all of such work to be done in accordance with the Contract Documents therein referred to, and adopted by Owner, all of which are made a part of this instrument as fully and completely as if set out in full herein. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Subparagraph 12.2.2 of the Standard General Conditions, and correct Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the established one year period, then this obligation shall become null and void, and shall be of no further force and effect; otherwise, the same is to remain in full force and effect; IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument on the respective dates written below their signature. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company Name Surety Name By: By: Name: Name: Title: Title: Date: Date: Exhibit H4 1 Jan-13 Ver. 1.0 WAIA, WASTE MANAGEMENT Attest/Witness or(Corporate Seal) Attest/Witness or(Corporate Seal) By: By: Name: Name: Title: Title: Date: Date: THE FOREGOING BOND IS ACCEPTED ON BEHALF OF By: By: Name: Name: Title: Title: Date: Date: END OF DOCUMENT Exhibit H4 2 Jan-13 Ver. 1.0 EXHIBIT J PROJECT MANUAL Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill, Inc. Elk River, MN BOLTON & MENK Real People.Real Solutions. SECTION 00005—CERTIFICATION PROJECT MANUAL for Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill, Inc. I hereby certify that this plan,specification or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision,and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. By: Kevin Bittner License No.21814 Date: 3-1-2019 Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 CERTIFICATION March 2019 PAGE 00005-1 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 00010-TABLE OF CONTENTS Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill, Inc. This Project Manual incorporates,either in full or in part,various EJCDC copyrighted documents. Documents incorporated in full are subject to the copyright notice in the EJCDC document footnotes. For those EJCDC documents excerpted, modified or incorporated in part,those portions of the text that originated in copyrighted EJCDC documents remain subject to the EJCDC license and copyright.Copyright©2011-2015 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies,and American Society of Civil Engineers.All rights reserved. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: PROJECT MANUAL: Introductory Information, Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of Contract 00005-CERTIFICATION PAGE 00010-TABLE OF CONTENTS 00200- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS 00210- ELECTRONIC/DIGITAL DOCUMENTS 00410- BID FORM 00510- NOTICE OF AWARD 01110-SUMMARY OF WORK 01111- PROPOSED PROJECT SCHEDULE 01270- MEASUREMENT& PAYMENT 01310-COORDINATION 01315- PROJECT MEETINGS 01330-SUBMITTALS 01350-SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01410- REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01450-QUALITY CONTROL 01500- MOBILIZATION 01550- MAINTENANCE OF HAUL ROADS&TEMPORARY ACCESS 01555- MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF TRAFFIC 01562-AIR, LAND AND WATER POLLUTION 01720- FIELD ENGINEERING 01770- PROJECT CLOSEOUT Specifications 02115- UNDERGROUND TANK REMOVAL 02210-SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION 02220- REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES 02230-CLEARING AND GRUBBING 02240- DEWATERING 02310- EXCAVATION & EMBANKMENT-SITE GRADING 02320-TRENCH EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILL 02335-SUBGRADE PREPARATION 02370- EROSION&SEDIMENT CONTROL 02446-TRENCHLESS PIPELINE 02530- PIPE SEWERS-SANITARY 02535- FORCEMAIN 02720-AGGREGATE BASE 02730-AGGREGATE SURFACING 02740- PLANT-MIXED BITUMINOUS SURFACING 02741- BITUMINOUS PATCH 02749- PAVEMENT MARKINGS Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TABLE OF CONTENTS March 2019 PAGE 00010-1 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 02751-CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02820-CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES 02920-TURF RESTORATION 02951-GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER 03400-PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS AND STRUCTURES 11309-LIFT STATION STRUCTURE 11310-CENTRIFUGAL WASTEWATER PUMPS 11311-SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 16050-COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 16051-SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 16052- SUPPORTING DEVICES 16110-RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND BOXES 16120-600 VOLT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 16440-SAFETY SWITCHES 16450-GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16500-LIGHTING 16620-ENGINE GENERATORS 16621-TRANSFER SWITCHES 16903-SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM APPENDIX-REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION DRAWINGS(UNDER SEPARATE COVER): 46 sheets numbered 1 through 46, inclusive, dated March 1, 2019, and with each sheet bearing the following general title: Elk River Landfill, Inc. Leachate Conveyance System ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc.-R16.115896 TABLE OF CONTENTS March 2019 PAGE 00010-2 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 00100—INVITATION FOR BIDS Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill, Inc. RECEIPT AND OPENING OF PROPOSALS: Sealed proposals for the work described below will be received at the Office of the District Manager, Elk River Landfill, Inc.,22460 Hwy 169 NW, Elk River, MN 55330 until 11:00 a.m.on Thursday, March 28,2019 after which time, no further bids will be accepted. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The work includes the construction of approximately: 695 TON Aggregate Base 1 EA Stand-by Electrical Generator 1,800 SY Bituminous Trail Patch 1,300 SY 4" Polystyrene Insulation 1,250 SY Bituminous Pavement 2 EA Air Relief Manhole-HDPE 18,600 LF 6" Forcemain Directionally Drilled 160 SF 1"Steel Plate 3,200 LF 6"/12" Dual Contain Forcemain Directionally Drilled 120 LF 8"Chain Link Fence 2,140 LF 6"/12" Dual Contain Forcemain 24,200 SY Erosion Control Blanket 2 LS Lift Station &Valve Manhole 330 LF 4"Solid Line Paint together with numerous related items of work,all in accordance with Plans and Specifications. START AND COMPLETION OF WORK: All work under the Contract shall commence on or after June 1,2019 and must be complete by September 1,2019. ADDENDUMS: Any addendums will be mailed or faxed to all plan holders. PLAN HOLDERS LIST,ADDENDUMS AND BID TABULATION: The plan holders list,addendums and bid tabulations will be available for download on-line at www.bolton-menk.com or www.questcdn.com. Any addendums may also be distributed by mail,fax or email. TO OBTAIN BID DOCUMENTS:Complete digital project bidding documents are available at www.bolton-menk.com or www.guestcdn.com. You may view the digital plan documents for free by entering Quest project#6186377 on the website's Project Search page. Documents may be downloaded for$30.00. Please contact QuestCDN.com at 952-233-1632 or info@questcdn.com for assistance in free membership registration,viewing,downloading,and working with this digital project information. An optional paper set of project documents is also available for a nonrefundable price of$100.00 per set,which includes applicable sales tax and shipping. Please make your check to payable to Bolton& Menk, Inc.and send it to 7533 Sunwood Drive NW,Suite 206, Ramsey, MN 55303, (763)433-2851,fax(763)427-0833. Please contact us if you have any questions. PRE-BID CONFERENCE: A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 2:00 p.m. on March 19,2019 at the Elk River Landfill Gas Recovery Plant. All bidders will be required to attend this conference to be eligible to bid. BID SECURITY: Not Required. OWNER'S RIGHTS RESERVED: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularities and informalities therein and to award the Contract to other than the lowest bidder if, in their discretion,the interest of the Owner would be best served thereby. Dated: February 28,2019 /s/ Mark Boeckers District Manager ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 BID NOTICE March 2019 PAGE 00100-1 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 00200-INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill, Inc. ARTICLE 1-DEFINED TERMS 1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions.Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below: A. Issuing Office—The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued. ARTICLE 2-COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents may be obtained from the Issuing Office in the number and format stated in the advertisement or invitation to bid. Bid Documents deposit amount, if any, is stated in the advertisement or invitation to bid. Deposits shall be refundable,or not,as indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid. 2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.03 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms,do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license for any other use. 2.04 When the advertisement indicates supplemental digital formats of all or portions of the bidding documents are available for bidding purposes,the Owner and Engineer will, upon request, provide the Bidder with such documents.The terms of use of such documents shall be as set forth in the Bidding Documents("Document 00210 - Electronic/Digital Documents"). ARTICLE 3-QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 3.01 To demonstrate Bidder's qualifications to perform the Work,after submitting its Bid and within 5 days of Owner's request, Bidder shall submit(a)written evidence establishing its qualifications such as financial data, previous experience,and present commitments,and (b)the following additional information: A. None. 3.02 A Bidder's failure to submit required qualification information within the times indicated may disqualify Bidder from receiving an award of the Contract. 3.03 No requirement in this Article 3 to submit information will prejudice the right of Owner to seek additional pertinent information regarding Bidder's qualifications. 3.04 Bidder is advised to carefully review those portions of the Bid Form requiring Bidder's representations and certifications. ARTICLE 4-SITE AND OTHER AREAS; EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS; EXAMINATION OF SITE; OWNER'S SAFETY PROGRAM; OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 4.01 Site and Other Areas A. The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. By definition,the Site includes rights-of-way,easements, and other lands furnished by Owner for the use of the Contractor.Any additional lands required for Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS March 2019 PAGE 00200-1 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved temporary construction facilities,construction equipment,or storage of materials and equipment,and any access needed for such additional lands,are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. 4.02 Existing Site Conditions A. Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions 1. The Supplementary Conditions identify: a. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site. b. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site(except Underground Facilities). C. reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. d. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. 2. Owner will make copies of reports and drawings referenced above available to any Bidder on request.These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the Technical Data contained therein upon whose accuracy Bidder is entitled to rely,as provided in the General Conditions, has been identified and established in the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any Technical Data or any other data,interpretations,opinions,or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 3. If the Supplementary Conditions do not identify Technical Data,the default definition of Technical Data set forth in Article 1 of the General Conditions will apply. B. Underground Facilities: Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site are set forth in the Contract Documents and are based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner,or others. C. Adequacy of Data: Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions, other physical conditions,and Underground Facilities,and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated subsurface or physical conditions appear in Paragraphs 5.03,5.04,and 5.05 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site, if any,and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work, appear in Paragraph 5.06 of the General Conditions. 4.03 Site Visit and Testing by Bidders A. Site visits will only be allowed one hour before and after the pre-bid conference. Information on the pre- bid conference is provided in Article 6 of this section. 1. Site visits to the Elk River Landfill shall be arranged through the landfill manager at the contact below: (a) Mark Boeckers 952-656-7283 Landfill hours 7:00-4:30 B. Bidder is not required to conduct any subsurface testing,or exhaustive investigations of Site conditions. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS March 2019 PAGE 00200-2 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved C. On request,and to the extent Owner has control over the Site,and schedule permitting,the Owner will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such additional examinations, investigations,explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for preparing and submitting a successful Bid.Owner will not have any obligation to grant such access if doing so is not practical because of existing operations,security or safety concerns,or restraints on Owner's authority regarding the Site. D. Bidder shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations regarding excavation and location of utilities, obtain all permits,and comply with all terms and conditions established by Owner or by property owners or other entities controlling the Site with respect to schedule,access,existing operations,security, liability insurance,and applicable safety programs. E. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations, investigations,tests,and studies. 4.04 Owner's Safety Program A. Site visits and work at the Site will be governed by an Owner safety program. B. Successful bidder will need to complete Waste Management Contractor Safety Orientation Training two weeks prior to initiating work. 4.05 Other Work at the Site A. Reference is made to Article 8 of the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of the general nature of other work of which Owner is aware(if any)that is to be performed at the Site by Owner or others(such as utilities and other prime contractors)and relates to the Work contemplated by these Bidding Documents. If Owner is party to a written contract for such other work,then on request,Owner will provide to each Bidder access to examine such contracts(other than portions thereof related to price and other confidential matters), if any. ARTICLE 5-BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 5.01 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: A. examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents,and any data and reference items identified in the Bidding Documents; B. visit the Site,conduct a thorough,alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas,and become familiar with and satisfy itself as to the general, local,and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; C. become familiar with and satisfy itself as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress,and performance of the Work; D. carefully study all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions,especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings,and (2) reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any,at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings; E. consider the information known to Bidder itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site;the Bidding Documents; and the Site-related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents,with respect to the effect of such information,observations,and documents on (1)the cost, progress,and performance of the Work; (2)the means, methods,techniques,sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder;and (3) Bidder's safety precautions and programs; Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS March 2019 PAGE 00200-3 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved F. agree, based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph,that at the time of submitting its Bid no further examinations, investigations,explorations,tests,studies,or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the times required,and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents; G. become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents; H. promptly give Engineer written notice of all conflicts,errors,ambiguities,or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder; I. determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance and furnishing of the Work;and J. agree that the submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article,that without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 6-PRE-BID CONFERENCE 6.01 A pre-bid conference will be held at the time and location stated in the invitation or advertisement to bid. Representatives of Owner and Engineer will be present to discuss the Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. Engineer will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as Engineer considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference.Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 6.01 A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 2:00 p.m.on March 19,2019 at the Elk River Landfill Gas Recovery Plant. All Bidders will be required to attend this conference to be eligible to bid. ARTICLE 7-INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to Engineer in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded as having received the Bidding Documents.Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by Addenda will be binding.Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 7.02 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct,supplement,or change the Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 8-BID SECURITY 8.01 Bid Security is not required. ARTICLE 9-CONTRACT TIMES 9.01 The number of days within which,or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved and the Work is to be substantially completed,and completed and ready for final payment,are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 10-LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any,for failure to timely attain a Milestone,Substantial Completion,or completion of the Work in readiness for final payment,are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 11-SUBSTITUTE AND"OR-EQUAL" ITEMS Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS March 2019 PAGE 00200-4 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 11.01 The Contract for the Work,as awarded,will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents without consideration during the bidding and Contract award process of possible substitute or"or-equal" items. In cases in which the Contract allows the Contractor to request that Engineer authorize the use of a substitute or"or-equal" item of material or equipment,application for such acceptance may not be made to and will not be considered by Engineer until after the Effective Date of the Contract. 11.02 All prices that Bidder sets forth in its Bid shall be based on the presumption that the Contractor will furnish the materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents,as supplemented by Addenda.Any assumptions regarding the possibility of post-Bid approvals of"or-equal"or substitution requests are made at Bidder's sole risk. ARTICLE 12-SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS,AND OTHERS 12.01 A Bidder shall be prepared to retain specific Subcontractors,Suppliers,or other individuals or entities for the performance of the Work if required by the Bidding Documents to do so. If a prospective Bidder objects to retaining any such Subcontractor,Supplier,or other individual or entity,and the concern is not relieved by an Addendum,then the prospective Bidder should refrain from submitting a Bid. 12.02 Subsequent to the submittal of the Bid,Owner may not require the Successful Bidder or Contractor to retain any Subcontractor,Supplier,or other individual or entity against which Contractor has reasonable objection. 12.03 The apparent Successful Bidder,and any other Bidder so requested,shall within five days after Bid opening,submit to Owner a list of the Subcontractors or Suppliers. If requested by Owner,such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor,Supplier,or other individual or entity. If Owner or Engineer,after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor,Supplier, individual,or entity,Owner may, before the Notice of Award is given, request apparent Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute, in which case apparent Successful Bidder shall submit a substitute, Bidder's Bid price will be increased (or decreased) by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution,and Owner may consider such price adjustment in evaluating Bids and making the Contract award. 12.04 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution,Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors,Suppliers,or other individuals or entities. Declining to make requested substitutions will constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid security of any Bidder.Any Subcontractor,Supplier, individual,or entity so listed and against which Owner or Engineer makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner and Engineer subject to subsequent revocation of such acceptance as provided in Paragraph 7.06 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 13-PREPARATION OF BID 13.01 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents. A. All blanks on the Bid Form shall be completed in ink and the Bid Form signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form.A Bid price shall be indicated for each section, Bid item, alternate,adjustment unit price item,and unit price item listed therein. B. If the Bid Form expressly indicates that submitting pricing on a specific alternate item is optional,and Bidder elects to not furnish pricing for such optional alternate item,then Bidder may enter the words"No Bid"or"Not Applicable." 13.02 A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by a corporate officer(whose title must appear under the signature),accompanied by evidence of authority to sign.The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS March 2019 PAGE 00200-5 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 13.03 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner(whose title must appear under the signature),accompanied by evidence of authority to sign.The partnership's address for receiving notices shall be shown. 13.04 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member or other authorized person and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign.The state of formation of the firm and the firm's address for receiving notices shall be shown. 13.05 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder's name and address for receiving notices. 13.06 A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by an authorized representative of each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form.The joint venture's address for receiving notices shall be shown. 13.07 All names shall be printed in ink below the signatures. 13.08 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda,the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. 13.09 Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 13.10 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder's authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located,or Bidder shall covenant in writing to obtain such authority and qualification prior to award of the Contract and attach such covenant to the Bid. Bidder's state contractor license number, if any,shall also be shown on the Bid Form. ARTICLE 14-BASIS OF BID 14.01 Unit Price A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price basis for each item of Work listed in the unit price section of the Bid Form. B. The"Bid Price" (sometimes referred to as the extended price)for each unit price Bid item will be the product of the"Estimated Quantity" (which Owner or its representative has set forth in the Bid Form)for the item and the corresponding"Bid Unit Price"offered by the Bidder.The total of all unit price Bid items will be the sum of these"Bid Prices";such total will be used by Owner for Bid comparison purposes.The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. C. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. ARTICLE 15-SUBMITTAL OF BID 15.01 With each paper copy of the Bidding Documents,a Bidder is furnished one separate unbound copy of the Bid Form, and, if required,the Bid Bond Form.The unbound copy of the Bid Form is to be completed and submitted with the Bid security and the other documents required to be submitted under the terms of Article 7 of the Bid Form. 15.02 A Bid shall be received no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid and shall be enclosed in a plainly marked package with the project title "Leachate Conveyance System", Project No. R16.115896(and, if applicable,the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted),the name and address of Bidder,and shall be accompanied by the Bid security and other required Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS March 2019 PAGE 00200-6 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system,the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate package plainly marked on the outside with the notation "BID ENCLOSED."A mailed Bid shall be addressed to the person indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid. 15.03 Bids received after the date and time prescribed for the opening of bids,or not submitted at the correct location or in the designated manner,will not be accepted and will be returned to the Bidder unopened. 15.04 The Owner does not allow electronic bid submittals. ARTICLE 16-MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 16.01 A Bid may be withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the same manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. Upon receipt of such notice,the unopened Bid will be returned to the Bidder. 16.02 If a Bidder wishes to modify its Bid prior to Bid opening, Bidder must withdraw its initial Bid in the manner specified in Paragraph 16.01 and submit a new Bid prior to the date and time for the Bid Opening. 16.03 If within 24 hours after Bids are opened any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid,that Bidder may withdraw its Bid,and the Bid security will be returned.Thereafter, if the Work is rebid,that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work. ARTICLE 17-OPENING OF BIDS 17.01 Bids will be opened privately. ARTICLE 18-BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 18.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid Form, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to the end of this period. ARTICLE 19-EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT 19.01 Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced,or conditional Bids.Owner will reject the Bid of any Bidder that Owner finds,after reasonable inquiry and evaluation,to not be responsible. If Bidder purports to add terms or conditions to its Bid,takes exception to any provision of the Bidding Documents,or attempts to alter the contents of the Contract Documents for purposes of the Bid,then the Owner will reject the Bid as nonresponsive; provided that Owner also reserves the right to waive all minor informalities not involving price,time, or changes in the Work. 19.02 If Owner awards the contract for the Work,such award shall be to the responsible Bidder submitting the lowest responsive Bid. 19.03 Evaluation of Bids A. In evaluating Bids,Owner will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices,and other data,as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 19.04 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to establish the responsibility,qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders and any proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers. ARTICLE 20-BONDS AND INSURANCE Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS March 2019 PAGE 00200-7 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 20.01 Article 6 of the General Conditions,as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth Owner's requirements as to performance and payment bonds and insurance.When the Successful Bidder delivers the Agreement(executed by Successful Bidder)to Owner, it shall be accompanied by required bonds and insurance documentation. ARTICLE 21-SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 21.01 When Owner issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied by the unexecuted counterparts of the Agreement along with the other Contract Documents as identified in the Agreement.Within 15 days thereafter,Successful Bidder shall execute and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement(and any bonds and insurance documentation required to be delivered by the Contract Documents)to Owner.Within ten days thereafter,Owner shall deliver one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement to Successful Bidder,together with printed and electronic copies of the Contract Documents as stated in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions. Successful bidder will need to complete Waste Management Contractor Safety Orientation Training two weeks prior to initiating work. ARTICLE 22-SALES AND USE TAXES 22.01 Owner is not exempt from state sales and use taxes on materials and equipment. Said taxes shall be included in the bid. ARTICLE 23-CONTRACTS TO BE ASSIGNED 23.01 There are no material contracts for this project that will be assigned to the Contractor. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS March 2019 PAGE 00200-8 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 00210-ELECTRONIC/DIGITAL DOCUMENTS PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Owner or Engineer may elect to provide copies of the contract documents or supplemental information to the Contractor in electronic/digital media format.This section governs the availability, use and limitations of information provided in electronic/digital format. 1.2 FORMAT OF DOCUMENTS AND CONTROLLING CRITERIA A. The Agreement identifies the contract documents upon which the Bidder or Contractor may rely.The General Conditions set forth the provisions governing the intent, interpretation and use of the contract documents.This section is intended to augment the Agreement and General Conditions and to clarify limitations on the use of electronic/digital documents. B. "Hard Copies"of the Contract Documents consist of complete sets of those documents specifically listed in the Agreement including the version of the plans and specifications that are signed and sealed with original signature(or unalterable and legally acceptable facsimile copy of said signature)denoting the designer's final intent for bidding purposes. Electronic/digital files in the"Native File Format"are saved in the default file format used by a specific software application.The native file format of an application is proprietary and these types of files are not meant to be transferred to other applications. Electronic/digital files in the native file format may be altered and may not be representative of the paper copies of the documents C. For bidding purposes only, Hard Copies of the Contract Documents shall be construed to include electronic/digital files of the Bidding Documents(as defined in Section 00200), prepared by Engineer and provided under direction of Engineer in a Portable Document Format(PDF)format or other file format that is intended by the Engineer and Owner to be unalterable and exactly representative of the information contained in the paper copies of the documents. D. The project plans graphically set forth design requirements for the project.These plans are a two- dimensional representation of three-dimensional existing conditions and proposed improvements. Because it is generally impossible to economically or graphically duplicate real world conditions on a two- dimensional plan format,certain approximations,graphical simplifications, intentional or unintentional inaccuracies must generally be used to adequately describe the existing conditions and work to be done on the plans. Because of these graphical compromises,certain dimensions and other supplementary notes and information may be added to the plans to control the specific requirements of the design. Electronic/digital versions of the plans in PDF format, native file format or other electronic file format may imply a spatial accuracy that exceeds the graphical limitations of the original plan set.This is also true of supplementary electronic/digital information developed from the plans or underlying support data (such as layers, hidden lines, survey points or topographic computational networks). E. In the event of a conflict between an electronic/digital version of a Contract Document and the Hard Copy of the document,the Hard Copy shall be deemed to govern. Bidders, by submitting a bid,and the Contractor by executing the contract,acknowledge these graphical limitations to the plan development process and accept the controlling nature of the Hard Copies of all project documents as set forth in the General Conditions. 1.3 AVAILABILITY AND USE OF DIGITAL/ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS A. When the Advertisement for Bids or Project Manual indicate that electronic/digital copies of the Plans and Specifications are available,such documents shall be made available to the Bidder or Contractor upon request in PDF format or other file format that is intended by the Engineer and Owner to be unalterable and exactly representative of the information contained in the paper copies of the documents. However, because the Owner and Engineer cannot totally control the transmission and receipt of electronic/digital documents nor the Contractor's means of reproduction of such documents,the Owner and Engineer cannot Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 ELECTRONIC/DIGITAL DOCUMENTS March 2019 PAGE 00210-1 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved and do not guarantee that electronic/digital versions and reproductions prepared from those versions are identical in every manner to the paper copies. B. Except as otherwise advised,the Bidder may use and rely upon complete sets of the PDF or other electronic/digital version of the Bidding Documents, prepared by the Engineer and provided under direction of the Engineer,for preparation of its bid. However,Contractor assumes all risks associated with differences arising from transmission/receipt of electronic/digital versions and reproductions prepared from those versions and,further,assumes all risks,costs and responsibility associated with use of the electronic/digital versions to derive information that is not explicitly contained in the paper copies of the documents and for Bidder's reliance upon such derived information. C. When using PDF versions of the bidding documents,the Contractor shall prepare its Bid on a printed paper copy of the Bid Form from the PDF file;submit its bid together with all required submittals;and deliver the Bid in the manner described in the bidding documents.The printed copy of the Bid Form shall be clearly legible, printed on 8% inch by 11 inch paper and as closely identical in appearance to the PDF Bid Form as may be practical.The Owner reserves the right to accept Bid Forms which nominally vary in appearance from the Hard Copy of the Bid Form, providing that all required information and submittals are included with the bid. D. After a Contract is awarded,the Owner may provide or direct the Engineer to provide for the use of the Contractor such electronic/digital copies of the contract documents or other support documents in native file formats as may have been previously developed as part of the Project design process. Release of such information, if available,shall be deemed to be solely for the convenience of the Contractor. Unless the Contract Documents explicitly identify that such information shall be available to the successful Bidder, nothing herein shall create an obligation on the part of the Owner or Engineer to provide or create such information and the Contractor is not entitled to rely on the availability of such information in the preparation of its Bid or pricing of the work. In all cases,the Contractor shall take appropriate measures to verify that any electronic/digital data is appropriate and adequate for the Contractor's specific purposes. In no case shall the Contractor be entitled to extra compensation or adjustment in contract time due to claims arising from any differences between the Hard Copies of the Contract Documents and electronic/digital data. E. Release of all electronic/digital information requested by the Contractor shall be at the sole discretion of the Owner or Engineer and a separate charge will be made to the Contractor for creation or preparation of such information. F. Release of electronic/digital data shall be subject to the herein accompanying form,entitled "REQUEST TO PROJECT ENGINEER FOR ELECTRONIC/DIGITAL DATA AND CONDITIONS OF USE,"together with such other limitations as the Owner or Engineer may deem appropriate for the Project. In the event of questions, conflicts, inconsistencies between any the electronic/digital data,the Hard Copies of the Contract Documents shall govern unless otherwise directed in writing by the Owner and Engineer. G. In the event that Owner elects to provide or directs the Engineer to provide to the Contractor any Contractor-requested electronic/digital data that is not explicitly identified in the Contract Documents as being available to the successful bidder,the Engineer shall be reimbursed by the Contractor on an hourly basis(at$120 per hour)for all engineering costs necessary to create or otherwise prepare the data in a manner deemed appropriate by the Engineer. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 ELECTRONIC/DIGITAL DOCUMENTS March 2019 PAGE 00210-2 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved REQUEST TO PROJECT ENGINEER(BOLTON & MENK, INC. "BMI") FOR ELECTRONIC/DIGITAL DATA AND CONDITIONS OF USE Project Contractor("USER"): Project Owner Elk River Landfill, Inc. Project Name Leachate Conveyance System Description of Data/Files To Be Provided A. The electronic/digital data covered by this Request was a transfer ofthe ownership rights of BMI orthose of the PROJECT prepared by BMI as an internal working document for its OWNER to the USER and USER's rights regarding any information purposes solely and is being provided to USER on an"AS IS"basis shall be limited those explicitly described in this Request. without any warranties of any kind,including,but not limited to E. Although BMI may advise the USER of known errors or implied warranties of fitness for any purpose.As such,the USER required updates in electronic/digital data provided to the USER is advised and acknowledges that the information may not be upon discovery by BMI or notice to BMI of such conditions,the suitable for the USER's application or may require substantial USER agrees that BMI and PROJECT OWNER are under no modification and independent verification by the USER. obligation to notify USER or correct,revise,update or otherwise Information may include intentional or unintentional maintain any electronic/digital data provided to the USER, nor inaccuracies, approximations, graphical simplifications, shall the USER be entitled to make any claim for extra undocumented intermediate revisions and other devices that compensation or other consideration on account of using such may affect subsequent reuse. data. B. The electronic/digital data may not accurately reflect the F. USER agrees not to sell,copy,transfer,give away or otherwise printed products(also known as Hard Copies)that are signed or distribute this information (in source or modified file format)to sealed by BMI. In the case of conflicts between the signed or any third party without the direct written authorization of BMI, sealed documents and electronic/digital data, the Hard Copies unless such distribution is specifically identified in this request shall control. Files in electronic/digital media format of text, and is limited to USER's subcontractors. USER warrants that data, graphics, or of other types that are provided by BMI to subsequent use by USER'S subcontractors shall comply with all USER are only for convenience of USER. Any conclusion or terms of this Request. information obtained or derived from such electronic/digital G. Provision of this information does not include any license of data will be at the USER's sole risk and the USER waives any software or other systems necessary to read, use or reproduce claims against BMI or PROJECT OWNER arising from use of the information. USER assumes all responsibility to obtain any electronic/digital data. necessary software and appropriate licenses to utilize the C. USER shall indemnify and hold harmless PROJECT OWNER and information in any format or application. BMI and their subconsultants from all claims, damages, losses, H. The USER shall compensate BMI in the amount of and expenses,including attorneys'fees and defense costs arising $120.00/per hour for all labor and expenses associated with the out of or resulting from USER's use,adaptation or distribution of handling,processing and delivery of the information in an"as is" any electronic/digital data provided under this Request. form or to adapt such information into a form which BMI, in its D. All Documents provided in electronic/digital format are sole discretion, deems to reasonably reflect the limits of the instruments of service and, unless otherwise specifically accuracy or usability of the information. USER acknowledges identified in the Contract between the USER and PROJECT such compensation shall be deemed to be a data processing fee OWNER, are not Contract Documents. BMI shall retain all and is not a design fee or part of the design fees paid by the ownership,copyrights and property interests therein,subject to PROJECT OWNER to BMI. any agreement between BMI and the PROJECT OWNER.Nothing herein shall be deemed to be Accepted by: USER Printed Name of "USER" Date Name and Title of Authorized Representative of USER Signature of Authorized Representative of USER Approved: Project Engineer: (BMI) Signature of Project Engineer's Representative Version 04/11/07 Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 ELECTRONIC/DIGITAL DOCUMENTS March 2019 PAGE 00210-3 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved Items to Be Submitted With the Bid for Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill, Inc. Elk River, MN SECTION 00410-BID FORM Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill, Inc. ARTICLE 1-BID RECIPIENT 1.01 This Bid is submitted to: Elk River Landfill, Inc. 22460 Hwy 169 NW Elk River, MN 55330 1.02 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted,to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 2-BIDDER'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security.This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 61 days after the Bid opening,or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of Owner. ARTICLE 3-BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents,and any data and reference items identified in the Bidding Documents,and hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: Addendum No. Addendum Date B. Bidder has visited the Site,conducted a thorough,alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and satisfied itself as to the general, local,and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress,and performance of the Work. C. Bidder is familiar with and has satisfied itself as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions,especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings,and (2) reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any,at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions,especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings. E. Bidder has considered the information known to Bidder itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 BID FORM March 2019 PAGE 00410-1 V051915 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved the Site;the Bidding Documents; and any Site-related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents,with respect to the effect of such information,observations,and documents on (1)the cost, progress,and performance of the Work; (2)the means, methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and (3) Bidder's safety precautions and programs. F. Bidder agrees, based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph,that no further examinations, investigations,explorations,tests,studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the times required,and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. G. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents. H. Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts,errors,ambiguities,or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents,and confirms that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder. I. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance and furnishing of the Work. J. The submission of this Bid constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article,and that without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 4-BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION 4.01 Bidder certifies that: A. This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group,association, organization,or corporation; B. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; C. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding;and D. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt,fraudulent,collusive,or coercive practices in competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 4.01.D: 1. "corrupt practice" means the offering,giving, receiving,or soliciting of anything of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process; 2. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a)to influence the bidding process to the detriment of Owner, (b)to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels,or(c)to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; 3. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders,with or without the knowledge of Owner,a purpose of which is to establish bid prices at artificial, non- competitive levels; and 4. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm,directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the a execution of the Contract. ARTICLE 5-BASIS OF BID 5.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following price(s): A. Bidder will complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the prices shown in the attached Bidding Schedule. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 BID FORM March 2019 PAGE 00410-2 V051915 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved B. Unit Prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03.6 of Section 00700"General Conditions"of this Project Manual. C. Bidder acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids. Final payment for all unit price Bid items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 6-TIME OF COMPLETION 6.01 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete and will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with the General Conditions on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement. 6.02 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages. ARTICLE 7-DEFINED TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings stated in the Instructions to Bidders,the General Conditions,and the Supplementary Conditions. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 BID FORM March 2019 PAGE 00410-3 V051915 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved EXHIBIT A-SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill,Inc. BMI Project No.R16.115896 BIDDER agrees to perform all of the work described in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the following unit prices: NOTE:BIDS shall include sales tax and all applicable taxes and fees. BIDDER must fill in unit prices in numerals,make extension for each item,and total. CY(LV)=Cubic Yards,Loose Volume APPROX. UNIT ITEM NO. ITEM QUANT. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT SCHEDULE A-PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS A- 1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING 1 LS A- 2 MOBILIZATION 1 LS A- 3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1 LS A- 4 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT-TRAIL 1,800 SY A- 5 SALVAGE AND REINSTALL SIGN 2 EACH A- 6 SITE GRADING-LIFT STATION 1 AND PARKING LOT 1 LS A- 7 AGGREGATE BASE,CLASS 5 675 TON A- 8 BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT PATCH 2.5"-TRAIL 1,800 SY A- 9 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 6" 85 SY A- 10 TYPE SP 9.5 WEAR CRS MIX(2,B)1.5"THICK 1,250 SY A- 11 TYPE SP 12.5 NON WEAR CRS MIX(2,B)2"THICK 1,250 SY A- 12 8"PVC PIPE SEWER,SDR 35 185 LF A- 13 6"FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11 62 LF A- 14 6"FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11 -DIRECTIONALLY DRILLED 18,603 LF A- 15 FORCEMAIN FITTINGS 1,300 LB A- 16 LIFT STATION 1 AND VALVE MH 9 1 LS A- 17 AIR RELIEF MANHOLE(MH 2-8) 7 EACH A- 18 AIR RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY(MH 2-8) 7 EACH A- 19 SANITARY SEWER MH INSIDE DROP ASSEMBLY(MH 1) 23 LF A- 20 BOLLARD 6 EACH A- 21 CORE AND BOOT SEWER MANHOLE(MH 1) 1 EACH A- 22 ELECTRICAL GENERATOR 1 EACH A- 23 ROLLING CANTILEVER GATE 151 x 8'H 1 EACH A- 24 CHAIN LINK FENCE 8'H 105 LF A- 25 TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 LS A- 26 SIGN AND POST 1 EACH A- 27 SILT FENCE,TYPE HEAVY DUTY 2,000 LF A- 28 FERTILIZER,TYPE 3 350 LB A- 29 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CATEGORY 3P 4,800 SY A- 30 SEEDING,MIXTURE 25-121 1 ACRE A- 31 4"SOLID LINE PAINT 330 LF A- 32 PAVEMENT MESSAGE PAINT-HANDICAP PARKING 1 EACH A- 33 PREFABRICATED PARKING STOP 10 EACH TOTAL AMOUNT BID SCHEDULE A $ SCHEDULE B-LANDFILL SITE IMPROVEMENTS B- 1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING 1 LS B- 2 MOBILIZATION 1 LS B- 3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1 LS B- 4 REMOVE CONCRETE PAVEMENT 80 SY B- 5 REMOVE LEACHATE TANK 1 &3 2 EACH Elk River Landfill,Inc.-R16.115896 BID FORM March 2019 PAGE 00410-4-5 APPROX. UNIT ITEM NO. ITEM QUANT. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT B- 6 REMOVE CATCH BASIN&CASTING ASSEMBLY 1 EACH B- 7 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT 55 SY B- 8 SALVAGE ELECTRICAL CONTROLS 1 LS B- 9 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION 20 HR B- 10 SITE GRADING-LIFT STATION 2 SITE 1 LS B- 11 COMMON BORROW FROM ON-SITE STOCKPILE(LV) 500 CY B- 12 AGGREGATE SURFACING CLASS 2 300 TON B- 13 AGGREGATE BASE CLASS 5 20 TON B- 14 BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT PATCH 5"-ROADWAY 55 SY B- 15 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 8" 80 SY B- 16 18"CS PIPE CULVERT 100 LF B- 17 CORE AND BOOT SEWER MANHOLE(EX MH 10) 1 EACH B- 18 8"/12"DUAL-CONTAIN GRAVITY SEWER HDPE DR 32.5 155 LF B- 19 6"/10"DUAL-CONTAIN GRAVITY SEWER HDPE DR 32.5 100 LF B- 20 2"/4"DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11 270 LF B- 21 T76"DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11 400 LF B- 22 6"/12"DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 9/11 (CARRIER/CASING) 2,140 LF B- 23 6"/12"DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11-DIRECTIONALLY DRILLED 3,260 LF B- 24 3"GATE VALVE 1 EACH B- 25 6"GATE VALVE 1 EACH B- 26 LIFT STATION 2,VALVE MH 15 AND METER MH 13 1 LS B- 27 TANK 4 PUMP AND CONTROLS UPGRADES 1 LS B- 28 CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE DESIGN G(CB 22) 1 EACH B- 29 CONNECT TO EXISTING DUAL-CONTAIN PIPELINE 11 EACH B- 30 4"POLYSTYRENE INSULATION 1,300 SY B- 31 FORCEMAIN FITTINGS 2,000 LB B- 32 SANITARY MANHOLE,DES.4007(MH 20) 1 EACH B- 33 VALVE MANHOLE, DES 60-4020(MH 18) 1 EACH B- 34 VALVE MANHOLE, DES 120-4020(MH 14) 1 EACH B- 35 AIR RELIEF AND CLEANOUT MANHOLE-HDPE 72"(MH 16,17) 2 EACH B- 36 LOAD-OUT MANHOLE,DES 48-4020(MH 21) 1 EACH B- 37 AIR RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY(MH 16,17) 2 EACH B- 38 LOAD-OUT MANHOLE ASSEMBLY(MH 21) 1 EACH B- 39 FORCEMAIN CLEANOUT ASSEMBLY(MH 11, 12,14,16,17,19) 6 EACH B- 40 FORCEMAIN CONNECTION ASSEMBLY(MH 20) 1 EACH B- 41 WITNESS AND CLEANOUT MANHOLE,DES 60-4020(MH 11,12,19) 3 EACH B- 42 1"STEEL PLATE 160 SF B- 43 SILT FENCE,TYPE HEAVY DUTY 1,000 LF B- 44 COMMON TOPSOIL BORROW(LV) 1,100 CY B- 45 FERTILIZER,TYPE 3 1,400 LB B- 46 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CATEGORY 3P 19,360 SY B- 47 SEEDING,MIXTURE 25-121 4 ACRE TOTAL AMOUNT BID SCHEDULE B $ TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID SCHEDULE A+B $ Elk River Landfill,Inc.-R16.115896 BID FORM March 2019 PAGE 00410-4-5 ARTICLE 9-BID SUBMITTAL BIDDER: By: [Signature] [Printed name] (If Bidder is a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach evidence of authority to sign.) Attest: [Signature] [Printed name] Title: Submittal Date: Address for giving notices: Telephone Number: Fax Number: Contact Name and e-mail address: Bidder's License No.: (where applicable) NOTE TO USER: Use in those states or other jurisdictions where applicable or required. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 BID FORM March 2019 PAGE 00410-5 V051915 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved Items to Be Executed After Bid Opening for Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill, Inc. Elk River, MN DOCUMENT 00450-INFORMATION REQUESTED FROM THE LOW BIDDER (The Low Bidder May Be Requested To Provide This Information After The Bids Are Received But Prior To Issuing The Notice Of Award) GENERAL INFORMATION The low bidder is requested to furnish the following information. Additional sheets shall be attached as required. Contractor's name and address: Number of years as a Contractor in construction work of this type Names and titles of all officers of Contractor's firm: SUBMIT a list of five construction contracts completed by the Contractor during the last five years involving work of similar type and comparable value. The list shall include the following information as a minimum: • Name,address and telephone number of owner. • Name of project. • Location of project. • Brief description of the work involved. • Contract amount. • Date of completion of contract. • Name,address and telephone number of architect or engineer. • Name of owner's project engineer. EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL SOURCE INFORMATION The low bidder is requested to list the name of the manufacturer or supplier and catalog numbers of the equipment or material proposed to be furnished under the bid. Awarding of a contract under this bid will not imply approval by the Owner of the manufacturers or suppliers listed by the low bidder. • Plant Mix Bituminous • Aggregates • Sanitary Sewer Pipe&Appurtenances • Precast Concrete Pipe, • Manholes&Catch Basins • Manhole&Catch Basin Castings ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 INFORMATION REQUESTED FROM THE LOW BIDDER March 2019 PAGE 00450-1 V051915 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved E J C D C' ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE NOTICE OF AWARD Date of Issuance: Owner: Elk River Landfill, Inc. Owner's Contract No.: Engineer: Bolton & Menk, Inc. Engineer's Project No.: R16.115896 Project: Leachate Conveyance System Contract Name: Bidder: Bidder's Address: TO BIDDER: You are notified that Owner has accepted your Bid dated [ ] for the above Contract, and that you are the Successful Bidder and are awarded a Contract for: describe work,alternates,or sections of work awarded] The Contract Price of the awarded Contract is: $ [note if subject to unit prices, or cost-plus] [ ] unexecuted counterparts of the Agreement accompany this Notice of Award, and one copy of the Contract Documents accompanies this Notice of Award, or has been transmitted or made available to Bidder electronically. [revise if multiple copies accompany the Notice of Award] ❑ a set of the Drawings will be delivered separately from the other Contract Documents. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within 15 days of the date of this Notice of Award: 1. Deliver to Owner [ ] counterparts of the Agreement, fully executed by Bidder. 2. Deliver with the executed Agreement(s)the Contract security[e.g., performance and payment bonds] and insurance documentation as specified in the Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions,Articles 2 and 6. 3. Other conditions precedent (if any): Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider you in default, annul this Notice of Award, and declare your Bid security forfeited. Within ten days after you comply with the above conditions, Owner will return to you one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement, together with any additional copies of the Contract Documents as indicated in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions Owner: Elk River Landfill, Inc. Authorized Signature By: Title: Copy: Engineer EJCDCO C-510(Rev.1),Notice of Award. Prepared and published 2013 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT for Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill, Inc. Elk River, MN SECTION 01110-SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 PROJECT LOCATION A. The project is located in City of Elk River. The project location is shown on the vicinity map in the design drawing set. 1.2 NOTICE TO PROCEED AND PROJECT COMPLETION A. All construction described in these contract documents shall be completed by the completion day specified. Anticipated Notice to Proceed Date:June 1,2019 Substantial Completion Date:September 1,2019—Schedule A-Public Improvements Final Completion Date: September 15,2019 B. Failure to meet the completion date stated for the project may be cause for liquidated damages associated with engineering,consulting and construction oversight. The extent of construction oversight will be at the discretion of the OWNER. 1.3 HOURS OF OPERATION A. Contractor's Operations shall be limited to the hours of 7:00 am to 7:00 pm (Central Daylight Time), Monday through Friday, unless prior arrangements are made with Owner. 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENT A. Work of this Contract is comprised of general construction of a leachate conveyance system from the landfill at 22460 Highway 169 Northwest, Elk River,Sherburne County, Minnesota,to the sanitary sewer collection system for the City of Elk River. The site is an active landfill facility and road access and right of way must be given to refuse hauling vehicles at all times unless specific directions to the contrary are given by the OWNER. B. Construction will be phased as outlined below; pay items specifically included in the contract are listed (see Bid Schedule and Measurement and Payment definitions in the associated sections of the specifications): SCHEDULE A—PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS A- 1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING A- 2 MOBILIZATION A- 3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A- 4 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT-TRAIL A- 5 SALVAGE AND REINSTALL SIGN A- 6 SITE GRADING- LIFT STATION 1 AND PARKING LOT A- 7 AGGREGATE BASE,CLASS 5 A- 8 BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT PATCH 2.5"-TRAIL A- 9 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 6" A- 10 TYPE SP 9.5 WEAR CRS MIX(2,B) 1.5"THICK A- 11 TYPE SP 12.5 NON WEAR CRS MIX(2,B)2"THICK A- 12 8" PVC PIPE SEWER,SDR 35 A- 13 6" FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11 A- 14 6" FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11- DIRECTIONALLY DRILLED A- 15 FORCEMAIN FITTINGS A- 16 LIFT STATION 1 AND VALVE MH 9 A- 17 AIR RELIEF MANHOLE (MH 2-8) Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-1 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved A- 18 AIR RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY(MH2-8) A- 19 SANITARY SEWER MH INSIDE DROP ASSEMBLY(EX MH1) A- 20 BOLLARD A- 21 CORE AND BOOT SEWER MANHOLE(EX MH1) A- 22 ELECTRICAL GENERATOR A- 23 ROLLING CANTILEVER GATE 15' L X 8' H A- 24 CHAIN LINK FENCE 8' H A- 25 TRAFFIC CONTROL A- 26 SIGN AND POST A- 27 SILT FENCE,TYPE HEAVY DUTY A- 28 FERTILIZER,TYPE 3 A- 29 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CATEGORY 3P A- 30 SEEDING, MIXTURE 25-121 A- 31 4" SOLID LINE PAINT A- 32 PAVEMENT MESSAGE PAINT- HANDICAP PARKING A- 33 PREFABRICATED PARKING STOP SCHEDULE B—LANDFILL SITE IMPROVEMENTS B- 1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING B- 2 MOBILIZATION B- 3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING B- 4 REMOVE CONCRETE PAVEMENT B- 5 REMOVE LEACHATE TANK 1&3 B- 6 REMOVE CATCH BASIN &CASTING ASSEMBLY B- 7 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT B- 8 SALVAGE ELECTRICAL CONTROLS B- 9 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION B- 10 SITE GRADING -LIFT STATION 2 SITE B- 11 COMMON BORROW FROM ON-SITE STOCKPILE (LV) B- 12 AGGREGATE SURFACING CLASS 2 B- 13 AGGREGATE BASE CLASS 5 B- 14 BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT PATCH 5" - ROADWAY B- 15 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 8" B- 16 18" CS PIPE CULVERT B- 17 CORE AND BOOT SEWER MANHOLE(EX MH 10) B- 18 8"/12" DUAL-CONTAIN GRAVITY SEWER HDPE DR 32.5 B- 19 6"/10" DUAL-CONTAIN GRAVITY SEWER HDPE DR 32.5 B- 20 2"/4" DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11 B- 21 3"/6" DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11 B- 22 6"/12" DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 9/11(CARRIER/CASING) B- 23 6"/12" DUAL-CONTAIN FORCEMAIN HDPE DR 11-DIRECTIONALLY DRILLED B- 24 3" GATE VALVE& BOX B- 25 6" GATE VALVE B- 26 LIFT STATION 2,VALVE MH 15 AND METER MH 13 B- 27 TANK 4 PUMP AND CONTROLS UPGRADES B- 28 CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE DESIGN G (CB 22) Elk River Landfill, Inc. - R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-2 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved B- 29 CONNECTTO EXISTING DUAL-CONTAIN PIPELINE B- 30 4" POLYSTYRENE INSULATION B- 31 FORCEMAIN FITTINGS B- 32 SANITARY MANHOLE, DES.4007(MH 20) B- 33 VALVE MANHOLE, DES 60-4020(MH 18) B- 34 VALVE MANHOLE, DES 20-4020(MH 14) B- 35 AIR RELIEF AND CLEANOUT MANHOLE- HDPE 72" (MH 16, 17) B- 36 LOAD-OUT MANHOLE, DES 48-4020(MH 21) B- 37 AIR RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY(MH 16, 17) B- 38 LOAD-OUT MANHOLE ASSEMBLY(MH 21) B- 39 FORCEMAIN CLEANOUT ASSEMBLY(MH 11, 12, 14, 16, 17, 19) B- 40 FORCEMAIN CONNECTION ASSEMBLY(MH 20) B- 41 WITNESS AND CLEANOUT MANHOLE, DES 60-4020(MH 11, 12, 19) B- 42 1"STEEL PLATE B- 43 SILT FENCE,TYPE HEAVY DUTY B- 44 COMMON TOPSOIL BORROW B- 45 FERTILIZER,TYPE 3 B- 46 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CATEGORY 3P B- 47 SEEDING, MIXTURE 25-121 C. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to cover all aspects of the Project. Should there be some item or items not shown on the Drawings or not described in these Specifications which are required for the Work, those items and the furnishing of all labor, materials,and equipment shall be considered incidental to the Work and no additional compensation will be provided. D. The Work includes the furnishing of all labor,equipment,tools, machinery, materials,and other items required for the construction of a complete project as specified. Equipment furnished shall be in safe operating condition and of adequate size,capacity,and condition for the performance of the Work. Contractor shall obtain all measurements necessary for the Work and shall be responsible for establishing all dimensions, levels,and layout of the Work. E. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the coordination of its activities with regard to the Project and the activities of Subcontractors and Owner. F. The work consists of the following Bid Items. The work for each Bid Item shall include, but not be limited to,work tasks described in this section. These descriptions provide a general outline and location of the work and do not describe every component of the work necessary to complete the project and itemized bid items. Detailed requirements are provided in the associated specification section and construction Drawings. G. Bid items beginning with an "A"are associated with the public-side improvements of the project, beginning at Station 10+40 through Lift Station 1 at Station 197+39. These bid items are described as follows: 1. Bid Item A-1: Construction Surveying (a) This item pertains to the establishment of all reference points(construction stakes) necessary to construct the work between Station 10+40 and 198+75, in accordance with the plans and these specifications. (b) Reference specification Section 01720—Field Engineering 2. Bid Item A-2: Mobilization (a) This item covers the mobilization of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to construct the project between Station 10+40 and Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-3 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 198+75, including but not limited to,the demobilization associated with closing the project, removing all equipment, removing excess materials,and general clean-up. (b) Reference specification Section 01500—Mobilization. 3. Bid Item A-3: Clearing and Grubbing (a) This item entails the clearing of all trees and grubbing of all roots associated with the construction of Lift Station 1 and parking area site. (b) Reference specification Section 02230—Clearing and Grubbing. 4. Bid Item A-4: Remove Bituminous Pavement—Trail (a) This item entails the removal of bituminous pavement on the trail necessary for sanitary sewer connections,drilling pits and installation of air relief manholes. (b) Reference specification Section 02220—Removing Pavement and Miscellaneous Structures. 5. Bid Item A-5: Salvage and Reinstall Sign (a) This item pertains to the salvage and reinstall of existing signs near the entry to the Lift Station 1 site and parking area. (b) Reference specification Section 02220- Removing Pavement and Miscellaneous Structures. 6. Bid Item A-6: Site Grading—Lift Station 1 and Parking Lot (a) This work is associated with the stripping,excavation and grading of the Lift Station 1 and Parking Lot site to subgrade of the parking area and lift station site along with salvaging and re-spreading of topsoil. (b) Reference specification Section 02310—Excavation & Embankment—Site Grading. 7. Bid Item A-7: Aggregate Base,Class 5 (a) This item is associated with the aggregate base under the bituminous pavement of the parking lot at the Lift Station 1 site as well as the construction of the temporary access to the trail at roughly Station 135+00. (b) Reference specification Section 02720—Aggregate Base. 8. Bid Item A-8: Bituminous Pavement Patch 2.5"—Trail (a) This item pertains to all bituminous pavement patches for repairing the trail where bituminous has been removed for drilling pits and construction of air relief manholes. (b) Reference specification Section 02741—Bituminous Patch. 9. Bid Item A-9: Concrete Pavement 6" (a) This item is associated with the concrete pavement slab at Lift Station 1. (b) Reference specification Section 02751—Concrete Pavement. 10. Bid Item A-10: Type SP 9.5 Wear Crs Mix(2,B) 1.5"Thick (a) This item pertains to the bituminous wear course pavement of the parking lot at the Lift Station 1 site. (b) Reference specification Section 02740—Plant-Mixed Bituminous Surfacing. 11. Bid Item A-11: Type SP 12.5 Non Wear Crs Mix(2,B)2"Thick (a) This item pertains to the bituminous base course pavement of the parking lot at the Lift Station 1 site. (b) Reference specification Section 02740- Plant-Mixed Bituminous Surfacing. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-4 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 12. Bid Item A-12: 8" PVC Pipe Sewer,SDR 35 (a) This item pertains to the extension of the 8"gravity sewer pipe to the south out of Lift Station 1. (b) Reference specification Section 02530—Pipe Sewers-Sanitary. 13. Bid Item A-13: 6" Forcemain HDPE DR 11 (a) This item pertains to forcemain pipe to be constructed via open trench methods, primarily near Lift Station 1,from the connection outside of the valve manhole to the location in the bituminous trail where directional drilling will commence. (b) Reference specification Section 02535- Forcemain. 14. Bid Item A-14: 6" Forcemain HDPE DR 11—Directionally Drilled (a) This item pertains to forcemain pipe constructed via directional drilling methods from approximately Station 10+40 to 196+75. (b) Reference specification Section 02530- Forcemain. 15. Bid Item A-15: Forcemain Fittings (a) This item pertains to fittings placed on the forcemain, primarily bends and sleeves,as needed to accomplish the alignment as shown on the plans and to connect the forcemain at all air relief manholes and other intermediate locations required for construction. (b) Reference specification Section 02535- Forcemain. 16. Bid Item A-16: Lift Station 1 and Valve MH 9 (a) This item pertains to the full construction of Lift Station 1 and valve manhole. This work includes: (1) Excavation, backfill and compaction. (2) Concrete structures and castings. (3) Pumps and level controls (4) All pipe,fitting and valve work. (5) Electrical and controls work. (b) Reference specifications include Sections: (1) 03400—Precast Concrete Vaults and Structures (2) 11309—Lift Station Structure (3) 11311—Submersible Centrifugal Pumps (4) 16050—Common Work Results for Electrical (5) 16052—Supporting Devices (6) 16110—Raceways, Fitting and Boxes (7) 16120—600 Volt Conductors and Cables (8) 16440—Safety Switches (9) 16550—Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems (10) 16500—Lighting (11) 16621—Transfer Switches (12) 16903—Submersible Lift Station Control System 17. Bid Item A-17: Air Relief Manhole(MH 2-8) Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-5 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved (a) The item pertains to the construction of multiple air relief manhole structures(MH 2-8)as shown on the plan between Station 10+40 and 183+50. The valve and piping assembly on the inside of the manhole is paid separately(Bid Item A-18). (b) Reference specification Section 02535—Forcemain 18. Bid Item A-18: Air Relief Valve Assembly(MH 2-8) (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and assembly of the air relief valve and piping material inside each air relief manhole structure(Bid Item A-17). (b) Reference specification Section 02535—Forcemain 19. Bid Item A-19: Sanitary Sewer Manhole Inside Drop Assembly(EX MH 1) (a) This item pertains to the construction of the forcemain drop assembly inside of existing sanitary manhole no. 1. (b) Reference specification Section 02530. 20. Bid Item A-20: Bollard (a) This item pertains to the construction of concrete-filled steel posts on the perimeter of Lift Station 1. (b) Reference specification Section 02820—Chain Link Fence and Gates 21. Bid Item A-21: Core and Boot Sewer Manhole(EX MH 1) (a) This item pertains to the coring of a hole in the concrete wall of existing sanitary sewer manhole no. 1 to accommodate a 6-inch HDPE DR 11 forcemain pipe and a neoprene rubber boot or link- seal to provide a sealed connection of the forcemain pipe to the existing manhole. (b) Reference specification Section 02530—Pipe Sewers—Sanitary 22. Bid Item A-22: Electrical Generator (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and installing of the electrical generator at Lift Station 1. (b) Reference specification Section 16620—Engine Generators 23. Bid Item A-23: Rolling Cantilever Gate 15' L X 8' H (a) This item pertains to furnishing and installing of a 15' long by 8' high rolling cantilever gate on the chain link fence enclosure around Lift Station 1 (b) Reference specification Section 02820. 24. Bid Item A-24: Chain Link Fence 8' H (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and installing of an 8' high chain link fence enclosure around Lift Station 1. (b) Reference specification Section 02820. 25. Bid Item A-25: Traffic Control (a) This item pertains to the installation of temporary traffic & pedestrian control signage and other needed traffic&pedestrian control measures at all construction traffic entry points located between or near the starting station of 10+40 and the Lift Station 1 site at 197+39. (b) Reference specification Section 01555—Maintenance and Control of Traffic. 26. Bid Item A-26: Sign and Post (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and installing of signs in the parking lot of the Lift Station 1 site, to include the No Parking and Disabled Parking signs. (b) Reference Mn/DOT specification Section 2557—Traffic Signs and Devices Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-6 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 27. Bid Item A-27: Silt Fence,Type Heavy Duty (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and installing of silt fence for the purposes of containing erosion sediment with the project site. There are numerous locations of called out on the plan and in general is at every location where excavation occurs,which includes all drill pits,connection points and Lift Station 1 site. (b) Reference specification Section 02370—Erosion &Sediment Control 28. Bid Item A-28: Fertilizer,Type 3 (a) This item pertains to the spreading of fertilizer at all locations where turf restoration occurs through seeding and blanketing. (b) Reference specification Section 02920—Turf Restoration 29. Bid Item A-29: Erosion Control Blanket Category 3P (a) This item pertains to the covering of all turf restoration areas with erosion control blanket. (b) Reference specification Section 02920—Turf Restoration 30. Bid Item A-30: Seeding, Mixture 25-121 (a) This item pertains to the payment for seed used on all turf restoration areas. (b) Reference specification Section 02920—Turf Restoration 31. Bid Item A-31: 4"Solid Line Paint (a) This item pertains to the marking of parking stalls and prohibited parking areas on the pavement of the parking lot of the Lift Station 1 site area. (b) Reference specification Section 02749—Pavement Marking 32. Bid Item A-32: Pavement Message Paint—Handicap Parking (a) This item refers to the painting of the handicap symbol in a parking stall of the parking lot of the Lift Station 1 site. (b) Reference specification Section 02749—Pavement Marking. 33. Bid Item A-33: Prefabricated Parking Stop (a) This item refers to the furnishing and installing of parking stops in each stall of the parking lot of the Lift Station 1 site. (b) Reference specification Section 02779—Prefabricated Parking Stops. H. Bid items beginning with a "B"are associated with the landfill side improvements of the project, beginning at the forcemain connection at the Lift Station 1 wet well at 197+68, up to the connection at the main pumphouse near Station 251+50,along with all other associated improvements on the landfill site. These bids are described as follow: 1. Bid Item B-1: Construction Surveying (a) This item pertains to the establishment of all reference points(construction stakes) necessary to construct the work between Station 198+75 and 251+21, in accordance with the plans and these specifications. (b) Reference specification Section 01720—Field Engineering 2. Bid Item B-2: Mobilization (a) This item covers the mobilization of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to construct the project between Station 198+75 and 251+21, including but not limited to,the demobilization associated with closing the project, removing all equipment, removing excess materials,and general clean-up. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-7 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved (b) Reference specification Section 01500—Mobilization. 3. Bid Item B-3: Clearing and Grubbing (a) This item entails the clearing of all trees and grubbing of all roots associated with the construction of Lift Station 2 and associated access road. (b) Reference specification Section 02230—Clearing and Grubbing. 4. Bid Item B-4: Remove Concrete Pavement (a) This item pertains to the removal of concrete pavement at the existing leachate load-out station located on the east side of the landfill adjacent to Tank 1. (b) Reference specification Section 02220—Removing Pavement and Miscellaneous Structures. 5. Bid Item B-5: Remove Leachate Tank 1&3 (a) This item pertains to the removal and disposal of two existing leachate tanks,Tank 1 on the east side of the landfill and Tank 3 on the west side of the landfill. (b) All existing inflowing pipes must be rerouted to their proposed locations and all leachate and existing equipment must be removed prior to removal. (c) After removal,the holes are to be backfilled and compacted with fill salvaged from other construction excavations and from on-site borrow stockpiles, if needed. (d) Reference specification Section 02115—Underground Tank Removal 6. Bid Item B-6: Remove catch basin and casting assembly (a) This item pertains to the removal of the catch basin located in the existing load-out slab near Tank 1,where concrete pavement will be removed under Item B-4. (b) Reference specification Section 02220—Removing Pavement and Miscellaneous Structures. 7. Bid Item B-7: Remove Bituminous Pavement (a) This item pertains to the removal of bituminous pavement in the main entry road of the landfill near Station 250+00. (b) This work must be scheduled so as to maintain traffic and not disrupt the normal operations of the landfill. (c) Reference specification Section 02220—Removing Pavement and Miscellaneous Structures. 8. Bid Item B-8: Salvage Electrical Controls (a) This item pertains to the salvaging of existing electrical controls and equipment for existing Tank 1 and Tank 3. (b) All salvaged equipment shall be delivered to an on-site location designated by the Owner. (c) Reference specification Section 02220—Removing Pavement and Miscellaneous Structures. 9. Bid Item B-9: Exploratory Excavation (a) This item pertains to determining the location of existing leachate lines via excavation and is only in effect where and when the need for exploratory excavation is determined by the Owner and Engineer. (b) Excavation that is incidental to other work items but which is also utilized for exploratory purposes shall not be subject to this pay item. (c) Reference specification Section 02210—Subsurface Investigation 10. Bid Item B-10: Site Grading—Lift Station 2 Site Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-8 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved (a) This work is associated with the stripping,excavation and grading of the Lift Station 2 site and access road to the site. (b) Reference specification Section 02310—Excavation & Embankment—Site Grading. 11. Bid Item B-11: Common Borrow from On-Site Stockpile (a) This work is associated with retrieving and placing borrow material from the existing stockpile located on the northern end of the landfill and utilizing it for the berm to be constructed on the forcemain that crosses over top of the landfill cap. (b) This item will also be used for borrow material placed in excavations for tank removal, if needed. (c) Reference specification Section 02310—Excavation & Embankment—Site Grading. 12. Bid Item B-12: Aggregate Surfacing Class 2 (a) This item is associated with the construction of the access road to Lift Station 2 and the restoration of any gravel roads disturbed by the construction. (b) Reference specification Section 02730—Aggregate Surfacing 13. Bid Item B-13: Aggregate Base,Class 5 (a) This item is associated with the aggregate base under the concrete pavement of the load-out station slab. (b) Reference specification Section 02720—Aggregate Base. 14. Bid Item B-14: Bituminous Pavement Patch 5"—Roadway (a) This item pertains to the restoration of the bituminous that was removed in the landfill entry roadway under Item B-7. (b) Reference specification Section 02741—Bituminous Patch 15. Bid Item B-15: Concrete Pavement 8" (a) This item pertains to the reconstruction of the concrete slab at the existing leachate loadout station adjacent to Tank 1. (b) Reference specification Section 02751—Concrete Pavement 16. Bid Item B-16: 18"CS Pipe Culvert (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and installing of a pipe culvert under the proposed forcemain where it crosses existing drainage channels on the western sideslope of the landfill at Stations 234+40,235+50 and 236+70. (b) Reference Mn/DOT specification 2501—Pipe Culverts 17. Bid Item B-17: Core and Boot Sewer Manhole(EX MH 10) (a) This item pertains to the coring of a hole in the concrete wall of an existing sanitary sewer manhole, known as existing MH 10,to accommodate a 12-inch HDPE DR 32.5 gravity sewer pipe and a neoprene rubber boot or link-seal to provide a sealed connection of the sewer pipe to the existing manhole. (b) Reference specification Section 02530—Pipe Sewers—Sanitary 18. Bid Item B-18: 8"/12" Dual-Contain Gravity Sewer HDPE DR 32.5 (a) This item pertains to the dual-contained gravity sewer line to be constructed from an existing sanitary sewer manhole, known as existing MH 10,to proposed sewer manhole 20 located near Tank 1. (b) Reference specification Section 02530—Pipe Sewers-Sanitary Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-9 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 19. Bid Item B-19: 6"/10" Dual-Contain Gravity Sewer HDPE DR 32.5 (a) This item pertains to the dual-contained gravity sewer line to be constructed from proposed sewer manhole 20 to the proposed catch basin 22 in the concrete slab of the leachate loadout station. (b) This item also pertains to the re-routing of an existing leachate lines from Cell 11 and Cell 12 that flows into existing Tank 3,which will be removed. The re-routed dual-contained gravity sewers will flow into proposed Lift Station 2. (c) Reference specification Section 02530—Pipe Sewers-Sanitary 20. Bid Item B-20: 2"/4" Dual-Contain Forcemain HDPE DR 11 (a) This item pertains to the re-routing of an existing leachate lines that flow into existing Tank 1, which will be removed. The lines will be re-routed into proposed MH 20. (b) Reference specification Section 02535- Forcemain 21. Bid Item B-21: 3"/6" Dual-Contain Forcemain HDPE DR 11 (a) This item pertains to the re-routing of existing leachate lines that flow into existing Tank 1,which will be removed. The lines will be re-routed into proposed MH 20. (b) This item also pertains to the re-routing of an existing leachate line that flows into existing Tank 3, which will be removed. The line will be re-routed into Lift Station 2. (c) This item also pertains to the re-routing of a leachate load-out line at existing Tank 3. The line will be re-routed from proposed valve manhole 14 and reconnected to the existing load-out line. (d) Reference specification Section 02535- Forcemain 22. Bid Item B-22: 6"/12" Dual-Contain Forcemain HDPE DR 9/11 (CARRIER/CASING) (a) This item pertains to the construction of the proposed dual-contained forcemain over the landfill cap,from Station 230+60 to 251+64. The carrier(inside) pipe shall be DR 9,the casing pipe shall be DR 11. (b) Construction shall take into account the variable depth and bedding conditions of the pipe as show on the plans. Protection of the underlying geonet on the landfill cap is essential. (c) Construction timing and sequencing must take into account the requirement of maintaining all landfill operations during regular operating hours when crossing of the existing roadways, particularly the main entrance road. (d) Reference specification Section 02535- Forcemain 23. Bid Item B-23: 6"/12" Dual-Contain Forcemain HDPE DR 9—Directionally Drilled (a) This item pertains to the construction of the dual-contained forcemain from Lift Station 1 to Lift Station 2. (b) Reference specification Section 02535- Forcemain 24. Bid Item B-24: 3"Gate Valve (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and installing of gate valve in valve manhole 14. (b) Reference specification Section 02535- Forcemain 25. Bid Item B-25: 6"Gate Valve (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and installing of gate valve in valve manhole 18. (b) Reference specification Section 02535- Forcemain 26. Bid Item B-26: Lift Station 2,Valve MH 15 and Meter MH 13 Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-10 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved (a) This item pertains to the full construction of Lift Station 2 and valve manhole 15 and meter MH 13. This work includes: (1) Excavation, backfill and compaction. (2) Concrete structures and castings. (3) Pumps and level controls (4) All pipe,fitting and valve work. (5) Electrical and controls work. (6) Meter and Controls. (b) Reference specifications include Sections: (1) 03400—Precast Concrete Vaults and Structures (2) 11309—Lift Station Structure (3) 11311—Submersible Centrifugal Pumps (4) 16050—Common Work Results for Electrical (5) 16052—Supporting Devices (6) 16110—Raceways, Fitting and Boxes (7) 16120—600 Volt Conductors and Cables (8) 16440—Safety Switches (9) 16550—Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems (10) 16500—Lighting (11) 16621—Transfer Switches (12) 16903—Submersible Lift Station Control System 27. Bid Item B-27: Tank 4 Pump and Controls Upgrades (a) This item pertains to the work performed in the existing pumphouse at Tank 4,to include replacement of the pump and demolition and replacement of electrical panels and controls systems inside the pumphouse. (b) Reference specifications include Sections: (1) 11310—Centrifugal Wastewater Pumps (2) 16050—Common Work Results for Electrical (3) 16051—Selective Electrical Demolition (4) 16052—Supporting Devices (5) 16110—Raceways, Fitting and Boxes (6) 16120—600 Volt Conductors and Cables (7) 16440—Safety Switches (8) 16550—Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems (9) 16500—Lighting (10) 16903—Submersible Lift Station Control System 28. Bid Item B-28: Catch Basin Structure Design G (CB 22) Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-11 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved (a) This item pertains to the construction of proposed catch basin 22 in the load-out station near existing Tank 1. (b) Reference specification Section 02530—Pipe Sewers—Sanitary 29. Bid Item B-29: Connect to Existing Dual-Contain Pipeline (a) This item pertains to the construction of a dual-contained splice connection from an existing leachate line to a proposed leachate line. (b) The sizing of the pipes for the connection shall account for the size of the mechanical restraint coupling required to make the connection between the existing and proposed carrier pipes. 30. Bid Item B-30: 4" Polystyrene Insulation (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and installing of polystyrene insulation over the forcemain from Station 233+50 to 248+50 as well as the additional layer of insulation required at the drainage crossings on the west side slope of the landfill. (b) Reference specification Section 02535-Forcemain 31. Bid Item B-31: Forcemain Fittings (a) This item pertains to fittings placed on the forcemain, primarily bends and sleeves,as needed to accomplish the alignment as shown on the plans and to connect the forcemain at all manholes and other intermediate locations required for construction. (b) Reference specification Section 02535- Forcemain. 32. Bid Item B-32: Sanitary Manhole, Des.4007 (MH 20) (a) This item pertains to sanitary manhole 20 constructed near existing Tank 1. (b) Reference specification Section 02530—Pipe Sewers-Sanitary. 33. Bid Item B-33: Valve Manhole, Des 60-4020(MH 18) (a) This item pertains to the valve manhole 15 constructed near existing Tank 1 and pertains only to the manhole structure. Valve and fittings shall be paid separately. (b) Reference specification Section 02530—Pipe Sewers-Sanitary. 34. Bid Item B-34: Valve Manhole, Des 120-4020(MH 14) (a) This item pertains to the valve manhole 12 constructed near proposed Lift Station 2 and pertains only to the manhole structure. Valve and fittings shall be paid separately. (b) Reference specification Section 02530—Pipe Sewers-Sanitary. 35. Bid Item B-35: Air Relief and Cleanout Manhole- HDPE 72" (MH 16& 17) (a) This item pertains to the manholes constructed on top of the landfill cap at Stations 238+00 and 241+71. The air relief and cleanout assemblies shall be paid separately. (b) Reference specification Section 02535—Forcemain. 36. Bid Item B-36: Load-Out Manhole, Des 48-4020(MH 21) (a) This item pertains to the load-out manhole constructed adjacent to the load-out station near existing Tank 1. The interior piping and valve assemblies shall be paid separately. (b) Reference specification Section 02535—Forcemain. 37. Bid Item B-37: Air Relief Valve Assembly(MH 16& 17) (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and assembly of the air relief valve and piping material inside the air relief manhole structures(Item B-35). (b) Reference specification Section 02535—Forcemain Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-12 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 38. Bid Item B-38: Load-Out Manhole Assembly(MH 21) (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and assembly of the piping and valving inside the load-out manhole(Item B-36). (b) Reference specification Section 02535—Forcemain. 39. Bid Item B-39: Forcemain Cleanout Assembly(MH 11, 12, 14, 16, 17, 19) (a) This item pertains furnishing and installing of pipe and fittings for the dual forcemain clean-outs inside of the air relief and cleanout manholes. (b) Reference specification Section 02535—Forcemain. 40. Bid Item B-40: Forcemain Connection Assembly (a) This item pertains to the construction of all pipe&fittings necessary to make the connection to forcemains&gravity pipe to MH 20 as shown on the detail. (b) Reference Specifications 02535 Forcemain. 41. Bid Item B-41: Witness and Cleanout Manhole, Des 60-4020(MH 11, 12& 19) (a) This item pertains to the manhole structures installed on the forcemain at Station 208+60 and 251+21. The cleanout assembly shall be paid separately. (b) Reference specification Section 02535—Forcemain. 42. Bid Item B-42: 1"Steel Plate (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and installing of the steel plates at the road crossing on top of the landfill at Station 242+00. (b) Reference specification Section 02535—Forcemain. 43. Bid Item B-43: Silt Fence,Type Heavy Duty (a) This item pertains to the furnishing and installing of silt fence for the purposes of containing erosion sediment within the project site. The primary locations for silt fence are at the Lift Station 2 site and the witness manholes between Lift Station 1 and 2. (b) Reference specification Section 02370—Erosion &Sediment Control 44. Bid Item B-44: Common Topsoil Borrow (a) This item pertains to the import of topsoil for the forcemain cover berm from Station 233+50 to 248+50 as well as supplementing any turf restoration areas as may be needed in disturbed areas. (b) Reference specification Section 02920—Turf Restoration 45. Bid Item B-45: Fertilizer,Type 3 (a) This item pertains to the spreading of fertilizer at all locations where turf restoration occurs through seeding and blanketing. (b) Reference specification Section 02920—Turf Restoration 46. Bid Item B-46: Erosion Control Blanket Category 3P (a) This item pertains to the covering of all turf restoration areas with erosion control blanket. (b) Reference specification Section 02920—Turf Restoration 47. Bid Item B-47: Seeding, Mixture 25-121 (a) This item pertains to the payment for seed used on all turf restoration areas. (b) Reference specification Section 02920—Turf Restoration Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-13 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall confine its work within the limits of the easements, public rights-of-way,and/or construction limits as shown on the plans. If the Contractor desires additional space, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to acquire easements and/or permission,as desired. 3.2 BARRICADES A. The Contractor shall furnish and install any necessary barricades to protect the public or workers during the project. Barricades to keep public out of construction areas shall be left in place until removed by Contractor after they are no longer required for protection. The Contractor is responsible to secure the site at all times during the demolition. B. The Contractor shall furnish names,addresses,and phone numbers of at least two local individuals capable of immediate response who will be responsible for the site security and traffic control devices to: The Engineer The Owner Local Law Enforcement Agencies C. The Contractor shall respond with sufficient personnel,equipment and/or materials and conduct the required work or be subject to a$100 per hour deduction from the time of notification for non-attention to project security and safety. 3.3 SAFETY HAZARDS A. The Owner, Engineer or their representatives may indicate potential safety hazards noticed at the Construction site. However,the Contractor shall remain the only party liable for the maintenance of safe construction practices. 3.4 INTERFERENCE WITH TREES A. The Contractor may be required to trim tree branches that overhang the work zone as specifically identified during construction by the Engineer,where branches are likely to be broken or excessively damaged by construction equipment and activities. Branches which are accidentally damaged during construction shall be trimmed immediately. All trimmed ends shall be coated with an appropriate coating material. B. The Contractor shall protect existing trees within close proximity of the construction from stripping and root damage. Roots extending into excavations shall be cut before excavating in their vicinity. Roots cut or otherwise damaged shall be coated with an appropriate protective dressing prior to backfilling. C. No direct compensation for tree protection and interference shall be made, unless specifically identified in the Schedule of Unit Prices. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUMMARY OF WORK March 2019 PAGE 01110-14 V040111 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved _ Lr) Z:) \ 00 $ e 2 \ \ § / CL y _ 2 \ Q = 0 � rn S $ \ \ \ 00 � \ 0 - F- u _ $ 06 / 0 \ _ Ln z \ / ® . ` 2 § rn � ƒ § \ OJ� > } e j2 a / \ j o z o z \ co k \ \ } / _ / � / / § % 7 z e ± ) 3 2 e c E c 2 / = s \ _g-_ ) \ LU c! E M — E C / o / o u g _ / \ / E of LU 10 g t g ] ) c m 2 ) / > { 4 = o 2 c ' \ ® \ 2 — [ 7 / 2 � / [ / \ v / a \ < { E / m 4 u _ { 3 m 4 = m ' > = LU ƒ g = o t S = 5 = # ® o = _ = E R 2 B \ 7 / / u / / — = 2 u ®m u — e 9 2 $ c § \ e E E § c \ / \ { / > / \ c § { 0 § # » f j � — t \ % ' & g c > 7 e $ 7 e > ± \ 2 % \ \ LLI / 7 \ 4 E / \ \ 2 \ \ \ / \ \ / ± u / � u / c » ƒ \ % / a = F-- SECTION 01270-MEASUREMENT&PAYMENT PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Methods of measurement and payment for all items not individually specified shall be according to the appropriate referenced specification standard. 1.2 MEASUREMENT& PAYMENT A. Payment for Plan Quantity(P) Items: Items designated as Plan Quantity(P)shall be measured and paid for based on the quantity listed in the plans and no field measurement shall be made. The Engineer will only adjust the quantities on Plan Quantity(P)designated Contract items when the Engineer authorizes changes to the dimensions of that work(in which case only the affected portion will be re-determined)or when the Engineer determines that the quantity designated as a Plan Quantity(P) is incorrect. B. Payment for Hauled Materials: No compensation will be paid for any weigh ticket received after the date shown on the ticket unless prior arrangements are made with the Engineer. C. Payment for Materials Stored on Site: No compensation will be paid for materials delivered to the site and not incorporated into the project. D. Payment for Major Lump Sum Items: The Contractor shall submit a schedule of values for major items of construction that are bid as lump sum. The schedule shall identify major sections of work and the percentage of the bid price applied to each. Payment shall be made according to the percentage complete of each major section of work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a "Certificate of Conformance"statement stating that the scale used to weigh hauled materials has been tested and calibrated for the current construction season. This Certificate shall be from MnDOT or other reliable scale servicing company. Providing a certified scale and obtaining such "Certificate of Conformance" is the sole responsibility of the Contractor and all costs associated are considered incidental to the materials being supplied. B. Hauled Materials:The Contractor shall furnish numbered weigh tickets which list the Date, Project,Type of Material, Gross Weight,Tare Weight, Material Weight in tons,and Truck Number for each load brought to the construction site. If the individual pay items are identified on a unit weight basis,the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a summary type spreadsheet which provides accumulative job totals of all aggregate and bituminous materials hauled to the project. This spreadsheet shall be submitted to the Engineer on a weekly basis. C. Procured Materials:The Contractor shall furnish an insurance bond showing the type of material,the amount of material,the valuation of the material,the stored location,the project,the date,the name and address of the surety. D. Compacted Volume Materials:When measurement is specified by the CUBIC YARD, (CY) COMPACTED VOLUME (CV),will be determined by length,width and depth measurements of the material in its placed and compacted position,according to the placement dimensions as shown in the Contract or as designated by the Engineer. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION(NOT USED) ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 MEASUREMENT& PAYMENT March 2019 PAGE 01270-1 V011714©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01310-COORDINATION PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION A. A suggested Construction Sequence is outlined in Section 01350 of these specifications. B. A written project management scheduling tool (i.e.,critical path (CPM),detailed bar chart,etc.)shall be employed by the Contractor for cost value reporting, planning and scheduling of all work required under the Contract Documents. This schedule shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to execute the work with dates on which it proposes to start the various phases of the work and the estimated completion date of each phase.The Contractor shall submit a preliminary version of its intended schedule within 10 working days following the Notice of Award on the attached form or on a form of its own choosing. The Contractor is required to show the initial critical path(CPM)of tasks to be performed. C. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer,the schedule shall also include an anticipated payment schedule for the volume of work to be completed each month.This schedule shall indicate the Contractor's intention and ability to complete the work within the contract times,as specified in Article 4 of Section 00520"Agreement"of this Project Manual. D. The Preconstruction Conference as outlined in Section 01315"Project Meetings"of this Project Manual will not be conducted until the schedule is submitted. In addition, no construction staking shall be provided until the schedule is submitted by the Contractor and reviewed by the Engineer. 1.2 WORKING HOURS A. Contractors operations shall be limited to the hours of 7:00 a.m.to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless prior arrangements are made with the Owner. 1.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Reference Specification 01555 "Maintenance and Control of Traffic"of this Project Manual. 1.4 COORDINATION WITH UTILITY COMPANIES A. The Contractor is responsible for working with public and private utility companies in protecting and/or relocating existing or new utility lines located near and affected by this construction. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating the extension of electric and gas utilities into the Lift Station Site. B. The Contractor shall consult with the City's maintenance personnel when working around or performing the required sanitary sewer installations. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION(NOT USED) ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. - R16.115896 COORDINATION March 2019 PAGE 01310-1 V040110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01315-PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Pre-construction Conference 1. Prior to the start of the work,a joint meeting will be held with representatives of the Contractor,the Owner,the Engineer,and any other interested parties. This meeting is intended to introduce the various key personnel from each organization and to discuss the start of the work,order of work, labor and legal requirements, insurance requirements, method of payment,shop drawing requirements, protection of existing facilities, location of disposal and stockpile areas,and other pertinent items associated with the project. 2. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss his proposed detailed construction progress schedule. The construction schedule shall be subject to the review of the Owner, Engineer and applicable agencies. B. Construction Progress Meetings 1. These meetings will require the attendance of the Contractor's Project Manager or other designated staff authorized by the Contractor to discuss project status and negotiate agreements between the Contractor and Owner. Failure of the Contractor to attend scheduled project meetings as required may result in project delays expensed by the Contractor. 2. Meetings will be held between the Owner,Contractor and Engineer for the purpose of reviewing the project schedule or the status of the project. These meetings will be held weekly at a schedule determined at the pre-construction conference. 3. The Contractor will be required to submit a written schedule for the work planned for the week following the weekly progress meeting. This schedule is to be submitted at the progress meeting. C. Safety Meetings 1. The Owner, Engineer or their representatives shall be allowed to attend Contractor's onsite safety meetings. The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting content and coordination and shall inform the Owner, Engineer or their representatives of the time and location of the meeting a minimum of two business days prior to the meeting. 2. The Contractor shall make additional copies of any safety related handouts or materials for distribution to the Owner, Engineer or their representatives. However,the Contractor shall remain the only party responsible for the maintenance of project safety materials. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION(NOT USED) ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 PROJECT MEETINGS March 2019 PAGE 01315-1 V042611 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01330-SUBMITTALS PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall submit electronic pdf copies of all required submittals and sample items as noted below. The Engineer will review them with reasonable promptness.The Contractor shall make all required corrections and file with the Engineer three corrected sets for final review. B. The responsibility for completeness of submittals lies with the Contractor. If the Engineer and/or Owner sign the submittal with no exception taken,such action shall not absolve the responsibilities of the Contractor in any way. 1.2 ITEMS TO BE SUBMITTED A. Written Progress Management Schedule Tool (as defined in Section 01310)-to be reviewed at the Preconstruction Conference. See Article 4 of Section 00520"Agreement"of this Project Manual for contractual time requirements. B. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency(MPCA)-General Storm Water Permit for Construction Activity(MN R100001)—Reference Section 02370"Erosion &Sediment Control"of this Project Manual. C. Concrete Mix Design D. Bituminous Mix Design (wear and non-wear) E. Gradation Test Results from 2 separate tests,as required in Source Quality Control provisions of individual sections contained herein,from material stockpiles of aggregates to be used on this project. These tests may be run by the Contractor or its supplier during aggregate production. F. Geotextile Fabrics-Certificates of Compliance. G. Sanitary Sewer& Forcemain 1. Manhole structure-shop drawings. 2. Manhole casting-shop drawings. 3. Piping and fittings-Certificates of Compliance. 4. Air Relief Valves—shop drawings. H. Seeding-Certificates of Compliance for seed mixture. I. Lift Stations 1. Pumps& Panels-shop drawings 2. Electrical Generator—shop drawings. 3. Valve Manhole-shop drawings. 4. Valves-shop drawings and Certificates of Compliance. 5. Chain Link Fence—shop drawings. 6. Maintenance and Operations Manuals. 1.3 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS A. The Contractor shall submit two copies of Safety Data Sheets(SDSs) (formerly known as Material Safety Data Sheets or MSDSs)for each material on site to the OWNER. B. The Contractor shall maintain an orderly file of Safety Data Sheets at the job site. 1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUBMITTALS March 2019 PAGE 01330-1 V062612 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain at the construction site one complete set of drawings suitably marked to show all deviations from the original set of drawings and other information as specified. Supplementary sketches shall be included, if necessary,to clearly indicate all work as constructed. All manholes, bends and valves shall be located with tie-off dimensions to known items on the plans or in the field to enable the Contractor or City personnel to locate these structures for adjustment. B. All work shall be clearly shown and the record drawings and service record forms shall be satisfactory to the OWNER in order to insure that adequate information is indicated to show the actual construction. The complete set of the record drawings shall be submitted to the ENGINEER prior to submittal of the final Application for Payment. Failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain an up-to-date set of record drawings on the project site shall be reason to withhold payments. All underground lines shall be determined from the record drawings. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOS A. The CONTRACTOR shall take digital photos during the course of construction using only cameras or smart phones with Global Positioning System(GPS)capabilities. GPS location settings shall be turned on at the time of taking each photo. The quality of the photos submitted shall be sufficient to clearly depict the focal points in the photo. B. The CONTRACTOR shall take photos of underground construction work prior to backfilling. Such items to be photographed include but are not limited to: connections to existing utilities,fittings. C. After the first couple days of underground construction,the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER a sample set of digital photos. The test set of photos will be reviewed to verify that the date,GPS coordinates,and other photo features are being recorded. D. All photos shall be submitted to the ENGINEER in a digital format immediately upon completion of the utility installation. The digital properties of the photos,such as date and time taken and GPS coordinates, shall be full intact at the time of submittal. Failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain a set of construction photos shall be reason to withhold payments. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 SUBMITTAL ROUTING A. All submittals shall be approved by the Contractor prior to submission to the Engineer. B. A Letter of Transmittal that identifies the submitted item and the review action required shall accompany all submittals. 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for filling in the following information on the Letter of Transmittal: (a) Date. (b) Submittal No. (c) Identify what is being sent checking the appropriate box. (d) No.Copies Submitted. (e) Identify the Specification Section the attached information relates to. (f) Subject of Shop Drawing or Other Submittal. (g) Check whether the Shop Drawings are or are not in compliance. (1) If not in compliance, list the features which are not. (h) Sign and Date. 3.2 RESPONSIBILITY Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUBMITTALS March 2019 PAGE 01330-2 V062612 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved A. The Engineer's review of a submittal shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for deviation from the drawings and specifications unless the Contractor has, in writing,called the Engineer's attention to the deviations at the time of submission; nor shall it relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of errors in the submittals. B. All submittals shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to their incorporation into the project. If materials are installed without prior review,they will be subject to removal,at the Contractor's expense, if the material is found to be non-conforming to the Specifications. **** END OF SECTION **** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUBMITTALS March 2019 PAGE 01330-3 V062612 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01350-SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers special features of this project which may require individual attention of the Contractor and/or the subcontractors. Descriptions contained herein are intended as a service and to prevent oversights by the Contractor. However,the Contractor shall remain the only party liable for the performance of all provisions included in the Contract Documents. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION(NOT USED) 3.1 CONTROLLING OPERATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. Leachate handling and landfill operations must continue uninterrupted during construction. Leachate is currently trucked from the landfill. The tankers are loaded at the load-out slab at Tank 1. Following is a suggested sequence of construction. Some steps can be performed in parallel with each other. The Contractor shall evaluate this sequence and modify in accordance with planned construction operations. The Contractor is solely responsible for the sequence of construction,subject to Owners approval,and for maintaining all landfill operations. B. Suggested Construction Sequence 1. Construct Lift Station 1 and forcemain from there to the Elk River connection. 2. Complete Tank 4 pumphouse modifications. Leachate Tank No.4 has roughly 6 days of storage in which leachate hauling can be suspended for these modifications. The Owner will draw down the tank prior to pumphouse modification work. The Contractor shall determine the duration of the modifications so that alternate plans can be determined if longer than 6 days is required. 3. Construct forcemain between Tank 4 pumphouse and Lift Station 1. 4. Construct Lift Station 2 and make operational. 5. Reroute existing leachate lines from Tank 3 to Lift Station 2. 6. Remove Tank 3 7. Construct gravity sewer from existing MH 10 to new MH 20. 8. Reroute existing leachate lines from Tank 1 to MH 20. 9. Remove Tank 1. **** END OF SECTION **** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES March 2019 PAGE 01350-1 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01410-REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Applicable codes and standards referred to in these specifications shall establish minimum requirements for equipment, materials,construction and shall be superseded by more stringent requirements of drawings and specifications when and where they occur. B. All equipment furnished and installed under the contract shall be designed,fabricated,assembled, installed,and placed into service. The equipment will conform to the applicable provisions of the Federal and State Safety and Health Standards, including but not limited to Federal Occupational Safety and Health Regulations for Construction;the Division of Environmental Health, Minnesota Department of Health;the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency;the Department of Natural Resources;the Minnesota Department of Transportation, Division of Highways;the Minnesota Industrial Commission and ordinances of the City that apply to this work. C. All construction methods and tools shall comply with commonly accepted standards for safety and health of personnel engaged on construction, including but not limited to Federal Occupational Safety and Health Regulations for Construction;the Division of Environmental Health, Minnesota Department of Health;the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency;the Department of Natural Resources;the Minnesota Department of Transportation, Division of Highways;the Minnesota Industrial Commission and ordinances of the City that apply to this work. D. Any conflicts between specifications and applicable codes and standards shall be referred to the Engineer. 1.2 PERMITS OBTAINED BY OWNER A. The Owner has applied for the following permits from appropriate authorities. It is anticipated that permission to proceed will be authorized prior to execution of Contract. The Contractor shall perform all work and conduct itself in full accordance with the requirements of the applicable permit: 1. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency(MPCA)- Extension of sanitary sewers. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting any bonding or insurance requirements which may be required as a condition to any permit, listed above. 1.3 PERMITS OBTAINED BY CONTRACTOR A. The Contractor shall secure and pay the cost of any other permits not mentioned above,which may be required including but not limited to: 1. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency(MPCA)-General Storm Water Permit for Construction Activity (MN R100001) 2. Work within County right-of-way permit. 1.4 WORK WITHIN A RAILROAD RIGHT OF WAY A. No work within railroad right-of-way is anticipated as part of this project as designed. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION(NOT USED) ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS March 2019 PAGE 01410-1 V092712 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01450-QUALITY CONTROL PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF TESTS A. The Owner shall provide quality control testing on the work. B. All materials,equipment, installation,and workmanship included in this contract, if so required by the Engineer,shall be tested and inspected to prove compliance with the contract requirements. C. All tests and inspections shall be completed under the direct supervision of a licensed professional engineer. D. No tests specified herein shall be applied until the item to be tested has been inspected and approval given for the application of such tests. E. Tests and inspections shall include all those specified in the individual sections and shall be compensated in accordance with the individual sections. F. Tests and inspection, unless otherwise specified or accepted,shall be in accordance with the recognized standards of the industry. G. Soil compaction testing performed by the Owner is deemed to be for the convenience of the Owner for documentation of the progress and performance of the work. Soil compaction testing results will be made available to the Contractor. However,the Owner and Engineer make no representations that the number of tests taken will be sufficient to accurately characterize the condition of any trench,and the Contractor shall take any supplemental test it deems necessary to monitor its own performance. The Owner may,at its discretion,eliminate soil and compaction testing on any part or the entire project. The presence or absence of soil and compaction testing or the approval of the results thereof shall in no way reduce the Contractor's obligation to correct trench settlement as described in these Special Provisions. 1.2 FINAL TESTING AND START-UP A. If, under test,any portion of the work fails to fulfill the contract requirements and is altered, renewed or replaced,tests on that portion so altered, removed, replaced,together with all other portions of the work as are affected thereby, shall, if so required by the Engineer, be repeated within reasonable time and in accordance with the specified conditions and the Contractor shall pay to the Owner all reasonable expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of the carrying out of such tests. 1.3 ENGINEER'S REPRESENTATIVES AND TESTING A. The Engineer will provide a Resident Project Representative (RPR)to ascertain that the work is accomplished properly and in accordance with the plans and specifications. The RPR shall have full access to the work and shall be given full cooperation. The RPR shall have the authority,subject to the final decision of the Engineer,to reject any defective work or material. The RPR shall have no authority to permit any deviation from the plans and specifications except on written order from the Engineer. B. The presence of the Engineer or any RPRs, however,shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the proper execution of the work in accordance with all requirements of the Contract Documents. Compliance is a duty of the Contractor,and said duty shall not be avoided by any act or omission on the part of the Engineer or any RPRs. 1.4 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONTROL A. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field and shall check field conditions continuously during construction. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any inaccuracies built into the work due to his failure to comply with this requirement. B. The Contractor shall inspect related and appurtenant work and shall report in writing to the Engineer any conditions,which will prevent proper completion of the work. Failure to report any such conditions shall Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 QUALITY CONTROL March 2019 PAGE 01450-1 V040110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved constitute acceptance of all site conditions,and any required removal, repair or replacement caused by unsuitable conditions shall be performed by the Contractor at his sole cost and expense. 1.5 RIGHT OF REJECTION A. The Engineer,acting for the Owner,shall have the right,at all time and places,to reject any articles or materials to be furnished hereunder which in any respect,fail to meet the requirements of these specifications, regardless of whether the defects in such articles or materials are detected at the point of manufacture or after completion of the work at the site. If the Engineer or RPR,through an oversight or otherwise, has accepted materials or work which is defective or which is contrary to the specifications,such material, no matter in what stage or condition of manufacture,deliver,or erection, may be rejected by the Engineer for the Owner. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION(NOT USED) ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 QUALITY CONTROL March 2019 PAGE 01450-2 V040110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01500—MOBILIZATION PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the mobilization of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to construct the project, including but not limited to,the demobilization associated with closing the project, removing all equipment, removing excess materials,and general clean-up. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Mobilization shall be measured by the LUMP SUM and paid in accordance with the following schedule. 1. On the first partial estimate that shows work performed on at least one major contract item, 25 percent of the amount bid for Mobilization will be paid, but not more that 3 percent of the original Contract amount. 2. On subsequent partial estimates, payment shall be made at the same percentage as the value of work completed to date relative to the original Contract amount,except that payment shall not be reduced from the original 25 percent. Materials on hand shall be excluded from the payment ratio computation. 3. At such time that 95 percent of the original Contract amount is earned,full payment for Mobilization shall be made. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn DOT 2021 shall apply to mobilization. B. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION(NOT USED) ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 MOBILIZATION March 2019 PAGE 01500-1 V040110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01550-MAINTENANCE OF HAUL ROADS&TEMPORARY ACCESS PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall notify and obtain the approval of the local governmental authority for the use of all haul roads and construction easement areas within the City limits not specifically noted below. The Contractor will be required to deliver new materials and dispose of all excavated material plus removal items only on designated haul roads. This also applies to equipment entering and leaving the project site such as backhoes and front end loaders. B. Allowable project haul roads are described as follows: 1. T.H. 169 2. County Road 33 3. 22111 Avenue NW 4. County Road 1 C. The Contractor shall confine all operations, ingress and egress to the designated haul roads. The Owner may assess a fee in the amount of$500 per day for each day that the Contractor occupies or travels on non-designated haul roads.The fee shall be in addition to damages assessed against the Contractor to repair damage caused to the roadway. D. The Contractor shall maintain and repair any damage to haul roads. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to,the following: blading, patching,signing,graveling and dust control. This work will be at the Contractor's expense,without any direct compensation being made other than the payment received for Contract items. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for all roadbed maintenance over backfilled trenches and roadbed subgrade during the construction period. 1.2 REFERENCED SPECIFICATION A. MnDOT 1513, Restrictions on Movement and Storage of Heavy Loads and Equipment. B. MnDOT 1515, Control of Haul Roads C. Mn DOT 2051, Maintenance and Restoration of Haul Roads. D. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Reclaimed bituminous and salvaged aggregate base may be used for temporary access surfacing. No additional compensation shall be granted for the installation, removal and disposal of materials utilized in this way. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 MAINTENANCE OF HAUL ROADS&TEMPORARY ACCESS March 2019 PAGE 01550-1 V040110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01555-MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF TRAFFIC PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Traffic Control 1. All traffic control methods shall conform to the provisions of the latest edition of the Minnesota Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MN MUTCD), including its supplements and Part VI, "Field Manual for Temporary Traffic Control Zone Layouts",the"Guide to Establishing Speed Limits in Highway Work Zones",the Minnesota Flagging Handbook,the provisions of MnDOT 1404 and 1710,the Minnesota Standard Signs Manuals Parts I and 11,the Traffic Engineering Manual Chapter 8 Appendixes 8-8.02 and 8-8.03,the Traffic Control Layouts/Typical Traffic Control Layouts in the Plans. 2. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain and remove all traffic control devices including, but not limited to,construction signs, barricades and barricade weights,traffic marking tape,and warning lights which are needed for the guidance,warning and control of traffic adjacent to and through this project. 3. The Contractor shall provide sufficient surveillance of the traffic control devices to insure compliance during the entire construction period. The Contractor shall furnish names,addresses,and phone numbers of at least two local individuals capable of immediate response who will be responsible for the site security and traffic control devices to: The Engineer The Owner Local Law Enforcement Agencies 4. The Contractor shall respond with sufficient personnel,equipment and/or materials and conduct the required work or be subject to a $100 per hour deduction from the time of notification for non- attention to project security and safety. 5. The Contractor shall schedule the work to cooperate fully with residential and business property owners abutting the project to minimize the time of restricted access to their property during the construction period. Driveway access to any property adjacent to the construction zone shall be restricted no more than seven days to allow for curing of the concrete curb and driveway pavement. 6. The cost of maintaining vehicular and pedestrian traffic on temporary aggregate surfaced drives, walkways, including the eventual removal of the aggregate material,shall be considered incidental to traffic control. 7. If it is necessary to enter upon a right-of-way controlled by the County or Minnesota Department of Transportation,the Contractor shall notify the appropriate agency before commencing construction within the right-of-way. 8. In the event that any of the above right-of-way require traffic to be detoured around the construction zone,the Contractor shall prepare the detour route with the appropriate Agency representatives. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all signing and other traffic control required. The affected Agency shall be notified by the Contractor before re-routing traffic. Dust control and road maintenance of the by-pass route shall be the Contractor's responsibility. 9. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing a site for storage of construction equipment and materials. B. General Construction and Traffic Requirements 1. The parking of Contractor's Vehicles that obstruct any traffic control devices will not be permitted. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF TRAFFIC March 2019 PAGE 01555-1 V040110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved A. Traffic Control shall be measured by the LUMP SUM and paid in accordance with the following schedule. 1. On the first partial estimate that shows work performed on at least one major contract item, 25 percent of the amount bid for Traffic Control will be paid, but not more that 3 percent of the original Contract amount. 2. On subsequent partial estimates, payment shall be made at the same percentage as the value of work completed to date relative to the original Contract amount,except that payment shall not be reduced from the original 25 percent. Materials on hand shall be excluded from the payment ratio computation. 3. At such time that 95 percent of the original Contract amount is earned,full payment for Traffic Control shall be made. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Control of both pedestrian and vehicular traffic is required. B. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing at least 72 hours prior to the start of any construction operation that will necessitate lane closure or internal traffic control signing. C. The traffic control devices required along the project corridor shall be delivered and installed prior to the start-up of the work. D. The Contractor shall maintain traffic through the intersections whenever possible. E. The Contractor shall monitor and maintain all traffic control devices. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF TRAFFIC March 2019 PAGE 01555-2 V040110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01562-AIR, LAND AND WATER POLLUTION PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary for the prevention of air, land and water pollution as indicated on the plans or as specified herein or as directed by the Engineer. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Payment for the prevention of air and land pollution shall be incidental to the project and no separate compensation will be granted 2. Payment for all work associated with the prevention of water pollution and erosion control shall be incidental to the project and no separate compensation will be granted, unless payment for such work is specifically identified in Section 02370"Erosion and Sediment Control"of this Project Manual. B. SPECIFICATION REFERENCES 1. MnDOT 1717 shall apply to the prevention of air, land and water pollution. 2. Mn DOT 2573 shall apply to storm water management. 3. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all sanitary accommodations for use by employees. B. All solid waste material shall be disposed by the Contractor in accordance with the local and State solid waste disposal regulations. 3.2 DUST CONTROL A. The Contractor shall perform dust control operations necessary to proactively prevent the production of dust in amounts to cause nuisance or damage to property,vegetation,animals,or persons in the vicinity of the construction. B. The Contractor shall suspend construction or haul traffic when the Contractor cannot prevent airborne dust until such time as dust control can be re-established to the required levels. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from dust originating from the construction. The dust abatement measures shall be continued until the Contractor is relieved of further responsibility under these Contract provisions. D. Requests by the Owner or Engineer for additional dust control shall be accomplished within 4 hours of notification and shall also include evenings and weekends as required or deemed necessary by the Owner or the Engineer. Failure to perform the work requested within the 4 hours may result in the Owner or Engineer arranging for dust control by others. A contract deduction shall be made equal to the total of all costs to perform dust control so arranged,including not limited to labor,materials,equipment and administrative costs. 3.3 USE OF CHEMICALS A. Reference Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 AIR, LAND AND WATER POLLUTION March 2019 PAGE 01562-1 V040110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01720-FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 STAKING A. The Contractor shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction. B. Survey control for the establishment of the reference points as described below will be set by the Owner. 1. Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer: Staking shall be set by the Contractor at 100.0-foot spacing(usually offset for construction)for the control of the underground construction herein described. Cuts to the proposed pipeline grade shall be written on a lath set next to the hub. Manholes and catch basins shall be staked with an offset and a witness with a cut to the lowest structure invert. 2. Site Grading: Centerline stakes,with cut or fill to finished grade shall be set at 50.0-foot spacing. Stakes with cut or fill to finished grade shall be set; contours representing grade breaks at 100.0-foot spacing along the contour. 3. Miscellaneous: Location stakes shall be set for silt fence locations at 100.0-foot spacing. Location stakes representing clearing and grubbing limits shall be set at 100.0-foot spacing. 4. The Contractor shall give their field engineering staff sufficient notice, normally two working days,to provide staking for the orderly progress of the work and shall provide clear line of sight for all staking. 5. The stakes are an integral part of the project and the Contractor shall protect and preserve all such stakes and marks. Stakes that are destroyed due to vandalism,erosion or other incidents shall be re- staked at the Contractor's expense. 6. In the event of apparent or questionable errors or inconsistencies in such stakes set for control of line and/or grade,the Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of such error or inconsistency and shall not proceed with the work until such stake,grade,or mark shall have been verified or corrected. 7. All other line and grade staking determined to be necessary by the Contractor. 1.2 SPECIFICATION A. Pipe Sewers-See CEAM 2621.3 (A2). PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION(NOT USED) ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 FIELD ENGINEERING March 2019 PAGE 01720-1 V040110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 01770-PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 FINAL INSPECTION A. After the cleaning up of the work, premises,and all other areas and structures connected with the performance of the contract,the work as a whole, shall be examined by the Engineer and Owner; and,any workmanship or materials found not meeting the requirements of the specifications shall be identified and included on a punch list given to the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall,at its own expense, promptly remove, replace, repair,or otherwise correct the deficiencies with good and satisfactory workmanship and material to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. C. In the event that the Contractor does not satisfactorily remove, replace, repair,or otherwise correct the deficiencies within thirty calendar days after receipt of the punch list,the Owner reserves the right to employ the services of other contractors and/or service organizations to conduct the necessary work and deduct any and all associated costs from final payment to the Contractor. The entry of such other agents on the project to perform this work will not relieve the Contractor from any of its warranty, maintenance or start-up obligations. 1.2 PROJECT ACCEPTANCE A. The project shall be accepted after the final examination has been conducted and all settlement,defects, damages,etc.,discovered during the previous examination have been remedied. PART 2-- PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION(NOT USED) **** END OF SECTION **** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 PROJECT CLOSEOUT March 2019 PAGE 01770-1 V040110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for Leachate Conveyance System Elk River Landfill, Inc. Elk River, MN SECTION 02115-UNDERGROUND TANK REMOVAL PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to remove underground storage tanks as shown on the plans,as specified herein,and/or as specified by the Engineer. B. All work must be performed by a contractor licensed by the MPCA to conduct removal of underground storage tanks. No work shall be performed unless a certified supervisor is present. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Tank removal shall be measured per EACH and paid at the unit price bid,and shall be compensation in full for pumping,excavating, removing,disposing and backfilling the tank in accordance with all requirements and regulations. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. The regulations of the Minnesota Department of Health (MDH),the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA)and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)shall govern all mitigation and abatement efforts,except as amplified herein. B. Mn/DOT Specification Section 3149 shall apply to all granular borrow,except as modified herein. C. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The MPCA for Underground Storage Tank Ten-day Advanced Notice for Installation,Closure, Lining Inspection Tanks, Piping and Dispensers. B. The MPCA Notification/Change in Status for Underground Storage Tanks. C. Copies of the MPCA notifications shall be submitted to the Engineer and Owner at the time of submission to the agency. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL MATERIAL A. Fill material shall be granular in nature,and shall meet the requirements for Granular Backfill as specified under MnDOT Specification 3149. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. PUMPING 1. The Contractor shall pump any remaining Leachate into tankers provided by the landfill B. NOTIFICATION 1. Whenever required,the Contractor shall submit the appropriate notifications to the MPCA and the MDH. 2. The Contractor shall send a copy of all MPCA and MDH submittals and responses to the Engineer. 3. These notifications may have fixed waiting periods that could delay the demolition/construction. C. CONTAMINATED SOILS ENCOUNTERED-NO DISTURBANCE Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 UNDERGROUND TANK REMOVAL March 2019 PAGE 02115-1 V122217©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 1. If contaminated soils are encountered and not disturbed by the project design or the Contractor's activities,the Contractor shall notify the Owner,the Engineer and all appropriate agencies. The Contractor may then proceed with its work, however, no permanent construction is permitted which could limit access to the area until releases have been granted from the appropriate authorities and a mitigation plan is developed. 2. The Contractor shall cooperate with the authorities to determine the extent of the contamination. 3. All efforts and delays to the Contractor's work shall be considered incidental. D. CONTAMINATED SOILS ENCOUNTERED-WITH DISTURBANCE OR PROPOSED DISTURBANCE 1. Immediately notify the Owner and the Engineer. 2. Cooperate with the Engineer's Soils Consultant to determine the extent and type of contamination present. 3. If disturbance has already occurred,the Contractor shall: (a) Immediately notify the Owner,the Engineer and all appropriate agencies, (including the Minnesota Duty Officer for spills 800-422-0798, if appropriate). (b) Isolate and secure the area. (c) Make a determination of the potential risks of fire,fumes,spreading the contamination,etc. (d) Notify neighboring residents, if the potential is significant. 4. The Contractor shall then, participate in the development of a mitigation plan, if asked,and be available to conduct the mitigation. E. BACKFILLING OPERATIONS 1. Once the tank and mitigated soils have been removed,the site shall be backfilled with granular material obtained from other on-site excavations and on-site stockpiles as directed by Owner. 2. All backfill shall be compacted in accordance with the Quality Compaction Method. F. DISPOSAL 1. The Contractor shall dispose of the tank in compliance with all local,state,and federal requirements. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 UNDERGROUND TANK REMOVAL March 2019 PAGE 02115-2 V122217©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02210-SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to conducting subsurface investigation as shown on the drawings,as specified herein,and/or as specified by the Engineer. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. The UNIT PRICE bid per hour for EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION shall include all costs of labor,equipment and ultimate disposal required to complete the work,as specified. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated removal and excavation items.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Exploratory excavation without prior authorization and approval by the Engineer. 2. Exploratory excavation to locate and connect to existing pipes unless the Engineer agrees that excavation beyond what could be considered reasonable is required. 3. Materials for re-grouting of inverts. 4. All costs of off-site di4sposal of excess excavated material and debris including but not limited to hauling,fees,and permits for such disposal. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn DOT 2123 shall apply,except as modified herein. B. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. No exception to the referenced specification is made. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall: 1. Perform underground utility exploration as directed by the Engineer which involves excavation to locate pipelines for location and elevation verification. 2. Clean debris and gravel which is present before the Project, out of existing manholes and catch basins along the Project and to regrout the inverts,as directed by the Engineer. 3. Other work associated with the Project,as directed by the Engineer. B. Where exploratory excavation is performed in a location that will not be disturbed later,the backfill shall be placed and compacted to the density specified elsewhere in these Specifications for the type of utility located. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. - R16.115896 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION March 2019 PAGE 02210-1 V122217©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02220-REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to the removal of pavement and miscellaneous structures as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. The UNIT PRICE bid for removing pavement and miscellaneous structures shall include all costs of labor, materials,equipment and ultimate disposal required to complete the work,as specified. 2. Measurement of Salvage and Reinstall Sign shall be per each and paid at the unit price bid,and shall include the cost of all labor and materials necessary to salvage all signs so designated and to reinstall them at the locations indicated or as directed by the Engineer. 3. Salvage Electrical Controls shall be measured LUMP SUM and paid at the price bid,and includes all labor necessary to remove existing control panels associated with the operations of Tank 1 and Tank 3. All salvaged equipment shall be delivered to an on-site location designated by the Owner. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated removal and excavation items.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Saw cutting-bituminous and/or concrete,driveways, sidewalks, pavements,curb&gutter,and other impervious surfaces. 2. Off-site disposal of excess excavated material and debris. 3. Removal and off-site disposal of bituminous or concrete, unless designated for salvaging. 4. Removing,salvaging and storing,or disposing of manhole and catch basin castings. 5. Loading, hauling,stockpiling and placing as directed (i.e., leveling)designated salvage items to a location directed by the Owner. 6. Fees and permits for the disposal of materials. 7. Removal and disposal of existing sanitary sewer pipe and storm sewer pipe.. 8. Bulkheading the ends of existing pipes designated by the Engineer to be abandoned in place. 9. Protection from damage of structures or other surface improvements that are not to be removed,and subsequent repair and/or replacement if damaged by Contractor operations. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. B. MnDOT 2104 shall apply to the removal of pavement and miscellaneous structures,except as modified herein. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. No exception to the referenced specification is made. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES March 2019 PAGE 02220-1 V12222017©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 NO EXCEPTION TO THE REFERENCED SPECIFICATION IS MADE. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Remove existing bituminous drives and other specified items where shown on the plans and/or required for the construction of the project. B. Saw cut bituminous and concrete surfaces prior to excavation,to produce a clean-cut breakage joint. C. Dispose of all concrete and bituminous removal items, rubbish and debris outside of the construction zone. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to secure all required permits and pay all fees associated with the disposal of the material and to secure the disposal site. D. Remove street/traffic signs and similar structures that must be removed to construct the project. Restore these facilities to the original location or a location designated by the Owner,when work has progressed past the location of the structure. E. The Contractor shall take full responsibility to protect structures or other surface improvements from damage that are not to be removed. If damage to these facilities occurs due to the construction of the project,the Contractor shall replace or repair them. F. The Owner will designate which existing items removed as part of the construction,are to be salvaged. All other items shall be disposed by the Contractor. G. All existing sanitary sewer and storm sewer pipe being removed and replaced by new improvements shall be considered as debris and removed during the construction process. H. Where existing pipes are to be abandoned in place,the pipe shall be filled with sand or flowable fill as noted on the plans. The exposed pipe ends shall be bulkheaded shut with a watertight non-shrink concrete grout at a thickness of not less than one pipe diameter. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES March 2019 PAGE 02220-2 V12222017©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02230-CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to clearing and grubbing trees,stumps and brush as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. No exception to the referenced specification is made. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for clearing and grubbing.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Permits and fees for the disposal of materials. 2. Protecting existing improvements from damage. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn DOT 2101 shall apply to clearing and removing trees,stumps and brush,except as modified herein. B. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 NO EXCEPTION TO THE REFERENCED SPECIFICATION IS MADE. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. No clearing and grubbing shall commence until the Engineer has marked trees and/or area to be removed. B. All trees,stumps, brush,seed,grass, roots or other undesirable material within the construction limits shall be disposed of by the Contractor. C. Disposal methods shall be approved by the Engineer and shall meet all Local,State and Federal regulations. D. Burning or burial will not be allowed within city limits. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 CLEARING AND GRUBBING March 2019 PAGE 02230-1 V122617©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02240-DEWATERING PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to the dewatering of trenches as necessary to construct the elements shown on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for Dewatering.The Contractor shall evaluate the need for dewatering and include such costs with associated bid items requiring dewatering. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid and shall be incidental to the work. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Interference of other underground structures and utilities. 2. Protection of existing improvements from damage. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. MnDOT 2451.3C shall apply to the dewatering of trenches,except as modified herein. B. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. None PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary discharge piping and obtain all permits,easements, rights-of-way,etc.to convey and discharge the water at a sufficient distance from the project area to eliminate recharge of the ground water at the project site. B. Water from dewatering operations shall not be discharged where it will pond or cause damage to cropland or personal property due to the presence of standing or flowing water. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permits required for dewatering prior to beginning of dewatering.The Contractor shall provide a plan for the discharge showing the discharge location,energy disipation,and water quality treatment to the Engineer for approval prior to beginning discharge.The discharge rate, location,and water quality shall be in compliance with all local,State,and Federal requirements. D. Existing and/or proposed sanitary system(s) shall not be used as an outlet for the dewatering operations. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 DEWATERING March 2019 PAGE 02240-1 V050208©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02310-EXCAVATION&EMBANKMENT-SITE GRADING PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to the excavation and embankment of the site improvements as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Compacted Volume(CV)—The volume of material actually placed as determined by computing the difference between original and final cross-sections by the average end area method. B. Excavated Volume(EV)—The volume of material actually excavated as determined by computing the difference between original and final cross-sections by the average end area method. C. Excess Material-Material that is not needed to complete the earthwork balance. D. Structural Improvements- For the purposes of this specification,structural improvements shall refer to any structure requiring suitable soil to support the anticipated loadings. E. Subcut- Excavation performed below the proposed subgrade elevation shown on the plans for the purposes of removing unsuitable material. F. Subgrade-The top surface of a roadbed upon which the pavement structure(including aggregate base and/or granular subbase) is to be constructed. This is also a general term denoting the soil foundation upon which a proposed improvement is to be placed. G. Suitable Material-Sand,silty sand or low plasticity clay soils with no organic content. The Engineer shall make the final determination as to what material will be considered suitable. H. Topsoil-Any soil,generally black in color,containing organic material. I. Unsuitable Material-Soil with organic content including topsoil,swamp deposits, peat, muck,or other material deemed by the Engineer to be unsuitable for fill or embankment construction. 1.3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Measurement and payment for Site Grading shall be based upon the measured LUMP SUM and paid at the unit price bid and shall be compensation for all costs associated with excavating and grading the site to subgrade elevation. 2. Measurement and payment for Common Borrow from on-site stockpile shall be based upon the CUBIC YARD—LOOSE VOLUME-CY(LV),truck load measure, included in the Proposal. 3. Measurement and payment for Topsoil Borrow shall be based upon the CUBIC YARD-LOOSE VOLUME QUANTITY-CY(LV),truck load measure, included in the Proposal. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated excavation items.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Unless itemized in the Schedule of Prices,separating,salvaging,stockpiling,and spreading of topsoil, include in the price bid for common excavation. 2. Unless itemized in the Schedule of Prices,subcutting the existing topsoil prior to placing embankment in all areas with proposed structural improvements, include in the price bid for common excavation. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 EXCAVATION & EMBANKMENT-SITE GRADING March 2019 PAGE 02310-1 V122217©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 3. Salvaging and separately stockpiling suitable aggregate base material,as determined by the Engineer, include in the price bid for common excavation. 4. Separating,salvaging,stockpiling and placing suitable material for use in embankment areas, include in the price bid for common excavation. 5. Obtaining suitable material from areas with no proposed structural improvements to provide enough suitable material for embankments being constructed under proposed structural improvements, include in the price bid for common excavation. 6. Restoring the borrow site by grading the area to drain properly to slopes not-to-exceed 6:1 and by restoring the topsoil to a minimum thickness of 6 inches, include in the contract unit price for common borrow. 7. Subgrade excavation,furnishing stabilizing aggregate,geotextile fabric installation,compaction, regrading and/or other efforts necessary to repair the subgrade after satisfying the roll test and failing to protect the integrity of the subgrade, include in the price bid for common excavation. 8. Over-excavation in cut areas to provide room for placement of topsoil, include in the price bid for common excavation. 9. The avoidance and protection of wetlands include in the price bid for common excavation. 10. Protecting existing improvements and previously accepted in-process improvements from damage include in the price bid for common excavation. 11. Test rolling, include in the price bid for common excavation. 12. Gradation and compaction testing,and geotechnical inspection services to meet requirements of Source and Field Quality Control, if required, include in the price bid for common excavation. 13. Farming,disking and/or drying suitable wet materials, include in the price bid for common excavation. 1.4 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. MnDOT 2105 shall apply to the excavation and embankment for the site improvements,except as modified herein. B. MnDOT 2574 shall apply to the excavation and embankment for the site improvements,except as modified herein. C. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All excess excavated material,with the exception of topsoil shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site and disposed of at a site secured by the Contractor. B. Stabilizing aggregates for use in backfilling subgrade excavations shall be material generally produced and referred to as"1%-inch dust free aggregate",4.0 to 6.0-inch rubble aggregate"or other coarse aggregate found to be in general compliance by the Engineer. Aggregate base may also be used at the direction of the Engineer. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Excavated topsoil and suitable material for reuse in the project shall be segregated and stockpiled at a site selected by the Contractor. B. Frozen material will not be allowed for roadway or building pad construction. The Engineer shall approve locations for placement of frozen material. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 EXCAVATION & EMBANKMENT-SITE GRADING March 2019 PAGE 02310-2 V122217©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved C. All excavations shall be kept free of water during the placement of fill. D. The Contractor shall utilize methods and equipment for excavating that will minimize the disturbance to the subgrade. The use of backhoes rather than scrapers or front-end loaders may be required to minimize repeated passes of equipment over wet subgrade soils. E. At the end of each day the Contractor shall eliminate surface indentations, including those caused by sheepsfoot rollers,tractor tires and tracked equipment,and roll the surface with a steel wheel or rubber tired roller. F. Sufficient common excavation shall be utilized by the Contractor to replace the soil shrinkage from excavation which occurs through the course of construction handling and compaction. The Contractor shall make his own estimate of the amount of shrinkage that will occur. G. Topsoil 1. Topsoil shall be salvaged and stockpiled in locations shown on the plans or in areas requiring final turf establishment,as approved by the Engineer. 2. Once the salvaged topsoil is stockpiled,the Contractor shall make an estimate of any potential shortage or surplus of topsoil possible in meeting the other provision of this Contract and notify the Engineer of the estimate. 3. The first priority in re-distributing the topsoil on site shall be to meet the minimum depths required over the entire project area. 4. In areas requiring final turf establishment with no proposed or anticipated structural improvements (building pads,etc.),topsoil shall be spread uniformly to a minimum depth of 6.0-inches, unless otherwise indicated in the plans. 5. In areas requiring final turf establishment with proposed or anticipated structural improvements (building pads,etc.),topsoil shall be spread to a depth of 2.0 to 4.0-inches. 6. In areas not requiring final turf establishment with proposed or anticipated structural improvements, no topsoil shall be placed. H. In areas where filling above the existing grade is necessary to establish the final designed elevation,the Contractor shall fully remove the topsoil and organic material to the level of stable underlying sand or clay prior to backfilling with suitable embankment material. I. The Contractor shall make his own determination as to whether the proposed grading has been completed according to the plans. When the Contractor determines that the grading has been completed, he will notify the Engineer. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer will provide any intermediate acceptance of the grading improvements until all of the grading has been completed and all topsoil has been spread. 3.2 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT IN AREAS WITH PROPOSED STRUCTURAL IMPROVEMENTS. A. All vegetation,topsoil,organic,or other unsuitable materials shall be excavated from the area below the structural improvement. Due to the variability of soils,the depth of the excavation in these areas is expected to vary significantly throughout the site.The excavated area shall be inspected by the geotechnical engineer as specified in Field Quality Control. B. Subcut excavations shall be laterally oversized a distance of 1.0-foot beyond the edges of the proposed structural improvement for each foot of excavation depth (1:1 oversizing). The extents of the structural improvement areas shown on the plans do not necessarily show this 1:1 oversizing. C. Fill placed from the bottom of the subcut to the subgrade elevation shall be selected material from the excavation or borrow material. Such material shall consist of suitable material as defined above. Clay fill shall be moisture-conditioned to within 2 percent above or below the optimum moisture content determined from the Standard Proctor compaction test. D. The embankment material shall be spread in 6.0 to 8.0-inch loose lifts. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 EXCAVATION & EMBANKMENT-SITE GRADING March 2019 PAGE 02310-3 V122217©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved E. In all roadway and pavement areas,the Contractor shall perform a roll test on the subgrade prior to placing any portion of the pavement structure. The roll test shall be performed with a fully-loaded tandem axle truck. Soils which rut or deflect 1.0-inch or more shall be corrected by scarifying,drying,and recompacting the soils. Subgrade excavation shall only be performed as directed by the Engineer. F. Subgrade excavation shall be performed only when the Engineer and the Contractor both agree that the inplace soil cannot be made suitable by scarifying,drying,and recompacting. Such excavation shall be backfilled with suitable excess common excavation material,stabilizing aggregate,granular borrow or select granular borrow,as directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor proceeds without approval from the Engineer,all work and material to restore the roadbed to the proper grade shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3.3 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT IN AREAS WITH NO PROPOSED STRUCTURAL IMPROVEMENTS A. Topsoil or unsuitable material may be used to construct embankments in areas with no structural improvements. 3.4 COMPACTION A. All embankment grading shall be compacted using the Quality Compaction Method. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Required Inspections: 1. Areas with Proposed Structural Improvements: (a) Inspection following the removal of unsuitable material and prior to placement of embankment material to insure that all topsoil and unsuitable material has been removed,and that the exposed subgrade has sufficient bearing capacity for the anticipated structural improvement. B. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 24-hours prior to completing the removal of topsoil and unsuitable material in areas with proposed structural improvements to insure that appropriate inspection may be performed. C. Samples for testing shall be taken from material at locations approved by the Engineer. All sampling methods shall be approved by the Engineer. D. Should any of the specified tests or inspections fail,the Contractor may arrange and pay for additional tests or inspections as may be necessary to satisfy the Engineer that the specified requirements have been met. ***END OF SECTION*** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 EXCAVATION & EMBANKMENT-SITE GRADING March 2019 PAGE 02310-4 V122217©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02320-TRENCH EXCAVATION,BEDDING AND BACKFILL PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to maintenance of utility service,trench excavation, bedding and backfill necessary for the construction of underground utilities and structures,as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Excess Material-Material that is not needed to complete the earthwork balance. B. Suitable Material-Sand,silty sand or low plasticity clay soils with no organic content. The Engineer shall make the final determination as to what material will be considered suitable. C. Unsuitable Material-Soil with organic content including topsoil,swamp deposits, peat, muck,or other material deemed by the Engineer to be unsuitable for fill or embankment construction. D. Flexible Pipe Materials—For the purposes of this specification section,flexible pipe materials shall include the following: 1. Polyvinyl chloride(PVC) pipe—solid wall and profile wall pipe. 2. Polypropylene profile wall pipe. 3. High density polyethylene pipe—solid wall and profile wall pipe. 4. Corrugated steel or aluminum pipe. 5. Centrifugally cast,glass-fiber-reinforced, polymer mortar(CCFRPM) pipe. E. Rigid Pipe Materials—For the purposes of this specification section, rigid pipe materials shall include the following: 1. Reinforced concrete pipe. 2. Reinforced concrete box culverts. 3. Ductile iron pipe. 1.3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Items specifically identified in the Schedule of Unit Prices will be compensated in accordance with the description of measurement and payment contained in the section applicable to the individual item. Otherwise, no direct compensation shall be granted for compliance with the provisions contained herein. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the individual pipeline items associated with the stated specific item or work effort. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Interference with other above and underground structures and utilities. 2. The removal and restoration,or protection of existing structures and utilities that are shown on the plans and for which there is no bid item for removing and restoring,or working around the utility. 3. Unless separately itemized in the Schedule of Unit Prices,any dewatering necessary for construction. 4. Foundation materials placed in lieu of performing necessary dewatering. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILL March 2019 PAGE 02320-1 V101807©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 5. Bulkheading of existing pipes to be abandoned in place. 6. Granular foundation,granular bedding and granular encasement materials. 7. Granular foundation materials used in lieu of bedding materials in the specified bedding zone,where specified. 8. Granular foundation materials used in unstable trench conditions. 9. The removal and disposal of native materials that are unsuitable for bedding and/or backfill. 10. Providing and maintaining utility service. 11. The replacement of all material displaced due to shrinkage or loss during the excavation and backfilling operations. 12. The removal of excess materials above the original topography the resulting from the additional volume created from pipe bedding, utility pipe,and/or underground structures. 13. Delays due to other utility conflicts that result during the course of construction. 14. Protecting existing improvements and previously accepted elements of this construction from damage. 15. Protecting the inverts of other utility pipes from the accumulation of debris and soil,the removal of blockages that threaten to damage property,and/or the cleaning of both the newly constructed lines and the existing lines of all debris and soil that accumulated during the construction. 16. If a separate bid item for bypass pumping is NOT included in the Schedule of Unit Prices, providing temporary bypass pumping/control of storm water flows around the construction zone, include in the price bid for the associated items being installed. 17. The use of special construction techniques such as trench boxes,sheeting,shoring,etc., include in the price bid for the associated items being installed. 18. Compaction testing and compaction, if required, include in the price bid for the associated items being installed. 1.4 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Reference CEAM 2600 shall apply to excavating, installing bedding and backfilling all trench excavation construction necessary for the completion of work,except as modified herein. 1. All references to MnDOT specifications shall mean the specific edition, including Supplemental Specifications and Technical Memoranda as identified in Section 01420"Specification Reference"of this Project Manual. 2. CEAM 2600.3.A5 Removal of Surface Improvements-All rubble and debris to be disposed of off-site, shall be disposed of at a location secured by the Contractor and in a manner in compliance with applicable Local,State and Federal regulations. 3. CEAM 2600.3.133 Excavation Limits and Requirements-OSHA limitations shall also apply to the top of trench width determination. The 7-day written notice is waived if changing soil conditions and OSHA compliance apply. 4. CEAM 2600.3.0 Trenchless Pipe Installation is hereby deleted. If trenchless pipe installation is included in this project, refer to applicable specification sections in these specifications 5. CEAM 2600.4 Method of Measurement Paragraphs B and C are hereby deleted. See applicable sections of these Specifications. 6. CEAM 2600.5 Basis of Payment—The last three paragraphs of 2600.5 are hereby deleted. See applicable sections of these Specifications. B. MnDOT 2451 shall apply to granular materials for foundation, bedding and encasement of utility line construction,except as modified herein. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILL March 2019 PAGE 02320-2 V101807©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved C. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. No exception to the referenced specification is made. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 GRANULAR MATERIALS A. Granular Bedding and Granular Encasement—No exception to the referenced specification is made. B. Granular Backfill-No exception to the referenced specification is made. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF TRENCH A. Interference and Protection of Underground Structures 1. If an existing utility is shown on the plans and there is no bid item for removing and restoring,or working around the utility,the Contractor shall be required to remove and restore,or protect the utility. 2. The inverts of existing sewers(storm&sanitary),culverts,subdrains,etc.shall be protected during construction. The Contractor is responsible to inspect and clean, if necessary,all lines which have become compromised by the construction operations. B. Excavation Limits and Requirements 1. The trench for all flexible pipe shall be undercut 6.0-inches below the pipe barrel to permit the installation of granular bedding or foundation material. 2. The trench for all rigid pipe shall be undercut three-inches below the pipe barrel,or as shown in the bedding detail,to permit the installation of granular bedding or foundation material. 3. The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering system to maintain all trenches free of water wherever necessary. The Contractor shall make his own subsurface investigations and determine what dewatering methods to utilize to prevent such damage. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to adjacent structures or buildings caused by the dewatering operations 5. Use of granular foundation material in lieu of performing dewatering is permitted. 6. All suitable excess excavated material shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be loaded, hauled, placed and compacted at a site chosen by the Owner within 2 miles of the site. All unsuitable excess excavated material,with the exception of topsoil shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site and disposed of at a site secured by the Contractor. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS A. When connection to an existing conduit is required at an existing or proposed manhole,the Contractor shall expose and verify the elevation of the existing conduit prior to laying any pipe toward,or away from,the connection point. If the elevation of the existing conduit does not match the elevation shown on the plans, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer,at which time the Engineer may adjust the proposed grades. B. Sewer Pipe at Structures 1. The pipe end(s)shall be extended inside the structure a maximum of 3.0-inches unless approved otherwise by the Engineer or shown on the plans. C. Connection and Assembly of Joints 1. For sanitary sewer,watermain,forcemains,and culverts,all joints shall be water tight. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILL March 2019 PAGE 02320-3 V101807©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 2. For storm sewers and subdrains,all joints shall not permit the intrusion of soil or backfill materials. (a) If reinforced concrete pipe is used,the Contractor may at its own discretion choose to wrap each joint with a geotextile filter fabric,as specified, rather than place mastic in the joint. D. Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends 1. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain a temporary,water-tight plug adequately blocked in place to prevent flooding of the existing downstream sewer system. The plug shall be placed at the beginning of the project or at the end of each working day at the end of the day's operation. 2. When flows are diverted from an existing sewer or tile to be abandoned in place,the Contractor shall construct a water-tight plug on the open end of the abandoned pipe. 3. Permanent watertight plugs shall be constructed with concrete grout with a thickness of not less than 1 pipe diameter. 3.3 BEDDING AND BACKFILLING OPERATIONS A. Backfill material around all manholes,catch basins,valve boxes,curb boxes,and hydrants shall be compacted with hand machines. The maximum lift thickness shall be 6-inches. B. Flexible Pipe Materials 1. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,the pipe shall be bedded and backfilled with granular material compacted to 95 percent Standard Proctor Density or as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, whichever is denser,from 6.0-inches below the bottom of the pipe to 12.0-inches above the top of the pipe the full width of the trench. The Contractor shall bed and backfill the pipe as shown on the plan details. 2. Where the trench foundation has been found to be unstable and not suitable for bedding,the trench shall be undercut until acceptable conditions are found. The Contractor shall then install compacted foundation material to meet the line and grade specified on the plan. 3. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,select native material may be used as a trench backfill above the granular bedding up to the bottom of the subgrade except in those conditions where the top of the pipe is less than 12-inches from the bottom of the subgrade in which case granular material compacted to 100 percent Standard Proctor Density shall be used as trench backfill the full width of the trench to the bottom of the subgrade excavation zone. C. Rigid Pipe Materials 1. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, in ordinary or stable trench conditions,the bottom of the trench shall be first excavated to a depth of approximately 15 percent of the outside pipe diameter below the established grade for the bottom of the pipe. Then the bottom of the trench shall be further excavated to allow for the placement of 6.0-inches of granular bedding for a width of at least 60 percent of the outside diameter of the pipe. Pipe shall be placed on the bottom of the pre-shaped excavated trench. The bottom of the excavated trench shall be shaped to fit the circumference of the pipe up to 0.15 of the outside diameter of the pipe. The Contractor shall encase the pipe from the 0.15 outside diameter to the 0.60 diameter height of the pipe with granular material compacted to 95 percent Standard Proctor Density or as recommended by the pipe manufacturer,whichever is denser. 2. Where the trench foundation has been found to be unstable and not suitable for bedding,the trench shall be undercut until acceptable conditions are found. The Contractor shall then install compacted foundation material to meet the line and grade specified on the plan. 3. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,select native material may be used as trench backfill above the granular bedding up to the bottom of the subgrade except in those conditions where the top of the pipe is less than 12.0-inches from the bottom of the subgrade in which case granular material compacted to 100 percent Standard proctor Density shall be used as trench backfill the full width of the trench to the bottom of the subgrade excavation zone. D. Structures Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILL March 2019 PAGE 02320-4 V101807©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 1. All manholes,catch basins,valve boxes,water vaults, headwalls and miscellaneous structures shall be backfilled with granular backfill material and shall be compacted with a hand operated motorized compactor. E. All trench backfill shall be compacted in accordance with the Quality Compaction Method. 3.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner shall arrange for having the following testing performed: 1. One gradation test per each 500 tons or 275 cubic yards(CV)of granular materials. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. No exception to the referenced Specification is made. ***END OF SECTION*** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BEDDING AND BACKFILL March 2019 PAGE 02320-5 V101807©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02335-SUBGRADE PREPARATION PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performance of all work and services necessary or incidental to the subgrade preparation as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. No direct payment shall be made for subgrade preparation. Costs shall be included in the unit prices bid for the various excavation items. 2. No exception to the referenced specification is made. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the various excavation items.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Drying and adding water to the subgrade. 2. Subgrade excavation,furnishing stabilizing aggregate,geotextile fabric installation,compaction, regrading and/or other efforts necessary to repair the subgrade after satisfying the rolling test and failing to protect the integrity of the subgrade. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn DOT 2112 shall apply to the subgrade preparation,except as modified herein. B. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 NO EXCEPTION TO THE REFERENCED SPECIFICATION IS MADE. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. At the end of each day,and prior to the placement of aggregate base,the Contractor shall eliminate surface indentations, including those caused by sheeps foot rollers and tractor cletes,and roll the surface with a steel wheel or rubber tired roller. B. The Contractor shall disc,scarify,shape and compact the street subgrade or existing base,adding water or drying as may be necessary to give uniform and desired density. C. If the subgrade is unstable and the instability is due to excessive moisture,the subgrade shall be scarified and dried over a reasonable time period. When the material has reached acceptable moisture limits,the material shall be returned to the roadbed and compacted into place to the proper elevation. The roadbed will once again be test rolled. If the material continues to be unstable,the Engineer may authorize the removal of the undesirable material as subgrade excavation. D. Once the subgrade has been test rolled and accepted by the Engineer, no traffic or construction equipment shall be permitted to operate directly on the subgrade without the prior approval of the Engineer. All equipment shall be restricted to operating only in areas where the aggregate base has been installed to its full design depth. In the event that inclement weather occurs after a test roll,and prior to placement of the aggregate base or first course of bituminous,the test roll shall be voided and a new test roll shall be performed. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUBGRADE PREPARATION March 2019 PAGE 02335-1 V122217©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved E. The subgrade shall be compacted in accordance with the Quality Compaction Method. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. "Blue Top"stakes shall be provided by the Contractor at 50-foot intervals to confirm that the subgrade is constructed to the required grades and elevations. Methods other than "Blue Top"staking may be allowed, if approved by the Engineer. B. The compacted subgrade shall be test rolled using a fully loaded aggregate truck(tandem) in a pattern approved by the Engineer. The subgrade stability shall be considered adequate when the surface shows less than 1.0-inch of yielding or rutting after one pass,or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 SUBGRADE PREPARATION March 2019 PAGE 02335-2 V122217©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02370-EROSION&SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to storm water management as indicated on the plans,as specified herein or as directed by the Engineer. B. The Contractor and Owner shall identify a person(s) knowledgeable and experienced in the application of erosion and sediment control Best Management Practices(BMPs)who will oversee the implementation of the SWPPP. C. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency(MPCA)-General Storm Water Permit for Construction Activity(MN R100001) 1. The Owner has developed a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP) in accordance with Part III (Storm Water Discharge Design Requirements)of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)/State Disposal System Permit. The SWPPP is included in the project plans. 2. As a condition of the Award,the Contractor shall be a co-permittee and assume the role of"Operator" under the NPDES Permit. 3. The Contractor will initiate the permit application and pay the required fee and submit the NPDES Permit. 4. Permittee(s)shall ensure that their SWPPP meets all terms and conditions of this permit and that their activities do not render ineffective another party's erosion prevention and sediment control BMPs. 5. The Contractor shall maintain copies of the SWPPP on the project site at all times and comply with all provisions contained therein, including performing the required inspections of the erosion control devices and maintaining an Inspector's Log for the MPCA Storm Water Permit. An Inspector's Log form is attached at the end of this Section. 6. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the on-site SWPPP documents current and updated to reflect changing conditions as construction progresses. 7. Process Summary: (a) Owner issues Notice of Award to Contractor. (b) The Contractor shall review the SWPPP and may propose changes or a new SWPPP to the Engineer and Owner for review,comment,and Authorization. Changes may be recommended by the Contractor, Engineer,and/or Owner at any time during the construction period to address changing conditions. (1) The responsibility for SWPPP amendments proposed by the Contractor lies with the Contractor. If the Engineer and/or Owner authorize the revisions with no exception taken, such action shall not absolve the responsibilities of the Contractor in any way. (2) During the review and modification period,on-site Erosion Control shall comply with or exceed the current SWPPP. Pending review by the Engineer and/or Owner shall not alleviate the Contractor's responsibility to install necessary BMPs to address site issues. (3) Once a SWPPP is modified and/or amended,the Contractor shall distribute new copies to the Owner,the Engineer,the on-site project supervisor and the resident project representative. (c) Within 7 days of acknowledgement of the Notice of Award by the Contractor,the Contractor shall submit the On-line Stormwater Permit Application to the MPCA. (d) No earth disturbing work shall begin until the permit coverage date shown on the Coverage Card issued by the MPCA. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 EROSION&SEDIMENT CONTROL March 2019 PAGE 02370-1 V121917©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved (e) Work shall follow the sequence of major activities outlined in the SWPPP. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for erosion and sediment control shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Payment for all work associated with Erosion and Sediment Control shall be at the contract unit price bid for that item and shall be considered full compensation for furnishing, installing, maintaining and utilizing storm water best management practices and any work specified in conjunction therewith as well as removing temporary sediment control devices when no longer necessary. B. The furnishing and installing specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated erosion control and excavation items.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Complying with the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency(MPCA)-General Storm Water Permit for Construction Activity(MN R100001)—Reference Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) included in the Appendix or in the drawings. 2. Providing trained Construction SWPPP Manager and BMP Installer. 3. Inspect, maintain, repair,and remove(if necessary)temporary surface stabilization practices throughout the duration of the project. 4. Maintaining clean exit areas or roads from the site. 5. Sweeping adjacent streets clean of excess soil. 6. Cleaning storm sewers,drain tiles and culverts that have been partially or completely obstructed by sediment that originated from the site. 7. Geotextile fabric for rock installation. 8. Geotextile fabric to wrap prefabricated inlet protection devices. 9. Aggregate to anchor and act as a filter for prefabricated inlet protection devices. 10. Aggregate associated with the construction of temporary sediment traps. 11. Emergency erosion control mobilization. 12. Construction, maintenance and removal of rock construction entrance. 13. Changing the type of inlet protection for different phases of construction. C. No additional payment shall be made for Erosion Control BMPs necessary to accommodate Contractor phasing of the project. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn DOT 1717—Air, Land and Water Pollution B. Mn DOT 2573—Stormwater Management. C. Mn DOT 2574—Soil Preparation D. Mn DOT 2575—Establishing Turf and Controlling Erosion E. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. SWPPP Plan Amendments B. Contact information and training documentation for Construction SWPPP Manager and BMP Installer, C. Weekly Erosion and Sediment Control Schedule meeting the requirements of MnDOT 1717. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 EROSION&SEDIMENT CONTROL March 2019 PAGE 02370-2 V121917©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved D. Site Management Plans meeting the minimum requirements of MnDOT 1717.An updated Site Management Plan shall be submitted as needed to reflect changes to: 1. Types and/or Locations of BMPs 2. Material Storage and Spill Response 3. Fueling Plans 4. Locations for Stockpiles,Concrete Washout,and Sanitation Facilities and 5. Project Phasing E. PDF copies of all SWPPP Documentation including but not limited to: 1. Field Copy of the SWPPP. If the Field Copy has been replaced during Construction with an updated SWPPP,a copy of both the final Field Copy and all intermediate copies shall be provided. 2. Inspection Logs including all supporting documents. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. For all materials not specifically discussed below no exceptions to the referenced specification are made. B. Bale checks shall not be used. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Construction and/or installation of all appropriate erosion &sediment control devices shall be completed prior to any soil disturbing activities. B. Prior to construction,the Contractor shall observe and document the existing storm water outfall system and discharge area. Sediment deposits not documented prior to the construction may be assumed to have originated from the project site and be required to be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. C. Prior to construction,the Owner, Engineer and Contractor shall review the project to identify critical areas that could require rapid stabilization during the construction process, and develop mitigation and rapid stabilization plans to be incorporated into the SWPPP. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall provide one or more trained Construction SWPPP Manager(s).The Construction SWPPP Manager shall be a knowledgeable and experienced in the application of erosion prevention and sediment control BMPs and will oversee the implementation of the SWPPP,and the installation, inspection and maintenance of the erosion prevention and sediment control BMPs.A Construction SWPPP Manager must be available for an on-site inspection within 72 hours upon request by the Owner and/or MPCA. Failure to provide a trained Construction SWPPP Manager or failure of the Contractor to rectify the situation within 24 hours of written notice if the provided Construction SWPPP Manager fails to adequately perform the duties of Construction SWPPP Manager may result in the Owner or Engineer arranging for performance of these duties by others. B. If Contractor fails to install and/or perform the appropriate erosion and sediment control practices,as determined by the Engineer,the Engineer may issue a written order to the Contractor. Failure to perform this work within 24 hours of written notification may result in the Owner or Engineer arranging for completion of the work by others. C. When the Engineer determines that the erosion and/or sediment control practices installed by the Contractor have failed,the Contractor shall correct the cause and alleviate all sediment deposition,to the fullest extent possible. If the corrective action is not taken in a timely manner,the Engineer may issue a Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 EROSION&SEDIMENT CONTROL March 2019 PAGE 02370-3 V121917©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved written order to the Contractor. Failure to perform this work within 24 hours of notification of non- compliance may result in the Owner or Engineer arranging for completion of the work by others. D. A contract deduction shall be made equal to the total of all costs incurred by the Owner due to failure of the Contractor to take corrective action within the timeframe of any written notice of non-compliance. Such costs include but are not limited to: labor,materials,equipment and administrative costs. 3.3 TRAINING A. Contractor shall ensure the individual(s)designated by the Contractor for this project to perform the Construction SWPPP Manager and Installation Supervision duties have been trained in accordance with Minnesota Pollution Control Agency(MPCA)General Storm Water Permit for Construction Activity(MN R100001)training requirements. B. Documentation incorporated by the Contractor into the SWPPP must include either: 1. Proof of a current certification through the University of Minnesota Erosion and Stormwater Management Certification Program,or 2. Documentation of training satisfactory to the MN Pollution Control Agency showing training is commensurate with the individual's job duties. 3.4 TERMINATION OF COVERAGE A. Upon completion of all final stabilization,the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a signed MN MPCA Notice of Termination (NOT)form and a PDF copy of the SWPPP Documentation. Final payment shall not be made for the project until the NOT is submitted and the SWPPP Documentation is received. B. The NOT form is available on the MPCA website at: http://www.pca.state.mn.us/index.phP/water/water- types-and-programs/stormwater/construction-stormwater/index.html ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 EROSION&SEDIMENT CONTROL March 2019 PAGE 02370-4 V121917©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN-INSPECTION LOG Project Title: Leachate Conveyance System,Owner: Elk River Landfill, Inc., Permit ID: C000 General Contractor: The Contractor is REQUIRED to maintain this record throughout the project. Inspectors should enter their initials,type,date,and time of the inspection in the blanks provided.After inspecting each shaded area, inspectors should check each box,and make any necessary comments regarding their findings in the blanks provided below and on the back of this sheet. Refer to the MPCA's Compliance Guide for Erosion and Sediment Control during inspection. Type of Date and Time Weather Areas to be Inspected Inspection of Inspection o v v t N E v N 0 � N N � a E r v w o T C 6 Y d-+ v m N v a o a _U Y LL E O iT '6 2 +� ro �n Q m ai u n O C 6 t Q 03 v is 6 O N } 05 vo ° M = o M oName of Inspector Cr Q m o 3 U Comments: Comments: Comments: Comments: (A digital version of this form is available by request to the Engineer) Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 EROSION&SEDIMENT CONTROL March 2019 PAGE 02370-5 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02446-TRENCHLESS PIPELINE PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to trenchless pipeline construction.Various methods will be considered, providing they can generally follow the design profile in constructing the pipeline from the starting access point to the ending access point without the need to excavate an intermediate access. B. The INSTALLER for all forms of trenchless pipeline installation shall meet or exceed the experience requirements as stated in CEAM 2600.3.C2. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: B. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Trenchless construction of casing and carrier pipe shall be paid together by the LINEAR FOOT(LF) furnished and installed. The amount bid shall be full compensation for all costs associated with completely installing the required pipe diameter at the line and grade shown on the plan. 2. Trenchless construction of carrier pipe,where no casing pipe is called for, will be paid by the LINEAR FOOT(LF)furnished and installed. C. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. These costs shall be included in the unit price bid for various pipeline items within the Schedule of Prices.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Inserting the carrier pipe into the casing pipe. 2. Any costs associated with drilling or re-drilling to correct for poor alignment or encountering obstructions(including rock), back reaming,or other required methods,as well as the cost of furnishing and installing a replacement pipe, if necessary 3. Interference of other underground structures and utilities. 4. The removal and restoration,or protection of existing utilities which are shown on the plans and for which there is no bid item for removing and restoring,or working around the utility. 5. Maintaining,tracking, reporting and documenting the actual alignment of the conduit achieved during the construction process include in the price bid for the appropriate pipeline construction and installation and documenting all post installation field quality control procedures specified, including but not limited to televising the interior of the conduit. 6. Excavating, backfilling,compacting and restoring the surface improvements, unless itemized in the Schedule of Prices,of jacking pits, boring pits, launching pits,etc.,as needed. 7. Any dewatering necessary for the appropriate pipeline construction 8. Foundation materials placed in lieu of performing necessary dewatering. 9. Locating and connecting to an existing manhole or pipeline 10. Removing the existing pipe. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TRENCHLESS PIPELINE March 2019 PAGE 02446-1 V102510©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 11. Foundation, bedding and encasement materials. 12. Maintenance of utility service during construction. 13. The replacement of all material displaced due to shrinkage or loss during the excavation and backfilling operations. 14. Compaction,deflection and hydrostatic testing. 15. Delays due to other utility conflicts which result during the course of construction, include in the price bid for the appropriate pipeline construction and installation. 16. Protecting existing improvements from damage. 17. Repairs to any existing improvements damaged. 18. Protecting the inverts of other utility pipes from the accumulation of debris and soil,the removal of blockages which threaten to damage property,and/or the cleaning of both the newly constructed lines and the existing lines of all debris and soil which accumulated during the construction. 19. The removal and disposal of defective materials and joints from the job site, include in the unit price bid for the appropriate pipeline construction and installation. 20. Any increased depth required for structures, risers or services required for failure to meet specified alignment and grade. 21. Any additional structures required for failure to meet tolerances. 22. Excavating, backfilling,compacting and restoring the surface improvements,of any spot verification pits required by the Engineer,as specified. 23. Removal and disposal of excess drilling fluid at the drilling surface,or in the drilling pit, prior to backfilling the pit. 24. Furnishing and placing the casing pipe,sand fill,carrier pipe support material,grout seals, riser pipe and associated adaptors. 25. Furnishing and installing underground utility location system. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Except as modified herein or as shown on the plans, Reference CEAM Specifications shall apply: 1. See Section 02520"Underground Utility Location System"of this Project Manual. 2. 2600 Trench Excavation and Backfill/Surface Restoration 3. 2611 Watermain and Service Line Installation 4. 2621 Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Installation B. For carrier pipe and fitting materials,see the following sections of this Project Manual as appropriate: 1. Section 02510"Domestic Water System" 2. Section 02530"Pipe Sewers—Sanitary" 3. Section 02535"Forcemains" C. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Construction Profile 1. The Contractor shall monitor and plot the constructed pipeline profile to scale throughout the length of the trenchless construction. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TRENCHLESS PIPELINE March 2019 PAGE 02446-2 V102510©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved (a) The horizontal profile shall be on a consistent scale where 1.0-inch measures no more than 100.0-feet. (b) The Contractor shall note on the profile any deviations(horizontal or vertical)from the planned alignment which encroach on the separation space as required by CEAM 2600.3.A2. (c) The Contractor shall note on the profile any horizontal deviations in excess of 4.0-feet from the planned alignment. (d) The vertical profile shall be on a consistent scale where 1.0-inch measures no more than 10.0-feet. 2. A pdf of the profile shall be submitted to the Engineer. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 CASING&CARRIER PIPE A. HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE)CASING PIPE 1. The pipe material shall be extra high molecular weight, high density polyethylene(HDPE)conforming with the minimum structural standards of ASTM D3350 with cell classification 345434C. All HDPE pipe material shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1248 for a Type III,Class C,Category 5,Grade P34. 2. The pipe to be used shall be(HDPE) pressure pipe conforming to the requirement of AWWA C-906 of a 160 psi working pressure. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances present. Unless otherwise specified,the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to ductile iron or cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. (a) The dimension ratio (DR)shall be 9 or 11 as indicated on the plans. (b) HDPE pipe shall have butt-fused joints with the internal fusing bead removed. (c) The Contractor shall verify the lengths of conduit necessary in the field before fabrication. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: A. FUSING/FABRICATION 1. The pipe shall be assembled and joined at the site using the butt-fusion method to provide a leak proof joint prior to insertion.All equipment and procedures used shall be in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications. 2. Threaded or solvent welded joints or connections are not permitted. 3. Fusing shall be performed by personnel certified as fusion technicians by the manufacturer of the pipe and/or the fusing equipment. 4. The butt-fused joints shall maintain true alignment and shall have uniform roll-back beads from the fusing process.The joint shall be watertight and shall have a tensile strength equal to that of the pipe. 5. Adequate cooling time shall be allowed prior to the release of the pressure from the fusing unit. 6. All joints shall be subject to acceptance by the Engineer prior to insertion. 7. All defective joints shall be cut out and replaced. B. BLOCKING AND ANCHORING OF PIPE 1. A thrust block of cast-in-place concrete,which covers the installed fitting, is not permitted. Pre-cast concrete thrust blocks and other restraining devices such as adjustable rods or cables shall be provided at all bends or wherever the pipe changes direction. C. INSTALLATION OF PIPELINES THROUGH CASINGS Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TRENCHLESS PIPELINE March 2019 PAGE 02446-3 V102510©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 1. The Contractor shall install the carrier pipe through the casing pipe using supports or cradles constructed of permanent materials to support the entire length of the carrier pipe in the casing. Support material shall be uniformly spaced and located on three sides of the carrier pipe to prevent shifting of the pipe as detailed on the Plans. The line and grade at any point within the carrier pipe shall not vary by more than 0.5-foot from the horizontal plan line and 0.2-foot from the vertical grade. D. TRENCHLESS METHODOLOGY 1. The remaining specifications in this section pertain to directional drilling techniques as the most common type of trenchless technology. Other trenchless technologies may also be used, provided that the Contractor submits a set of specifications for the proposed alternate technology. (a) DRILLING EQUIPMENT (1) The installation shall be by a steerable drilling tool capable of installing continuous runs of pipe,without intermediate pits for a minimum distance of 350.0-feet. (b) DRILLING (1) The Contractor shall initially drill a pilot hole that follows the route of the pipeline to be constructed. (2) The Contractor shall monitor the route taken by the drilling unit utilizing the downhole survey calculation methods discussed in API Bulletin D20 entitled Directional Drilling Survey Calculation Methods and Terminology. A surface monitoring system may be allowed in lieu of the downhole calculation method. Approval of surface monitoring shall be at the discretion of the Engineer based on the Engineer's evaluation of the particular system proposed for use. (3) The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with an "as-built" profile of the pilot hole prior to the back reaming and pipe insertion as which time the Engineer shall review it for tolerance compliance. (4) The back reamer shall be designed to create a void in the surrounding soil through which the new pipe may be threaded. (5) The size of the reaming tool shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications to achieve the sizing indicated on the plans,or in the Schedule of Unit Prices. (6) Upon commencement, pipe insertion shall be continuous and without interruption from one structure to another,except as approved by the Engineer. (c) INSERTION (1) Drill holes shall only be allowed at locations approved by the Engineer. (2) In so far as possible,the equipment used shall be located in such a way as to minimize the noise impact on surrounding properties. (3) The Contractor shall utilize a disconnect swivel which shall be set to limit the stress within the pipe to less than its elastic limit. (4) The Contractor shall install all necessary pulleys, rollers, bumpers,alignment control devices and other equipment necessary to protect the pipe from damage during insertion. Dragging the pipe on the ground is not permitted.All break over bends should be made with a radius long enough to insure that the pipe is not overstressed. (5) Lubrication,as recommended by the manufacturer, may be used during installation. (6) Buoyancy control may be used during pull back. (7) The manufacturer's recommended cooling/relaxation time, but not less than 4 hours,shall pass after insertion is complete and before the connection of services,sealing of the annular Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TRENCHLESS PIPELINE March 2019 PAGE 02446-4 V102510©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved space,and/or the backfilling of the insertion pit.A sufficient excess of new pipe, but not less than 4.0-inches shall protrude into terminating structures. (8) The annular space at each structure shall be sealed with a material recommended by the manufacturer for a minimum of 8.0-inches to form a smooth, uniform,watertight joint. (9) Under no circumstance shall the pipe be stressed beyond its elastic limit. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. TOLERANCES 1. General (a) Terminating connections to existing structures and conduits shall be made with a smooth grade for the adjacent 50.0-feet and shall permit the appropriate hydraulic operation at the conduit connection. (b) Periodically,the Engineer may require the Contractor to excavate a verification pit to expose the conduit for the Engineer to determine compliance with the line and grade specified. As long as tolerances are being met,as determined by the Engineer,the frequency shall not exceed 2 excavations in each 500.0-feet or be required in obviously inaccessible locations. The Contractor shall then backfill,compact and restore the surface of the excavation. 2. Pressure Systems (a) Horizontal alignment of the finished profile shall be within 0.5-feet of the planned alignment. (b) Vertical alignment of the finished profile shall be within 0.5-feet of the planned vertical alignment but in no event shall the invert elevation be closer to the existing ground surface or the future proposed ground surface,whichever is lower,than the minimum bury depth shown on the plans. (c) The final vertical alignment shall not conflict with future proposed gravity conduit grades shown on the plans, if any. (d) The final vertical alignment of forcemains shall not have high points that could permit the development of air locks at any location other than those identified on the plans. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TRENCHLESS PIPELINE March 2019 PAGE 02446-5 V102510©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02530-PIPE SEWERS-SANITARY PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to sanitary sewer and service lateral construction as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 METHODS A. Reference Section 02320"Trench Excavation, Bedding and Backfill"of this Project Manual,except as modified herein. B. Reference Section 02446"Trenchless Pipeline"of this Project Manual. 1.3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Manholes (a) Measurement for all manholes shall be per EACH and paid at the unit price bid. The amount bid includes all work and material required to complete the structure and shall include the casting assembly and GCL wrap. 2. Catch Basin (a) Measurement for all catch basins shall be per EACH and paid at the unit price bid. The amount bid includes all work and material required to complete the structure and shall include the casting assembly and GCL wrap. 3. Sewer Pipe (a) Measurement of dual-contained gravity sewer shall be by the linear foot(LF)for both carrier and casing pipe together and paid at the unit price bid. 4. Inside Drop Assembly (a) Payment for the inside drop section shall be at the unit price per LINEAR FOOT of structure as measured from top to bottom of the drop section. 5. Core and Boot Sewer Manhole (a) Payment for coring and booting an existing manhole shall be measured and paid per EACH as specified in the Schedule of Unit Prices,complete and in place,at the appropriate unit price bid. The amount bid shall include machine coring the existing manhole structure to the specified diameter and installing a rubber boot or link seal in accordance with the design called for in the plans or as approved by the Engineer. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the sanitary sewer items,as indicated.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. All work and material required to complete the inside drop manhole structure as shown on the detail, include in the price bid for inside drop section. 2. Leakage,vacuum,air and deflection testing, include in the price bid for sanitary sewer. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 PIPE SEWERS-SANITARY March 2019 PAGE 02530-1 V120511 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 3. Providing temporary bypass pumping/control flows around the construction zone, include in the price bid for the associated sewer items. 4. Furnishing and installing underground utility location system, include in the price bid for sanitary sewer. 5. If the sewer is to be installed inside a casing pipe,furnishing and placing the carrier pipe,carrier pipe support materials,sand,fill and grout seals, include in the unit price bid for sewer. 1.4 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Reference Section 02320"Trench Excavation, Bedding and Backfill"of this Project Manual,except as modified herein. 1. See Section 02520"Underground Utility Location System"of this Project Manual. 2. Reference CEAM 2621 shall apply to the gravity sewers and service laterals construction,except as modified herein. 3. Reference MnDOT 2506 shall apply to manholes and castings,except as modified herein. 4. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 OPEN CUT SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS A. All pipe and fittings must be laid on a continuous granular bed. Installation must comply with ASTM D2321 B. High Density Polyethylene(HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 1. The pipe material shall be extra high molecular weight, high density polyethylene(EHMW-HDPE, PE3408)conforming with the minimum structural standards of ASTM D3350 with cell classification 345464C for black pipe,345464E for non-black&color,as manufactured by DriscoPlex 4200(IPS)/4300 (DIPS)Series,or equal. All HDPE pipe material shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1248 for a Type III, Class C,Category 5,Grade P34 material. 2. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances present. Unless otherwise specified,the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to ductile iron or cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters(4300 series). 3. HDPE pipe shall have butt-fused joints. 4. The Contractor shall verify the lengths of conduit necessary in the field before fabrication. 5. Polyethylene fittings and adaptors shall be butt-fused, EHMW-HDPE, PE3408 meeting the same resin requirements as specified for the pipeline. In addition,the fittings shall meet the applicable requirements of ASTM D2513 and ASTM D3261. 6. Mechanical joint forcemain joints shall be restrained using ductile iron clamps(series 15PF00 or 2000PV Ebaa Iron, Inc. or equal)supplied with a sufficient number of ductile iron bolts to restrain the working and test pressures for this application. Internal pipe stiffeners must be used. C. Pipe Defects 1. Any section of pipe with a gash, blister,abrasion, nick scar,or other deleterious fault greater than 10 percent of the wall thickness,shall not be used and must be removed from the site. However,a defective portion of pipe,as defined above may be cut out and butt-fused in accordance with the procedures herein. 2. Any section of pipe having other defects such as concentrated ridges,discoloration,excessive spot roughness, pitting,variable wall thickness or any other defect of manufacturing and/or handling shall not be used and shall be removed from site. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 PIPE SEWERS-SANITARY March 2019 PAGE 02530-2 V120511 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 2.2 MANHOLES A. Precast Concrete Manholes 1. Sanitary sewer manholes shall conform to the MnDOT Standard Plate No.4007C, unless otherwise shown on the plans, including integral base sections and rubber gasketed tongue and groove joints. All pipe openings shall have integral cast watertight seal. 2. Reinforced polypropylene plastic steps shall be furnished for all sanitary sewer manholes eight or more feet in depth. B. Castings 1. The type of casting assembly to be used shall be Neenah R-1733 solid lid with two concealed pickholes, and Self-Sealing lid. The frame shall be Neenah R-1733. 2. All casting assemblies shall meet the certification requirements of the Minnesota Department of Transportation and be manufactured by a MnDOT approved source. C. Adjusting Rings 1. Only concrete adjusting rings shall be permitted. D. Inside Drop Assembly 1. The inside drop assembly shall be as manufactured by Reliner or approved equal. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Sanitary Main Installation 1. No exception to the referenced specification is made. B. Manhole Base 1. Pre-cast bases shall be used for all manholes. 2. Integral cast base is required unless otherwise shown on the plans or approved by the Engineer. 3. Manholes shall be set on a minimum of 6.0-inches of compacted foundation material. C. Miscellaneous Work 1. Concrete adjusting rings shall be set with bituminous mastic or cement mortar and shall be plastered inside and out,with a minimum thickness of%-inch of mortar.A maximum of 3 individual adjusting rings shall be used. Taller 6.0-inch or 12.0-inch rings shall be used where adjustment requires more than three 2.0-inch rings. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Deflection test 1. No exception to the referenced specification is made. B. Sanitary sewer leakage testing Leakage tests shall be conducted as described in the referenced specification. 1. Air Testing (a) No exception to the referenced specification is made. 2. Hydrostatic Testing (a) Hydrostatic testing shall not be allowed on this project. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 PIPE SEWERS-SANITARY March 2019 PAGE 02530-3 V120511 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 PIPE SEWERS-SANITARY March 2019 PAGE 02530-2 V120511 ©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02535-FORCEMAIN PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools, equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to force main construction as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 METHODS A. Trench Excavation, Bedding and Backfill, see Section 02320 of this Project Manual. B. Trenchless Installation, see Section 02446 of this Project Manual. 1.3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Forcemain (a) Forcemain shall be measured by the LINEAR FOOT and paid at the price unit bid. The amount bid for Forcemain shall include the costs of furnishing and installing granular materials for foundation, bedding, encasement and backfill.The amount bid shall also include both carrier&containment pipe where called for in the plans& bid item. 2. Fittings (a) Forcemain fittings shall be measured by the POUND (LB)and paid at the unit price bid. The amount bid shall include all labor and materials required to furnish and install the fittings where called for in the plans or as directed by the engineer. 3. Air Relief& Load-Out Manholes (a) Measurement and payment for air relief& load-out manholes shall be by EACH and paid at the price bid. The amount bid shall include work and material required to complete the structure, including precast manhole, crushed rock bedding material, casting, excavation and backfilling. (b) The manhole structure shall be precast concrete or HDPE as called for in the plans& bid item. 4. Air Relief Valve Assembly (a) The air release valve assembly shall be measured by the EACH and paid at the unit price bid. The amount shall include the air release valve,tapping saddle, corporation stop and all necessary piping and fasteners to complete the operational air release system as detailed in the plan set. 5. Forcemain Cleanout Assembly (a) The forcemain cleanout assembly shall be measured per EACH paired system and paid at the unit price bid. The amount shall include labor and material, all fittings, bends, including pipes, straps and all other miscellaneous materials for a complete installation as detailed in the plans. 6. Forcemain Connection Assembly (a) The forcemain connection assembly shall be measured per EACH and paid at the unit price bid, and shall include all labor and materials for manufacturing, pipe materials, sleeves and all miscellaneous materials required for a complete installation as shown on the plans. 7. Witness-Cleanout Manhole Elk River Landfill, Inc.-R16.115896 FORCEMAIN March 2019 PAGE 02535-1 V010708©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved (a) Witness-cleanout manholes shall be measured by the linear foot from the structure invert to top of casting and paid at the unit price bid and shall include the precast structure,casting,adjustment rings and all other labor and materials for a complete installation. 8. Connect to Existing Dual-Containment Forcemain (a) Connecting to existing dual-containment forcemain shall be measured per EACH and paid at the unit price bid,and shall be compensation in full for all labor and materials to make the connection and to withstand the. 9. Polystyrene Insulation (a) Polystyrene insulation shall be measured by the SQUARE YARD(SY)for a 4-inch thick layer and paid at the unit price bid and shall be compensation in full for all labor to prepare a smooth base,and furnish and install the sheets. 10. Load-Out Assembly (a) The load-out assembly shall be measured per EACH and paid at the unit price bid. The amount shall include labor and material,all fittings,valves, bends, including pipes,straps and all other miscellaneous materials for a complete installation as detailed in the plans. 11. Steel Plates (a) One-inch thick steel plates used for forcemain bridging shall be measured by the SQUARE FOOT (SF) and paid at the unit price bid and shall be compensation in full for all materials and labor to prepare a smooth base and furnish and install the sheets. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the force main items,as indicated.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Furnishing and installing all bends, pipe restraints, blocking and fittings, include in the price bid for force main. 2. Furnishing and installing underground utility location system, include in the price bid for force main. 3. Concrete blocking or metal ties, include in the price bid for force main. 4. Hydrostatic, leakage and continuity testing, include in the price bid for force main. 5. Delays due to other utility conflicts which result during the course of construction include in the price bid for force main. 6. Protecting existing improvements from damage, include in the price bid for force main. 7. Connecting to existing structures, include in the price bid for force main. 8. Valve operating nut extension rod(s), include in the unit price bid for valves. 9. If the forcemain is to be installed inside a casing pipe,furnishing and placing the carrier pipe,carrier pipe support materials,sand fill and grout seals, include in the unit price bid for forcemain. 1.4 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Reference Section 02320 of this Project Manual for Trench Excavation, Bedding and Backfill,except as modified herein. 1. See Section 02520"Underground Utility Location System"of this Project Manual. 2. Reference CEAM 2611 shall apply to the force main construction,except as modified herein. 3. Reference CEAM 2621.3G for pipe deflection. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 FORCEMAIN March 2019 PAGE 02535-2 V010708©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 4. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 OPEN CUT FORCE MAIN PIPE AND FITTING MATERIALS A. Pressure Pipe Joint Restraint Clamps 1. The clamps(Series 6500 Ebaa Iron, Inc.)shall be ductile iron and supplied with a sufficient number of ductile iron bolts to restrain working and test pressures for this application. B. Pipe Fitting Materials 1. The following pressure pipe fitting materials will be allowed for use on this project: 2. Mechanical Class 350 ductile iron fittings shall be used. 3. All fittings shall be coated with a 6-8 mil nominal thickness fusion bonded epoxy conforming to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C550 and C116/A21.16. 4. All fittings,valves, hydrants and restraining rods shall be protected by using sacrificial zinc anode caps, ASTM B418 6 oz. Large Zinc Anode Caps as manufactured by Trumbull Industries Inc.,or an approved equal. Contractors shall supply 2 anode caps per mechanical joint gland installed. 5. All fittings,valves, hydrants,etc.,shall be secured utilizing COR-BLUE T-BOLTS as manufactured by NSS Industries or approved equal. 6. All Restraining devices(megalugs)shall be coated with a 6-8 mil nominal thickness,fusion bonded epoxy conforming to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C550 and C116/A21.16. 7. Adaptors, back-up rings and oversize sleeves shall be provided for transitions and connections to dissimilar types of pipe materials. All sleeve fittings shall be long mechanical joint. 8. All fittings shall have been manufactured in the year of construction or prior calendar year. C. High Density Polyethylene(HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 1. The pipe material shall be extra high molecular weight, high density polyethylene(EHMW-HDPE, PE3408)conforming with the minimum structural standards of ASTM D3350 with cell classification 345464C for black pipe,345464E for non-black&color,as manufactured by DriscoPlex 4200(IPS)/4300 (DIPS)Series,or equal. All HDPE pipe material shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1248 for a Type III, Class C,Category 5,Grade P34 material. 2. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances present. Unless otherwise specified,the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to ductile iron or cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters(4300 series). 3. HDPE pipe shall have butt-fused joints. 4. The Contractor shall verify the lengths of conduit necessary in the field before fabrication. 5. Polyethylene fittings and adaptors shall be butt-fused, EHMW-HDPE, PE3408 meeting the same resin requirements as specified for the pipeline. In addition,the fittings shall meet the applicable requirements of ASTM D2513 and ASTM D3261. 6. Mechanical joint forcemain joints shall be restrained using ductile iron clamps(series 15PF00 or 2000PV Ebaa Iron, Inc.or equal)supplied with a sufficient number of ductile iron bolts to restrain the working and test pressures for this application. Internal pipe stiffeners must be used. 2.2 TRENCHLESS PIPE MATERIAL&STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS A. All pipe shall be made from virgin material. No rework except that obtained from the manufacturer's own production of the same formulation shall be used. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 FORCEMAIN March 2019 PAGE 02535-3 V010708©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved B. The pipe shall be homogenous throughout and shall be free of visible cracks, holes,foreign material, blisters,and/or other deleterious faults. C. Any section of pipe with a gash, blister,abrasion, nick scar,or other deleterious fault greater than 10 percent of the wall thickness,shall not be used and must be removed from the site. However,a defective portion of pipe,as defined above, may be cut out and butt-fused in accordance with the procedures herein. D. Any section of pipe having other defects such as concentrated ridges,discoloration,excessive spot roughness, pitting,variable wall thickness or any other defect of manufacturing and/or handling shall not be used and shall be removed from site. 1. High Density Polyethylene(HDPE) Pipe and Fittings (a) The pipe material shall be extra high molecular weight, high density polyethylene(EHMW-HDPE, PE3408)conforming with the minimum structural standards of ASTM D3350 with cell classification 345434C as manufactured by Chevron Phillips Chemical Company 4000/4100 Series,or equal. All HDPE pipe material shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1248 for a Type III,Class C,Category 5, Grade P34. (b) The pipe to be used shall be(HDPE) pressure pipe conforming to the requirement of AWWA C-906 of a 160 psi working pressure. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances present. Unless otherwise specified,the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to ductile iron or cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. (c) The dimension ratio (DR)shall be 11. (d) HDPE pipe shall have butt-fused joints. (e) The Contractor shall verify the lengths of conduit necessary in the field before fabrication. (f) Polyethylene fittings and adaptors shall be butt-fused, EHMW-HDPE, PE3408 meeting the same resin requirements as specified for the pipeline. In addition,the fittings shall meet the applicable requirements of ASTM D2513 and ASTM D3261. (g) Mechanical joint pressure pipe joints shall be restrained using ductile iron clamps(series Ebaa Iron, Inc. or equal)supplied with a sufficient number of ductile iron bolts to restrain the working and test pressures for this application. 2.3 AIR RELIEF& LOAD-OUT MANHOLES A. Precast Concrete Manholes 1. Air relief manholes shall conform to the MnDOT Standard for the design type shown on the plans including integral base sections and rubber gasketed tongue and groove joints. All pipe openings shall have integral cast watertight seal. B. HDPE Manhole 1. The manhole material shall be extra high molecular weight, high density polyethylene(EHMW-HDPE, PE3408)conforming with the minimum structural standards of ASTM D3350 with cell classification 345434C. All HDPE material shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1248 for a Type III,Class C, Category 5,Grade P34. 2. The HDPE manhole shall be as manufactured by ISCO, High Country Fusion or approved equal. 3. The wall, base and top thickness shall be per manufacturer recommendation. Pipe stubs shall be integrally fused to the pipe wall and protrude a minimum of one foot beyond the outside wall. 4. Shop drawings of the manhole shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer before installation. C. Castings Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 FORCEMAIN March 2019 PAGE 02535-4 V010708©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 1. The type of casting assembly to be used on precast concrete shall be Neenah R-1733 solid lid with two concealed pickholes,2.0-inch raised letters stamped "SANITARY SEWER"and Self-Sealing lid. The frame shall be Neenah R-1733. 2.4 ADJUSTING RINGS A. Only concrete adjusting rings shall be permitted. 2.5 AIR AND VACUUM RELEASE VALVES A. The air and vacuum release valve shall be equal to APCO Model 402 with a 2.0-inch inlet. The air and vacuum release valve shall be equipped with blow-off valves,quick disconnect couplings,6.0-feet of hose and a 2.0-inch stainless steel shut-off valve. A 2.0-inch saddle shall be used on the force main for connection of the air and vacuum release valve. 2.6 GATE VALVES 1. All valves furnished and installed on the forcemain shall be AWWA C-509-80, non-rising stem, iron body, resilient-sealed gate valves,with two-inch square opening nut rated for a 200-psi working pressure. These valves shall be Kennedy Ken-Seal or approved equal. All valves shall open 'left' unless noted otherwise. 2.7 POLYSTYRENE INSULATION A. Polystyrene insulation shall be an extruded foam product with a minimum R-value of 5 per inch of thickness and a minimum compressive strength of 35 psi. B. The minimum dimensions of each sheet shall be 2"x 4'x 8'. 2.8 CLEANOUT AND LOAD-OUT ASSEMBLY A. The forcemain cleanout and load-out assembly shall consist of Class 52 ductile iron pipe and fittings and pipe straps for a complete installation. B. The load-out assembly shall include the gate valve and a key of sufficient length to extend at least 3'above the ground surface. 2.9 STEEL PLATES A. Steel plates shall be fabricated from ASTM A36 steel and able to withstand H-20 loading(36,000 Ib axle weight). PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe 1. A thrust block of cast-in-place concrete,which covers the installed fitting, is not permitted. Pre-cast concrete thrust blocks and other restraining devices such as restrained joint retainer glands,shall be provided at all bends or wherever the force main changes direction,valves shall be tied to the nearest forcemain fitting. B. Polystyrene Insulation 1. Installation the insulation in two layers,offsetting the joint by 4". 2. The insulation shall be installed on a smooth compacted granular surface to prevent cracking the insulation sheet. C. Polyethylene Encasement 1. No polyethylene encasement for the main or appurtenances is required unless identified on the plans. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 FORCEMAIN March 2019 PAGE 02535-5 V010708©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved D. Methods 1. Reference Section 02320"Trench Excavation, Bedding and Backfill"of this Project Manual. 2. Reference Section 02446"Trenchless Installation"of this Project Manual. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. No exception to the referenced Specification is made unless a non-conductive force main is installed, in which case the conductivity requirements,as specified are deleted. B. The Contractor shall perform a hydrostatic pressure test as specified in CEAM Specification 2611.3G to a pressure of 100 psi. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 FORCEMAIN March 2019 PAGE 02535-6 V010708©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02720-AGGREGATE BASE PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to construct the aggregate base course as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 METHODS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. No exception to the referenced specification is made. 2. The quantities for aggregate base are strictly estimates and may be increased or decreased by any amount with no adjustment in unit price according to the extent of aggregate base used to backfill subgrade excavations and the extent of reclaimed material available. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated aggregate items. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Protecting existing improvements and previously accepted in-process improvements from damage. 2. Subgrade excavation,furnishing stabilizing aggregate,geotextile fabric installation,compaction, regrading and/or other efforts necessary to repair the subgrade after satisfying the rolling test and failing to protect the integrity of the subgrade. 3. The cost of all labor,equipment and materials necessary for meeting the testing requirements of field quality control, if required, include in price bid for Aggregate Base. 4. Furnishing and installing blue tops for gravel surface. 5. Test rolling of the compacted aggregate base using a fully loaded aggregate truck(tandem).. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. MnDOT 2211 shall apply to the construction of aggregate base,except as modified herein. B. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. No exception to the referenced specification is made. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. At the end of each day the Contractor shall eliminate surface indentations, including those caused by sheeps foot rollers and tractor cletes,and roll the surface with a steel wheel or rubber tired roller. B. The depth and class of aggregate base to be constructed shall be as shown on the plans. Aggregate base construction shall take place only after the subgrade condition and grade has been examined by the Engineer. C. All aggregate base courses shall be compacted using the Quality Compaction Method. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 AGGREGATE BASE March 2019 PAGE 02720-1 V122617©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved D. The compacted aggregate base shall be test rolled using a fully loaded aggregate truck(tandem) in a pattern approved by the Engineer. The stability of the compacted base shall be considered adequate when the surface shows less than 1.0-inch of yielding or rutting after one pass,or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. The test rolling of the compacted aggregate base using a fully loaded aggregate truck(tandem) shall be incidental. 3.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall arrange for having the following testing performed: 1. One gradation test for each 500 tons or 275 cubic yards(CV)of each class of aggregate base. B. Samples for testing shall be taken from material in stock at locations approved by the Engineer.All sampling methods shall be approved by the Engineer. C. The Contractor shall cooperate fully with the individuals performing the tests. D. Should any of the specified tests fail,the Contractor may arrange and pay for additional tests as may be necessary to satisfy the Engineer that the requirements have been met. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 AGGREGATE BASE March 2019 PAGE 02720-2 V122617©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02730-AGGREGATE SURFACING PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to construct the aggregate surfacing/shouldering as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 METHODS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. No exception to the referenced specification is made. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated aggregate surfacing items.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Protecting existing improvements and previously accepted in-process improvements from damage. 2. Subgrade excavation,furnishing stabilizing aggregate,geotextile fabric installation,compaction, regrading and/or other efforts necessary to repair the subgrade after satisfying the rolling test and failing to protect the integrity of the subgrade. 3. The cost of all labor,equipment and materials necessary for meeting the testing requirements of field quality control, if required. 4. Furnishing and installing blue tops for aggregate surfacing. 5. Test rolling of the compacted aggregate surface using a fully loaded tandem axle truck. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn DOT 2118 shall apply to the construction of aggregate surfacing,except as modified herein. B. Mn DOT 2221 shall apply to the construction of aggregate shouldering,except as modified herein. C. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials included here consist of new aggregate surfacing,Class 2. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. At the end of each day the Contractor shall eliminate surface indentations, including those caused by sheeps foot rollers,tractor tires and tracked equipment,and roll the surface with a steel wheel or rubber tired roller. B. The depth and class of aggregate surfacing to be constructed shall be as shown on the plans. Aggregate surfacing construction shall take place only after the subgrade or aggregate base condition and grade has been examined by the Engineer. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 AGGREGATE SURFACING March 2019 PAGE 02730-1 V122617©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved C. Existing aggregate surfacing shall be salvaged prior to commencing trenching activities, and shall be restored after underground construction is completed. D. Compaction of the aggregate surfacing courses shall be by the Quality Compaction Method. E. The compacted aggregate surface shall be test rolled using a fully loaded tandem axel truck in a pattern approved by the Engineer. The stability of the compacted aggregate shall be considered adequate when the surface shows less than one%-inch of yielding or rutting after one pass,or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Test rolling shall be incidental. 3.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall arrange for and pay all costs associated with having the following testing performed: 1. One gradation test for each 500 tons or 275 cubic yards(CV)of each class of aggregate. B. Samples for testing shall be taken from material in stock at locations approved by the Engineer.All sampling methods shall be approved by the Engineer. C. The Contractor shall cooperate fully with the individuals performing the tests. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 AGGREGATE SURFACING March 2019 PAGE 02730-2 V122617©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02740-PLANT-MIXED BITUMINOUS SURFACING PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to the construction of plant-mixed bituminous surfacing utilizing the MnDOT Gyratory Design Specification (2360)as indicated on the plans or as specified herein. B. This is a Certified Plant Prosect. The supplier shall have sufficient testing facilities and qualified personnel including Certified Technicians. All required plant and field tests shall be performed in a timely manner and with a good quality control program. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. All costs of furnishing and applying bituminous tack coat material will be incidental with no direct compensation being made therefore. 2. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per square yard (SY)of bituminous surfacing for the respective bituminous courses and compacted depth specified. The amount bid shall include all material and work required to mix and place the bituminous course specified. B. No payment adjustment shall be made for density. C. This project is not subject to the provisions of MnDOT 2399. D. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated bituminous paving items.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Equipment and materials necessary for meeting the testing requirements of Source Quality Control for the bituminous tack coat, if required, include in price bid for bituminous tack coat. 2. The cost of all labor,equipment and materials necessary to comply with plant and field testing requirements of MnDOT Specification 02360, include in price bid for Plant-Mixed Bituminous Surfacing. 3. The cost of all labor,equipment and materials necessary for constructing clean,vertical,solid edge at the adjacent asphalt surface for both non-wear and wear courses, include in the price bid for Plant- Mixed Bituminous surfacing. 4. Sawcutting the bituminous edges and removing of damaged bituminous just prior to the construction of the next lift of bituminous course. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCE A. Plant mixed asphalt pavement shall conform to the current MnDOT 2360 Plant Mixed Asphalt Pavement and Technical Memoranda in force 30 calendar days prior to bid date and referencing the use of English units of measure,except as modified in these Specifications. B. MnDOT 2357 shall apply to the construction of bituminous tack coat,except as modified herein. C. Aggregates for bituminous mixtures shall conform to the current MnDOT 3139 Graded Aggregate for Bituminous Mixtures. Copies of MnDOT's current specifications may be downloaded and printed from MnDOT's web site. D. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this Section are in addition to the referenced specification. Elk River Landfill, Inc.-R16.115896 PLANT-MIXED BITUMINOUS SURFACING March 2019 PAGE 02740-1 V050208©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Bituminous Tack Coat: 1. The bituminous material for tack coat will be limited to one of the following kinds of emulsified asphalt. However,the Engineer may authorize the use of medium cure cutback asphalt(MC-250) during the early and late construction season when it is anticipated the air temperature may drop below 32 degrees Fahrenheit.Cutback asphalt shall be used only when approved by the Engineer. (a) Emulsified Asphalt (1) Anionic SS-1,SS-1h (2) Cationic CSS-1,CSS-1h (b) Cutback Asphalt: (1) Medium Cure Liquid Asphalt MC-250 2. Only Certified Sources are allowed for use. MnDOT's Certified Source List is located at the following link: http://www.dot.state.mn.us/products/index.html . B. Bituminous material and aggregate shall be as shown on the typical sections in the plans. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Bituminous Tack Coat 1. The tack coat shall not be applied when the road surface or weather conditions are unsuitable as determined by the Engineer. 2. At the time of applying bituminous tack coat material,the road surface shall be dry and clean and all necessary repairs or reconditioning work shall have been completed as provided for in the Contract and approved by the Engineer. 3. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans or provisions,the bituminous tack coat material shall be applied within the application rates shown in the table below as based on pavement type or condition and type of bituminous material. The Engineer shall approve the time and rate of application. Only a MnDOT certified asphalt emulsion supplier is allowed to dilute the emulsion. When diluted,the supplier shall provide asphalt emulsion diluted 1-part emulsion to 1-part water. Dilution of asphalt emulsion in the field is not allowed. The Engineer may waive the tack coat requirement when multiple lifts are paved on the same day. Pavement Type or Condition Application Rate-gallons/sy Undiluted Emulsion Diluted Emulsion MC Cutback SS-1,SS-1H,CSS-1, (1 part Emulsion to 1 part water)1 MC-250 CSS-1H SS-1,SS-1H,CSS-1,CSS-1H New HMA 0.03-0.05 0.06-0.10 0.03-0.05 'As provided by the asphalt emulsion supplier 'When approved by the Engineer 301der than 1 year 4. The temperature of the bituminous material at the time of application shall be approved by the Engineer,within the limits specified following: Elk River Landfill, Inc.-R16.115896 PLANT-MIXED BITUMINOUS SURFACING March 2019 PAGE 02740-2 V050208©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved (a) SS-1,SS-1H,CSS-1,CSS-1H .........70 to 160 Degrees Fahrenheit (b) MC-250..........................................165 to 220 Degrees Fahrenheit B. The Contractor is required to use the self-propelled pneumatic tire roller as an intermediate roller on the wearing courses. C. Cut the adjacent asphalt surface prior to construction of the bituminous surface course to obtain a clean, vertical, solid edge. D. Compaction of all bituminous mixtures shall be by the Ordinary Compaction Method. 3.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. The bituminous mix shall be designed using Contractor Trial Mix Designs. A current MnDOT mix design may be accepted provided it represents the aggregate source and bituminous plant being used for the project, and is approved by the Engineer. No bituminous mixture shall be placed without an approved mix design. B. Testing of the material bituminous tack coat may be required, if determined by the Engineer,that the material appears suspect. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. If required by the Engineer,cores for mat density and for lift thickness verification shall be taken as specified in 2360.D.1.h of the referenced MnDOT Specification except that for daily production less than 300 tons,the Engineer may require that two cores are taken (one for Contractor testing and one companion core). Sample locations shall be designated by the Engineer and made with a drilling device that produces clean sharp,vertical edges. B. Lift Thickness Tolerances: 1. Lift thickness tolerances shall be as specified in MnDOT 2360. 2. If any cores indicate lift thicknesses outside of the specified tolerances,the Contractor may,at its own cost and expense,take additional core samples to further define the extent of the deficiency. 3. The Engineer shall calculate deficient pavement areas using the locations and thickness results of all core samples and prorating the thickness profile. 4. At the discretion of the Engineer as an alternative to removal and replacement,the Engineer may allow a $1.00 deduction per square yard will be made for each 1/8-inch deficiency of thickness beyond the specified tolerances. 5. Reduction in payment for bituminous courses constructed to more than the maximum permissible thickness shall be in accordance with MnDOT 2360.3.E,except that the thickness tolerances specified herein apply. C. Testing: 1. For projects with 2000 tons or less of a particular mix type,delete Tables 2360-10 and 2360-11 of the referenced MnDOT 2360 and substitute the following: Sampling and Testing Test Reference(Laboratory Production Test Rates(each mix type) Manual unless otherwise Spec Section indicated) Bulk Specific Gravity Divide the planned 1806 2360.2.G.7.b Maximum Specific Gravity production by 500. Round 1807 2360.2.G.7.c Air Voids(calculated) up to the next whole 1808 2360.2.G.7.d Asphalt Content number 1853 2360.2.G.7.a Elk River Landfill, Inc.-R16.115896 PLANT-MIXED BITUMINOUS SURFACING March 2019 PAGE 02740-3 V050208©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved Add AC/Total AC Ratio (calculated) 1853 2360.2.G.7.a Adj.AFT(Calculated) 1854 2360.2.E.7.e Gradation 1 gradation per 500 tons or portion thereof(at least 1203 2360.2.G.7.f one per day) Coarse Aggregate 1 test per 500 tons or Angularity portion thereof. If CAA>8 percent of requirement, 1 1214 2360.2.G.7.g sample per day but test 1 per week. Fine Aggregate Angularity 1 test per 500 tons or (FAA) portion thereof. If FAA>5 percent of requirement, 1 1213 2360.2.G.7.h sample per day but test 1 per week. Fines to Effective Asphalt Divide the planned 2360.2.G.7.f Ratio(calculated) production by 500. Round 1203& 1853 & up to the next whole 2360.2.G.7.a number TSR As directed by the 1213 2360.G.7.i Engineer Aggregate Specific Gravity As directed by the 1204, 1205, and 181 2360.G.7.j Engineer Mixture Moisture Content Daily unless otherwise 1805 2360.G.7.k required by the Engineer Asphalt Binder As directed by the MnDOT Bituminous Engineer] Manual 2360.G.7.1 5-693.920 2. For projects with more than 2000 tons of a particular mix type,testing shall be performed at the rates specified in Tables 2360-10 and 2360-11 of the referenced specification. 3. Contractor shall send a copy of the testing results to the Engineer. 4. Should any of the specified tests fail,the Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately and shall arrange and pay for additional test as may be necessary to satisfy the Engineer that the requirements have been met. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc.-R16.115896 PLANT-MIXED BITUMINOUS SURFACING March 2019 PAGE 02740-4 V050208©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02741-BITUMINOUS PATCH PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to the construction of plant-mixed bituminous surfacing as indicated on the plans or as specified herein. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: B. Payment for bituminous patch shall be at the unit price bid per square yard (SY)of bituminous patch. The amount bid shall include all material and work required to construct the bituminous patch as specified on the plans, including: 1. Common excavation 2. Subgrade Preparation 3. Aggregate Base Course 4. Bituminous Base Course, if specified 5. Bituminous Tack Coat 6. Bituminous Wearing Course 7. Constructing clean vertical edges on adjacent asphalt surfaces. 8. Multiple lifts for patches more than 3" in thickness. C. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated bituminous patch. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. No exception to the referenced specifications is made. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCE A. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. B. Common Excavation 1. Mn DOT 2105 shall apply to the common excavation,except as modified herein. C. Subgrade Preparation 1. MnDOT 2112 shall apply to the subgrade preparation,except as modified herein. D. Aggregate Base Course 1. Mn DOT 2211 shall apply to the construction of aggregate base,except as modified herein. E. Bituminous Tack Coat 1. MnDOT 2357 shall apply to the construction of bituminous tack coat,except as modified herein. F. Bituminous Paving Materials 1. Mn DOT 2360, Bituminous Quality Assurance, shall apply to the construction of plant-mixed bituminous surfacing,except as modified herein. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 BITUMINOUS PATCH March 2019 PAGE 02741-1 V122617©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved (a) MnDOT 02360.6134: The maximum payment factor for density is 100 percent. (b) MnDOT 02360.7C(Pavement Smoothness Specification—IRI (International Roughness Index) is hereby DELETED. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Subgrade Preparation 1. No exception to the referenced specification is made. B. Aggregate Base Course 1. The material to be used shall conform to the requirements for Aggregate Base,Class 5. C. Bituminous Tack Coat 1. The bituminous material for tack coat shall be CSS-1H. D. Bituminous Paving Materials 1. Bituminous material and aggregates shall conform to the typical sections shown in the plans. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. The subgrade,aggregate and bituminous base courses of patches whose smallest dimension is less than the width of the compaction equipment shall be hand tamped. B. The subgrade shall be compacted using Quality Compaction Method. C. When the Contractor believes subgrade preparation is complete, he shall notify the Engineer for a final examination. If the Engineer requests it,the subgrade shall be test rolled with a fully loaded tandem truck to verify subgrade stability. D. Aggregate base construction shall take place only after the street subgrade condition and grade has been examined by the Engineer. E. Cut the adjacent asphalt surface prior to the Construction of the bituminous surface course to obtain a clean,vertical,solid edge. F. Compaction of the aggregate base courses shall be by the Quality Compaction Method. G. The bituminous tack coat shall be applied at the rate of 0.08 gallons per square yard. H. The contact surfaces of all fixed structures,the edge of the in-place mixture in all courses at transverse joints,and the wearing course at longitudinal joints shall be given a uniform coating of Liquid Asphalt or Emulsified Asphalt before placing the adjoining mixture. The bituminous material shall be applied by methods that will ensure uniform coating and in no case shall the application be excessive. I. The bituminous surfacing shall be constructed with maximum deviation of plus or minus%-inch from the planned compacted thickness. J. Patches thicker than 3"shall be placed in two lifts. K. Compaction of all bituminous mixtures shall be by the Ordinary Compaction Method. A nuclear density meter and operator shall be provided by the Contractor, if requested by the Engineer. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 BITUMINOUS PATCH March 2019 PAGE 02741-2 V122617©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved A. The bituminous mix shall be designed using Contractor Trial Mix Designs. A current MnDOT mix design may be accepted provided it represents the aggregate source and bituminous plant being used for the project, and is approved by the Engineer. No bituminous mixture shall be placed without an approved mix design. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 BITUMINOUS PATCH March 2019 PAGE 02741-2 V122617©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02749-PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performance of all work and services necessary or incidental to the application of pavement markings as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Pavement markings of the specified width will be measured separately by LINEAL FOOT of each type constructed complete in place as specified. Broken line will be measured by the actual length of line marked and will not include the gap between the broken lines. 2. Pavement messages will be measured separately by the number of EACH type constructed. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated pavement markings items.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. All costs of preparing the surface, including sandblasting and removing of existing(old) pavement markings on existing pavement areas where a new marking layout is to occur. 2. Controlling and protecting traffic. 3. Maintaining the work,together with any other expenses incurred in completing the work that are not specifically included for payment under other Contract Items. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. MnDOT 2581 shall apply to temporary, removable pavement markings,except as modified herein. B. Mn DOT 2582,3354,3590,3591 and 3592 shall apply to permanent and painted pavement markings,except as modified herein. C. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Permanent Pavement Markings for application on the final bituminous wearing course shall be: 1. High Solids Water Based Traffic Paints, in accordance with the referenced specification. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Application equipment for latex and epoxy resin systems shall consist of a machine of the spray type capable of applying the material under pressure at a controlled temperature through nozzles equipped with remotely controlled cutoff mechanisms and suitable line guides that will produce clean cut lines and prevent excessive material drift. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 PAVEMENT MARKINGS March 2019 PAGE 02749-1 V011918©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved A. At the time of applying the marking material,the application area shall be free of contamination. The contractor shall clean the surface prior to the line application in a manner and to the extent required by the Engineer. B. The Contractor shall sandblast or otherwise remove existing(old) pavement markings on existing pavement areas where a new marking layout is to occur. C. Pavement markings shall not be applied when the wind or other conditions cause a film of dust to be deposited on the pavement surface after cleaning and before the marking material can be applied. D. The filling of tanks, pouring of materials or cleaning of equipment shall not be performed on unprotected pavement surfaces unless adequate provisions are made to prevent spillage of the material. E. No striping operations will be permitted between sundown and sunrise without written permission from the Engineer. F. All material shall be placed in a workmanlike manner,which shall result in a clearly defined line. G. All pavement striping shall be 4.0-inches wide, unless noted otherwise on the plans. H. Application for the marking material shall be such as to provide uniform film thickness throughout the coverage area. Stripe ends shall be clean cut and square,with a minimum of material beyond the cutoff. I. All pavement markings not conforming to the requirements of the Contract shall be removed and replaced or otherwise repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Removal of unacceptable work shall be accomplished with suitable blasting or grinding equipment unless other means are approved by the Engineer. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 PAVEMENT MARKINGS March 2019 PAGE 02749-2 V011918©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02751-CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to the construction of Portland cement concrete as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated concrete paving items.Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Furnishing and installing material,as specified,to seal the joints. 2. Unless otherwise shown on the typical section,subcutting the excavation 3-inches below the bottom of the pavement,furnishing, placing and compacting 3.0-inches of aggregate base,Class 5, backfilling with topsoil and related work. 3. Cold weather concrete protection methods and materials required. 4. Provide adequate barricades and personnel to protect fresh concrete from pedestrian traffic and graffiti. 5. Provide temporary walk ways spanning fresh concrete where required to maintain access into building entrances. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn DOT 2301 shall apply to the construction of concrete pavement,except as modified herein. B. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. C. MnDOT Standard Plan Sheets. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The mix proportions shall be determined by an independent certified testing laboratory secured by the Contractor. A current mix design may be submitted and accepted, provided the aggregate source is the same as that being used for this project. Two copies of the certified mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to the construction of the project. B. Test reports and certification by an approved testing laboratory hired by the Contractor that the following meet all of the requirements of these Specifications. 1. Mn DOT 3126, Fine Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete. 2. Mn DOT 3137,Coarse Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete. 3. ASTM C-1260, Fine aggregate and cementitious material. C. In the event ready-mix concrete is used,the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with numbered delivery tickets showing the date,time, place of delivery, number of cubic yards,the weight of cement,fine aggregate and coarse aggregates,and amount of mixing water in each load. At the end of each paving day, the Contractor shall obtain from the supplier a summary showing the average component amounts that day. PART 2-- PRODUCTS Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 CONCRETE PAVEMENT March 2019 PAGE 02751-1 V011918©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 2.1 MATERIAL A. The coarse aggregate shall contain a minimum of 50 percent of Class A material as specified in MnDOT 3137. B. The following provisions of MnDOT 2301 are waived:ASa,ASc,A5d and A7. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. The use of dimensional lumber as forms is permitted if the dimension of the lumber is within%-inch of the specified dimension of the finished concrete. B. A bull float with 8-foot minimum width shall be used for finishing the concrete. Transverse control contraction joints shall be sawed at 60.0 to 75.0-foot intervals within 24 hours of placing the concrete. Transverse contraction joints shall be sawed at approximately 15-foot intervals. C. Additional reinforcing bars shall be placed in the concrete pavement around manhole castings as shown in the plan detail. D. Longitudinal,contraction and expansion joints shall be constructed as specified in MnDOT 2301.. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner may conduct various material tests throughout the construction to determine conformance with these specifications, including but not limited to: 1. Air and slump cone tests. 2. Beam and cylinder testing. B. The Contractor's shall cooperate with the individuals conducting the testing operations. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 CONCRETE PAVEMENT March 2019 PAGE 02751-2 V011918©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02779-PREFABRICATED PARKING STOPS PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor and materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work necessary or incidental to furnish and install concrete parking stops as indicated in the drawings or specified herein. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Prefabricated Parking Stops (a) Payment for parking stops shall be at the unit price bid for EACH. The costs shall include all costs for furnishing and installing the parking stop as well as all appurtenances as required. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items, but are not limited to: 1. Bolts for anchoring. 2. Anchoring bolts into the in-place pavement. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCE A. ASTM D746 Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Recycled Plastic 1. Minimum 100 percent recycled content by weight. 2. Color shall be yellow. 3. Stops shall be provided in 6.0-foot lengths,a minimum of 4.0-inches high and 6.0-inches wide, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 4. ASTM D746 Low temperature brittleness of-40 Degrees Fahrenheit. 5. The sides shall be tapered. 6. Integrated UV protectant coloration full extent 7. Predrilled holes with matching stainless steel anchors as recommended by the manufacturer shall be provided. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Concrete parking stops shall be anchored to the full depth of underlying pavement unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, per manufacturer's recommendation. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 PREFABRICATED PARKING SPOTS March 2019 PAGE 02779-1 V111110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02820-CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to the construction of chain link fence and gate as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. The fence shall be paid at the unit price bid per linear foot,furnished and installed complete including wire fabric, posts, bracing,fittings and any other materials or appurtenances required to complete the installation in accordance with the Plans and the requirements of this Specification. 2. Gates of each width and type will be paid at the unit price bid per each gate furnished and installed complete including wire fabric, posts, bracing,fittings and any other materials or appurtenances required to complete the installation in accordance with the Plans and the requirements of this Specification. 3. Bollards shall be measured per each and paid at the unit price bid and shall include all labor and materials for a complete installation as shown on the plan detail. B. The furnishing and installing specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated fencing items. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. No exception to the referenced specification is made. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. MnDOT 2557 shall apply to fencing except as modified herein. B. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Detailed drawings and specifications of fence and roller gate. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. CHAIN LINK FABRIC 1. Wire for chain link fabric shall be helically wound and woven to a height shown on the plans. Chain link fabric shall meet the requirements of ASTM A392 for the following: (a) Commercial/Industrial: (1) 2.0-inch mesh (2) 9 gauge wire (3) Class 2 zinc coating(2.0 oz/sq.ft min.) 2. All selvages shall be knuckled unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans. B. POSTS FOR FENCING AND GATES: Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES March 2019 PAGE 02820-1 V111110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 1. Posts shall be Group IC round steel pipe(Schedule 40)as specified in ASTM F1043. Pipe shall have Type A coating inside and out(1.8 oz./sq.ft. minimum average zinc coating in accordance with ASTM Specification F1083). 2. Corner posts shall be 4-inch O.D. and line posts 2 7/8 inches O.D. C. TOP AND BOTTOM RAILS AND BRACING 1. Top and bottom rail shall be ASTM F1083,Type 1, (Schedule 40) round steel pipe. Pipe shall be hot- dipped galvanized inside and out with a minimum average zinc coating of 1.8 oz/sq.ft.surface area. 2. Rail dimensions shall be as follows, unless otherwise shown on the plans: (a) Outside diameter: 15/8 inches (b) Wall thickness:0.140-inch (c) Weight: 2.27 pounds/foot 3. Top rails shall pass through the bases of extension arms,which shall be provided on the top of each post,and shall form a continuous brace from end to end of each stretch of fence. 4. Top rails shall be provided with expansion rail couplings and shall be securely fastened to gate and terminal posts by means of suitable hot-dip galvanized connections. 5. End,gate and corner posts shall be suitably braced by means of 1-5/8-inch O.D.steel pipe weighing not less than 2.27 pounds per linear foot,set in horizontal position,with adjustable truss braces between terminal and first intermediate posts,complete with all fittings hot-dip galvanized. 6. Terminal posts shall be laterally braced. D. GATES 1. The gate shall be a manually operated rolling cantilever gate,designed and manufactured by the fence manufacturer/installer. 2. The gate shall be easily operated by one person with no binding or dragging in any direction. 3. The gates shall be filled with chain link fabric to match the line fence fabric. Fabric shall be built into each gate frame by means of stretcher bars and adjustable bolt hooks. 4. The gate shall be equipped with a locking mechanism and furnished with a heavy duty Schlage,Yale, Masterlock or equal padlock with not less than two keys. 5. Each suspension roller shall be capable of vertical threaded rod adjustment for fine-tuning. E. ACCESSORIES 1. Chain link fence accessories shall conform to ASTM F 626. Provide items required to complete fence system. Galvanize each ferrous metal item and finish to match framing. 2. Post caps: (a) Formed steel or cast malleable iron weather tight closure cap for tubular posts. Provide one cap for each post. (b) Where top rail is used, provide tops to permit passage of top rail. 3. Top rail and rail ends shall be pressed steel per ASTM F626,for connection of rail and brace to terminal posts. 4. Top rail sleeves shall be 7.0-inch expansion sleeve with a minimum 0.137-inch wire diameter and 1.80-inch length spring,allowing for expansion and contraction of top rail. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES March 2019 PAGE 02820-2 V111110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 5. Wire ties shall be 9 gauge,0.148-inch galvanized steel wire for attachment of fabric to line posts. Double wrap 13 gauge for rails and braces. Hog ring ties of 12-1/2 gauge for attachment. 6. Brace and tension (stretcher bar) bands shall be pressed steel, minimum 300 degrees profile curvature for secure fence post attachment. 7. Tension (stretcher) bars shall be one piece lengths equal to 2 inches less than full height of fabric with a minimum cross-section of 3/16-inch x%-inch. Provide tension (stretcher) bars where chain link fabric meets terminal posts. 8. Tension wire: Galvanized coated steel wire,6 gauge wire with tensile strength of 75,000 psi.Zinc coating shall match that specified for the chain link fabric.Zinc coating shall match that specified for the chain link fabric. 9. Truss rods&tightener shall be steel rods with minimum diameter of 5/16-inch capable of withstanding a tension of minimum 2,000 lbs. 10. Nuts and bolts shall be galvanized. F. CONCRETE 1. Concrete for post foundations shall be MnDOT Mix Designation 3632 or approved equal. Two copies of the certified mix design shall be submitted to the engineer for review prior to the construction of the project. The mix proportions shall be determined by an independent certified testing laboratory secured by the Contractor. A current MnDOT Design Mix may be accepted provided the aggregate sources are the same as that being used for this project. G. BOLLARD 1. Bollards shall be 8-inch nominal diameter Schedule 40 steel pipe and filled with concrete and set in a concrete foundation. 2. The bollard shall be painted yellow. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All earth, brush or other obstructions that interfere with the proper alignment of construction of fences shall be removed and disposed of. B. Corner, brace and gate posts shall be set vertically plumb in circular concrete foundations as indicated on the shop drawings. Corner posts shall be installed where the fence deflects 30 degrees or more. Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour. The top of the foundation shall extend above the ground surface and shall be crowned not less than one inch to provide adequate drainage away from the post. Trowel finish around post. C. All line posts shall be installed vertically plumb and spaced uniformly and intervals not exceeding 10.0-feet. Intermediate line posts shall be air driven to a depth of four feet unless otherwise indicated on the plans. D. The fence shall be so erected that the bottom of the fencing will follow the contour of the grade surface with 1.0-inch maximum clearance. The gate shall align with the top of the fence and shall have a 3.0-inch maximum clearance at the bottom. E. Bracing shall be provided at all end,gate and corner posts,the latter in both directions. Horizontal brace rails shall be set midway between top rail and ground running from the corner,end or gate post to first line post. Diagonal tension members shall connect tautly between posts below horizontal braces. F. The chain-link fabric shall be fastened on the side of the posts as shown or as designated by the Engineer. The fabric shall be stretched and securely fastened to the posts,and, between the posts,the top and bottom edges of the fabric shall be fastened to the top rail and tension wire, respectively. The tension Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES March 2019 PAGE 02820-3 V111110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved wires shall be stretched tight with turnbuckles at the end and corner posts. The bottom tension wire shall be installed on a straight grade between posts. G. The fabric shall be fastened to the end,corner and gateposts with stretcher bars and stretcher bar bands spaced approximately 14.0-inches on line posts and at approximately 18.0-inches on tension wires. H. Any galvanized coating damaged during construction of the fencing shall be repaired by application of molten Galvo-Weld,Galvinox or equal. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES March 2019 PAGE 02820-4 V111110©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02920-TURF RESTORATION PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to turf restoration as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. B. A variety of different seeding mixtures may be utilized on this project. The Contractor shall refer to the plan for the locations of the different turf establishment areas. C. Temporary seeding may be necessary during construction in erosion sensitive areas. The Contractor shall do temporary seeding work as specified herein or as directed by the Engineer. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. All measurements for payments for turf establishment items shall be based on the Unit Price bid per item. B. The furnishing and installing specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid in the absence of a specific bid item for the work. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated seeding and sodding items. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Application of starter fertilizer on all areas to be sodded shall be included in the price bid for sodding. 2. Subgrade preparation and topsoil placement as required on all areas shown on the plans. 3. Maintenance of newly sodded and seeded areas,as specified, include in the unit price for the associated items. 4. Stapling of sod on sloped areas, include in the unit price bid for sodding. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn DOT 2574—Soil Preparation B. Mn DOT 2575- Establishing Turf and Controlling Erosion C. Mn DOT 3876—Seed D. Mn DOT 3877-Topsoil E. Mn DOT 3878-Sod F. MnDOT 3881- Fertilizer G. MnDOT 3882-Mulch Material H. MnDOT 3884- Hydraulic Erosion Control Products I. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Seeding 1. The seed mixture to be used shall be 25-121, applied at a rate of 100 lbs/acre. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TURF RESTORATION March 2019 PAGE 02920-1 V122917©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 2. All seed shall be supplied as pure-live seed (PLS). 3. All seed and seed mixes shall conform to State seed requirements for noxious weed content. 4. All seed and seed mixes shall conform to State labeling requirements. For all species in the mix,the label and or invoice shall include the county of origin,and if from Canada,the province. B. Imported Topsoil 1. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, imported topsoil borrow for general use as a turf growing medium shall comply with Mn DOT 3877.2.A. C. Fertilizer 1. Fertilizer shall be Type 3. 2. Fertilizer shall be applied at a rate of 350 pounds per acre. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL 1. The subgrade shall be shaped to the approximate contour of the finished surface. All construction debris shall be removed from the area prior to the placement of the topsoil. The subgrade shall be loosened with a disc or harrow to a depth of 4.0-inches prior to application of the topsoil. 2. The topsoil shall be shaped to the approximate contour of the finished surface,with a minimum depth of 4.0-inches, unless otherwise shown on the plan. All construction debris, rocks and trash shall be removed from the area prior to seeding or sodding. The topsoil shall be loosened with a disc or harrow to its full depth prior to seeding or sodding. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing water and maintenance for a period of 30 calendar days,or until final acceptance by the Owner,to firmly establish the seed or sod. The term maintenance shall include mowing,weed control and watering,as necessary. Failure to perform this work within 24-hours of notification of non-compliance may result in the Owner or Engineer arranging for completion of the work by others. A contract deduction shall be made equal to the total of all costs to perform such work so arranged, including but not limited to, labor, materials,equipment and administrative costs. 4. Where dormant seeding or sodding is authorized,the maintenance period shall be extended to include the first 30 calendar days after the beginning of the growing season.The beginning of growing season shall be defined as bud burst. B. SEEDING REQUIREMENTS 1. Areas prepared for seeding shall be free of rocks,debris and clumps of soil.The areas shall be graded uniformly and vegetated areas shall be raked free of chunks exceeding%-inch diameter. 2. Seed shall be applied with a drill seeder, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. 3. The Contractor shall furnish weight tickets documenting pounds of hydraulic soil stabilizer placed, pounds of fertilizer placed and pounds of seed placed. The seed tickets shall show individual plant species along with the percent purity and percent germination. The fertilizer tickets shall show mix proportions. The Contractor shall also furnish its QA/QC data to the Engineer. 4. Dormant seeding and snow seeding may be utilized in accordance with the referenced specification and technical memorandum, provided the final acceptance standards are met. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TURF RESTORATION March 2019 PAGE 02920-2 V122917©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 5. Final acceptance of seeding shall be based on an established growth of 6.0-inches with a uniform density to cover 70 percent of the designated area,free of weeds and bare spots. Any re-seeding necessary shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 TURF RESTORATION March 2019 PAGE 02920-2 V122917©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 02951—GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials,tools,supervision,transportation, and equipment necessary for installation of the geosynthetic clay liner(GCL),as specified herein,as shown on the Drawings. B. The GCL is being utilized to wrap wet well and flow through structures as secondary containment. C. Sufficient GCL shall be provided to cover all areas indicated on the drawings, including overlaps,and repairs. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Latest version of American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM),American Petroleum Institute(API),and other standards: 1. API-13A,Section 4, "Fluid Loss of Bentonite Clays." 2. ASTM D 5084, "Permeability(Hydraulic Conductivity)of Undisturbed or Remolded Samples of Soil." 3. USP-NF-XVII, "Swell Index Test." 4. ASTM E 946, "Plate Water Absorption." 5. ASTM D 4354, "Sampling of Geosynthetics for Testing." 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Contractor shall be experienced in the installation of GCL's. In the event the Contractor is not experienced, a Representative of the GCL Manufacturer shall be on site at no additional cost to Owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to shipment of the GCL,the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a notarized certificate signed by an authorized representative of the Manufacturer stating that the product supplied has been tested for the properties specified in Part 2 of this Section.The certificate shall include: 1. Roll numbers and identification. 2. Sampling procedures. 3. Results of quality control tests, including a description of test methods. B. Uncertified material shall be removed and replaced with new material by the Contractor,at no cost to Owner. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. A pre-installation meeting shall be held to coordinate the installation of the GCL with the installation of other components of the system. 1.6 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Furnishing and installing of GCL and all related costs shall be incidental to the payment for the associated structures it is utilized on. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER March 2019 PAGE 02951-1 V122917©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 PROPERTIES A. The manufacturer shall supply GCL's having properties that comply with the properties below.The prequalified products shall have the following properties: 1. The hydraulic conductivity of the GCL shall be no greater than 5 x 10-9 cm/sec,when measured in a flexible wall permeameter, under an effective confining stress of 5 psi. 2. The mat shall have a minimum width of 12 feet. 3. The bentonite used to fabricate the mat shall be tested for the following properties: (a) Filtrate loss,as measured by API-13A,Section 4. (b) Free swell. (c) Plate water absorption. 4. The Manufacturer shall certify the rate at which bentonite has been applied to the geotextile or geomembrane. 2.2 PACKING AND LABELING A. GCL's shall be supplied in rolls wrapped in relatively impermeable and opaque protective covers and marked or tagged with the following information: 1. Manufacturer's name. 2. Product identification. 3. Lot or batch number. 4. Roll number. 5. Roll dimensions. 2.3 MANUFACTURING QUALITY CONTROL A. The GCL shall be subject to quality control and conformance testing to ensure that the materials provided meet the minimum performance requirements. In most cases,sampling can be carried out on sacrificial portions of the material. Consequently, repair of sampled locations should not be required. 1. Quality Control Tests (a) The manufacturer shall verify that the surrounding geotextile or attached geomembrane meets the corresponding manufacturer's specification for that product. (b) If a needle-punched non-woven GCL is used,the manufacturer shall verify that the geotextile has been inspected continuously for the presence of broken needles using an in-line metal detector.The Manufacturer shall employ a method acceptable to the Technical Representative for removal of broken needles. (c) The Manufacturer shall verify the proper mass per unit area of bentonite has been added to the product. (d) All materials shall be tested in accordance with the Manufacturer's quality control program.This testing shall be performed by the Manufacturer. Samples not satisfying the Manufacturer's specifications shall result in the rejection of the applicable rolls. At the Manufacturer's discretion and expense,additional testing of individual rolls may be performed to more closely identify the non- complying rolls and/or to qualify individual rolls. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER March 2019 PAGE 02951-2 V122917©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved (e) The Manufacturer shall certify the quality of the rolls.The quality control certificate shall include: (1) Roll numbers and identification. (2) Sampling procedures. (3) Results of all quality control tests, including a description of test methods used. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 FAMILIARIZATION A. Prior to implementing any of the work described in this Section,the Contractor shall become thoroughly familiar with all portions of the work falling within this Section. 3.2 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Handling,storage,and care of the GCL, prior to and following installation, is the responsibility of the Contractor, until final acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. The GCL shall be protected from moisture,excessive heat or cold, puncture,or other damaging or deleterious conditions.The GCL shall be stored off the ground,out of direct sunlight,and protected from precipitation. Any additional storage procedures required by the manufacturer shall be the Contractor's responsibility. 3.3 HANDLING AND PLACEMENT A. The Contractor shall handle all GCL's in such a manner as to ensure they are not damaged in any way. B. The GCL shall be placed in advance of setting the structure. The structure shall be placed so as to avoid tearing of the GCL. The GCL shall be wrapped tightly around the structure at the earliest opportunity and secured until the structure is backfilled. Multiple panels shall be overlapped a minimum of one foot. C. In the presence of wind,all GCL's shall be sufficiently weighted with sandbags or the equivalent.Such sandbags shall be installed during placement and shall remain until replaced with cover material. D. GCL's shall be cut using an utility blade in a manner recommended by the Manufacturer.Care should be taken to prevent damage to any underlying liner system components during cutting. E. During placement,care shall be taken not to entrap stones,or moisture under the GCL.Care shall be taken not to walk on or drag equipment across the exposed GLC. F. Any GCL damaged by stones or other foreign objects,or installation activities shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner. G. The GCL shall not be installed on a saturated subgrade or on standing water.The GCL shall be installed in a way that prevents hydration of the mat prior to completion of construction of the liner system. H. The GCL shall not be installed during precipitation, high winds or other conditions that may cause hydration of or damage to the GCL. I. The GCL shall be installed as indicated by the Manufacturer, Engineer or Technical Representative. J. All hydrated GCL shall be removed and replaced with new material by the Contractor,at no additional cost to Owner. 3.4 MATERIALS IN CONTACT WITH THE GCL A. The Contractor shall place backfill against the GCL in such a manner as to ensure that the GCL is not damaged. Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER March 2019 PAGE 02951-3 V122917©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved 3.5 REPAIR A. Any holes or tears in the GCL shall be repaired by placing a GCL patch over the hole;the patch shall overlap the edges of the hole or tear by at least 1 foot(0.3 m) in all directions.The patch may be secured with a water- based adhesive approved by the Manufacturer. B. Care shall be taken to remove any soil or other material which may have penetrated the torn GCL. C. All repairs shall be made at no additional cost to Owner. D. Patches shall not be nailed or stapled. **** END OF SECTION **** Elk River Landfill, Inc. -R16.115896 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER March 2019 PAGE 02951-4 V122917©Bolton&Menk,Inc.2018,All Rights Reserved SECTION 03400—PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS AND STRUCTURES PART 1--GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor,materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to fabricating the precast lift stations wet well and valve vault structures as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 11309 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE 1.3 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. The furnishing and installing of precast wet well and valve vault structures shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the bid price for the lift station,as indicated. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM International 1. ASTM A615-Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A1064-Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed,for Concrete. 3. ASTM C150-Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 4. ASTM C443-Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes,Using Rubber Gaskets. 5. ASTM C478-Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. 6. ASTM C857-Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 7. ASTM C877-Standard Specification for External Sealing Bands for Concrete Pipe,Manholes, and Precast Box Sections. 8. ASTM C890-Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures. 9. ASTM C891 -Standard Practice for Installation of Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 10. ASTM C913-Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures. 11. ASTM C923-Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures,Pipes,and Laterals. 12. ASTM C990-Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe,Manholes,and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. 13. ASTM C1433-Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Monolithic Box Sections for Culverts,Storm Drains,and Sewers. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—R16.115896 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS AND STRUCTURES March 2019 PAGE 03400-1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information for component construction,dimensions,gaskets and all products submitted under this section. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate structure location,size,elevation and location and size of all penetrations. 2. Indicate design,construction,reinforcement and installation details. 3. Shop drawings shall be submitted a minimum of 30 days prior to their fabrication C. Concrete mix design for structure. D. Manufacturer's Certificate:Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perforin Work according to NPCA Quality Control Manual for Precast and Prestressed Concrete Plants. B. Material and Fabrication: 1. Single Cell Box Structures:Comply with ASTM C1433 2. Circular Structures:Comply with ASTM C478 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver products to site until concrete has achieved the full design strength. B. Store materials to prevent damage to Owner's or public property. C. Replace or repair all damage to structures caused by delivery,storage or handling to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1.8 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Field verify measurements prior to production of shop drawings and fabrication.Indicate field measurements on the shop drawings. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement:ASTM C150,Type I or II. B. Air Entrainment:Comply with ASTM C260. C. Fly Ash: Comply with ASTM C618,Class C or F. D. Aggregate: Comply with ASTM C33,Class 4S. E. Concrete Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcement Bars:Comply with ASTM A615,Grade 60. 2. Welded Steel Wire Fabric:Comply with ASTM A1064,Grade 65. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—R16.115896 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS AND STRUCTURES March 2019 PAGE 03400-2 2.2 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Compressive Strength: 5,000 psi at 28 days. B. Water-Cement Ratio:0.40 C. Air Content: 6.5%+11.5% 2.3 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE STRUCTURES A. Materials 1. Reinforced Precast Concrete:Comply with ASTM C478 2. Gaskets:Comply with ASTM C923 3. Preformed Joint Sealant:Comply with ASTM C990 (a) Acceptable Manufacturers (1) ConSeal CS-102 (2) Press-Seal Pro-Stik (3) Approved equal B. Barrel Joints:Comply with ASTM C443. C. Size 1. As shown on the Drawings D. Construction 1. Base slab shall be integrally cast with the bottom barrel section to provide a watertight connection. 2. Top slab shall be constructed with hatches,vents and other appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and included in Section 11309 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE. 3. Base and Top Slab Reinforcement:as shown on the Drawings 4. Joints between barrel riser sections and top slab shall be sealed with a continuous strip of preformed joint sealant. 2.4 PRECAST CONCRETE BOX STRUCTURES A. Materials 1. Reinforced Precast Concrete:Comply with ASTM C1433 B. Horizontal Joint Sealants: 1. External Joint Wrap:Comply with ASTM C877 (a) Width: 12 inches minimum (b) Acceptable Manufacturers (1) ConSeal CS-212 (2) Approved equal 2. Joint Drypack Grout: (a) Fast setting hydraulic cement repair material (b) Acceptable Manufacturers Elk River Landfill,Inc.—R16.115896 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS AND STRUCTURES March 2019 PAGE 03400-3 (1) Xypex Patch'n Plug (2) Approved equal 3. Preformed Joint Sealant:Comply with ASTM C990 (a) Acceptable Manufacturers (1) ConSeal CS-102 (2) Press-Seal Pro-Stik (3) Approved equal C. Size 1. As shown on the Drawings D. Construction 1. Top slab shall be constructed with hatches,vents and other appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and included in Section 11309 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE. 2. Reinforcement:as shown on the Drawings. 3. Joints between box section and top slab shall be sealed with a continuous strip of preformed joint sealant. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Install structures in accordance with Section 11309 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE. B. Construct and seal precast box section joints as shown on the Drawings. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill,Inc.—R16.115896 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS AND STRUCTURES March 2019 PAGE 03400-4 SECTION 11309-LIFT STATION STRUCTURE PART 1--GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor,materials,tools,equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to lift station construction as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. B. The minimum lift station structure has been sized to accommodate the volume of storage required and the space required for the make and model pump specified,including all appurtenances necessary for a complete operational system. Should a Bidder wish to substitute another make and model pump as an equal,any change necessary in the design of the pump station to accommodate the substitution must be included in the original bid price for lift station and no additional compensation shall be granted. 1.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Wet Well/Valve Vault (a) Measurement and payment for all materials,equipment,supplies and labor required to construct a fully operational lift station,complete,shall be at the lump sum bid price of lift station. The amount bid includes all labor and material required to complete the structure and operating equipment,as specified including all pumps,piping,electrical equipment and wiring to the utility power source and standby generator(if provided)complete in place. 2. Rock Excavation (a) Since the extent of rock excavation work that will be required is unknown,the Owner reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantities by any amount with no adjustment in unit price. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the price bid for the lift station,as indicated. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Interference of other underground structures and utilities,include in the price bid for lift station. (a) The removal and restoration,or protection of existing utilities which are shown on the plans and for which there is no bid item for removing and restoring,or working around the utility. 2. Lift Station Site Preparation (a) The unit price bid shall include all labor and materials to prepare the lift station site,including but not limited to topsoil stripping,driveway and embankment construction,grading and compaction. 3. Unless separately itemized in the Schedule of Unit Prices,any dewatering necessary for lift station construction,include in the price bid for lift station. 4. Foundation materials placed in lieu of performing necessary dewatering,include in the price bid for lift station. 5. Locating and connecting to an existing sanitary sewer,include in the price bid for lift station. 6. Maintenance of service,include in the price bid for lift station. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI6.115896 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE March 2019 PAGE 11309-1 7. Establishing the foundation for the structure or placing rock to stabilize the subgrade,include in the price bid for lift station. 8. The replacement of all material displaced due to shrinkage or loss during the excavation and backfilling operations,include in the price bid for lift station. 9. Delays due to other utility conflicts which result during construction include in the price bid for lift station. 10. Protecting existing improvements from damage,include in the price bid for lift station. 11. Protecting the inverts of other utility pipes from the accumulation of debris and soil,the removal of blockages which threatens to damage property,and/or the cleaning of both the newly constructed lines and the existing lines of all debris and soil which accumulated during the construction,include in the price bid for lift station. 12. As specified elsewhere in these Specifications,all equipment,labor,materials,supplies,fees and permits to construct a full and operable system,include in the price bid for lift station. 1.3 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Unless noted otherwise,the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings of the wet well and valve vault construction shall be submitted prior to their fabrication.The submittal shall indicate the pipe penetration locations in the wet well and the valve vault and the access hatch location on the top slab. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe 1. Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D-3034 for the Standard Dimension Ratio(SDR)of 21. 2. The pipe grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soil and corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-543. B. Ductile Iron Pipe(DIP) 1. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.51 (AWWA C151)standard specification for centrifugally cast ductile iron pipe for water or other liquids. 2. Ductile iron pipe in exterior locations shall be provided with flanged,or mechanical joint type ends as shown on the plans and all interior ductile iron piping shall be ANSI/AWWA thickness Class 53(minimum). 3. Ductile iron flanges shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C115 standard 125#template and shall be rated for 250 psi. Mechanical joints and push-on joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Cl l l standard for rubber gasket joints for ductile iron and gray iron pressure pipe and fittings. 4. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,ANSI/AWWA short-body ductile iron fittings shall be furnished. Short body fittings shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C110. Flanged long radius elbows, reducing on-the-run tees,side outlet fittings eccentric reducers and laterals shall conform to ANSI B 16.1 standard specification for flanged fittings and flanges. All fittings shall be ductile iron. Compact fittings conforming to ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 may be supplied for mechanical and push-on joints. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI6.115896 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE March 2019 PAGE 11309-2 5. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be furnished with standard bituminous interior coating. Pipe used for interior and exposed location shall not have a bituminous exterior coating but shall be furnished with a shop primed coating of Tnemec Primer,or equal,to facilitate painting as specified. 2.2 BOLTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS A. Pump anchor bolts shall 18-8 stainless steel.All nuts and bolts on the piping inside the wet well shall be 304 stainless steel.All bolts and nuts in the valve vault shall be ASTM 307 Zinc plated hex bolts. All below grade fittings,and valves shall be secured with Cor-Blue T-Bolts as manufactured by NSS Industries or equal. 2.3 GATE VALVES A. All valves furnished and installed on the force main shall be AWWA C-509-80,non-rising stem,iron body,resilient-sealed gate valves,with two-inch square opening nut rated for a 200-psi working pressure. These valves shall be Kennedy Ken-Seal or approved equal. All valves shall open`left' unless noted otherwise. 2.4 PLUG VALVES A. Plug valves shall be of the non-lubricated,eccentric type with resilient faced plugs,and flanged joint ends as shown on the plans. Port areas shall be at least 80%of full pipe area. Valve bodies shall be pressure rated not less than 125 psi. Bodies shall be semi-steel with raised seats. Seats shall have a welded in overly of not less than 90%pure nickel on all surfaces contacting the plug face. Valves shall have stainless steel permanently lubricated upper and lower plug stem sleeves and bronze bushings. All valves shall be of the bolted bonnet design. Operating shaft seal on all valves shall be multiple ring "U"cup type or adjustable packing type. Shaft seals on valves shall be repairable without removing valve bonnet. All exposed nuts,bolts,springs and washers on all valves shall be zinc plated. Flanged valves shall be furnished with ANSI/AWWA standard 125#flanges. B. Plug valves shall be equipped with a heavy 2"square operating nut for wrench operation,unless indicated otherwise on the plans or specifications. A total of 2 wrenches shall be provided for operating the operating unit. C. Manufacturers or Equal: 1. Dezurik Corporation 2. Clow 2.5 SWING CHECK TYPE A. Check valves shall be of either the standard or increasing swing check type as noted on the plans. Check valves shall be provided with an extended hinge pin and outside weight and lever allowing field adjustment. B. Valve bodies shall be cast iron or ductile iron of minimum 200 psi working pressure rating(Valves 14" and larger shall have 150 psi rating)and shall be provided with ANSI standard 125#flanges. Valve disc shall be ductile or cast iron. Renewable disc seat shall be Buna-N Rubber or Acrylonitrile- Butadiene. Body seat ring shall be 304 stainless steel. C. Each check valve shall be provided with a stainless-steel hinge pin extending through bronze bushings. Valves shall have outside packed glands made of graphite and Kevlar. D. Each valve shall be provided with a cushion chamber. The cushion chamber shall be of bronze construction and the shock absorption shall be by air. The cushion chamber shall be so arranged that the closing speed is adjustable to meet the service requirements. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI6.115896 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE March 2019 PAGE 11309-3 E. Manufacturers or Equal: 1. Golden Anderson Fig.No.250-D 2. APCO/DeZurik 250 3. Milliken/Pratt/CCNE 8501 4. Valmatic 7800 2.6 AIR AND VACUUM RELEASE VALVES A. The Combination Air Valve shall be designed to exhaust large amounts of air during filling,to release small amounts of accumulated air during operation and to admit large amounts of air upon impending vacuum during draining. B. The valve shall be float operated and both the Air&Vacuum and Air Release functions shall be housed in a single body. Body and cover shall be housed in a single body. Body and cover shall be of stainless-steel,conforming to ASTM A351,grade CFBM. All leverage mechanism parts and the float shall be stainless steel,no plastic or bronze parts shall be permitted. The large and small orifice seats shall be Buna-N and shall be renewable. C. The Combination Air Valve shall be supplied with"Flushing Attachments"to allow periodic flushing of sediment,grease and solids. Attachments consist of an inlet isolating valve,stainless-steel blow-off and flushing valves. D. Manufacturers or Equal 1. Valmatic Series 801 AS 2. APCO 3. Golden Anderson 2.7 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS(FCA) A. Flanged coupling adapters shall be provided where indicated. CONTRACTOR may install additional FCA at no additional cost as he desires for ease of piping installation. FCA and piping shall be secured against movement with fixed supports or tie rods. FCA shall be Dresser Style 127,Rockwell/Smith- Blair Type 912 with anchor studs for 12 inches and under;Type 913 for 14 inches and over. Coupling Adapters shall be of cast iron construction with shop coating. 2.8 WET WELL/VALVE VAULT A. Precast Concrete Structure 1. See Section 03400 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS AND STRUCTURES for fabrication requirements. 2. The interior of the wetwell shall be painted as specified below. 2.9 ACCESS HATCHES A. Pump manufacturer to verify hatch size and location in top slab for clearance of pumps positioned as shown on the Drawings. Minimum clearance of 3-inches required.Access hatches in the wet well and valve vault shall be provided with safety gratings. B. Door leaves a minimum 1/4-inch aluminum,diamond pattern,to withstand a live load of 300 pounds per square foot. C. Channel frame of minimum 3-inch welded aluminum with anchor flange around the perimeter.The channel frame shall be embedded in the concrete with a minimum 6-inch cover.The overall dimension Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI6.115896 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE March 2019 PAGE 11309-4 of the access hatch frame shall not exceed 3 3/4 inches beyond the clear opening on all four sides. Access hatches using angle frames will not be accepted. D. Each door leaf equipped with heavy duty recessed hinges,totally enclosed spring or torsion bar operators as necessary for easy operation,drop handle,and automatic hold open arm with release handle. Locate hold open arm release handle such that it can be easily operated without endangering personnel. E. Maximum hatch opening force is not to exceed 15 pounds when applied perpendicularly to the hatch edge through any part of the hatch-operating arc. F. Each door leaf secured with snap lock with removable handle and padlock hasp welded to each leaf and frame. G. Aluminum surfaces mill finished. Apply bituminous paint to the exterior of the frame in contact with concrete. H. Mechanical Fasteners and Hardware: Series 304 stainless steel. L Approved Manufacturers:Halliday,Bilco,or equal. 2.10 SAFETY GRATING A. The protective safety grating panel shall be supplied as part of each hatch and shall be 1-1/2 in."I"bar aluminum grating with Safety Orange powder-coated finish. Grating shall be hinged,and shall be supplied with a positive latch to maintain unit in an upright position. Grating shall have a 6-in. viewing area on each lateral unhinged side for visual observation and limited maintenance.Grating support ledges on 300 lbs.psf loaded access covers only shall incorporate nut rail with a minimum of four(4)stainless steel spring nuts.A padlock hasp for owner-supplied padlock shall be provided. B. Approved Manufacturers:Halliday,Bilco,or equal. 2.11 CASTINGS A. The type of casting assembly to be used shall be Neenah R-1642 with Type C Lid with gasketed cover, concealed pick hole and no lug,unless otherwise specified on the plan. 2.12 CHIMNEY SEAL A. Chimney seals accepted for use,when specified as shown in the plans,shall be one of the following listed as standard of quality: 1. Infra-shield(exterior only) 2. Cretex(exterior or interior) 2.13 SAND BACKFILL AND ENGINEERED FILL A. Water from areas to receive sand backfill shall be removed before commencing work,and areas shall be kept free of water during filling and compaction.All topsoil and organic materials in any area to receive Engineered Fill shall be removed to a minimum depth of 12 inches. B. Where concrete floor slabs are to be supported on Engineered Fill,the entire surface of the fill area shall be smoothed,leveled,and compacted using heavy vibratory equipment until there is no loss of elevation. The sand fill material shall be placed in 6"deep lifts and compacted to at least 100%of the maximum density given by ASTM D698(Standard Proctor Density).The fill shall extend beyond the edges of the footings one foot for each one foot of fill placed below the footings. The compacted lift shall be relatively smooth and level. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI6.115896 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE March 2019 PAGE 11309-5 C. Frozen material or material containing ice or snow shall not be used for fill. Sand fill shall not be placed on soil that is frozen or covered with ice or snow. Necessary precautions shall be taken during freezing weather to prevent freezing of the sand fill during placing and compaction D. All debris shall be removed from the excavated areas before backfilling. E. Excavations shall be promptly backfilled as work permits. F. The excavated area outside of the lift station structure and valve manhole shall be filled with sand fill. Unless otherwise noted,the fill area shall be defined by a line 30°vertical plane,starting at a point at the base of the foundation. Sand fill shall be placed in 6-inch deep lifts,and each lift shall be compacted by approved methods to not less than 95%of the maximum density given by ASTM D698 (Standard Proctor Density).Compacted lifts shall be relatively smooth and level. G. The sand fill to be used for backfill shall be a SW clean well graded sand(Unified Soil Classification System),free of organic impurities. The well graded sand shall have less than 40%passing the No.40 sieve and less than 10%passing the#200 sieve with the maximum aggregate size of 1 1/2". H. The Contractor shall furnish tests for all fill material prior to use from an independent testing laboratory. The testing laboratory reports shall be reviewed and approved before the material is placed. The tests are to include optimum density ASTM D698-70 and gradation. 2.14 PAINTING A. This section shall include the furnishing of all labor and materials for the painting and finishing of pumping station as well as described hereinafter. B. All paints and materials furnished shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer. The standard products of manufacturers other than that specified hereinafter as a descriptive standard will be accepted if they are equal in composition,durability,utility and in all other respects are equal for the purpose intended to those specified. C. All paint shall be delivered to the site of the work in unbroken containers. Each container shall show the name of the manufacturer,date of manufacture,the designated name of the paint or formula,the color,and any special instructions for mixing or application. All mixing and tinting will be done on the premises,and no material shall be reduced or changed,except as specified by the manufacturer. All paints shall be stored in a manner to prevent contamination of painting materials after containers are opened. D. The wet well structure shall be coated as follows: 1. The shall use one of the following two coating systems for wet well structure: (a) Tnemec System: Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP13/NACE 6,ICRI CSP 5 Resurfacer: Series 218 MortarClad,DFT: 1/16-inch Primer: Series 120-5002 Vinester. DFT: 12.0—18.0 mils Finish: Series 120-5001 Vinester.DFT: 12.0—18.0 mils Total DFT:24.0-36.0 mils dft. (b) Sherwin Williams System: Surface Prep: SSPC SP IN NACE 6;ICRI CSP 3-5. Filler/Resurfacer:Poly-Glass Putty as needed. Primer: 1 coat Magnalux 304 FF Vinyl Ester at 14.0-16.0 mils dft. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI6.115896 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE March 2019 PAGE 11309-6 Finish: 1 coat Magnalux 304 FF Vinyl Ester with Wax Solution at 14.0-16.0 mils dit. Total DFT:28.0-32.0 mils dft. E. Exposed pipe,vent pipes,valves,and fittings in the wet well and valve manhole shall be coated as follows: 1. Sandblast and/or pressure wash as required by coating manufacturer. 2. The piping,valves and fittings shall be coated as follows: (a) Shall be supplied with a factory applied prime wet. Primer coat to be touched up as needed prior to final painting.Primer shall be compatible for over coating with any field applied coating. (b) Apply two(2)coats of Tnemec N140F(low VOC)Pota-Pox Plus or Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646 FCE. Total coating thickness shall not be less than 12-14 mils. 3. If optional,finished coating color(s)shall be chosen by the owner/engineer. 2.15 SIGNAGE A. Provide a caution sign at the top of the entrance to wetwell. B. Sign shall be red and black on white background and shall have a minimum size of 10"x 14"and shall read: 1. "Danger" 2. "Confined Space" 3. "Enter BY Permit Only" C. Letter shall be a minimum one inch. D. Caution sign shall be Lab Safety reference#179829,or equal. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary Service 1. If needed,the Contractor shall furnish,install and maintain equipment to bypass and control the storm and/or sanitary sewer flow around the construction zone. Failure to operate and maintain the bypass equipment could result in direct damage claims as well as consequential damage claims to the Contractor. B. Internal and External Pipe Restraint 1. Piping shall be secured against movement with fixed supports or approved joint restraints. 2. If the structures are located on disturbed soils or where differential subsidence is a potential, provision to allow for differential settlement shall be made at the time of construction. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the methods to be employed before construction. C. Connection to Sanitary Sewer 1. When connection to a sanitary sewer is made at the lift station,the Contractor shall expose and verify the elevation of any existing sewers prior to laying any sanitary sewer to,or from,the connection point.If the elevation of the existing sewer does not match the elevation shown on the plans,the Contractor shall notify the Engineer,at which time the Engineer may adjust the proposed grades. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI6.115896 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE March 2019 PAGE 11309-7 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Interference of Underground Structures 1. If an existing utility is shown on the plans and there is no bid item for removing and restoring,or working around the utility,the Contractor is required to remove and restore,or protect the utility. B. Excavation Limits and Requirements 1. The Contractor shall dewater the excavations as necessary to construct the station. Excavation may require shoring and sheeting to maintain stable slopes or facilitate dewatering. 2. The Contractor shall excavate to the limits required by safety and to adequately install the lift station structures. Oversize excavation one foot horizontally beyond the footing slab for each foot vertically that the excavation is below the footing. The area shall be protected from surface runoff. Pumps and related appurtenances shall be readily available to remove excess water. 3. Existing inverts shall be protected during construction. If debris enters the sewer,it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean the sewer. C. Preparation and Maintenance of Foundation. 1. The Contractor shall undercut the foundation one foot,smooth and compact the existing subgrade. Any areas below the base of the structure shall be backfilled with 3/4-inch crushed rock. 2. If the subgrade material becomes soft or unstable during the Contractor's operations,undesirable material shall be excavated,refilled with 3/4-inch crushed rock. 3.3 BACKFILL A. Placement of backfill adjacent to the structure shall be delayed until any field constructed concrete has attained its design compressive strength. Any backfill placement prior to attaining this strength shall be considered the responsibility of the Contractor,who shall be liable for any resultant damage to the structure. B. Water from areas to receive granular backfill shall be removed before commencing work,and areas shall be kept free of water during filling and compaction. C. Where concrete floor slabs,or structures are to be supported on Engineered Fill or granular fill,the entire surface of the fill area shall be smoothed,leveled,and compacted using heavy vibratory equipment until there is no loss of elevation. The sand fill material shall be placed in 6"deep lifts and compacted to at least 100%of the maximum density given by ASTM D698(Standard Proctor Density). The fill shall extend beyond the edges of the structure one foot for each one-foot of fill placed below the structure. The compacted lift shall be relatively smooth and level. D. Frozen material or material containing ice or snow shall not be used for fill. Sand fill shall not be placed on soil that is frozen or covered with ice or snow. Necessary precautions shall be taken during freezing weather to prevent freezing of the sand fill during placing and compaction. E. All debris shall be removed from the excavated areas before backfilling. F. Excavations shall be promptly backfilled as work permits. G. The excavated area outside of the lift station structure and the valve vault shall be filled with granular fill.Unless otherwise noted,the fill area shall be defined by a line 300 from the vertical plane,starting at a point at the base of the foundation. Granular fill shall be placed in 6-inch deep lifts,and each lift shall be compacted by approved methods to not less than 100 percent of Standard Proctor Density beneath structures;98%of Standard Proctor Density beneath roadways,walks or paved areas;and 95 percent of Standard Proctor Density around the sides of structures. Compacted lifts shall be relatively smooth and level. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI6.115896 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE March 2019 PAGE 11309-8 H. The granular fill to be used for backfill shall be an SW clean well graded sand(Unified Soil Classification System),free of organic impurities. The well graded sand shall have less than 40% passing the No.40 sieve and less than 10%passing the#200 sieve with the maximum aggregate size of 1-1/2". L The Contractor shall furnish gradation tests at their expense for all fill material prior to use from an independent testing laboratory.The testing laboratory reports shall be reviewed and approved before the material is placed. Should the material being placed be different than previously tested,the Contractor shall furnish additional gradation tests. J. Sand backfill around lift station structure shall be capped with a one-foot minimum layer of clay and sloped away from the structure to provide good drainage. K. If the Contractor is in doubt as to the bearing capacity of the soil at the bottom of the lift station structure or other work,he shall notify the Engineer before proceeding with his work. By failing to do this,he shall be responsible for any damage to the structure due to settlement. 3.4 PLUMBNESS AND ALIGNMENT OF WET WELL A. Wet well shall be plumb with a deviation not exceeding 0.5%from vertical.Alignment shall be measured and recorded before backfilling is completed. 3.5 PUMP STATION COMPONENTS A. General:Install pump station components in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. B. Pump guide rails shall be aligned perfectly vertical. C. Discharge Base Elbow: 1. Shall be attached to flat steel fabricated base plate which rests squarely on wet-well floor. 2. Flat base plate shall assure pump has smooth surface on which to rest when lowered into position. 3. Pump discharge flange shall align with base elbow of base plate assembly. 4. Discharge piping shall be installed perfectly plumb. D. Electrical Cords:Cords shall be continuous with no splices made in wiring and are to run from pump and level controls to control panel. E. Float Cords:Attach weight to cord above float to hold switch in place in sump and efficiently prevent sharp bends in cord when float operates. F. Electrical and Telephone Service Entrance: 1. CONTRACTOR is responsible for costs of getting electric service and telephone service to the pump station site. 2. Contractor is responsible for installation of necessary conduit for and coordination of electrical service from the utility pole to the service entrance equipment in the control panel and telephone service installation with the respective utility companies. 3. Electrical work shall be completed in accordance with NEC and any applicable local ordinances. 4. Grounding of electrical and telephone service for lift station shall be in accordance with Article 250 of NEC. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill,Inc.—R16.115896 LIFT STATION STRUCTURE March 2019 PAGE 11309-9 SECTION 11310-CENTRIFUGAL WASTEWATER PUMPS PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor,materials,equipment and appurtenances required to install, complete and make ready for operation and field test one(1)horizontal closed coupled,non-clog centrifugal wastewater pumps including drive systems as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 11000-Equipment General Provisions B. Section 15130-Gauges C. Section 16150-Electric Motor D. Section 16950-Instrumentation and Control 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted for review by the ENGINEER. Shop drawings shall include at least the following: 1. Pump name,identification number and specification number. 2. Performance curve and pump data(see Paragraph 1.4 for details). 3. The manufacturer shall indicate points on the H/Q curves and the limits recommended for stable operation between which the pumps may be operated without surge,cavitation and vibration. The stable operating range shall be as wide as possible based on actual hydraulic and mechanical tests. 4. Pump detailed description and specification. 5. Electrical data including control and wiring diagrams. 6. Assembly and installation drawings including coupling,anchor bolt plan,parts nomenclature, material list,outline dimensions and shipping weights. B. O&M Instructions: The CONTRACTOR shall provide four(4)copies of operation and maintenance manuals for each size pump. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for the equipment furnished and shall include all required catalog cut sheets,drawings,instructions and other materials required to instruct operating and maintenance personnel in the proper use,adjustment, operation and repair of equipment furnished. C. Field Procedures: Instructions for field procedures for installation,adjustments,inspection and testing shall be provided prior to installation of the pumps. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCES A. All pumps furnished under this section shall be the product of a single manufacturer. B. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for the satisfactory installation and operation of the entire pumping system including pumps,motors,variable speed drives,and accessories. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI 6.115896 CENTRIFUGAL WASTEWATER PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11310-1 C. Performance Curves: All centrifugal pumps shall have a continuously rising curve. In no case shall the required horsepower at any point on the performance curve exceed the rated horsepower of the motor. D. Equipment Testing: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the coordination of the following tests on each pump,drive and motor: 1. General. Tests shall be performed in accordance with the Test Code for Centrifugal Pumps of the Standards of the Hydraulic Institute,Inc. Tests shall be performed on the actual assembled unit from shut-off head condition to 25 percent(25%)above the required design capacity. Prototype model tests will not be acceptable. Pumps and motors shall be factory tested,as defined herein. 2. Factory Tests of Pumps. All pumps and motors shall be factory-tested in accordance with the above specifications. Seven sets of certified test data shall be submitted to the ENGINEER. This data shall include,but not be limited to: (a) Hydrostatic test with data recorded. (b) Hydraulic test with a minimum of five(5)readings between shutoff head and 25 percent (25%)above design capacity,recorded on data sheets as defined by the Hydraulic Institute, signed,dated and certified. (c) Certified pump curves showing head/flow,brake horsepower,efficiency,NPSH curves. (d) Certification that the pump horsepower demand will not exceed the motor beyond the 1.0 service rating at any point on the curve. 3. Factory Tests of Motors. All motors shall be assembled,tested and certified at the factory and the working clearances checked to insure that all parts are properly fitted. The tests shall be routine tests and shall include: (a) Measurement of winding resistance; (b) No-load readings of current and speed at normal voltage and frequency; (c) Measurement of open-circuit voltage ratio on wound-rotor motors; (d) High-potential test. (e) All computations shall be recorded,and seven(7)certified and dated copies of the test results shall be furnished to the ENGINEER. 4. Acceptance. In the event of failure of any pump to meet any of the above requirements or efficiencies,the CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary modifications,repairs or replacements to conform to the requirements of the Specifications,and the pump shall be re-tested at no additional compensation until found satisfactory. E. Field Tests: All pumping units shall be field tested after installation in accordance with the Contract Documents to demonstrate satisfactory operation without causing excessive noise,vibration,cavitation and overheating of the bearings. The field testing shall be performed in the presence of an experienced field representative of the manufacturer of each major item of equipment who shall supervise the following tasks and shall certify in writing that the equipment and controls have been properly installed,aligned,lubricated,adjusted and readied for operation: 1. Start-up,check and operate the equipment over the entire speed range. The vibration shall be within the amplitude limits recommended in the Hydraulic Institute Standards,and it shall be recorded at a minimum of four(4)pumping conditions defined by the ENGINEER. 2. Pump performance shall be documented by obtaining concurrent readings,showing motor voltage, amperage,pump suction head and pump discharge head for at least four(4)pumping conditions at each pump rpm. Each power lead to the motor shall be checked for proper current balance. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI 6.115896 CENTRIFUGAL WASTEWATER PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11310-2 3. Bearing temperatures shall be determined by a contact-type thermometer. A running time of at least 20 minutes shall be maintained for this test,unless liquid volume available is insufficient for a complete test. 4. Electrical and instrumentation testing shall conform to applicable sections of these Specifications. 5. The field testing shall be witnessed by the OWNER or its representative. In the event that any of the pumping equipment fails to meet the above test requirements,it shall be modified and retested in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall then certify in writing that the equipment has been satisfactorily tested and that all final adjustments thereto have been made. Certification shall include date of final acceptance test as well as a listing of all persons present during tests and resulting test data. The costs of all work performed in this Paragraph by factory-trained representatives shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. When available,the OWNER's operating personnel will provide assistance in the field testing. 1.5 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE A. Installation and Start-up Assistance: Service and instruction assistance by the manufacturer's engineering representative shall be provided during the following periods: 1. One(1)day during installation. 2. One(1)day during start-up. B. Instruction of OWNER's Personnel: The CONTRACTOR shall provide for the services of a factory service representative to instruct the OWNER's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment. This service shall consist of a one-day visit to the plant and may be combined with start-up. 1.6 CLEANUP SERVICES A. After completion of installation and testing,the CONTRACTOR shall remove all debris from the site, clean all the pumping equipment and controls,and hand over his work in perfect operating condition. 1.7 GUARANTEES,WARRANTIES A. After completion,the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the OWNER the manufacturer's written guarantees that the pumping equipment will operate with the published efficiencies,heads and flow ranges,and meet these Specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall also furnish the manufacturer's warranties as published in its literature. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The pumping equipment shall be vertical dry-pit non-clog,solids handling wastewater pumps. B. Pumps shall have rotation as shown in the Drawings.The rotation shall be verified by the CONTRACTOR during the Shop Drawing review. 2.2 MANUFACTURER OR EQUAL A. Fairbanks Morse B. Aurora C. Electric motor shall be as specified in Section 16150. D. Variable frequency drives shall be as specified in Section 16900. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI 6.115896 CENTRIFUGAL WASTEWATER PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11310-3 2.3 PUMP OPERATION AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Pump ID Tank#4 Pump B. Number Required 1 C. Max.Rated Pump Speed(rpm) 1760 D. Operating Capacity Flow TDH Min. (GPM) (ft.) Eff(%) Design Pt. 180 78 45% E. NPSH Available at Suction(ft.) 14.29 F. Minimum Motor HP 10 G. Suction Size(in.) 3 H. Discharge Size(in.) 3 L Type of Driver VFD J. Maximum Solid Size(in.) 2 K. Liquid Pumped Landfill Leachate 2.4 PUMP CONSTRUCTION A. Materials of Construction: The materials of construction shall be as indicated in the following table: Component Material Impeller Stainless steel Pump Shaft Stainless steel, 100,000 psi tensile strength Shaft Sleeve Stainless steel,300-350 Brinell Volute Stainless steel Base Stainless steel Suction Elbow Stainless steel Anchor Bolts Stainless steel B. Impeller: Impellers shall be non-clogging type capable of passing the size solid as indicated in the table of Design Conditions. The impeller shall be statically balanced and secured to the shaft by means of a bolt,washer,and key. Wiper vanes on the back impeller shroud are not allowed. Stainless steel impeller wear rings shall be provided. C. Volute/Casing: Volute shall be of one piece circular design. The volute shall be side flanged tangential discharge and capable of rotation in 45°increments to accommodate piping orientation. Orientation of pump discharge shall be indicated by Engineer on shop drawing submittals. Volute priming,drain,and 1/2"gauge connections with gauge cocks shall be provided. The casing shall be designed to permit the removal of the rotating assembly without disturbing the suction or discharge piping. D. Shaft Seal: Stuffing box shall be designed for use with conventional packing or mechanical seal without requiring re-machining. Shaft seal shall be a double inside type mechanical seal with solid steel gland,John Crane Type 8D with stainless steel metal parts and ceramic seat. Stuffing box shall have 1/4"connections for injection of seal water and vent. A 3/4"stuffing box drain shall be provided. All leakage shall be collected and piped directly to drain. Solenoid valve for seal water shall be furnished with each pump. Valve shall be 120V, I(p,energize to open. E. Piping Connection: Suction and discharge piping connections shall be of the size listed in Paragraph 2.3 and shall be 125 pound ANSI flanged bolt pattern. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI 6.115896 CENTRIFUGAL WASTEWATER PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11310-4 F. Base and Suction Elbow: Pump support base shall be heavy duty construction with openings large enough to permit access to suction elbow and cleanout. A cast iron suction elbow with 1/2"gauge connection,gauge cock,and contoured handhole cleanout shall be provided. G. Pump Shaft Deflection: Maximum shaft deflection shall not exceed 0.002 inch at face of stuffing box at the maximum design operating condition. H. Bearing Design: Pump bearings shall be grease lubricated and shall be rated for a minimum of 100,000 hours B-10 life at the best efficiency point. Grease zerks with extension tubes if required for easy access shall be provided at each bearing housing. 2.5 MOTOR A. Motor: ODP heavy duty,vertical,premium efficiency electric motors suitable for 480-volt,3-phase, 60-Hz power supply in accordance with Section 16150"Motors". B. Motors operated using Variable Frequency Drives shall meet the following requirements: 1. Specifically designed for use with a solid-state inverter variable frequency drive(VFD). 2. Minimum service factor of 1.00 when operating from a VFD. 3. 1600V insulation system designed for inverter duty. 4. Shaft grounding ring on the drive end of the motor. 5. Insulated or insulated/ceramic bearing on the non-drive end of the motor for motors 100 hp and larger. 6. Thermal switch embedded in the motor windings to open on motor over temperature condition. Normally-closed contacts rated 5 amps at 120 volts. 2.6 PUMP PROTECTION DEVICES A. High discharge pressure switch shall be provided to detect closed check valve and shall be used for shutdown and alarm. B. Thermal overload for the motor protection. 2.7 SPARE PARTS A. Spare parts shall be furnished as specified in Section 11000,Paragraph 1.4 D. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Pumping equipment shall be installed in accordance with the approved procedures submitted with shop drawings and as shown on the Drawings,unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER. B. Alignment: Equipment shall be field tested to verify proper alignment,operation as specified and freedom from binding,scraping,vibration,shaft runout or other defect. Equipment shall be secured in position and neat in appearance. C. Lubricants: The installation work shall include furnishing the necessary oil and grease for initial operation. Provide sufficient lubricants for one-year operation of each pump at 4-hours operation per day. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI 6.115896 CENTRIFUGAL WASTEWATER PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11310-5 3.2 PAINTING A. All equipment and motors shall be shop primed with 3 mils Tnemec 66-1211 High Build Epoxyline Primer or similar primer compatible with Tnemec 66-Hi Build Epoxyline finish coating system. B. All exposed materials,except corrosion-resistant metals which have not been shop painted,shall be field painted as specified in Section 09900"Painting." ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI 6.115896 CENTRIFUGAL WASTEWATER PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11310-6 SECTION 11311 -SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS PART 1-- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall furnish and install two submersible centrifugal pumps with enclosed,electric motors,and all appurtenant work,complete and operable,in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Pump manufacturers shall provide one(1)day service by a qualified service engineer to inspect the completed installation for lubrication,alignment,full operations,etc.The service engineer shall also instruct the appropriate personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment. C. All manufactured materials hereinafter specified,shown on the drawings,and/or approved through the shop drawing review process shall be installed or applied in accordance with the directions of the manufacturer unless specifically designated otherwise in the specifications or on the drawings. D. The pump supplier shall be responsible for furnishing the control panel specified elsewhere. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. The furnishing,testing,and installing of all items and/or the performance of all work included in this section shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for lift station complete. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 11309 Lift Station Structure B. Section 16950 Instrumentation and Controls 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: six(6)sets of all pumps shall be submitted for review by the Engineer. Shop drawings shall contain the following information: 1. Pump name,identification number and specification number. 2. Performance curve and pump data.Pumps exceeding the specified horsepower at any point on the performance curve will not be acceptable. 3. The manufacturer shall indicate points on the H/Q curves,and the limits recommended for stable operation between which the pumps may be operated without surge,cavitation and vibration. The stable operating range shall be as wide as possible based on actual hydraulic and mechanical tests. 4. Pump detailed description and specification. 5. Electrical data including control and wiring diagrams. 6. Assembly and installation drawings including shaft size,coupling,anchor bolt plan,part nomenclature,material list,outline dimensions and shipping weights. 7. Where pumps are installed in precast manholes,the pump supplier shall submit lift station layout drawings showing the spacing of the pumps relative the centerline of the manhole structure and the location of the access hatch on the top slab. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI 6.115896 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11311-1 B. Test Data: six(6)sets shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to shipment.Protolype model tests will not be acceptable. C. Field Procedures: Instructions for field procedures for installation,adjustments,inspection and testing shall be provided prior to installation of the pumps. 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The term"shop drawing"as used herein shall be understood to include detailed design calculations, fabrication and installation drawings,erection drawings,lists,graphs,operating instructions,catalog sheets,data sheets and similar items. Unless otherwise required,said drawings shall be submitted at a time sufficiently early to allow review of same by the ENGINEER,and to accommodate the rate of construction progress required under the contract. The ENGINEER shall return prints of each shop drawing with his comments within 30 calendar days after receipt of shop drawings from the CONTRACTOR. B. The CONTRACTOR shall review all the submittals before forwarding them to the ENGINEER for review.The submittals shall be on conformance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and any minor variations shall be noted in the transmittal form.It is considered reasonable that the CONTRACTOR shall make a complete and acceptable submittal by the second submission of drawings. The OWNER reserves the right to withhold money due the CONTRACTOR to cover additional costs of the ENGINEER's review beyond the second submission. Six copies of shop and settings drawings and schedules are required. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him six corrected copies,and furnish such other copies as required. C. All shop drawings shall be submitted through the General CONTRACTOR and be accompanied by the ENGINEER's standard shop drawing transmittal form. This form may be obtained in quantity from the ENGINEER at reproduction cost. All resubmittals shall include one copy of the previously rejected submittal. D. Revisions indicated on shop drawings shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the requirements of the Contract Drawings and Specifications,and shall not be taken as the basis of claims for extra work. The CONTRACTOR shall have no claim for damages or extension of time due to any delay resulting from the CONTRACTOR's having to make the required revisions to shop drawings.If the review by the ENGINEER is delayed beyond thirty(30)days then the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing that unless the said shop drawing is returned to the contractor within three (3)business days or there may be a delay CONTRACTOR's construction schedule. E. The review of said drawings by the ENGINEER will be limited to checking for general agreement with the specifications and drawings,and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for errors or omissions contained therein,nor shall such review operate to waive or modify any provision contained in the Specifications or Contract Drawings. Fabricating dimensions,quantities of material, applicable code requirements and other contract requirements shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment-All pumps shall be factory tested in accordance with the Test Code for Centrifugal Pumps of the Standards of the Hydraulic Institute,Inc. Tests shall be performed on the actual assembled unit from shut-off head condition to 25 percent above the required design capacity. B. All pumps shall be field-tested after installation to demonstrate satisfactory operation without causing excessive noise,cavitation,vibration and overheating of the bearings. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI 6.115896 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11311-2 C. In the event of failure of any pump to meet any of the above requirements or efficiencies,the Contractor shall make all necessary modifications,repairs,or replacements to conform with these specifications. D. The services of a factory representative to check the pump during and after installation,shall be furnished by the Contractor. E. In no case shall the required horsepower at any point on the performance curve exceed the rated horsepower of the motor. 1.7 WARRANTY A. The pump manufacturer shall warrant the pump being supplied to the Owner against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of five(5)years under normal use,operation and service. The warranty shall be in published form and apply to all similar units. A copy of the warranty shall be placed on file with the Owner and Engineer prior to installation of this equipment. The warranty shall be standard manufacturers. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER/MODEL A. KSB B. Or approved Equal. 2.2 PUMP OPERATION AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Description Specification Pump Tag West Side LS City's LS Rated Pump Speed(rpm) 1780 1768 Capacity at Rated Speed 180 gpm gI3'TDH 180 gpm g 79.53' TDH Minimum Passing Sphere Diameter(Inches) 3" 3" Minimum Acceptable Efficiency at Design Point(%) 38% 44% Discharge Outlet Diameter(Inches) 4" 4" Motor H.P.and FLA Rating 5 HP 6.2 Amp 15 HP 19.9 amp Explosion Proof Motor(Yes/No) Yes Yes Variable Frequency Drive(Yes/No) Yes Yes Liquid Pumped Landfill Leachate Landfill Leachate Type of Impeller Non-Clog Non-Clog Motor Voltage 480 V 480 V 2.3 PUMP CONSTRUCTION A. Pumping units shall be of the centrifugal,non-clog submersible type. The design shall be such that pumping units will be automatically connected to the discharge piping when lowered into place on the discharge connection. The pumps shall be easily removable for inspection or service,requiring no bolts,nuts or other fastenings to be removed for this purpose,and no need for personnel to enter the wet well.Each pump shall be fitted with a stainless-steel chain of adequate strength and length to permit raising the pump for inspection and removal. B. Pump casting,pump discharge elbow,and impeller shall be stainless steel 316. Pump volute shall be non-concentric design. All exposed nuts and bolts shall be of stainless steel 304. All mating surfaces Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI6.115896 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11311-3 where watertight sealing is required shall be machined and fitted with nitrile rubber o-rings. No secondary sealing compounds,rectangular gaskets,elliptical o-rings,grease or other devices shall be used. C. All surfaces coming into contact with sewage,shall be stainless-steel. D. The pump shaft shall be ASTM A276,Type 420 stainless steel or ASTM A576,Grade 1045 carbon steel. The carbon steel pump shaft shall not be exposed to the pumped liquid and shall be protected and completely isolated by an ASTM A276,Type 420 stainless steel. E. Each pump shall be provided with a tandem mechanical rotating shaft seal system. Seals shall run in an oil reservoir. The lower seal unit,between the pump and oil chamber,shall contain one stationary and one positively driven rotation tungsten carbon and ceramic. The upper seal unit,between the oil sump and motor housing,shall contain one positively driven rotating carbon ring. Each interface shall be held in contact by its own spring system. F. The seals shall not require maintenance or adjustment,but shall be easily inspected or replaceable. No seal damage shall result from operating the pumping unit out of its liquid environment. G. The pump shall be equipped with a seal leak detection probe and warning system designed to alert maintenance personnel of lower seal failure. H. There shall be an electric probe installed in the seal chamber between the two tandem seals. The probe shall be designed to sense contaminants within the seal chamber and send a signal to operate a warning device. L The following seal types shall not be considered acceptable or equal to the dual independent seal specified: 1. Rotating shaft seals that are not clipped or set screwed to the shaft. 2. Conventional double mechanical seals containing either a common single or double spring acting between the upper and lower units. 3. Seals that requires a pressure differential to offset external pressure to effect sealing. J. Each pump shall be provided with an oil chamber for the shaft sealing system. The drain and inspection plug,with positive anti-leak seal,shall be easily accessible from the outside. K. The pump shaft shall rotate on two(2)permanently greased lubricated bearings. L. The impeller shall be of gray cast iron,Class 30 or class 40B,double shrouded clog-inhibiting type characterized by a constant area throughlet. The impellers must be hydraulically and dynamically balanced to run"vibration free"both in air and water. The impeller design shall be as indicated in the pump schedule above.The fit between the impeller to the shaft shall be made by a locking assembly which is perfectly sealed from the liquid by a protective rubber cap and a bolt threaded to the shaft terminal. M. A row wear ring system shall be installed to provide sealing between the volute and impeller. The stationary volute and rotating impeller wear ring shall be stainless steel. N. The pump discharge size shall be such that the exit velocity shall not exceed 12 ft/sec at the rated pump capacity.Use of increasing elbow to reduce the velocity will not be acceptable.Pumps manufacturer unable to meet the maximum velocity specified shall use a lower RPM pump to meet the maximum velocity criterion.Using hardened elbows will not be acceptable Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI6.115896 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11311-4 2.4 PUMP MOTOR A. Equipment requiring electric motors shall be equipped with motors conforming to the following,unless specifically noted otherwise. 1. The motor furnished shall have its design voltage inscribed on the nameplate. 2. All motors less than 30 HP shall be designed,constructed and tested in accordance with NEMA Standards MGI-1972 and MG2-1973. B. The pump motor cable shall be S.P.C. suitable for submersible pump applications. The power cable shall be sized according to NEC and ICDA standards and have P-MSHA approval. The pump cable end will be sealed with a protective covering prior to electrical installation. Cable shall be continuous from the motor to the control panel. No splicing will be permitted. C. Design cable entry with a machined precision fit. It shall preclude specific torque requirements to ensure watertight and submersible seal. Do not use epoxies,silicones or other secondary sealing systems. D. The junction chamber containing the terminal board shall be sealed from the motor by o-ring seal. Connection between the cable conductors and stator leads shall be made with threaded compressed type binding post permanently affixed to a terminal board and thus perfectly leak proof. 1. The pump motor shall be squirrel-cage,induction,shell type design,air cooled,NEMA Design B. Motor shall be explosion proof,suitable for use in Class 1,Division 1,Group C&D hazardous locations. The stator winding and stator leads shall be insulated with moisture-resistant Class F insulation which will resist a temperature of 311°F. The motor shall be designed for continuous operation in a totally,partially or non-submerged condition. The pump shall be capable of sustaining a minimum of ten(10)starts per hour. All three-phase motors shall be dual voltage. Thermal sensors shall be used to monitor stator temperatures. The stator shall be equipped with three(3)thermal switches embedded in the end coils of the stator windings(one switch in each stator phase). These shall be used in conjunction with a supplemental to external motor over protection and wired to the control panel.If separate leakage sensors are provided,then contractors shall be responsible for wiring those sensors. 2. Pump Protection Features:Thermal overload in each pump that will de-energize the pump starter and allows for automatic restart when the condition clears.Control panel shall contain relays for monitoring pump seal failure condition.Coordinate equipment and circuitry requirements with the pump supplier.Input alarms to the pump controller. Seal failure alarms shall not shut down the associated pump. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Pump Guide Rails and Discharge Connections 1. The Contractor shall furnish and install a complete set of guide bars designed to permit the raising and lowering of pumps. Guide bars shall be Schedule 40,304 stainless steel pipes. Each pump shall ride on two guide bars.Pumps with only one guide bar will not be accepted.The guide bars shall be of adequate length to extend from the lower guide holders on the pump discharge connections to the upper holders. Intermediate stainless steel supports shall be installed at intervals not to exceed ten(10)feet. Pumps with guide cables will not be acceptable. 2. The Contractor shall furnish and install the required discharge connections in each lift station,each consisting of a discharge elbow connected to a mounting base,which will be permanently installed in the lift station. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection elbow shall be accomplished by a simple linear downward motion of the pump unit. The entire weight of the pump unit shall be guided by no less than two guide bars and pressed tightly against discharge connection elbow with cast-iron-to-cast-iron contact. The guide bars or cables shall not support Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI6.115896 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11311-5 any portion of the weight of the pump. Sealing of a discharge interface by means of a diaphragm, o-ring or other device will not be acceptable. No portion of the pump shall bear directly on the floor of the sump. The pump,with its appurtenances shall be capable of continuous submergence under water without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of 65 feet. 3. The accessories shall include a stainless steel upper guide bar holder,and cable rack,stainless steel hook to attach the pump lifting gear when not in use,and intermediate stainless steel guide bar supports. Lower guide bar holders shall be integral with the discharge connection. B. Access Hatches 1. Pump manufacturer to verify hatch size and location in top slab for clearance of pumps positioned as shown on the Drawings. Minimum clearance of 3-inches required. Pump supplier shall verify the size shown on the Drawings and notify the Engineer any changes if necessary. 2. Door leaves of minimum 1/4-inch aluminum,diamond pattern,to withstand a live load of 300 pounds per square foot. 3. Channel frame of minimum 3-inch welded aluminum with anchor flange around the perimeter.The channel frame shall be embedded in the concrete with a minimum 6 inch cover.The overall dimension of the access hatch frame shall not exceed 3 3/4 inches beyond the clear opening on all four sides.Access hatches using angle frames will not be accepted. 4. Each door leaf equipped with heavy duty recessed hinges,totally enclosed spring or torsion bar operators as necessary for easy operation,drop handle,and automatic hold open arm with release handle. Locate hold open arm release handle such that it can be easily operated without endangering personnel. 5. Maximum hatch opening force is not to exceed 15 pounds when applied perpendicularly to the hatch edge through any part of the hatch-operating arc. 6. Each door leaf secured with snap lock with removable handle and padlock hasp welded to each leaf and frame. 7. Aluminum surfaces mill finished. Apply bituminous paint to the exterior of the frame in contact with concrete. 8. Mechanical Fasteners and Hardware: Series 300 stainless steel. 9. Approved Manufacturers: Halliday,Bilco,or equal. C. Safety Grating 1. The protective grating panel shall be 1-1/2 in."I"bar aluminum grating with Safety Orange powder-coated finish. Grating shall be hinged,and shall be supplied with a positive latch to maintain unit in an upright position. Grating shall have a 6-in.viewing area on each lateral unhinged side for visual observation and limited maintenance.Grating support ledges on 300 lbs. psf loaded access covers only shall incorporate nut rail with a minimum of four(4)stainless steel spring nuts.A padlock hasp for owner-supplied padlock shall be provided. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Pumping equipment,including guide rails or cables and discharge connections,shall be installed in accordance with the plans,or approved procedures submitted with the shop drawings,unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Elk River Landfill,Inc.—RI 6.115896 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11311-6 B. CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate the removal of each submersible pump in the presence of the ENGINEER to ensure proper installation of the pumps,lifting chains,guide rails/cables,electrical wiring,and hatches. 3.2 ALIGNMENT A. Equipment shall be field tested to verify proper alignment,operation as specified,and freedom from binding,scraping,vibration,shaft runout,or other defects. Pump drive shafts shall be measured just prior to assembly to ensure correct alignment without forcing. Equipment shall be secure in position and neat in appearance. 3.3 LUBRICANTS A. The installation work shall include furnishing the necessary oil and grease for initial operation. 3.4 STARTUP REPORT A. A startup report listing the voltage and the current on each motor lead,pumping rate based on the wetwell draw down rate,breaker setting,overload heater size and the rated full load current of each motor shall be submitted. ****END OF SECTION**** Elk River Landfill,Inc.—R16.115896 SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS March 2019 PAGE 11311-7 SECTION 16050-COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART I GENERAL 1.1 SECTION SUMMARY A. Section Includes,but not limited to: 1. General Requirements for Electrical 2. Equipment and Materials 3. General Workmanship and Installation Requirements for Electrical. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 0 and Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section. B. Division 16:Electrical C. Where a Specification Section refers to other Sections under the Article on Related Sections,this is done for Contractor's convenience only.It shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibilities stated in other Sections of the Specifications,even though these Sections are not specifically referenced.The Contractor is responsible for all information contained in this Division's Specifications as well as for information contained in all other Divisions. 1.3 ALTERNATES A. Refer to Bid Form and Instruction to Bidders. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Meet or exceed all current applicable codes,ordinances and regulations for all installations.Promptly notify the Engineer,in writing,if the contract documents appear to conflict with governing codes and regulations.Contractor assumes all responsibility and costs for correcting non-complying work installed without notifying the Engineer. B. Higher quality of workmanship and materials indicated in the Contract Documents takes precedence over that allowed in referenced codes and standards. C. Perform all work in compliance with the currently adopted version of the following codes and standards for this project: 1. Energy Codes and Standards: a. International Energy Conservation Code(IECC) b. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America(IESNA) c. American Society of Heating,Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Engineers(ASHRAE 90.1) 2. International Code Council: a. International Building Code(IBC) b. International Fire Code(IFC) 3. National Fire Protection Association Codes and Standards: a. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code b. NFPA 72-Fire Alarm Code c. NFPA 101 -Life Safety Code 4. National Electrical Safety Code(ANSI C2) 5. City,State and Local Building Codes and Ordinances 6. City,State and Local Fire Codes and Regulations 7. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Regulations(OSHA) 8. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) 9. Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards 10. State Department of Health Codes and Regulations 11. Elevator Code 12. Testing Agencies: RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL March 2019 PAGE 16050- 1 a. Underwriters Laboratory b. Intertek ETL 1.5 REFERENCES A. Use the Standard where referenced in the specifications by the following abbreviations: 1. ANSI American National Standards Institute: a. C2-National Electrical Safety Code. b. C62.41-IEEE-Recommended Practice for Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. 2. ASHRAE American Society of Heating,Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers 3. CBM—Certified Ballast Manufacturer 4. EPA-Environmental Protection Agency 5. ETL—Electrical Testing Laboratory 6. ICEA-Insulated Cable Engineers Association: a. 5-95-658-Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable. b. 5-65-375-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable. 7. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers: a. 112-Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. b. 519-Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control In Electric Power Systems. 8. IES-Illuminating Engineering Society 9. LPI-Lightning Protection Institute: a. LPI175-Lightning Protection System Installation Standard. 10. NBFU-National Board of Fire Underwriters 11. NECA—National Electrical Contractor's Association: a. NECA 1 -Standard Practices for Good Workmanship In Electrical Contracting. 12. NEC-National Electrical Code 13. NECA—National Electrical Contractors Association: a. NECA 101—Standard for Installing Steel Conduit(Rigid,IMC,EMT) b. NECA 102—Standard for Installing Aluminum Rigid Metal Conduit. c. NECA 111—Standard for Installing Nonmetallic Raceways(RNC,ENT,LFNC). 14. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association: a. TC 2-Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Tubing and Conduit. b. MG 1 -Motors and Generators. c. PB 2-Deadfront Distribution Switchboards. d. ICS 2-Industrial Control and Systems:Controllers,Contactors,and Overload Relays,Rated Not More Than 2,000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC. e. 250-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1,000 Volts Maximum). f. WC 5-(See ICEA 5-95-658). g. WC 7-(See ICEA 5-95-658). 15. NESC—National Electric Safety Code 16. NFPA National Fire Protection Association 17. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration: a. 29 CFR 1910-Occupational Safety and Health Standards. 18. UL Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc.: a. UL-6-Rigid Metal Conduit. b. UL-83-Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables. c. UL-96-Lightning Protection Components. d. UL-360-Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. e. UL-467-Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment. f. UL 486D-Insulated Wire Connector Systems for Underground Use or In Damp or Wet Locations. g. UL-508-Industrial Control Equipment. h. UL-651 -Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL March 2019 PAGE 16050-2 i. UL-797-Electrical Metallic Tubing. j. UL-810-Capacitors. k. UL-891 -Dead-Front Switchboards. I. UL-913-Intrinsically Safe Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for Use In Class I,II,and III, Division 1,Hazardous(Classified)Locations. m. UL-935-Fluorescent-Lamp Ballasts. n. UL-1008-Transfer Switch Equipment. o. UL-1012-Power Units Other Than Class 2. p. UL-1029-High-Intensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts. q. UL-1277-Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables With Optional Optical Fiber Members r. UL-1449-Surge Protection Devices s. UL-1479-Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. t. UL-1572-High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures. 1.6 DEFINITIONS A. The terms defined below apply to all work included in Division 26. 1. The work—The term"Work"means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,whether completed or partially completed,and includes all other labor,materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 2. Furnish—to obtain in new condition ready for installation into the work. 3. Install—to store,set in place,connect and place into operation into the work. 4. Provide—to furnish and install. 5. Connect—to bring service to the equipment and make final attachment including necessary switches, outlets,boxes,terminations,etc. 6. Conduit—includes in addition to conduit,all fittings,pull boxes,hangers and other supports and accessories related to such conduit. 7. Concealed—hidden from sight in chases,furred spaces,shafts,hung ceilings,embedded in construction,in crawl spaces or buried. 8. Exposed:not installed underground nor concealed as defined above. 9. Building structure or building structural members-consists of steel columns,steel beams,steel joists (top chord and at panel points),concrete walls and concrete block walls.Metal decking,joist bridging and bottom chords of bar joists shall not be construed as building structure nor as a building structural member for the purpose of support. B. The drawing and specifications constitute the Contract Documents.Any item noted in the specification or shown on the drawings is included in the Contract Documents. C. All electrical details and drawings are diagrammatic,unless specifically noted.Field-verify all dimensions and notify the Engineer of any conflicts of discrepancies,in writing,prior to installation. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Initiate,maintain and supervise all safety precautions required with this work in accordance with the regulations of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA)and other governing agencies. B. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not remove or disturb any asbestos containing materials from the project.Immediately stop work and notify the Owner if asbestos containing materials are suspected. 2. Do not dispose of any PCB containing materials.Disposal of all PCB containing materials will be the responsibility of the Owner. C. Provide new,first quality material for all products specified. Do not reuse materials unless indicated or approved by the Engineer. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL March 2019 PAGE 16050-3 D. Contractor shall have knowledge of latest edition of NFPA 70(NEC)and additional governing codes. In addition to the work shown in the Contract Documents,Contractor shall provide all work to comply with these references. Additional services will not be awarded for Contractor to perform work to satisfy the AHJ inspection comments. All work is to be included in Base Bid. E. Provide equipment specified in this section that has been listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. F. Comply with ANSI as applicable to equipment specified in this section. G. Comply with NEMA as applicable to equipment specified in this section. 1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Site Inspections: 1. Before submitting a proposal on the work contemplated,examine the site of the proposed work and become thoroughly familiar with existing conditions and limitations.No extra compensation will be allowed because of misunderstanding as to the amount of work involved nor bidders lack of knowledge of existing conditions which could have been discovered or reasonably anticipated prior to bidding. 2. Conduits,pipes,ducts,lights,devices,speakers,etc.,shown on the drawings as existing have been based on existing plans and casual site observations,and may not be installed as originally shown.It is the Contractor's responsibility to visit the site and make exact determination of the existence, location and condition of such facilities prior to submitting a bid. B. Correlation of Work: 1. Consult the drawings and specifications of all other Divisions for correlating information and lay out work so that it will coordinate with other trades.Verify dimensions and conditions(i.e.,finished ceiling heights,footing and foundation elevations,beam depths,etc.)with the Architectural and Structural drawings.Notify the Architect/Engineer of any conflicts that cannot be resolved,in the field,by affected trades.Replacement of work due to lack of coordination and failure to verify existing conditions will be completed at no cost to the Owner. 2. Install all conduit,cable tray,busduct,equipment,etc.allowing proper code and maintenance clearances and to avoid blocking passageways and access panels. 3. Where work must be replaced due to the failure of the Contractor to verify the conditions existing on the job,such replacement must be accomplished at no cost to the Owner.This applies to shop fabricated work as well as to work fabricated in place. 4. Throughout the course of the work,minor changes and adjustments to the installation may be requested by the Engineer.The Contractor shall make adjustments without additional cost to the Owner,where such adjustments are necessary to the proper installation and operation within the intent of the Contract Documents.This does not include work already completed. 5. Obtain exact location of connection to equipment,furnished by others,from the person furnishing the equipment. 6. Include the better quality,greater quantity or higher cost for an item or arrangement where a disagreement exists in the drawings and specifications. C. The Contract Documents shall govern in the instances where requirements indicated are greater than those stated in the governing codes and standards. 1.9 FIRESTOPPING A. Provide firestopping around all new penetrations,sleeves and openings through all partitions,walls and floors. B. Provide UL listed components installed by a certified and factory trained personnel. 1.10 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Refer to General Conditions and Requirements. 1.11 EQUIPMENT INSTRUCTIONS AND PARTS LITERATURE RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL March 2019 PAGE 16050-4 A. Instruction and parts literature are generally packed with electrical equipment and devices.Contractor shall remove this literature from the packing container or equipment enclosure,identify the literature with the equipment to which it applies,and file the literature in loose-leaf binders with index tabs.Each binder shall have an index which lists each piece of equipment and the literature which applies to it.An index tab shall be provided for each piece of equipment. B. Contractor shall establish a procedure with the other trades for receiving,identifying,and filing literature for devices which are removed from their packaging and installed by other trades. 1.12 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following items consistent with Division 0 and Division 1.Refer to each Section under Division 16 for additional submittal requirements particular to that Section. B. Prior Approvals: 1. Submit approval form for each request for prior approval. 2. Submit hard copy,bound,written requests to use unspecified items,to the Engineer,no later than ten (10)calendar days prior to the bid opening. Submit detailed information for proposed material or equipment specific to the project,clearly indicating all options included in the submittal. 3. Accepted substitutions will be incorporated in an Addendum to the Contract Documents. 4. Contractor is responsible for dimensional differences,electrical requirements and any other resulting changes,when using accepted substitutions.Contractor is responsible for any additional costs incurred as a result of substitutions,including other contractors and Architect/Engineer fees. 5. Material and equipment not specified or accepted in an Addendum will be removed and replaced at no cost or inconvenience to the Owner. C. Work Scope Change: 1. If a work scope change is requested and Contractor would like to be awarded additional compensation or a deduct from original contract is requested,Contractor shall provide a schedule of values for all associated proposed work. a. Schedule of values shall include all proposed material,labor and other associated costs.Provide a final lump sum number for all work associated with the change and individual pricing for each item on the schedule of values. b. Engineer may request additional breakdown for improved clarity and Contractor must comply prior approval for the additional compensation or credit. 2. Contractor shall provide actual manufacturer and distributer invoices showing cost of work affected by the work scope change upon request of Engineer and/or Owner representative. 3. Contractor is solely responsible for delay's in schedule where Contractor is required to resubmit documentation,revise requested documentation or provide additional information associated to gaining approval for the work scope change. D. Shop Drawings and Manufacturer's Information: 1. Submit in accordance with the Division 0 and Division 1.Unless noted otherwise,submit drawings to the Engineer for review within 30 calendar days after award of Contract. 2. Provide separately-bound documents for each submittal for each section. Combination submittals will be returned to the Contractor without review and count as 1 submittal. Do not combine submittals from multiple sections. 3. Include project name,name of Architect,name of Engineer,contractor,sub-contractor, manufacturer,supplier and sales representative,include name,address,and phone number for the sales representative.Clearly identify section number and description of equipment submitted. Shop drawings not including all of this information will be returned without review,and count as 1 submittal. 4. Examine all shop drawings noting capacity,arrangement and physical dimensions.Clearly mark all relevant items on catalog data and cross-out unrelated information. 5. Submittals for equipment provided by the Electrical Contractor shall bear a stamp or specific written certification from the Electrical Contractor,certifying the submittals have been reviewed and approved by the submitting Electrical Contractor. 6. Provide the following shop drawing and manufacturer information: RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL March 2019 PAGE 16050-5 a. Product Data Sheets : 1) Product and component data sheets which describe all equipment and devices to be provided. 2) Include all features specified. 3) Provide dimensioned prints with weights. 4) Highlight or otherwise accentuate on each data sheet the specified product features and product numbers. 5) Features or part numbers which do not apply shall be struck through,crossed out,blacked out,or otherwise identified as not applicable. b. Composite Drawing: 1) Include power and control wiring for all systems and equipment. 2) Show basic systems on composite drawing. 3) Use terminal numbers on drawings and schematics. 4) Use separate drawings to show details of sub-systems. 5) Identify sub-system drawing interface points on composite drawing and sub-system drawings;terminal numbers of interface points shall be the same on both drawings. 6) Revise or redraw manufacturer's standard drawings to meet above requirements. c. Record all Changes to Existing Systems: 1) Revise all wiring diagrams and schematic diagrams to show final installation: a) Includes all new and existing equipment diagrams. d. Programmable Systems: 1) Description of programmable system operation,including but not limited to input/output functions,control capabilities,configuration procedures,starting setpoints,etc. 2) Preliminary graphic screens and reports. a) This submittal shall occur prior to shipment of the system. e. Manufacturers Installation Instructions: 1) Include with shipment. 7. If the Engineer rejects(Make corrections noted/Submit corrected copy,Rejected/Submit specified item)two(2)times for material under the same section the Engineer will be compensated for the additional reviews.Compensation will be incorporated by Change Order and deducted from the Contractor's application for payment.Contractor is solely responsible for any project delays caused by having to resubmit submittals. E. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Include all the information provided with the approved shop drawings and manufacturer's information. a. Update and complete control system drawings and descriptions for all equipment. b. All documentation shall include modifications made which reflect the final installation. c. Provide all completed testing reports. 2. Date the manuals with the day,month,and year they are provided to the Owner/Engineer. 3. Provide manufacturers'user manuals and installation instructions. 4. Provide 3 hard(paper)copies in a 3-ring binder. Provide a table of contents and each piece of equipment or sub-system shall be tabbed. 5. Provide 2 digital copies in a PDF format saved to a compact disk or USB drive. The saved files shall be clearly identified and organized in a similar manner to the hard copies a. Data saved on the disks shall be accessible and neatly organized. b. Provide a table of contents which utilizes bookmarks and links. The links shall take the reader to a specific page when the reader clicks on the desired title in the table of contents.A link shall be provided for materials associated with each piece of equipment included in the O&M manual. 6. Record all Changes to Existing Systems 7. Insert revised documents into the Owner's existing operation and maintenance manuals in place of original documents,if such O&M's exist. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL March 2019 PAGE 16050-6 F. Record Documents: 1. Provide three sets of hard copy record documents and two digital pdf copy. Record Drawings shall be of the same size as the original published contract drawings. 2. Shall be provided with the O&M's. 3. Record drawings shall include all work scope changes,including addenda. 4. Record drawings shall show locations of all above ceiling control devices,such as relays,contacts, control modules,monitor modules,power packs,fire/smoke detection equipment,etc. 5. Refer to Division 0 and Division 1 for additional Record Drawing requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. All electrical and control equipment and materials shall be provided as specified in the Contract Documents. B. All equipment and materials shall be new and shall bear the Underwriters Laboratories(UL)label if such products are listed by UL. C. Where applicable,equipment and materials shall conform to ANSI,ICEA,IEEE,and NEMA Standards. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING&POWER SYSTEM-REMODELING A. Provide construction power and lighting that adheres to the NEC Article 590—"Temporary Installations" B. Refer to Division 1 for temporary electrical services. C. For remodeling work in the existing building,use existing building distribution systems for construction power. D. Replace all receptacles,switched,coverplates,etc.,damaged by any Contractor during the course of construction. E. Materials furnished for the temporary light and power system remain Contractors property.Remove when there is no longer any need for temporary light and power or when directed by the Architect. F. Electrical energy costs shall be paid by the Owner. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING&POWER SYSTEM—NEW CONSTRUCTION A. Provide construction power and lighting that adheres to the NEC Article 590—"Temporary Installations" B. Furnish,install and maintain a construction lighting and power system,as directed herein for the use of all trades. As soon as a directive to proceed is issued,arrange with the power company suitable temporary power: 1. Provide not less than'/2 watt per square foot for temporary lighting with a minimum of one light per room or space.Provide 200 watt,inside frosted,incandescent lamps for each outlet. 2. Provide 20 amp, 120 volt,single phase duplex,grounding type,receptacles and 50 amp,240 volt, single phase receptacles.Locate receptacles so no location in the building is more than 75 feet from either type of receptacle.Provide ground fault protection as required by the NEC. C. Materials furnished for the temporary light and power system remain Contractors property.Remove when there is no longer any need for temporary light and power or when directed by the Architect. D. Electrical energy costs for the temporary separate system paid by the Owner. E. Power company's connect-and-disconnect charges for Contractor trailers and equipment shall be paid by the Contractor. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Continuity of Service: RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL March 2019 PAGE 16050-7 1. No Division 26 systems are to remain inactive at the end of the workday. Assure that the systems are all operational at the end of each workday. Coordinate temporary outages with the Owner. 2. Coordinate/schedule all work with the Owner to minimize any disruptions.Confine all interruptions to the smallest possible area.Provide temporary connections if required to provide continuity of service. 3. Inspect all areas affected by the interruptions and return all automatically controlled equipment, electrically operated equipment to the same operating condition prior to the interruption. B. Use of Facility: 1. Do not disturb normal use of the facility,except within the immediate construction area.Keep walks, driveways,entrances,etc.free and clear of equipment,material and debris. 2. Store all equipment and material in a place and manner that minimizes congestion and is approved by the Owner. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Material and Workmanship 1. Provide new material and equipment,unless noted otherwise.Protect equipment and material from damage,dirt and the weather. 2. Provide the highest quality workmanship and perform all work only by skilled mechanics.Install material and equipment in accordance with manufacturers'recommendations,instructions and current NECA standards. 3. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or workmanship not in accordance with the specifications,before or after installation. 4. Engineer and Owner have the right to determine if equipment,boxes and covers are not accessible. Where electrical work is determined to be not accessible,Contractor shall modify the work as directed at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Excavation and Backfilling: 1. Provide all excavation and backfilling required to complete the installation of the electrical system. Conform with the provisions of Division 31 Earthwork of these specifications for all work. 2. Bed all conduit and structures on a 6"thick compacted layer of granular material. Should unsatisfactory soil conditions be discovered,the Engineer/Architect will inspect the excavation and determine the necessary additional support required. 3. Backfill around conduit and structures by hand using coarse sand,pit run gravel or the native material if it is similar to the above.Remove all large stones,frozen lumps,perishable rubbish and excessive amounts of clay.Carefully compact this material in 6"layers to a depth of 8"above the conduit,cable or duct. .Compact to not less than 90%outside the building and 95%within the building limits of maximum density given by ASTM D698-70T(Standard Proctor Density). Architect/Engineer reserves the right to require soil compaction tests in any areas which do not appear to be compacted properly with the cost of the test paid by the Contractor. 4. Replace all existing surface improvements(i.e.,-street pavement,curbs,sidewalks,finish sodding, etc.)removed or damaged in the course of the work unless such improvements are to be reconstructed under the general contract. Make all necessary arrangements to perform such repairs, pay all costs in connection therewith and include them in the bid. C. Cutting and Patching: 1. Perform all cutting and patching necessary to work,unless specifically delegated to be performed under a different Division. 2. Obtain special permission from the Engineer before cutting structural members or finished material. 3. Perform all patching in a manner as to leave no visible trace and return the area affected to the condition of undisturbed work. Perform all patching by workers experienced,skilled,and licensed for the particular type of work involved. Inferior work will not be accepted. 4. Patch all holes left as a result of demolition of electrical equipment and devices. 5. Drill all holes in masonry with rotary drill. Impact tools are not allowed.Core drill all holes in masonry and concrete for electrical raceway.Provide and dispose of all water required for core drilling.Coordinate with other trades to prevent damage from water. 6. Prevent the spread of dust,debris,and other material into adjacent areas. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL March 2019 PAGE 16050-8 7. Replace all ceiling tiles damaged during installation of work,with new tile. D. Painting: 1. Refinish all electrical equipment damaged during shipping and/or installation to its original condition.Remove all rust;prime,and paint per manufacturer's recommendations for finish equal to original. 2. Paint all new raceway systems in exposed fmished areas to match existing fmish. E. Precast Construction: 1. Provide recessed boxes,cabinets and conduits within precast construction. Install boxes and conduit in the precast panel forms at the precast manufacturer's facility. 2. Submit a coordinated set of shop drawings with the precast manufacturer,that indicates electrical box locations,cabinet locations and conduit routing locations. Have the precast manufacturer sign off and coordinate the locations and conduit routing prior to the fabrication of any precast panels. 3. Provide written confirmation to the precast manufacturer that all boxes and conduit have been installed,and installed in the correct locations prior to the fabrication of the precast panels. F. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the location of all outlets and associated equipment with architectural and mechanical systems before installation. Work which must be replaced due to the failure of the Contractor to verify the job conditions and coordinate with other disciplines shall be completed at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Coordinate all door swings in the field before locating devices. 3. Coordinate all equipment dimensions before submitting equipment. This includes all shop fabricated work as well as work fabricated in place. It shall be assumed that equipment submitted has been coordinated by Contractor and the submission indicates Contractor verifies equipment will fit in allocated location space. If Contractor believes there is or finds a workspace issue,Contractor shall notify Engineer prior to submitting equipment.Replacement or modification of equipment and/or space due to lack of coordination and failure to verify existing conditions shall be completed by Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining exact location of connection to equipment furnished by others,from the person furnishing the equipment. 5. Contractor is responsible for coordinating elevator equipment ratings with the elevator equipment supplier. Incorrect equipment installation due to failure to coordinate equipment ratings shall be replaced by Contractor at no additional cost to Owner. 6. If conduit,wiring or equipment cannot be installed as specified,including but not limited to installing concealed or in designed space,Contractor shall notify Engineer with ample time to review the request before Contractor purchases and/or installs such equipment. Owner and Engineer can not be held responsible for delays in project for Contractor failure to provide ample notice to review and respond to the potential issue. 3.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Provide firestopping around all new penetrations,sleeves and openings through all partitions,walls and floors. B. Install firestopping on both sides of each partition,completely filling the void around the opening. C. Firestopping of interior of conduits and sleeves is by the contractor providing the cabling inside the conduit or sleeve. 3.6 RECEIVING AND STORING EQUIPMENT A. All equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. In general,equipment packaging is not designed to protect the contents for outdoor storage.As a minimum,Contractor shall store the equipment prior to installation in a clean,dry location free from excessive temperatures,humidity,or foreign materials normally encountered at a Site.If the storage facility is unheated,Contractor shall provide heating to protect equipment from condensation,which could cause components to corrode or to be otherwise damaged. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL March 2019 PAGE 16050-9 3.7 EQUIPMENT MOUNTING A. Unless noted otherwise,equipment which is not free-standing shall not be mounted on wood panels,but shall be attached to concrete or masonry walls,support channels,or building structural steel. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Final Observation: 1. A final inspection of the electrical systems will be required before the Contract can be closed out. Request a final inspection by the Engineer after all systems are fully completed and operational. The Engineer will schedule an observation and generate a list of items to be corrected or completed before Contract Closeout. If the Contractor notifies the Engineer the work is ready for final observation,final evaluation of control systems,or commissioning exercise by the Contractor,and the Engineer finds the work is not complete enough to perform that observation,the Contractor will compensate the Engineer for his time. The Contractor will then perform the necessary work to complete the project and again request a Final Observation. 3.9 CLEAN UP A. Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish,caused by his employees or work,at all times.Remove rubbish,tools,scaffolding,and surplus materials from and about the building, and leave work areas"broom clean"or its equivalent upon completion of the work.Clean electrical equipment and remove temporary identification.In case of dispute the Owner will remove the rubbish and charge the cost to the Contractor. B. After tests have been made and accepted clean light fixtures,panels and other equipment installed by the Contractor,leaving the entire work area in a clean and complete working order. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Cover openings and equipment,where set,to prevent obstruction to conduits,breakage,misuse,or disfigurement of equipment.Cover openings in equipment immediately upon uncrating or receipt at the job site and keep covered until permanent connection is made. B. Contractor is responsible for any damage to electrical equipment or materials until final acceptance of the entire project by the Owner.Keep all equipment clean materials until final acceptance of the entire project by the Owner. C. If a portion of the project is to be occupied by the Owner prior to Substantial Completion of the entire project,make arrangements with the Owner to transfer responsibilities for protection and housekeeping. ***END OF SECTION*** RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL March 2019 PAGE 16050- 10 SECTION 16051 -SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes all labor,material,equipment and services necessary and incidental to complete all the selective and or complete demolition and removal of electrical systems in the areas of remodeling or affected by remodeling,and the rework and extension of electrical systems indirectly affected by electrical system served"downstream"from the demolished electrical systems. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Section 16050 and all references contained therein form a part of this Section of the Specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work:As specified in individual Sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Demolition Drawings are diagrammatic and based on casual field observation and existing record documents.Report discrepancies to Architect/Engineer before disturbing existing installation. B. Examine the building to determine actual conditions and extent of work prior to bidding the project. Refer any unclear details or conflicts to the Architect/Engineer for clarification prior to bidding the drawings. C. Refer to Mechanical,Plumbing and Architectural documents for additional demolition requirements which may be required to include in the bid. D. Verify that field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings. E. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. F. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate phasing of the demolition work with the construction sequence schedule. B. Disconnect electrical systems in walls,floors,and ceilings scheduled for removal. C. Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company. D. Identify and provide new supporting means for existing electrical equipment such as low voltage cabling, conduits,boxes,pull boxes,conduit bodies,and conduit racks that will need additional support due to the demolition of the existing supports.This includes existing systems which are identified to require supports and become exposed when ceilings are removed. E. Contractor shall provide new supports for all existing electrical conduit,cabling,fixtures and devices which is not supported per the requirements of the NEC and becomes uncovered due to removal of ceilings or walls. F. Erect,and maintain temporary safeguards,including warning signs and lights and barricades for protection of the public,Owner,Contractor's employees,and existing improvements to remain. G. Provide temporary emergency lighting and illuminated exit signage as required by the Building Official or AHJ. H. Electrical Service: RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION March 2019 PAGE 16051 - 1 1. Maintain existing system throughout construction in service until new system is complete and ready for service. 2. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections.Notify and obtain permission from Owner,Architect/Engineer at least 24 hours before partially or disabling system.Minimize outage duration. 3. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. L Coordinate and sequence demolition so as not to cause shutdown of operation of surrounding areas. J. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas. K. Perform noisy work before or after the Owner's working hours to minimum disruption. L. Contractor assumes responsibility if damage occurs to any and all devices to be reinstalled. If Contractor finds a damaged piece of equipment prior to demolition,Contractor shall note the equipment and notify the Owner's Representative and Engineer prior to removing the items.If Contractor does not provide the proper notification,Contractor will be held responsible for repairing or replacing the damaged equipment. 3.3 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Owner reserves the right of first refusal to obtain material shown to be removed under this contract. Items not retained by the Owner become the property of the Contractor and must be removed from the premises and disposed at no additional costs to the Owner. B. Demolish electrical systems in walls,floors,and ceilings identified to be demolished. C. Demolish and extend existing electrical work under and this Section or as indicated on the Drawings. Remove devices,conduit,wire,boxes,and fastening devices to avoid any interference with new installation. D. Demolish and remove all electrical systems indicated for demolition.No portion of these systems may be abandoned in place. E. Remove,relocate,and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction or to maintain systems downstream from demolished area. F. Provide supports for all existing electrical equipment that was supported previously by demolished walls, floors,ceiling or other structures.Provide new supports from structural members not slated for demolition,prior to any demolition. G. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. H. Remove exposed abandoned conduit,including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes.Cut conduit in walls,floors,or columns back to a point where patching can be adequately performed and patch surfaces. L Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices.Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed.Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. J. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. K. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been removed. L. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaries.Remove brackets,stems,hangers,and other accessories. M. Repair adjacent construction and fmishes damaged during demolition and extension work. N. Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active.Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. O. Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations,or as specified.Relocate and reroute conduit and wiring as required for conduit concealed RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION March 2019 PAGE 16051 -2 in walls or structure being altered as part of the remodeling.Maintain continuity to all devices in and downstream of remodeled work. P. Reroute existing raceway and wiring which is exposed due to removal of existing construction.Conceal new raceway and wiring and maintain operation. Q. If conductors are required to be removed from existing raceways,install with new conductors. R. Dispose of fluorescent lamps,ballasts,and other hazardous materials in accordance with State and Federal regulations. S. Seal all holes and openings left in smoke,sound or fire rated walls,ceilings,or floors. Completely fill with intumescent type fire rated barrier. T. When ceilings are to be removed and ceiling devices such as luminaires,receptacles,WAP's,fire alarm equipment,security equipment,and others is indicated to be removed and reinstalled,Contractor shall remove and store the equipment offsite until the project has advanced enough and the equipment can be reinstalled.The Contractor may elect to temporarily support the devices in place,however Contractor must coordinate this with all disciplines and Contractor is responsible for removing and/or relocating the equipment as needed during the course of work. 3.4 EXISTING PANELBOARDS A. Identify circuits in existing panel affected by the Work.Where additional circuits are needed,reuse circuits available for reuse.Reuse breakers if possible.Provide new breakers for new equipment unless breakers are specifically noted on the plans to be reused. B. Tag unused circuits as spare and turn breakers and/or switches off. C. Where existing circuits are indicated to be reused,use sensing measuring devices to verify circuits feeding project area is not in use. D. Remove existing wire no longer in use from panel to equipment. E. Where existing panelboards are indicated to be demolished,extend any remaining live circuits to the nearest suitable panelboard. F. Clean out debris,dust and dirt from existing panelboards which are modified under this project. G. Provide updated panelboard schedules at the end of every work shift.Temporary panel schedules may be hand written and posted on or near the panelboard. H. Provide new updated machine typed directories in every panelboard modified under this project prior to substantial completion. 3.5 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Prior to reinstallation of used equipment,thoroughly inspect each item and report any defects to the Engineer/Architect in writing.Instructions for corrective measures will be given at the time and the Contract amount adjusted accordingly.If no defects are reported,the material will be included under the contractor's one year guarantee. B. Equipment: Clean exposed surfaces and interior. Check tightness of electrical connections. C. Luminaries: 1. Where existing luminaries are indicated to be re-used,remove existing luminaries for cleaning.Use mild detergent to clean all exterior and interior surfaces;rinse with clean water and wipe dry. 2. Replace ballasts,lamp holders or other parts which become damaged due to work during the construction period. 3. Provide new lamps. D. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. 3.6 INSTALLATION A. Install relocated materials and equipment as indicated on the drawings. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION March 2019 PAGE 16051 -3 ****END OF SECTION**** R16.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SELECTIVE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION March 2019 PAGE 16051 -4 SECTION 16052-SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION SUMMARY A. Manufactured Supporting Devices. B. Fabricated Supporting Devices. C. Installation. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Types of supports,anchors,sleeves and seals specified in this section include the following: 1. Clevis hangers 2. Riser clamps 3. C-clamps 4. I-beam clamps 5. One-hole conduit straps 6. Two-hole conduit straps 7. Round steel rods 8. Expansion anchors 9. Toggle bolts 10. Wall and floor seals B. Supports,anchors and sleeves furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment,are specified as part of equipment assembly in other Division 16 sections. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide supporting devices,of types,sizes,and ratings required that are manufactured by firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of such devices. B. Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical supporting devices. C. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/NEMA std Pub No.FB 1, "Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies". D. Comply with National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of Installation"pertaining to anchors,fasteners,hangers,supports and equipment mounting. E. Provide electrical components which are UL-listed and labeled. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Provide supporting devices;complying with manufacturer's standard materials,design and construction in accordance with published product information,and as required for a complete installation;and as herein specified.Where more than one type of device meets indicated requirements,selection is Installers'option. B. Provide supports and anchors constructed of stainless steel,PVC or equivalent corrosion resistant material in chemical storage rooms. C. Structural flat surfaces: 1. Caddy snap close clamp with z shot-fire bracket;mechanical fastener appropriate for deck type; spring steel,snap close conduit opening,static load of 100lbs or greater; a. Conduit Sizes: ''/Z"—1" 2. Caddy bolt close clamp with z shot-fire bracket;mechanical fastener appropriate for deck type; spring steel,conduit strap with threaded openings and hex-head bolt,static load of 100lbs or greater; a. Conduit Sizes: 'h"—1" 3. One-hole conduit straps for supporting metal conduit;galvanized steel: RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUPPORTING DEVICES March 2019 PAGES 16052-1 a. Conduit sizes: ''/Z"&3/4" 4. Two-hole conduit straps for supporting metal conduit;galvanized steel: a. Conduit sizes: 1"and larger. D. Beam flange: 1. Caddy clip for supporting conduit to beam flanges; spring steel,snap close conduit opening,static load of 75lbs or greater; a. Conduit sizes: 1/2"&3/4" 2. Beam Clamp; steel;mechanical bolt fastener to beam;conduit strap with threaded holes and hex- head bolt. a. Conduit sizes: 1/2"—2" 3. Right angle conduit clamp: cast iron hot dipped galvanized;U-bolt with treaded ends and hex-head nuts. a. Conduit sizes:2"—4" 4. One-hole conduit straps for supporting metal conduit;galvanized steel: a. Conduit sizes: ''/Z"&3/4" 5. Two-hole conduit straps for supporting metal conduit;galvanized steel: a. Conduit sizes: 1"and larger. E. Rod Type Hangers: 1. Clevis type hangers;galvanized steel;with diameter hole for round steel rod. 2. Rods galvanized steel;hexagon nuts on both ends of rod: a. Conduit size 1/2"-1.5":Minimum rod size 3/8". b. Conduit size 2"to 3.5":Minimum rod size 1/2". c. Conduit size 4"-5":Minimum rod size 5/8". 3. C-clamps for supporting rods to beam flanges;mechanical bolt fastener. F. Provide anchors of types,sizes and materials indicated;and having the following construction features: 1. Expansion Anchors: 1/2". 2. Toggle Bolts: Springhead; 3/16"x 4". G. Provide sleeves and seals,of types,sizes,and material indicated;having the following construction features: 1. Provide Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeves 1 1/2"larger than O.D.of pipe. 2. Set all sleeves true to line,grade and position and plumb or level after concrete is poured.Correct any deviation from proper position. 3. Provide minimum of three(3)concrete anchors for Schedule 40 pipe sleeves. 4. Provide factory-assembled wall and floor seals.Provide watertight seals around conduit,pipe,or tubing passing through concrete below grad floors and wall.Construct with steel sleeves,malleable iron body,neoprene sealing grommets and rings,metal pressure rings,pressure clamps,and cap screws. 5. Caulk spaces between pipe and floor sleeves inside the building with a waterproof caulking material. Caulk spaces between pipe and exterior partition sleeves with glass fiber insulation. 6. Furnish sealable penetration pockets compatible with the building roofing system where conduits pass through the roof.Turn pockets over to the General Contractor. 7. Provide fire barriers around conduit,pipe,tubing,bus ducts and cables passing through smoke and fire rated floors and walls.Provide CP 25,303 and PSS7904 Series by 3M,or"Flame-Safe" system by Thomas and Betts Corp for fire seals. 8. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide water-tight seals by Thunderline or pre-approved equal. H. Provide channel strut system for supporting electrical equipment, 16-gage hot dip galvanized steel,or types and sizes indicated;construct with 9/16"dia.holes,8"o.c.on top surface,with standard green finish,and with the following fittings which mate and match with channel provided: 1. Fixture hangers 2. Channel hangers 3. End caps RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUPPORTING DEVICES March 2019 PAGES 16052-2 4. Beam Clamps 5. Wiring stud 6. Thinwall conduit clamps 7. Rigid conduit clamps 8. Conduit hangers 9. U-bolts I. Roof supports 1. Cooper B-Line Dura-Blok or equal. 2.2 FABRICATED SUPPORTING DEVICES: A. Provide sleeves of one of the following: 1. Sheet-metal fabricated from galvanized sheet metal;round tube closed with snaplock joint,welded spiral seams,or welded longitudinal joint.Fabricate from the following gages:3"and smaller,20 gage;4"to 6", 16 gage;over 6", 14 gage. Sheet metal sleeves shall not be used for cable. 2. Steel-Pipe fabricated from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe;remove burrs. 3. Iron-Pipe fabricated from cast-iron or ductile-iron pipe;remove burrs. B. Provide fire barrier sleeve seals for sleeves located in floor and firewalls.Provide approved fire barrier material. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Install hanger,anchors and sleeves in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices to ensure supporting devices comply with requirements of NECA,NEC and ANSI/NEMA.Extend sleeves 3/4"above floor surface. B. Coordinate with other electrical work,including raceway and wiring work,as necessary to interface installation of supporting devices with other work. C. Install hangers,supports,clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure. Support suspended conduit runs threaded rod and galvanized conduit hangers.Attach the hanger rod to concrete structural members with malleable iron inserts,to existing or precast concrete structural members with self-drilling anchors,to structural steel with steel"C"clamps,and to wood with suitable sized lag screws and angles. Support multiple parallel conduit runs on trapeze hangers constructed of steel rod hangers and structural channel.Include three(3)nuts jam-locked,on all threaded rod hangers, to rigidly support the conduit.Install supports with maximum spacings indicated. D. Support surface mounted conduit runs with galvanized pipe straps.Fasten pipe straps to masonry surfaces with self-drilling anchors or toggle bolts.Fasten pipe straps to wood or sheetmetal surfaces with pan head sheetmetal screws. E. Support wall mounted electrical equipment on 3/4"thick C-D exterior fir plywood painted with two(2) coats of ASA-49 gray enamel. F. Provide stainless steel screws where electrical equipment is mounted on or attached to fire treated plywood.Hold equipment away from the plywood with either plastic or stainless steel washers or spacers. G. Support all ceiling mounted receptacles with a listed tile bridge spanning the suspended ceiling grid,plus a 1/4"threaded rod anchored to a structurally sound member directly above the outlet box. H. Tighten sleeve seal nuts until sealing grommet have expanded to form water-tight seal. L Provide fmish of supporting devices in the chemical storage room as follows: 1. Provide PVC-coated galvanized concrete inserts and pipe straps. 2. Provide stainless steel for all bolts,nuts,washers,and screws. 3. Provide PVC-coated individual hangers and trapeze hangers. 4. Provide individual galvanized rods with two(2)coats of epoxy paints. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUPPORTING DEVICES March 2019 PAGES 16052-3 3.2 LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORTS A. Securely support all light fixtures directly from building structural members or 1-1/2"or larger steel ceiling framing channels.Use steel channel where it is necessary to span the building structural members for equipment support. 1. Wood supporting members or wires will not be acceptable. 2. Provide minimum'/4"diameter lag screws when anchoring into wood structural members.Penetrate wood structural members a minimum of 2"with all screws. 3. Provide steel expandable type,anchors with minimum penetration of 1-1/2"when anchoring to concrete. 4. Do not suspend any conduit,light fixtures,or ballasts from metal roof deck or from the ceiling suspension wires.Support all lay-in fixtures independent of the ceiling support system. a. In lay-in ceilings provide fastening clips on each corner of each fixture. b. Where fixture suspension wires are required,wires shall be fastened to a structural member directly above or no greater than a 5 degree angle from the light fixture corner of which it is fastened to. c. Fixture suspension wires shall be provided so that fixture is not allowed to drop more than 1"if ceiling would happen to collapse. B. Equip all fixtures using conduit stems with ball swivel hangers.In finished areas,provide canopies for the hangers. C. Support all surface mounted fixtures with a minimum of one hanger per fixture plus one per row. Support individual fixtures with a minimum of two hangers.Attach fixture hangers to the ceiling grid per code. D. Support all suspended fixtures with a minimum of two fixture hangers.Attach each hangar to a dedicated anchor.Locate hangars directly above the corners of the light fixtures. ***END OF SECTION*** RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUPPORTING DEVICES March 2019 PAGES 16052-4 SECTION 16110-RACEWAYS,FITTING,AND BOXES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Conduit. 2. Conduit fittings. 3. Conduit accessories 4. Underground warning tape. 5. Pull and junction boxes. 6. Fire stop material. 7. Handholes. 8. Conduit Identification. 9. Execution/Installation. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Section 16050:Common Work Results for Electrical B. Section 16450: Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems C. Section 16052: Supporting Devices D. Section 16140: Wiring Devices E. Division 31: Earthwork 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and descriptive data in accordance with Section 16050 in addition to the requirements of this section. B. Precast concrete: 1. Submit a coordinated set of shop drawings with the precast manufacturer,which indicates electrical box locations,cabinet locations and conduit routing locations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT(RMC)AND FITTINGS. A. Provide hot-dip galvanized or electro-galvanized(inside and outside)conduit having a bichromate finish conforming to UL standard UL-6. B. Provide zinc coated,threaded type fittings,couplings,and bushings. 2.2 PVC-COATED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT(RMC)AND FITTINGS. A. Provide hot dip galvanized or electro-galvanized rigid steel conduit. B. 40 mil.PVC coated inside surface and outside surface. C. Provide threaded type fittings,couplings and bushings with the same coating as the conduit. D. Provide brush-on PVC touch-up compound. 2.3 RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT(RNMC)AND FITTINGS. A. Provide Schedule 40/80 polyvinyl chloride(PVC)rigid plastic conduit conforming to NEMA Specifications TC-2. B. Provide plastic fittings,couplings,and bushings per manufacturer's recommendations for rigid non- metallic conduit,designed for use with solvent cement. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc RACEWAYS,FITTINGS AND BOXES March 2019 PAGES 16110-1 2.4 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT(LFMC)AND FITTINGS. A. Provide Type U.A.conduit covered with an extruded,polyvinyl chloride sheath. B. Provide steel or malleable iron,water-tight type fittings,couplings,and bushings approved for use with liquid-tight flexible metal conduit.Cast type devices are not acceptable. 2.5 COPPER METAL CLAD(MC)CABLE A. Refer to Section 26 05 19—600 Volt Conductors and Cables. 2.6 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Provide galvanized code gauge metal outlet and junction boxes with screw-on covers of type,shape and size listed for each application. B. Provide gasketed covers in damp and dusty locations,and also where required to meet the listed use(i.e. wet locations). C. Provide cast metal boxes(FS and FD)for all locations where IMC and RMC is required. 1. Weatherproof die-cast aluminum boxes with threaded outlets for all surface mounted outlets;Bell (Raco),or approved equal. D. Provide 4"square minimum trade size square boxes for all outlet and junction boxes.Provide appropriate mudrings,tile rings or raised covers,depending on the application and allowable installation. E. Provide 3'/Z"deep boxes where installed in masonry,including precast construction.Provide 2'/8" minimum deep boxes where installed in non-masonry locations. Shallower boxes(P/Z", 1'/4")are allowed only at locations where the wall cavity depth does not permit deeper boxes to be installed concealed within the wall. F. Provide outlet boxes with green grounding pigtail pre-terminated to the interior of the box,to be used to ground the wiring device(s). G. Refer to other sections for additional outlet box requirements specific to other systems. H. Provide boxes with the appropriate size and quantity of conduit knock outs.Knock outs may be pulled or reamed out to larger sizes on most steel boxes. I. Approved steel box manufacturers: 1. Raco 2. Steel City 3. Pre-approved equal J. Approved cast metal box manufacturers 1. Appleton 2. Crouse-Hinds 3. Killark 4. Bell 5. Red Dot 6. Pre-approved equal. 2.7 INTERIOR PULLBOXES A. Provide listed metal boxes with removeable screw-on covers. B. Boxes with a dimension larger than 12"shall have a covers attached with hinges and stainless steel screws located within 1/2 inch of each corner opposite the hinges and spaced not more than 12 inches apart. C. Size pullboxes to adhere to the NEC. D. Provide enclosures that have a NEMA rating that meet or exceed the environment in which they are installed. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc RACEWAYS,FITTINGS AND BOXES March 2019 PAGES 16110-2 E. Approved manufacturers: 1. Hoffinan Enclosures 2. Electro Mechanical Industries(EMI) 3. American Midwest Power(AMP) 4. Pre-approved equal. 2.8 EXTERIOR IN-GROUND HAND HOLES A. Precast concrete box and cover or fiber reinforced polyester box and polymer concrete cover. 1. Covers and boxes design/test load rating(lbs): a. 5,000/7,500—ANSI Tier 5 B. Minimum of 2 stainless steel bolts to secure cover to the box. C. Sized as Required Per Code: 1. Minimum Size 13 inches wide,24 inches long,and 36 inches deep. D. Approved Manufcturers: 1. CDR Systems Corp. 2. Quazite"Composite" 3. Newbasis. 4. Approved equal. 2.9 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. 6 inches wide,4-mil polyethylene film. B. Vivid,opaque,long-lasting red color with bold,black letters. C. Lettering 1. Top line—"...CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION..." 2. Bottom line—"...ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW..." D. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Seton Name Plate Corp.No.210 ELE,EMED Co. Stock No.UT27737-6 2. Approved Equal. 2.10 FIRE RETARDANT MATERIAL A. Fire stop foam. B. Fire stop sealant. C. 3-hour fire rating. D. UL Classified per UL-1479. E. Chase Technology Corp.,Dow Corning,General Electric,3M,or equal. 2.11 DUCT SEALING COMPOUND A. Soft,fibrous,slightly tacky,non-hardening,and easily applied by hand at all working temperatures. B. Clean and non-staining. C. J.M.Clipper Corp.Duxseal,O-Z/Gedney DUX,or equal. 2.12 CONDUIT SEALS A. Conduit seals shall be provided wherever conduits penetrate exterior concrete walls below grade,or cross hazardous location boundaries 1. For conduits less than 60 inches below grade;OZ/Gedney Type FSK,or equal. 2. For conduits more than 60 inches below grade;OZ/Gedney Type WSK,or equal. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc RACEWAYS,FITTINGS AND BOXES March 2019 PAGES 16110-3 3. For Class 1 Division 1 or Division 2 hazardous location boundaries,conduits shall be sealed at the point where they leave the room.Fittings shall be"EYS,"Appleton or Chico "X"Fiberdam and Apelco or Chico"A"compound,or approved equal. 2.13 WIREWAYS A. NEMA 12 or 3R,minimum 14-gauge steel,ANSI 61 gray enamel finish inside and out over phosphatized surfaces. B. 14-gauge stainless steel for corrosive environments. C. Smooth,rounded edges on all sections and fittings. D. Hinge type with screw clamps which are galvanized or stainless steel. E. UL listed(UL-870). 2.14 CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION A. 3/4 Inch By 3-1/2 Inches 1. Nylon plates. 2. Marked in black with a marking pen specifically designed for such use. 3. Manufacturer:Panduit MP350,or equal. B. 2-3/8 Inches By 4-3/4 Inches 1. Medium weight shipping tags with reinforced eyelet. 2. Marked in black with a marking pen specifically designed for such use. 3. Manufacturer:Dennison Size 5,Grade G,or equal C. Tag Protection 1. Adhesive-backed plastic or clear polyester film tape. 2. Manufacturer: 3M Scotch Brand 3750 Clear Box Sealing Tape,or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT SIZES A. Conduit size shall be as shown on the Contract Documents or as required by the NFPA 70 with a minimum size of 3/4 inch,except that 1/2 inch may be used to connect to devices which have a knock- out or fitting for only 1/2-inch conduit and punching or reaming a larger knock out is not possible to increase it's size. 1. Contractor shall gain prior approval from Engineer before installaing any'/2"or smaller conduit. B. Verify conduit sizes indicated on the Contract Documents prior to installation.Provide proper size conduit based on the NEC maximum fill requirements,including any derating factors.Where conduit sizes are indicated on the plans,it is a minimum size allowed.It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide the proper conduit size,including any grounding conductors and flexible connections to equipment. C. Spare conduits shall be sized per noted in the Contract Documents.Where spare conduit sizes are not identified provide a minium size of 1.25". 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Installation of conduit shall meet the requirements of the NEC and the National Electrical Contractors Association(NECA)conduit installation standards.Where the documents may conflict,the requirements of the NEC take precedence. B. Install all line voltage(120,208,277 and 480 volts)conductors in a continuous raceway system. 1. Circuits of different voltage systems shall be installed in separate raceways,unless specifically noted otherwise in the Contract Documents. C. Provide pull and junction boxes as required by the NEC and as site pulling requirements dictate. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc RACEWAYS,FITTINGS AND BOXES March 2019 PAGES 16110-4 D. Conduits entering boxes and equipment from a flat surface shall be provided with an offset 3"from the box to allow the conduit to be fastened securely to the flat surface it is ran on. E. Do not route any conduits across rooftops,unless specifically allowed and noted on the plans to do so. Where conduits are allowed to be routed across rooftops,install conductors in Rigid Metal Conduit and provide proper derating of the conductor ampacities to account for the high ambient temperature as required in NEC.Mount conduit on roof blocks specifically designed for the intended environment. F. Support all trapezes and all above-ground conduits from the building structure. G. Route all horizontal raceway above water piping,where possible. H. Do not support conduit with wire,nylon ties,nor perforated pipe straps.Remove wire used for temporary supports. I. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires. J. Run all exposed conduit in a neat,workmanlike manner parallel to the building lines,tight to the wall and ceiling surfaces,and firmly support with conduit clamps or hangers. K. Do not run conduits in the following: 1. Columns except to feed column mounted devices. 2. Through structural slabs,beams,or columns,unless approved by the Structural Engineer. 3. Concrete topping. 4. Through the same penetrations through floors and walls as mechanical piping unless noted otherwise or if approved by the Engineer. L. Place conduits at least 8"away from all hot piping and surfaces including domestic hot water lines. 1. Boxes shall be a minimum of 3"from any process pipes,unless noted otherwise. M. Do not mount conduit on mechanical equipment except where necessary to connect electrical devices mounted on the equipment.Provide flexible conduit in all runs "bridging"vibration mountings. N. Do not run conduit on or directly in front of access doors,removable panels,equipment removal spaces, control devices or other spaces necessary for normal maintenance and repair of the equipment. O. Install all exterior underground branch circuit conduits continuous from the source to the load.Do not install in-ground boxes as pull boxes.Oversize the conduits if required. P. Avoid moisture traps;provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system.Install exterior underground conduits to drain away from the building. Q. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion,contraction and deflection where conduits cross seismic,control and expansion joints.Avoid crossing expansion joints where possible. R. Cap or plug conduit ends during construction.Cap or plug ends of conduit that are to remain empty and make watertight.Clean and swab conduits prior to pulling in conductors. S. Provide nylon pull string in all empty conduit with a stamped plastic label indicating future use. T. Where conduits are stubbed out above walls for use of future or low voltage cabling,provide a bushing on the end of the conduit to protect cabling. U. Expansion fittings shall be installed at building expansion joints and where the length of straight run requires it. V. Underground Conduit: 1. Underground conduit runs shall have a minimum cover of 2 feet. 2. Conduit shall be sloped to drain to handholes or pull boxes. 3. Rigid metal conduit shall be used for the vertical elbow and riser out of the ground. 4. Rigid metal conduit installed underground or passes through concrete shall have a corrosion resistant coating or covering at the points it makes contact with earth and/or concrete. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc RACEWAYS,FITTINGS AND BOXES March 2019 PAGES 16110-5 5. Contractor shall do all trenching for underground conduit with a minimum size trench. 3 inches of sand shall be placed below and above buried conduit in trench.All fill material shall be placed in 12- inch lifts and compacted to 90-Percent Standard Proctor Density.Underground warning tape shall be laid in the trench approximately 9 inches below the surface. 6. The roadway,sidewalk,or grade beneath which conduit is routed shall be restored to its original or better condition. a. Provide grading,soil,and seeding or sod to restore turf to original or better conditions. b. Coordinate type of soil,seeding and/or sod with Owner to match existing. 7. Excavating,backfilling,and grading shall comply with Division 31. W. Conduit installed in slabs shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Conduit shall not be tied parallel to reinforcement bars. 2. Conduit must not be tied to each other and shall be spaced a minimum of 1 1/2 inches apart and preferably 3 inches apart. 3. Whenever possible,conduit should not cross over other conduit.All crossing conduit must be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to placement of concrete. 4. Conduit must not be placed on top of the bottom mat of reinforcement bars.There should be a minimum of 1 inch separation from the bottom of the conduit to the top of the steel bars in the bottom mat of steel. 5. Prior to placement of the conduit,the contractor must submit an appurtenance embedment drawing that shows the proposed locations of all conduits. X. Conduit and Penetration Sealing: 1. Seal all conduits where they pass through exterior walls and where they enter exterior fixtures. 2. Seal all conduits where temperature differential between adjacent spaces is greater than 30 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. Seal all conduit penetrations of smoke or fire rated walls or floors with intumescent type fire barriers. 4. All conduits leaving the chemical handling rooms and other areas designated on the Drawings shall be sealed internally with duct sealing compound at the point where they leave the room.] 5. All conduits leaving any hazardous locations shall be sealed internally at the point where they leave the room. 3.3 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION A. Maintain accessibility to all outlet and junction boxes as required by the NEC. B. Provide recessed outlet boxes in all new construction,except mechanical and electrical rooms.Outlet boxes in mechanical and electrical rooms may be installed exposed. C. Provide concealed junction boxes in all new construction,except mechanical and electrical rooms. Junction boxes in mechanical rooms may be installed exposed. D. Mounting heights indicated on the drawings are from the center of the outlet box to the finished floor directly below the outlet.Exterior heights are from inside adjacent door,or if no door,from the first floor above grade,unless noted otherwise. E. Coordinate the location of all outlets with Architectural and Mechanical drawings before installation. Verify mounting heights and locations of all outlet boxes,including the following: 1. Coordinate device locations with the Owner's final furniture plan(s)before rough-ins.It is advised for the Contractor to get a final signed document stating this coordination was performed. 2. Outlets located on walls with baseboard radiation.Mount to the side of radiation covers. 3. Switch boxes at doors.Verify door swings.Install switchboxes on the latch side of the door if possible. 4. Outlet boxes at casework.Mount outlet boxes above counters and above backsplashes. 5. Outlet boxes at undercounter refrigerators.Mount outlet boxes in the space reserved for the refrigerator. 6. Outlet boxes for microwave units.Mount outlet boxes in the space reserved for the microwave. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc RACEWAYS,FITTINGS AND BOXES March 2019 PAGES 16110-6 7. Outlet boxes adjacent to marker boards or other wall-hung Architectural items.Verify top edge and bottom edge of wall-hung items and mount outlets on clear wallspace. F. Do not mount boxes back-to-back and nippled together. 1. Boxes mounted on opposite sides of a wall shall be mounted on separate studs. G. Do not use through-wall boxes unless specifically called out on the plans. H. Field-gangable boxes are not allowed.Provide manufactured,multi-gang boxes. I. Provide separate switch boxes for lighting dimmer switches to maintain full dimmer rating,if derated wattage/ampere is below the designated circuit ampacity. I. Close openings in all outlet boxes during plaster and concrete work with plain paper or slip-on plastic or metal plates. K. Provide knockout closures to cap used knockout holes. L. Provide FS and FD boxes in wet,damp and exterior locations. M. Maintain vapor barriers around boxes and/or provide suitable boxes listed for use in vapor barriers. N. Provide air-tight seals for all boxes in air plenums that can allow air to pass through connecting conduit. Repair all damage to insulation and vapor barriers. O. Where boxes and concrete are installed in masonry,provide listed equipment or the means acceptable to the AHJ necessary to provide concrete-tight connections and boxes required by the NEC. P. Where receptacle and voice/data or TV boxes are to be provided accessible on the same side of a wall or surface,they shall be provided on the same stud or within 4"of each other. 3.4 INTERIOR PULLBOX INSTALLATION A. Provide concealed pullboxes in all new construction,except mechanical and electrical rooms. Pullboxes in mechanical and electrical rooms may be installed exposed. B. Terminate all conduits at cabinets and boxes with locknuts and bushings.Provide insulating bushings on all conduit 1"and larger. C. Provide pull boxes in accessible locations.Provide accessiblility to the pullbox cover.Coordinate location of pull/junction boxes with other divisions(trades)prior to installation.Do not locate pull boxes in exposed finished spaces without the specific approval of the Engineer and Architect. D. Provide'h"clear space behind boxes when mounting in wet or damp locations. E. Boxes above ACT ceilings shall not be more than 4'from the ceiling.Provide additional supporting hardware and stands to mount equipment if structural ceiling or supports is over 4'from the ACT ceiling. 3.5 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS A. Install all conduit and raceways located in hazardous areas in accordance with National Electrical Code requirements for that classification of hazardous locations.Provide all fittings and equipment approved by the Underwriter's for this type of location. B. Where it is necessary to install sealing fittings accessible from rooms or areas which are finished,a flush wall or ceiling outlet box is to be installed and the conduit to be sealed run straight through the box with the sealing fitting occurring within the outlet box.Cover the box with a blank plate. C. Conduit fittings installed in Class 1,Division 1 and Class 1,Division 2 locations shall be rated for Class 1,Division 1 locations,unless noted otherwise. D. Boxes installed in Class 1,Division 1 and Class 1,Division 2 locations shall be rated for Class 1, Division 1 locations,unless noted otherwise. 3.6 EXTERIOR IN-GROUND HANDHOLES RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc RACEWAYS,FITTINGS AND BOXES March 2019 PAGES 16110-7 A. Reference NEC for handhole requirements and installation. B. All handholes shall have a drain opening in bottom.Excavating for handholes shall be dug at least 24 inches deeper than the depth of the bottom of the handhole and the area below the handhole shall be filled with pea gravel. C. Handhole covers shall be bolted in place when Work is complete. 3.7 CONDUIT BODY INSTALLATION A. Provide conduit bodies in accessible locations.Provide accessiblility to the cover.Coordinate location of conduit bodies with other divisions(trades)prior to installation.Do not locate conduit bodies in exposed fmished spaces without the specific approval of the Engineer and Architect. 3.8 OPENINGS A. Contractor shall review the size and location of all openings to be sure they meet the requirements of the equipment that is furnished and/or installed as a part of this Contract.Contractor shall be responsible for providing all required openings necessary for a complete installation.All required openings are not shown on the Drawings. B. All openings shall be filled with an approved sealant,caulking,or grout after the conduit or cable installation is complete. C. Openings through grating shall have the bars of the grating banded. D. Special care shall be taken to make a gas-tight seal around all conduits,which enter chemical handling rooms,hazardous areas,UV Treatment building and other areas designated on the Drawings. E. Provide watertight seal around conduit in openings which are approved by the Architect,for all roof, below grade and exterior wall penetrations. F. Provide air tight seals for all raceway penetrating air plenums.Repair all damage to insulation and vapor barriers. Seal vapor barriers tight to conduit penetrating vapor barriers. 3.9 IDENTIFICATION A. Provide panel and circuit number(s)identification on the cover of all junction boxes and pullboxes located in accessible areas(i.e.above accessible ceilings). B. Provide clear,hand-printed lettering using black permanent marker. C. Perform stenciling after the building has been painted so that overspray from building painting does not cover up stenciling performed under this specification section.Re-label any boxes that have been painted over by the painter. D. Conduit containing control cabling/wiring which utilize Intrinsicaly Safe methods shall be identified with permanently affixed labels with the wording"Intrinsic Safe Wiring." 3.10 RACEWAY AND BOXES APPLICATIONS A. All conduit to be installed exposed,except conduit to be installed underground,in-slab or underfloors. B. Outdoors(Non-Corrosive):Apply products as specified below,unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit:RMC,RNMC SCH 80. 2. Underground Conduit:RNMC SCH 40 or 80 with RMC elbows over 1",RMC PVC coated. 3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment(Including Transformers and Hydraulic,Pneumatic,Electric Solenoid,or Motor-Driven Equipment):LFMC. 4. Boxes and Enclosures,Aboveground:NEMA 3R. 5. Concealed inside exterior masonry wall:RMC,IMC. C. Under interior slabs-on-grade: 1. RMC,RNMC SCH 40. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc RACEWAYS,FITTINGS AND BOXES March 2019 PAGES 16110-8 D. Embedding in precast or poured concrete walls,ceilings or floors: 1. RMC,RNMC SCH 40 or 80. E. Exposed in lift station wetwell,drywells and valve vaults: 1. RNMC SCH 80. F. Interior(Non-Corrossive):Comply with the following indoor applications,unless otherwise indicated: 1. Concealed in Ceilings,Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT 2. Connection to Vibrating Equipment(Including Transformers and Hydraulic,Pneumatic,Electric Solenoid,or Motor-Driven Equipment):FMC,except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 3. Damp or Wet Locations:Rigid metalic conduit. 4. Boxes and Enclosures:NEMA 250,Type 1,except use NEMA 250,Type 4,stainless steel in damp or wet locations. 5. Exposed Conduit:RMC,LFMC to connect from rigid conduit system where rigid conduit system is impracticable. G. Building Interior Hazardous Locations-Corrosive: 1. PVC-coated rigid galvanized(RMC)steel. H. Building Interior Hazardous Locations-Non-Corrosive: 1. RMC I. Raceway Fittings:Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit:Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings,unless otherwise indicated. 2. PVC Externally Coated,Rigid Steel Conduits:Use only fittings listed for use with that material. Patch and seal all joints,nicks,and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings.Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer. ****END OF SECTION**** RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc RACEWAYS,FITTINGS AND BOXES March 2019 PAGES 16110-9 SECTION 16120-600 VOLT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes,but not limited to: 1. Wire 2. Multi-conductor Instrument Cable. 3. Terminals and connectors. 4. Installation. 5. Splices,Taps,and Terminations. 6. Identification. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Section 16050:Common Work Results for Electrical 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and descriptive data in accordance with Section 16050. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRE A. All wire and cable shall be: 1. New and coiled or on reels. 2. Each coil and/or reel shall have a label with the manufacturer's name,trade name of wire,size of wire,and UL label. B. Provide conductors with 90°C insulation system,600 volt rating,U.L.approved and listed for specific application. C. Feeder and Branch Circuit Wire: 1. Stranded conductor,unless noted otherwise. a. Solid copper conductors shall be used for lighting and convenience receptacle circuits. 2. THWN insulated for conductor sizes#4 AWG and smaller. 3. XHHW or THWN insulation for conductor sizes#3 AWG and larger. D. Provide minimum No. 12 AWG conductor size,unless noted otherwise. 1. Where noted conductors used for control to/from field devices may be less than 12AWG in size providing the following requirements are met: a. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in these specifications,control wiring shall be not less than No. 14 AWG. b. Control wiring shall be sized such that the voltage drop under in-rush conditions does not adversely affect operation of the controls. E. All conductors shall be copper;aluminum conductors will not be allowed. 2.2 MULTI-CONDUCTOR INSTRUMENT CABLE A. 2-conductor,3-conductor,or 4-conductor as required by the process or equipment. B. Twisted shielded cable,Aluminum foil shield and drain wire. C. Stranded tinned copper conductors,minimum size of#16 AWG copper. D. Polyethylene color-coded insulation. E. Overall PVC or neoprene jacket which is resistant to oil,ozone,moisture,and sunlight. F. Contractor shall verify cable and signal requirement with equipment manufacturer recommendations. Special instrument and signal cable shall be provided with the equipment which requires them. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc 600 VOLT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES March 2019 PAGES 16120-1 2.3 WIRE COLOR CODING A. Contractor may use color coding at his discretion,except for the following colors,which shall be used only as designated below for both power and control circuits. 1. Control Circuits a. Dark Blue-Direct current circuits. b. Light Blue-Intrinsically safe conductors. c. Green-Grounding conductor. d. White-Neutral conductor. 2. Power Circuits 120/240V 208Y/120V 480Y/277V Phase A Black Black Brown Phase B Red Red Orange Phase C Blue Yellow Neutral White White Gray Ground Green Green Green 3. Use solid colors through Size No.8 AWG. 4. Use black conductors with tape color identification No. 6 AWG and larger. 2.4 TERMINALS AND CONNECTORS A. Tool compressed terminals and connectors shall be made of 1 piece seamless highly conductive copper with a uniform tin-plate coating to minimize corrosion. B. Step-down adapters shall be copper compression type. C. Electrical spring connectors: 1. Solderless,screw-on,reusable pressure cable type,with integral insulation,approved for application used. 2. The integral insulator shall have a skirt to completely cover the stripped conductors. D. Fork Terminals: 1. Vinyl or nylon self-insulated locking type. 2. Terminal insulation that supports wire insulation. 3. Manufacturer:Thomas&Betts Type FL,Burndy Type TP-LF,Panduit Type PNF,3M Type MNG. E. Electrical Tape: 1. UL Listed. 2. Weather resistant. 3. Moisture resistant vinyl. 4. Rated for the voltage system which it is applied. 5. Temperature rating suitable for the application on which it is applied. F. Motor Connection Kit: 1. UL Listed. 2. Qualified to ANSI standards. 3. Rated to withstand 1000V. 4. For use on in-line or stub motor lead splices. 5. Resistant to abrasion. 6. Installed per manufacturer's recommendations. G. Underground Splices for No. 10 AWG and Smaller: 1. Solderless,screw-on,reusable pressure cable type,with integral insulation.Listed for wet locations, and approved for copper and aluminum conductors. 2. The integral insulator shall have a skirt to completely cover the stripped conductors. 3. The number,size,and combination of conductors used with the connector,as listed on the manufacturer's packaging,shall be strictly followed. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc 600 VOLT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES March 2019 PAGES 16120-2 H. Underground Splices for No. 8 AWG and Larger: 1. Mechanical type,of high conductivity and corrosion-resistant material.Listed for wet locations,and approved for copper and aluminum conductors. 2. Insulate with materials approved for the particular use,location,voltage,and temperature.Insulation level shall be not less than the insulation level of the conductors being joined. 3. Splice and insulation shall be product of the same manufacturer. 2.5 CONDUCTOR PULLING COMPOUND A. Rated for use with the conductor insulation and conduit material. B. Non-conductive. C. Non-cementing. D. Dry to a fine lubricating powder or a thin film which does not harden in conduit. E. UL Listed. F. Rated for repeated exposure to high heat or freezing temperatures. 2.6 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION A. Imprinted labels 1. UL Listed. 2. Machine typed in blank ink. B. Label Sleeves 1. Non-burning. 2. Heat-shrinkable. 3. Clear. 4. UL Listed. C. Self-Laminating 1. Vinyl. 2. Wrap around. 3. Acrylic adhesive. 4. Water and Oil Resistant. 5. UL Listed 6. Machine typed in blank ink. D. Manufacturers: Brady,3M,Raychem TMS or Thomas&Betts E-Z Code. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 WIRE INSTALLATION A. Install conductors in accordance with the NEC,as specified,and as shown on the drawings. B. Install all conductors in a continuous raceway system. C. Splice conductors only in outlet boxes,junction boxes,pullboxes,manholes,or handholes. D. Pulling compound shall be approved by the cable manufacturer. E. Conductors of different systems(e.g., 120 V and 277 V)shall not be installed in the same raceway. F. Examine all wire before installation.Do not use any wire with insulation that is damaged in any way. G. Do not pull wire into the conduit until the conduit system is complete.Pull all conductors into raceway at the same time. H. Adequate measures shall be employed to determine that the raceways are free of foreign material and moisture before pulling wire or cable. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc 600 VOLT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES March 2019 PAGES 16120-3 L Test all cable and wire for continuity and for shorts prior to energizing any circuits. J. Conductors shall extend at least 3"past the point of the cover on any junction or pull box installed. K. For connections to motors,transformers,and vibrating equipment,stranded conductors shall be used only from the last fixed point of connection to the motors,transformers,or vibrating equipment. L. Conductors shall be without splice from termination to termination,unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. M. Provide an equipment grounding conductor with each circuit. N. The use of a shared neutral on multiwire branch circuits will not be allowed.Each circuit shall be provided with it's own neutral conductor(s),unless noted otherwise in the Contract Documents. O. Contractor shall provide conductors of the appropriate rating and quantity for each circuit. 1. Voltage Drop Calculations: a. Wire shall be sized for a voltage drop no greater than 2%measured for circuits used to feed panelboard,distribution panels,switchboards and service equipment. b. Wire shall be sized for a voltage drop no greater than 3%measured from the feeder panelboard or switchgear to it's point of load termination. c. Contractor shall provide documentation of voltage drop calculations upon request of Engineer or Owner. 2. Where multiple conductors are used in a shared raceway,conductor ratings shall be derated per the NEC. 3. Where conductors sizes are specified in the Contract Documents,these sizes are based on copper conductors. P. All analog control circuits,i.e.4-20mA signal circuits,shall be multi-conductor instrument cable. Q. All control cabling circuits from UV panel to UV channels/lamps shall be in separate conduits. 3.2 SPLICES,TAPS AND TERMINATIONS A. Splices to feeders and service entrance conductors are not permitted unless specifically noted on the plans. B. Electrical spring connectors shall be used for splices and taps in lighting and 120-volt receptacle circuits and motor leads#IOAWG or smaller. C. Use pressure or compression type connectors for all splices or taps in copper conductors. D. Do not splice conductors of dissimilar metals together. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Control circuits may be color-coded using available colors,except gray and green.They shall be identified at each terminal at the respective control panel with a label.Imprinted labels shall be protected by a heat shrinkable sleeve. B. Each control circuit shall be identified at both ends with the same number;wire number shall be the same as the wire number shown on the Contractor's Equipment Drawings. Spare conductors shall also be identified. ***END OF SECTION*** RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc 600 VOLT CONDUCTORS AND CABLES March 2019 PAGES 16120-4 SECTION 16440-SAFETY SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Safety Switches B. Corrosion Inhibitor C. Installation 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. In addition to the requirements of this section,submit shop drawings and descriptive data in accordance with Division 1 and Section 16050. 1. Safety Switch type,size,rating,enclosure type,switches poles,solid poles,HP rating 2. Fuse size and type(if fused) 3. Identification tag/nameplate PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SAFETY SWITCHES (DISCONNECT SWITCHES) A. General requirements 1. Provide safety switches as disconnects for all utilization equipment as indicated on the Drawings in addition to as required by the governing codes. 2. Provide lockable handle with multiple hasps to allow proper lockout-tagout procedures. 3. Provide NEMA 3R enclosures.Provide bolt-on hub kit(s)for conduit connections in order to maintain NEMA 3R rating. 4. Unless specifically noted otherwise,provide 3-pole with solid neutral bus for landing line and load side neutral conductors. 5. Provide proper size and quantity of lugs to terminate all phase conductors and neutral conductor. Neutral conductors may require more lugs,and a larger size. 6. Provide interior ground lug. B. Fused or unfused switch type: 1. Provide heavy duty switch with quick-make,quick-break mechanism with positive interlock. 2. Hinged door with mechanical interlock in the ON position,with defeat mechanism. 3. Provide horsepower rated disconnects,fully rated for load-break and load-make operation. 4. Provide service entrance rated switches where required. 5. Approved manufacturers: a. Cutler-Hammer DH series b. General Electric TH series c. Siemens Type VBII series d. Square-D Class 3110 series e. Allen Bradley 1494 series f. Pre-approved equal. 2.2 CORROSION INHIBITOR A. Vapor phase corrosion inhibitor: 1. Provide 1 year of protection for the enclosure in which it is installed. 2. Approvded Manufacturers: a. Crouse-Hinds CID 101 b. Hoffinan A-HCI c. Zerust VC2 d. Or approved equal. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SAFETY SWITCHES March 2019 PAGE 16440- 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install safety switches with operator handle no higher than 6'-7"above finished floor in front of the safety switch unless otherwise allowed by the NEC. B. Mount safety switch as close to the equipment as possible.Provide unistrut rack if necessary. C. Do not mount safety switches on removeable panels on the equipment served.Coordinate location of safety switches with the equipment provider prior to installing the switch. D. Install safety switches with proper working clearances about the switch. E. All disconnect switches shall contain a corrosion inhibitor device. F. Disconnects for single-phase motors shall be manual motor starters or manual motor starting switches as specified in the Contract Documents. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Provide an engraved or laminated plastic nameplate on each switch.Label per the name of the device controlled unless noted otherwise on the plans. 1. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install nameplates outside covers in unfinished areas by mechanical rivets. ***END OF SECTION*** RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SAFETY SWITCHES March 2019 PAGE 16440-2 SECTION 16450-GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grounding Electrode System B. Equipment grounding C. Transformer grounding. D. Bonding of new building additions PART 2 EQUIPMENT 2.1 GROUND RODS A. Grounding Electrode System: 1. Provide 3/4"x 10'long solid copper electrodes. 2.2 GROUNDING CONNECTORS A. Clamps and pressure connectors. 1. Clamps for connection to piping and conduit: a. Approved Manufacturer: 1) OZ Gedney type ABG 2) Bumdy"Hyground" 3) Thomas&Betts`Blackburn"Series. 2. Clamps for connection to enclosures and buswork: a. Approved Manufacturer: 1) OZ Gedney type KGM 2) Bumdy"Hyground" 3) Thomas&Betts`Blackburn"Series. 3. Bar taps for connection to bus bars which are UL listed(UL-467). a. Approved Manufacturer: 1) OZ Gedney type KGM 2) Bumdy"Hyground" 3) Thomas&Betts`Blackburn"Series. B. Welded connections using non-reversable exothermic process: 1. Approved Manufacturer: a. Cadweld b. Thermoweld. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Raceways provided for grounding electrode conductors shall be rigid nonmetallic. B. Conductor shall be connected to the equipment ground bus or to the enclosure if there is no ground bus. C. Separately derived systems shall be grounded in accordance with NFPA 70. D. The ground bus of each motor control center shall be connected to the grounding system in its building via the grounding conductors run with the phase conductors in accordance with NFPA 70. E. The grounding bushings on conduits entering distribution equipment,shall be connected to the ground bus in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS March 2019 PAGE 16450-1 3.2 GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM A. Contractor shall provide a grounding electrode system as required per NFPA 70 in addition to items noted in the Contract Documents. B. New Construction 1. Provide a#3/0 concrete-encased electrode installed within the foundation of the building,tied to the steel reinforcing,in accordance with the NEC. 2. Bond all the following building members(if present)together to form the grounding system for the building: a. All metal underground water pipes b. Metal frame of the building or structure c. Concrete-encased conductor identified in item 1 above. d. Other local metal underground systems or structures such as piping systems,underground tanks, and underground metal well casings that are not bonded to metal water piping. C. Existing Construction(as allowed by the NEC): 1. Provide a#3/0 conductor bonded to the metal underground water pipe.If metal water pipe is not present,drive a system of rod electrodes on order to satisfy the NEC requirements including Articles 250.53 and 250.56. 2. Bond all the following building members(if present)together to form the grounding system for the building: a. All metal underground water pipes b. Metal frame of the building or structure c. Technology Data room grounding riser system. D. Bond the neutral bus to the grounding electrode system at the service entrance switchboard. 3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUND A. Solidly ground all conduit systems,switch boxes,cabinets,motor frames,switchgear,transformers,and all other permanently installed equipment to form a continuous,permanent and effective grounding system.Bond expansion joints and metal raceway sections. B. An equipment grounding conductor shall be installed with each conduit run or cable,includes but not limited to feeder circuits,motor circuits,lighting circuits,and control circuits. 3.4 BONDING A. Bond all systems per the NEC including raceway,cable tray,enclosures,metal piping systems,structural metal,etc.. 3.5 TRANSFORMER GROUNDING A. Provide a grounding electrode conductor routed from the wye-connected secondary of the transformer (bonded to the metal enclosure)to the nearest grounding electrode: B. Ground each transformer to the nearest grounding electrode per the NEC: 1. Provide the neutral to ground bonding jumper at the transformer location(at the separately derived system).Verify that the neutral to grounding bond is in place prior to energizing any electronic grade TVSS panelboards. 2. Provide grounding electrode conductor from the bonding jumper location to the grounding electrode, minimum conductor size per the NEC. 3. The grounding electrode conductor is defined as the nearest one of the following: a. Effectively grounded building steel. b. Effectively grounded metal water pipe at the service entrance to the building. c. If"a"and"b"above are not available,then provide one of the following grounding electrodes: 1) Concrete-encased electrode tied to the building footing steel reinforcing bars. 2) Ground rod electrode. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS March 2019 PAGE 16450-2 4. Driving a ground rod at the transformer location is not approved,unless it is installed solely as a supplementary grounding electrode to one of the approved methods listed above. 3.6 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Flow meters and other field devices shall be grounded in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Contractor shall determine if there are any other special grounding requirements for equipment furnished on this Project and shall provide grounding as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.7 SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS A. In general,splices and terminations of the grounding electrode system shall be brazed,shall be exothermic welded,or shall be made with tool-compressed fittings. B. Connections to bus bars or equipment enclosures shall be made with tool-compressed lugs which are bolted to the equipment or with bar taps. C. Connections to ground rods shall be exothermic welded.Provide adapter sleeves as required for#6 AWG conductors or smaller. D. Connections to copper water piping shall be made with ground clamps. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Provide stenciled lettering or an engraved tag on each grounding conduit. ***END OF SECTION*** RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS March 2019 PAGE 16450-3 THIS PAGE 1NTENTIALLY LEFT BLANK RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS March 2019 PAGE 16450-4 SECTION 16500-LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION SUMMARY A. Luminaires. B. Drivers. C. Installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. In addition to the requirements of this section,submit shop drawings and descriptive data in accordance with Division 1 and Section 16050. B. Submit shop drawings in booklet form with separate sheet for each luminaire assembled in alphabetical order by`type'. Submit manufacturer's data including dimensioned drawings and photometric data prepared by an independent nationally recognized testing lab. C. Submit shop drawings for each ballast type and lamp as specified and/or indicated on the drawings. D. Provide photometric data for each luminaire and a photometric analysis of each space where Contractor proposes using luminaires which is not listed in the Contract Documents or which does not have prior approval.Contractor shall assume full responsibility for scheduling and timing for the analysis.The following information shall be displayed in the analysis and Contractor shall modify the analysis and change data used upon request from Engineer/Owner at no additional cost or project schedule change. 1. Illumination levels in foot-candles. 2. Analysis/Calculation grid shall be suitable for the project area to give a realistic feel for the space and shall be readable. 3. Height of analysis/calculation surface(s)in the model. 4. Light Loss factor for each luminaire. 5. Initial delivered lumens for each luminaire and lamp. 6. Statistics for each space/area:Average,Maximum,Minimum,Max/Min Ratio,Avg/Min Ratio. 7. Where the measured light levels of the installed luminaires does not meet or exceed the Contractor's photometric analysis,Contractor shall replace luminaires with the specified luminaires or other approved luminaire which meets the proposed light levels. E. Samples: 1. Contractor shall upon written request by the consultant,provide samples of any custom made components suitable for evaluation. 2. Contractor shall upon written request by the consultant,provide samples of standard system components or software suitable for evaluation. 3. Samples submitted in accordance with this section will be returned to the contractor following evaluation. 1.3 DESIGN CRIERIA A. Where switching circuit designations are not identified in the Contract Documents,the area lighting system shall be controlled by the device(s)shown in the space. B. Multiple lighting control zones in a shared space are identified in the Contract Documents with the use of switch designations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LUMINAIRES A. Provide luminaires with lamps,for each outlet specified in the Contract Documents. B. Reference luminaire schedule in the Contract Documents. C. Provide U.L.approved luminaires. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc LIGHTING March 2019 PAGE 16500- 1 D. The lumianire types required are as noted by a capital letter(s)and number(s)on the Drawings. Contractor is solely responsible for the exact quantities.Luminaire shapes shown on the Contract Documents do not necessarily equate to an exact length or quantity of luminaire;rather,the luminaire designation shown on the plans refer to the type of luminaire.It is the Contractors responsibility to provide the proper length and switching configuration in each space. E. Provide disconnects at each lumianire as required by the NEC. F. Unless indicated otherwise,refer to architectural documents for mounting heights of wall mounted, pendant mounted or hung luminaires. 2.2 DRIVERS A. LED Drivers: 1. UL Class 2 power unit as per UL1310.It is also listed in the UL Sign Accessory Manual (UL SAM). 2. Class A sound rating. 3. Minimum operating ambient temperature of-40 degrees C. 4. Life expectancy of 50,000 hours or greater at an average ambient temperature of<40 degrees C with use of the luminaire it is supplied with. 5. Self-rise of 25 degrees C at maximum load in open air without heat sink. 6. Certified by UL for use in a dry or damp location(Outdoor Type I). 7. Tolerates sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage. 8. Allowable case temperature up to 85 degrees C. 9. Reduce output power to LEDs if maximum allowable case temperature is exceeded. 10. Driver complies with governing FCC rules and regulations. 11. Tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage and need of external fusing or trip devices. 12. Dimmable,controlled by 0-1OV low voltage controller or other means compatible with lighting system controls. 13. Manufacturer shall have a 5 year history of producing LED lighting drivers for the North American market. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide all hangers,rods,mounting brackets,supports,frames,etc.for proper and safe lumianire installation.Install all lumianires in accordance with manufacturers'recommendations and instructions. Refer to Section 16051: "Supporting Devices"for approved supporting methods.Type of ceilings shall be verified so proper mounting hardware is furnished with each luminaire. B. In general,luminaires shall be located where shown on the Contract Documents;however,Contractor shall check equipment locations and install luminaires so that piping,duct work,and other devices or equipment shall not interfere with the luminaire components or its performance. C. Provide lumianires complete with all auxiliaries required for proper,safe and distortion free installation in the various ceiling constructions in which they appear.Coordinate ceiling types with the Architectural drawings and provide compatible luminaires. D. Provide felt or fiberglass gaskets on all incandescent luminaires where necessary to prevent light leakage at the ceiling line. E. Location of insulation above ceilings shall be verified where recessed luminaires are located.If insulation is present,Contractor shall provide IC rated luminaire or install barrier to separate luminaires from insulation per manufacturer's recommendations. F. Where master/slave or inboard/outboard switching is indicated,provide tandem-wired ballasts between luminaires as required by the Governing Energy Code. G. Pole erection and mounting shall be done according to pole manufacturer's recommendations. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc LIGHTING March 2019 PAGE 16500-2 H. A concrete base shall be provided for each outdoor luminaire,unless noted otherwise.Base types shall be provided as detailed on the Drawings. 3.2 WIRING A. Provide grounding type connectors for all conduit and cable. B. Provide a neutral(grounded)conductor with each switching circuit 120V(L-G)or greater. C. Provide an insulated grounding conductor with each lighting circuit. 3.3 QUALITY CONTROL A. At the time of substantial completion,all luminaires must be installed and lamped with new lamps. Install all luminaires complete with lenses,diffusers,reflectors,louvers and other required accessories. Furnish a minimum of one case of replacement lamps for each type and size lamp used.Deliver replacement stock to the Owner's storage space as directed by the Owner. B. Lenses,refractors,and glassware shall be clean and free from cracks or chips.All reflectors,shades, luminaire bodies,etc. shall be free from dents and scratches.Replace any damaged reflectors,diffusers, louvers or other components at no expense to the Owner. C. Clean all luminaires free of dust,finger prints,paint,etc..All exposed tags and labels other than UL and emergency ballast identifiers shall be removed. D. Perform aiming and adjustment of all lighting luminaires in accordance with instructions issued by the Engineer.Adjust all directional type luminaires(interior and exterior)after dark under the direction of the Architect,Engineer,and/or Owner. E. Replace all defective ballasts within the guarantee period at no cost to the Owner. 3.4 LIGHTING REBATE PROGRAM A. Apply the Utility energy lighting rebate to this project. Secure on behalf of the Owner the maximum rebate.Include all negotiations and substantiation required. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Lighting control components shall be identified by laminated plastic nameplates with 1/4-inch white lettering on a black background.Identify each lighting contactor based on the loads served.In addition, identify the lighting control panels as such. B. Each interior LED luminaire shall be provided with an adhesive label on the outside of the housing but concealed from normal view,such as above an ACT ceiling,or on the driver housing.Label shall identify the following items: 1. Date of install 2. Rated Lumen output 3. Rated Color Temperature 4. Rated input wattage C. Each exterior LED luminaire shall be provided with an adhesive label on the outside of the housing but concealed from normal view,such as on the top side of a pole mounted fixture, ceiling,or on the driver housing. 1. Pole Mounted Fixtures:Provide the label on the inside of the pole handhole cover. 2. Exterior wallpacks,provide the label on the top side of the fixture. 3. Ground mounted flood lights:Provide the label on the inside of the stanchion access cover,or if no cover is provided,provide on the bottom side of the fixture. 4. Label shall identify the following items: a. Date of install b. Rated Lumen output c. Rated Color Temperature d. Rated input wattage e. Distribution package type(example;Distribituion Type: IV) RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc LIGHTING March 2019 PAGE 16500-3 **END OF SECTION** RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc LIGHTING March 2019 PAGE 16500-4 SECTION 16620-ENGINE GENERATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Outdoor Natural Gas engine driven generator. 2. Receptacles,cables,and other accessories as specified. B. Related Sections 1. Section 16621 -Transfer Switches 2. Section 16903—Submersible Lift Station Controls 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. All Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Bid. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Equipment shall conform to the following: 1. OSHA 2. Environmental Protection Agency. 3. Governing Pollution Control Agency. 4. National Electrical Code(NFPA 70). 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following items consistent with Section 16050: B. The following information shall be included with each submittal: 1. Engine-generator assembly base dimensions,unit enclosure dimensions,equipment weights and loading data.This information shall include detailed dimension and weight data for the generator silencer and exhaust stack(where applicable). 2. Drawing(s)showing the general arrangement and dimensions of the engine generator unit and the outdoor enclosures(where applicable). Include location of all auxiliary system component connections and engine-mounted equipment. 3. Catalog cut sheets on generator assembly including major on and off-engine auxiliary components (those items not integral with the manufacturer's package purchased from other vendors)indicating size,capacity,performance,design data,materials of construction and operating conditions. If catalog data is not available,include a Bill of Materials for the equipment proposed and all available data. 4. Provide locations of and specifications/dimensions for all required field connections to generator assembly. 5. Provide guaranteed fuel rate data for engine operation. Fuel rates shall include operation at 50 percent,75 percent and 100 percent of design rated net Standby Power output in kW. 6. Provide guaranteed emission data. Provide supplemental information on other pollutants that are regulated by the governing environmental control agency relevant to this project. 7. Detailed schematic wiring diagrams showing Automatic Transfer Switch(ATS)wiring terminations, SCADA monitoring terminations,and all other internal and external wiring terminations. Drawings shall be developed custom for this project. Terminal numbers shall be coordinated and reflect the actual terminal numbers used at the ATS and SCADA control panels. 8. Cable/plug assemblies. 9. Color chips for enclosure. 10. Certified copies of factory production test results. C. Operation and Maintenance Manual 1. The following information shall be included: a. Include all the information provided with the shop drawings and manufacturer's information. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc ENGINE GENERATORS March 2019 PAGES 16620-1 1) Update and complete control system drawings and descriptions for all equipment. 2) All documentation shall include modifications made which reflect the final installation. b. Operating instructions. c. Maintenance information. d. Recommended spare parts list with pricing. e. Accurate wiring diagrams for trouble shooting purposes. f Manufacturer's literature on all equipment and systems. g. Name,address,phone number of manufacturer's local representative and maintenance facility. h. Warranty information. i. Copy of test results and certifications. 1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Ratings shall be for service at 60 Hz,3-phase,4-wire,480/277-volts,and 0.80 power factor. B. Engine-generator shall have minimum nominal standby electrical output ratings as described below. C. All ratings shall be based upon the equipment located at an elevation of 1,000 feet above sea level. D. Engine-generator shall be sized by the manufacturer to operate the required loads,however,engine- generator assembly shall have a standby power output rating of not less than 50kW without written approval of Engineer 1. The following loads shall be started and operated in the order mentioned below: a. Step 1: 1) Submersible Pump 1 2) All control systems and power system, except Submersible Pump 2 b. Step 2: 1) Submersible Pump 2 2. Refer to the Drawings for HP of each motor and the associated motor controller to be used. 3. Instantaneous voltage drop shall not exceed 15 percent as measured at the main switchboard assembly at any time. E. Harmonic distortion levels when powered from its associated generator,shall not exceed the guidelines and recommendations put forth by IEEE 519,latest edition. The Point of Common Coupling shall be the service entrance switchboard,motor control center,or distribution panelboard. F. Each engine-generator unit shall be emissions certified for the calendar year in which it is installed. Guarantees are to be provided for verification of allowable emission levels for pollutants that are regulated by the governing environmental control agency relevant to this project. 1.6 FACTORY TESTS A. All system components and hardware necessary for complete and fully functional standby generation systems shall be factory tested as complete assemblies prior to installation at the project site. These tests shall include,in addition to"standard"factory tests,additional testing as described below. B. Factory production tests shall be conducted,certified,and documented by Contractor. Tests shall be performed at rated standby load and at 0.8 power factor in accordance with NFPA 110. These tests shall include,but not be limited to 1. Steady state voltage and frequency analysis. 2. Transient response. 3. Maximum power output analysis. 4. Supplier's standard factory engine tests. 5. Supplier's standard factory generator tests. 6. Safety shutdowns. 7. Hydrostatic test of radiator and oil cooler. 8. Continuity test and insulation resistance on electrical power and control system components and circuits. Do not include in these tests any device or equipment not design to withstand an insulation resistance test. 9. 100-percent prime rating block load acceptance test per NFPA 110. 10. Load carrying capability tests: RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc ENGINE GENERATORS March 2019 PAGES 16620-2 a. 1 hour at 100-percent prime rated net output(0.8 p.£). C. Contractor shall give Owner a minimum of 2-weeks advanced notice of scheduled testing of engine- generator so that Owner may observe testing. D. The Owner shall retain all copyrights to the test data. E. Test result data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before the generator assembly is released for delivery to the project site. 1.7 FIELD LOAD BANK TEST A. Provide a 2-hour field load bank test at 100 percent of standby rating. B. Record beginning fuel pressure,ending fuel pressure,KW load,output voltage,output current,oil pressure,water temperature,and ambient temperature at 15-minute intervals throughout the test. C. Include copies of the load bank test in each O&M manual. 1.8 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any and all defects in workmanship,materials and equipment that may be found in any part of the engine-generator assemblies. Contractor shall immediately replace and make good without expense to the Owner any such faulty parts and damage done by reason of same,during the period of 5 years or 1,500 machine hours,minimum,from the date of final project completion. B. Where installed materials and/or equipment carry a manufacturer's warranty for a longer period;the generator assembly supplier shall,at no additional cost to Owner,replace any and all parts that fail during the manufacturers'warranty periods. C. All warranties shall be comprehensive covering parts and labor.No deductibles or costs shall be allowed for travel time,service hours,repair parts,tools,etc. D. Should the Contractor fail to make good the defective parts within 14 days of such notifications,Owner may replace these parts charging the expense,including labor,to the Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers shall have an authorized service organization within a 50 mile radius of the project site. B. Acceptable Manufacturers are as follows: 1. Cummins. 2. Caterpillar 3. Baldor 2.2 NATURAL GAS ENGINE A. Multi-cylinder,4 cycle,natural gas fuel. B. Engine shall be certified to meet all required EPA and governing environmental control agencies air emission limits. C. Rated horsepower sufficient to drive the generator at rated kW. D. Block,crankshaft,liners,and connecting rods of same quality used in a comparable diesel engine. E. Water cooled,thermostatically controlled utilizing an engine mounted radiator with flanges for duct connections.Provide a readily accessible and viewable overflow tank. F. 120 volt, 1 phase jacket water heater to maintain engine block at 100 degrees F to assure rapid starting. G. Pressurized circulating lube oil system complete with filtering system. H. Crankcase breather kit. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc ENGINE GENERATORS March 2019 PAGES 16620-3 L Heavy duty,dry element type air cleaner with restriction indicator. J. Electric isochronous governing system. K. DC starting motor capable of cranking engine at starting speed for a duration of at least 30 seconds. L. Battery charging alternator. M. Vibration isolation dampers between base of generator assembly and concrete pad. N. Clear access shall be provided to all filters and to the oil drain to facilitate on site maintenance. O. Readily accessible manual fuel shut off valve. P. Automatic fuel shut off valves,secondary gas pressure regulators,primary gas pressure regulators,test port for measuring gas pressure and gas line piping as needed. 2.3 GENERATOR A. Synchronous machine with brushless revolving field. B. Skewed stator and 2/3 pitch windings. C. The generator neutral point shall be bonded to the generator frame and meet the requirements of the NEC. D. Separately excited generator that uses a separate permanent magnet generator(PMG)to power the voltage regulator. E. Automatic static voltage regulator that senses all 3 phases to regulate output voltage from no load to full load within 0.5 percent,and shall include under-frequency protection. 2.4 BATTERY AND CHARGER A. Lead acid battery. B. Sufficient amp-hour rating to match cyclic starting control for a minimum of 3 cranking cycles. C. Automatic standby battery charger with dual charging rates and charging DC ammeter. D. Charger shall disconnect either during starting or operation. E. The battery package shall be complete with cables and hardware. F. Charger shall be mounted within the generator assembly footprint. G. 120V,1 phase. 2.5 CONTROL PANEL A. Manufactured to minimize field wiring and terminations.Locate so all controls,gages,and meters are readily accessible from the floor or ground.Top of control panel shall not exceed 6'-6"above the floor, ground or catwalk. B. Contain all engine and generator controls,meters,switches,and annunciator indicators. C. Control panel lamps shall be provided for night time viewing. D. Panel shall be mounted on vibration isolators. E. Control Provisions: 1. Generator set controller shall have a graphical display with positive image,transflective LCD,and adjustable backlight/contrast. a. Graphical display shall display at a minimum:modes of controls,alarms and generator status, and electrical measurements. 2. Automatic cyclic engine start controller which will start or stop generator under the control of an automatic transfer switch. 3. Mode selector switch which is capable of selecting automatic,manual,off,and lock-out modes. 4. Voltage adjust potentiometer to regulate voltage manually in the range of f 5 percent. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc ENGINE GENERATORS March 2019 PAGES 16620-4 5. Emergency Stop pushbutton switch. a. If switch is located on exterior of enclosure,generator shall initiate a common alarm output contact upon activation. 6. Safety shutdown controls and alarm notification for the following: a. Low oil pressure. b. High coolant temperature. c. Overspeed. d. Overcrank. e. Activation of Emergency Stop switch. £ Low coolant level. 7. The following features,at a minimum,shall be provided at the panel: a. Alarm horn with Alarm acknowledge button. b. Auto/Start(Run)/Stop buttons or switch. c. Engine Running notification. d. Engine cool down timer. e. Low oil pressure warning alarm. f High coolant temperature warning alarm. g. Failure to start alarm. h. Overspeed warning alarm. i. Over crank warning alarm. j. Charger fail(low battery voltage)alarm. k. Low coolant temperature alarm. 1. System ready notification. 8. Provide isolated SPDT contacts: a. Provide a contact for common alarm,and generator running signals. b. Contacts shall be located in the generator control panel. c. Coordinate the requirements for remote monitoring with all trades. 9. At a minimum,provide the metering devices as required for the following,each point shall be displayed on the control panel graphical interface: a. Generator AC Voltage-3 phase(L-L&L-N). b. Generator AC Current(per phase&average). c. Generator Power kW(total&per phase). d. Generator kVA(total&per phase). e. Generator kW-hr(total) f. Generator Frequency. g. Generator Power Factor(average&per phase) h. Battery Voltage. i. Engine Hours. j. Engine RPM. k. Engine Oil Pressure. 1. Engine Coolant Temp. in. Engine Crank Attempt Counter. n. Service Maintenance Interval(Engine Operating Hours and Calendar Days) o. Real Time Clock p. Twenty Event Fault Log. F. Overload protection 1. 3-pole thermal-magnetic main circuit breaker for each voltage provided. 2. The circuit breaker(s)shall be identified with engraved phenolic nameplates which have white lettering of not less than 3/16 inch on a black background.Nameplates shall be attached with stainless steel screws. 2.6 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH A. See Section 16621. 2.7 SILENCERS RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc ENGINE GENERATORS March 2019 PAGES 16620-5 A. "Residential Grade"silencer. B. Attenuation of 30 decibels in the 100 to 250 Hz range,22 decibels above 4,000 Hz. C. Mounted above the generator set. 2.8 SOUND ATTENUATING WEATHERPROOF HOUSING A. Operating handles for latching the panels shall be lockable.2 sets of keys shall be provided. B. All metal parts shall be cleaned,primed,and painted with a durable,weather-resistant,semi-gloss,baked enamel finish. 1. Color as selected by the Owner from color chips which shall be provided with the shop drawings. C. Stainless steel hinges. D. Bird/rodent screens over intake and exhaust louver opens. Screen openings shall be no larger than'/4 inch. E. Adequate size to contain the engine-generator set and all accessories including the silencer. F. Oil/moisture resistant acoustical insulation. G. Provide steel cage around exhaust discharge to prevent vandalism. 2.9 CONVENIENCE LIGHTS A. Provide 2 lamp holders for DC lighting inside the enclosure.Mount the lamp holders for most effective lighting.Provide rough service lamps for each lamp holder. B. Control from manual timer in generator control panel. 2.10 SPARE PARTS A. Air filter. B. Fuel filter. C. Oil filter. D. Fuses(2 of each type used in generator set). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The engine generator set shall be installed compete with all accessories. B. Anchor the engine generator set to the concrete pad with stainless steel anchor bolts. C. Provide cover plates(painted to match the skid)to cover any openings in the enclosure and/or skid. D. Rodent proof the installation by sealing all openings and gaps. E. Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer 2-weeks prior to mounting axillary devices such as receptacles,lighting,cable storage boxes,to the portable generator assembly to allow coordination of equipment location with Owner. 3.2 FULL FLUID RESERVOIRS A. The batteries,radiator,crankcase,and any other reservoir shall be filled as part of this Contract. 3.3 NATURAL GAS SERVICE A. Contractor shall initiate and coordinate the installation of the natural gas service with the serving utility. B. Provide all required components at the gas service,including but not limited to,pressure gauge,pressure regulator,fuel shut off valves,sediment traps. C. Coordinate required gas pressure with generator manufacturer and utility. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc ENGINE GENERATORS March 2019 PAGES 16620-6 D. Install gas system per manufacturer requirements. 3.4 TESTING A. Prior to delivery,the engine generator set and all support components shall be factory tested and certified by the manufacturer. Engineer and Owner shall be given a 2-week notice prior to test date. B. Prior to field tests,manufacturer's field service representative shall inspect the complete installation to assure that all components have been installed and connected in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. C. After completion of the installation,the generator set and support components shall be field tested by manufacturer's field service representative.The test shall include actual start-up and operation in both the automatic and manual modes.Engineer and Owner shall be given a 2-week notice prior to test date. 3.5 TRAINING A. After the engine-generator set installation is complete and the manufacturer's field service representative has completed all field testing,the Owners personnel shall receive operation and maintenance instruction. B. The instructions shall include demonstration and/or review of features,including but not limited to: 1. All accessories. 2. Lubrication procedures. 3. Removal and installation of filters. 4. Start up and shut down procedures. 5. Power outage simulation. 6. Transfer switch operation. 7. Control panel features. 8. Field adjustment of output voltage. 9. Alarm and shutdown features. ***END OF SECTION*** RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc ENGINE GENERATORS March 2019 PAGES 16620-7 THIS PAGE 1NTENTIALLY LEFT BLANK RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc ENGINE GENERATORS March 2019 PAGES 16620-8 SECTION 16621-TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION SUMMARY A. This Section includes transfer switches rated 600 V and less, including the following: 1. Automatic transfer switches. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and descriptive data in accordance with Section 26 05 00,in addition to the below requirements. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities,weights,operating characteristics,furnished specialties,and accessories. C. Dimensioned plans,elevations,sections,and details showing minimum clearances,conductor entry provisions,gutter space,installed features and devices,and material lists for each switch specified. D. Single-Line Diagram: Show connections between transfer switch,bypass/isolation switch,power sources,and load;and show interlocking provisions for each combined transfer switch and bypass/isolation switch. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of product to include in emergency,operation,and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section"Operation and Maintenance Data,"include the following: 1. Features and operating sequences,both automatic and manual. 2. List of all factory settings of relays;provide relay-setting and calibration instructions,including software,where applicable. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Maintain a service center capable of providing training,parts,and emergency maintenance repairs within a response period of less than eight hours from time of notification. B. Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100,by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NEMA ICS 1. D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. Comply with UL 1008 unless requirements of these Specifications are stricter. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH A. Automatic transfer switches shall comply with UL,NEMA,NEC,ANSI,IEEE,and NFPA,and have the following features: B. Automatic transfer switches shall be open transition switches,3 pole,draw-out construction,electrically operated,mechanically held open contact type,without integral overcurrent protection.Automatic transfer switches utilizing automatic or non-automatic molded case circuit breakers,insulated case circuit breakers,or power circuit breakers as switching mechanisms are not acceptable. C. Automatic transfer switches shall be completely factory-assembled and wired such that only external circuit connections are required in the field. D. Ratings: 1. Phases,voltage,continuous current,poles,and withstand and closing ratings shall be as indicated in the Contract Documents. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc TRANSFER SWITCHES March 2019 PAGES 16621 - 1 2. Transfer switches are to be rated for continuous duty at specified continuous current rating on 60Hz systems. E. Markings: 1. Markings shall be in accordance with UL 1008. F. Tests: 1. Automatic transfer switches shall be tested in accordance with UL 1008.The contacts of the transfer switch shall not weld during the performance of withstand and closing tests when used with the upstream overcurrent device and available fault current specified. G. Surge Withstand Test: 1. Automatic transfer switches utilizing solid-state devices in sensing,relaying,operating,or communication equipment or circuits shall comply with IEEE C37.90.1. H. Housing: 1. Enclose automatic transfer switches in wall or floor mounted steel cabinets,with metal gauge not less than No. 14,in accordance with UL 508,or in a switchboard assembly in accordance with UL 891,as shown on the drawings. 2. Enclosure shall be constructed so that personnel are protected from energized components during automatic transfer switch maintenance. 3. Finish:Cabinets shall be given a phosphate treatment,painted with rust-inhibiting primer,and finish-painted with the manufacturer's standard enamel or lacquer finish. 4. Coordinate the mounting of the ATS and outdoor cabinet with the Controls Integrator. ATS may be mounted in a custom outdoor cabinet. L Operating Mechanism: 1. Actuated by an electrical operator. 2. Electrically and mechanically interlocked so that the main contact cannot be closed simultaneously in either normal and emergency position. 3. Normal and emergency main contacts shall be mechanically locked in position by the operating linkage upon completion of transfer.Release of the locking mechanism shall be possible only by normal operating action. 4. Contact transfer time shall not exceed six cycles. 5. Operating mechanism components and mechanical interlocks shall be insulated or grounded. J. Contacts: 1. Main contacts: Silver alloy. 2. Neutral contacts: Silver alloy,with same current rating as phase contacts. 3. Current carrying capacity of arcing contacts shall not be used in the determination of the automatic transfer switch rating,and shall be separate from the main contacts. 4. Main and arcing contacts shall be visible for inspection with cabinet door open and barrier covers removed. 5. Isolated form'C'contacts shall be provided for remote indication of a. Normal power available. b. Generator power available. c. Switch in normal position. d. Switch in generator position. K. Manual Operator: 1. Capable of operation by one person in either direction under no load. L. Replaceable Parts: 1. Include the main and arcing contacts individually or as units,as well as relays,and control devices. 2. Automatic transfer switch contacts and accessories shall be replaceable from the front without removing the switch from the cabinet and without removing main conductors. M. Sensing Features: RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc TRANSFER SWITCHES March 2019 PAGES 16621 -2 1. Undervoltage Sensing for Each Phase of Normal Source: Sense low phase-to-ground voltage on each phase.Pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100%of nominal,and dropout voltage is adjustable from 75 to 98%of pickup value.Factory set for pickup at 90%and dropout at 85%. 2. Adjustable Time Delay: For override of normal-source voltage sensing to delay transfer and engine start signals.Adjustable from zero to six seconds,and factory set for one second. 3. Voltage/Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevent premature transfer to the engine-generator.Pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100%of nominal.Factory set for pickup at 90%.Pickup frequency shall be adjustable from 90 to 100%of nominal.Factory set for pickup at 95%. 4. Time Delay for Retransfer to Normal Source: Adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes,and factory set for 10 minutes to automatically defeat delay on loss of voltage or sustained undervoltage of emergency source,provided normal supply has been restored. 5. Test Switch: Simulate normal-source failure. 6. Switch-Position Indication: Indicate source to which load is connected. 7. Source-Available Indication: Supervise sources via transfer switch normal-and emergency-source sensing circuits. 8. Normal Power Indication: Indicate"Normal Source Available." 9. Emergency Power Indication: Indicate"Emergency Source Available." 10. Transfer Override Control: Overrides automatic retransfer control so that automatic transfer switch shall remain connected to emergency power source regardless of condition of normal source.Control panel shall indicate override status. 11. Engine Starting Contacts: One isolated and normally closed and one isolated and normally open; rated 5 A at 30 V DC minimum. 12. Engine Shutdown Contacts: Time delay adjustable from zero to 15 minutes,and factory set for 5 minutes.Contacts shall initiate shutdown at remote engine-generator controls after retransfer of load to normal source. N. Controls: 1. Controls shall provide indication of switch status and be equipped with alarm diagnostics. 2. Controls shall control operation of the automatic transfer switches. 3. The transfer switch shall be equipped with a microprocessor based control panel.The control panel shall perform the operational and display functions of the transfer switch.The display functions of the control panel shall include ATS position and source availability.The digital display shall be accessible without opening the enclosure door and shall be provided with a 4 line by 20 character LCD display screen with touch pad function and display menus.The programming functions shall be pass code protected.The control panel shall be optoisolated from electrical noise and provided with the following inherent control functions and capabilities: a. Multipurpose display for continuous monitoring and control of the ATS functions and settings. All field changeable functions shall be pass code protected and accessible through the keypad. b. Built-in diagnostic display that includes the capturing of historical data,such as number of transfers and time on emergency power source for ease of troubleshooting. c. Touch pad test switch with Fast Test/Load/No Load positions to simulate a normal source failure. O. Factory Wiring:Train and bundle factory wiring and label either by color-code or by numbered/lettered wire markers.Labels shall match those on the shop drawings. P. Annunciation,Control,and Programming Interface Components: Devices for communicating with remote programming devices,annunciators,or control panels shall have open-protocol communication capability matched with remote device. Q. A load/no load clock exerciser shall be incorporated within the microprocessor and shall be programmable to start the engine generator set and transfer the load(when selected)for exercise purposes on a weekly basis.The exerciser shall contain a lithium battery for memory retention during an outage. R. Approved Manufacturers: 1. ASCO 2. Russelectric. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc TRANSFER SWITCHES March 2019 PAGES 16621 -3 3. Zenith ZTS 4. Pre-approved equal. 2.2 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. Manual Operation: 1. Operator shall use the control panel on the face of the enclosure to activate the switch to change positions. 2. Operator may use the SCADA system to activate the generator and switch. 3. When a Manual transfer is initiated,the system shall transfer from normal power to generator and vice versa pending the switch present position. 4. Automatic transfer operation shall be disabled. B. Automatic Operation: 1. The specified voltage decrease in one or more phases of the normal power source shall initiate the transfer sequence.The automatic transfer switch shall start the engine-generator(s)after a specified time delay to permit override of momentary dips in the normal power source. 2. Engine Start:A voltage decrease,at any automatic transfer switch,in one or more phases of the normal power source to less than the specified value of normal shall start the engine-generator(s) after a specified time delay. 3. The automatic transfer switch shall transfer the load from normal to emergency source when the frequency and voltage of the engine-generator(s)have attained the specified percent of rated value. 4. Retransfer to Normal(All Loads):Automatic transfer switches shall retransfer the load from emergency to normal source upon restoration of normal supply in all phases to the specified percent or more of normal voltage,and after a specified time delay. Should the emergency source fail during this time,the automatic transfer switches shall immediately transfer to the normal source whenever it becomes available.After restoring to normal source,the engine-generator(s)shall continue to run unloaded for a specified interval(initially set to 5 minutes)before shut-down. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Secure free-standing equipment to a concrete housekeeping pad with the use of stainless steel hardware. B. Set field-adjustable intervals and delays,relays,and engine exerciser clock. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Wiring to Remote Components: Match type and number of cables and conductors to control and communication requirements of transfer switches as recommended by manufacturer. Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to Owner if necessary to accommodate required wiring. B. Ground equipment according to Section"Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect,test,and adjust components,assemblies, and equipment installations,including connections. Report results in writing. B. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Review wiring and connection to ensure all conductors and terminals have been properly installed. 2. After installing equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized,test for compliance with requirements. 3. Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulation-resistance tester. Include external annunciation and control circuits. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance. a. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. b. Inspect for physical damage,proper installation and connection,and integrity of barriers, covers,and safety features. c. Verify that manual transfer warnings are properly placed. d. Perform manual transfer operation. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc TRANSFER SWITCHES March 2019 PAGES 16621 -4 4. After energizing circuits,demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for each switch at least three times. a. Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and of emergency source with normal source available. b. Simulate loss of phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source. c. Verify time-delay settings. d. Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of control settings. e. Test bypass/isolation unit functional modes and related automatic transfer-switch operations. £ Perform contact-resistance test across main contacts and correct values exceeding 500 microhms and values for 1 pole deviating by more than 50 percent from other poles. g. Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic engine starting,transfer time delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of normal power,and engine cool-down and shutdown. 5. Ground-Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing of ground-fault protective devices for power delivery from both sources. a. Verify grounding connections and locations C. Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently. D. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. E. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate,and maintain transfer switches and related equipment. B. Coordinate this training with that for generator equipment. ***END OF SECTION*** RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc TRANSFER SWITCHES March 2019 PAGES 16621 -5 THIS PAGE INTENTIALLY LEFT BLANK RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc TRANSFER SWITCHES March 2019 PAGES 16621 -6 SECTION 16903-SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance/control system supplier. B. Control description. C. Control panel. D. Level transducer E. Antenna pole and light. F. Spare parts. G. Installation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16050—Common Work Results for Electrical 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. In addition to the requirements of this section,submit shop drawings and descriptive data in accordance with Division 1 and Section 16050. B. Drawings submitted for approval of control system equipment shall include the following information as applicable to each piece of equipment: 1. Detailed top,front,and end views. 2. Outline dimensions,including weights. 3. Control panel elevation drawings showing all components,both outdoor door and interior. 4. Control panel and starter electrical line diagrams and schematics. 5. Component device and material lists. 6. Cutsheets for each accessory. 7. Nameplate entries and schedules. 8. Features and accessories furnished to meet Specification requirements. 9. Cable access and exit areas,termination spaces,terminals and wire ways. 10. Operator interface screens shall be submitted and reviewed with the Owner prior to the completion of the PLC and operator interface programming. C. Operating and Maintenance Manuals 1. Provide Operating and Maintenance Manuals in a pdf format,compiled into a single pdf utilizing an interactive table of contents(TOC)with bookmarks and/or links to identify each component in the pdf and to take the reader directly to that page from the TOC. 2. All information contained in shop drawings. 3. List of spares provided. 4. List of spares recommended for stock. 5. Description of the operation,proper maintenance,and repair of all components. 6. Local sources of service and supply. 7. As built drawings. 8. Manufacturers operation and maintenance manuals. 9. Provide complete electronic copies of PLC,operator interface,and SCADA PC programs on USB hasp drive. a. Hasp drive shall be labeled to identify the equipment of which programs it contains. b. 1 copy of the programming shall be provided in PDF format c. 1 copy shall be provided in the PLC program's original format. d. Contractor shall demonstrate to the Owner and Engineer that these CDs contain all required documentation by opening up the CD on the Owner's computer and displaying the information to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903- 1 1.4 CONTROL SYSTEM SUPPLIER A. Base Bid Control System Integrator shall be as follows: 1. Quality Control&Integration,INC—New Prague,MN 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Certifications 1. All panels provided under this Section shall meet the requirements of UL-508&UL-508A.The supervisory control system supplier shall maintain in-house UL-508 and UL-508A shop procedures for both open and enclosed Industrial Control Panels. 2. Control panels with intrinsically safe circuit extensions shall meet the requirements of UL-698A and shall be labeled as such,thereby certifying that the panel satisfies the UL requirements for an enclosed industrial control panel relating to hazardous locations with intrinsically safe circuit extensions. 3. All panels shall be UL labeled or third party certified in accordance with Minnesota Board of Electricity Requirements for Approval of Electrical Equipment. 4. All panels shall be labeled when delivered to the Site.All field modifications shall be in conformance with UL.When the Owner accepts the panels,the Contractor certifies that the panels have retained their UL labeling or other third party certification accepted by the AHJ. B. Experience: 1. The control system supplier shall have been in business under their present name designing and implementing water supply system controls of equal or greater size in the State of Minnesota for a minimum of 10 years.Past experience of companies purchased may be included as relevant experience as long as the purchased company's experience relates directly to this type and size of project.Relevant projects must include: a. PLC and operator Interfaces software implementation and programming. b. Lift station control systems c. SCADA PC software implementation and programming. C. Maintenance and Service 1. The supervisory control system supplier shall have programmers,designers,and field service personnel who are permanent,full time employees.The field service personnel shall be available 24 hours each day to assist the Owner with on site issues. 2. Service representative shall maintain an inventory of all control components and shall be equipped with all tools required to repair the control panel. 3. Service representative shall respond promptly to a request for service. 4. Control panel manufacturer shall be located within a 100-mile radius of the City of Elk River, Minnesota. D. Liability&Insurance: 1. The control system supplier shall carry a minimum of$1,000,000 in both product liability and errors and omissions insurance. 1.6 OVERVIEW OF CONTROL SYSTEM A. City of Elk River will be installing a new lift station to pump leached water from the Waste Management Land Fill in Elk river. This lift station will be controlled by the process level in the wet well and communicate to the city's wastewater collection SCADA system. B. An additional lift station(West Side Lift Station)is located on land owned by Waste Management. This lift station will pump leached water from the land fill to the City lift station mentioned above. This lift station will be controlled based on process level in the respective wet well and by the parameters set at the City lift station. Work for the City's SCADA system to control and communicate to this site shall be provided under this contract. C. An existing above grade leached water storage tank is also located at the Waste Management Site. Near this tank is a small pumphouse housing a pump,controls and tank monitoring. The existing control panel for the pump will remain and a new remote telemetry unit is to be installed at the pumphouse. The City SCADA system shall communicate with this tank pump controls in addition to reusing existing RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903-2 connections to existing wiring between the demolished west side tank and this site. Work for the City SCADA system to communicate to this site shall be provided under this contract. D. Controls interface and communications at the City Lift Station between the three locations are to be provided under this contract. 1.7 CITY LIFT STATION CONTROL DESCRIPTION A. Provide an outdoor control panel at the lift station site to control the operation of the submersible pumps and to communicate signals to/from the two lift stations on the Waste Management property and the City of Elk River wastewater collection SCADA system B. A"RUN-OFF-AUTO"selector switch is to be provided on the control panel door for each pump. 1. In the"RUN"position the associated pump shall run regardless if the control system is operational. Alarms,except motor overload or any other alarm that would void the pump manufacturer's warranty,shall not shut the pump down. 2. In the"OFF"position the associated well pump shall not be called to run. 3. In the"AUTO"position,the control panel shall run the well pump dependent on the liquid level of the wet well. C. AUTO(Normal)control mode: 1. The pump control shall operate the 2 pumps based on the liquid level in the wet well.On a rising level,the lead pump shall be started followed by the lag pump.Operating pumps shall be stopped at separate low levels.A radar level transducer and programmable logic controller(PLC)shall provide normal control. a. Pumps shall automatically alternate lead duty every cycle.Operator shall be able to select manual alternation via the operator interface. b. An adjustable 0 to 3 minute timer in the PLC shall delay the starting of the lag pump. c. The controller shall have means for manually simulating wet well level for testing purposes 2. Speed control and pump starting/stopping shall be as follows: a. Process Engineer will direct programmer on desired speed(VFD HZ)for each of the following setpoints. b. The level control mentioned below shall be as sensed by a radar level transducer. c. When the wet well level is below the STAGE 1 START elevation,all pumps shall be off. d. When the wet well level rises above the STAGE 1 (lead pump on)elevation for a preset time period,the lead pump shall start.The VFD shall be ramped up to an adjustable STAGE 1 PUMP MINIMUM SPEED setpoint. e. If the wet well level stays at the lead pump start elevation or starts to drop,the pump shall stay at the minimum pumping speed.If the level rises,the lead pump's speed shall be increased until the maximum speed setpoint is reached. £ If the lead pump is at maximum speed and the wet well level rises above the STAGE 2 START setpoint elevation for an adjustable time period,the STAGE 2 (lag)pump shall be started and ramped up to an adjustable STAGE 2 PUMP MINIMUM SPEED and the lead pump shall decelerate until they match speeds.The speed of both pumps shall then be controlled in tandem to maintain the wet well level. g. If the wet well level starts to drop,the pumps shall decelerate until they reach the STAGE 2 PUMP MINIMUM SPEED setpoint. If the level drops below the STAGE 2 STOP setpoint elevation for an adjustable time period,the lag pump shall be stopped. h. If the level continues to drop,the lead pump shall decelerate until it eventually reaches the STAGE 1 PUMP MINIMUM SPEED. If the level drops below the STAGE 1 STOP elevation for an adjustable time period,the lead pump shall be stopped. 3. A flow constraint shall be provided on the OIT to lock out pumping in a 24hour cycle if a total daily Gallons is met. a. A user setpoint on the OIT shall allow the operator to enter the total gallons pumped from the station in a 24hour cycle. Beginning set point shall be set at 35,000 Gallons. b. The daily cycle shall start at 12:00am and end a 12:59pm. c. If the total allowable daily flow has been met,the lift station shall shut down and not pump any additional process from the wetwell until the next daily cycle has started. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903-3 4. A restart delay relay shall prevent the pumps from starting for an adjustable time delay of 0 to 3 minutes after it has stopped.The RESTART DELAY indicator shall be displayed on the operator interface screen during the restart delay period. a. The restart delay timer setpoints shall be operator adjustable via the operator interface. D. Auto(Backup)control mode: 1. Backup control shall be provided by 2 floats.Control relays and timers for the backup control shall be independent of the transducer and PLC controller. 2. A high level alarm float shall initiate a"High"wet well alarm and start both pumps with an adjustable time delay of 0 to 15 minutes between each pump's starting.Pump starting sequence during the backup control mode shall be fixed(1 to 2). 3. Once the elevation drops below the high level alarm float,no additional pumps shall be started. 4. A low-level alarm float shall initiate an alarm and stop both pumps with a 0 to 60 second time delay between each pumps stopping. 5. The backup start signal shall be connected to a preset speed input of each VFD. a. Speed setpoint shall be coordinated with the process engineer at time of startup. E. Temperature sensors supplied with the pump shall initiate a pump fail alarm and stop the pump upon an over temperature condition.Pump shall be locked out until manually reset.Temperature monitoring units shall be furnished by the pump supplier for installation in the lift station control panel.Provide an auxiliary contact on the associated pump circuit breaker(and slave relays as required)to disconnect the over temperature circuitry when the circuit breaker is in the off position. F. Seal chamber moisture sensors supplied with the pump shall initiate a pump fail alarm upon detection of moisture in the seal chamber.Moisture monitoring units shall be furnished by the pump supplier for installation in the lift station control panel.A moisture alarm bypass switch shall be provided inside the control panel's inner door to allow disconnecting the moisture alarm from any alarm horn,exterior alarm light,and telemetry,if provided.Provide an auxiliary contact on the associated pump circuit breaker(and slave relays as required)to disconnect the moisture sensor circuitry when the circuit breaker is in the off position. G. Motor chamber moisture sensors(if supplied with the pump)shall initiate a pump fail alarm and stop the pump upon detection of moisture in the pump motor.Pump shall be locked out until manually reset. Moisture monitoring units shall be furnished by the pump supplier for installation in the lift station control panel.Provide an auxiliary contact on the associated pump circuit breaker(and slave relays as required)to disconnect the moisture sensor circuitry when the circuit breaker is in the off position. H. Phase monitors shall initiate an alarm and lockout pumps upon phase failure. L A pump fail alarm shall be initiated if the pump circuit breaker trips or the pump VFD signals an alarm. J. Level Measurement: 1. A radar transducer is to be mounted in the wetwell. 2. The radar transducer shall create a 4-20mA signal proportional to wetwell level and is to be monitored by the lift station PLC. 3. This level is to be displayed on the operator interface,communicated to the waste management lift station and the City's waste water collection SCADA system. K. Flow Measurement 1. A magnetic flow meter shall measure the discharge of the lift station. Flow meter to be provided under Division 33. 2. Flow meter transmitter shall be mounted through the inner door of the lift station control panel. 3. Flow rate,daily total,and grand total shall be telemetered to the SCADA master where it shall be displayed,totalized,and trended as specified in SCADA Modifications portion of this Specification. 4. Flow rate to be displayed at the local operator interface. 5. Provide reporting at the SCADA master PC to allow historical reporting of pumped gallons from the City Lift Station. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903-4 L. Generator: 1. A pad-mounted generator is to be provided at this site. The generator will provide back-up power to the lift station. 2. Generator common alarm,generator running,generator ready and normal power failure will be communicated back to the SCADA system and displayed on the SCADA PC. 3. Generator Emergency stop pushbutton shall be monitored by the SCADA system and generate an alarm if activated. M. Automatic Transfer Switch: I. An automatic transfer switch will be provided at this site. 2. ATS position will be communicated back to the SCADA system and displayed on the SCADA PC. 3. Remote control of the ATS and generator shall be provided via the waste water SCADA system. a. SCADA system PC shall allow operator to enter a desired length of run time for a manual remote start of the generator. b. SCADA system PC shall display the running time of a generator run cycle. N. Power Fail: I. A UPS shall be provided to provide back-up power to the control circuit. 2. A relay shall be provided ahead of the UPS to indicate control power failure. 3. Upon a utility power failure,the generator shall automatically start and provide back-up power to the lift station until utility power has been restored. 4. Upon restoration of power,time delays shall be provided between starting of the lead and lag pumps. O. Vault Flood: 1. A floor flood switch is to be mounted in the valve vault. Upon activation of the flood switch,the SCADA system shall send out a VALVE VAULT FLOOD alarm and shut down the pumps. P. Telemetry: I. The City's lift station shall communicate to the wastewater collection SCADA system via radio. a. All wetwell levels,stage(pumping)setpoints,speed setpoints,flows,pump status and alarms shall be communicated to the wastewater collection SCADA system. 2. The City's lift station shall communicate to the Waste Management West Side lift via radio. a. All West Side Lift Station wetwell levels,stage(pumping)setpoints,speed setpoints,flows, pump status and alarms shall be communicated to the wastewater collection SCADA system. b. The City's lift station liquid level,High Level Alarm and daily flow rate shall be communicated to the Waste Management lift station. 3. The City's lift station shall communicate to the Tank No.4 pumphouse via radio. a. All Tank No.4 levels,stage(pumping)setpoints,speed setpoints,flows,pump status and alarms shall be communicated to the wastewater collection SCADA system. b. The City's lift station liquid level,High Level Alarm and daily flow rate shall be communicated to the Tank No.4 pumphouse. Q. Alarm Handling: I. Appropriate alarm light(s)on the panel inner door shall illuminate.The inner door light(s)shall stay on continuously until the alarm condition is cleared 2. The exterior alarm light shall flash until the alarm condition is acknowledged.An alarm acknowledge button,an acknowledge button on the operator interface and/or acknowledgement via the SCADA PC shall shut off the exterior alarm light. 3. Alarms shall be telemetered and shall initiate the existing SCADA software alarm dialer,SCADA 911. a. Operator shall be able to use the SCADA PC to determine which alarms are to be dialed out and to whom. 1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT WEST SIDE LIFT STATION CONTROL DESCRIPTION A. An outdoor control panel will be provide at the new lift station site to control the operation of the submersible pumps and to communicate signals to/from the City's wastewater SCADA system. B. A"RUN-OFF-AUTO"selector switch is to be provided on the control panel door for each pump. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903-5 1. In the"RUN"position the associated pump shall run regardless if the control system is operational. Alarms,except motor overload or any other alarm that would void the pump manufacturer's warranty,shall not shut the pump down. 2. In the"OFF"position the associated well pump shall not be called to run. 3. In the"AUTO"position,the control panel shall run the well pump dependent on the liquid level of the wet well. C. AUTO(Normal)control mode: 1. The pump control shall operate the 2 pumps based on the liquid level in the wet well.On a rising level,the lead pump shall be started followed by the lag pump.Operating pumps shall be stopped at separate low levels.A radar level transducer and programmable logic controller(PLC)shall provide normal control. a. The lift station shall also monitor the liquid level in the City's lift station.Control of the pumps will be dependent on the available capacity in the City's lift station wet well. b. Pumps shall automatically alternate lead duty every cycle.Operator shall be able to select manual alternation via the operator interface. c. An adjustable 0 to 3 minute timer in the PLC shall delay the starting of the lag pump. d. The controller shall have means for manually simulating wet well level for testing purposes 2. City lift station wet well level: a. Prior to starting the lead pump,the lift station shall verify the wet level of the City's lift station is below a preset CITY LIFT STATION ALLOW PUMPING setpoint. If the wetwell level in the City's lift station is below this setpoint,the lift station may enable the operation of the submersible pump. b. If the waste management lift station pump(s)are in operation and the liquid level in the City's lift station reaches the CITY LIFT STATION MAX LEVEL setpoint,the operating pump(s) shall discontinue operation until the level in the City's wetwell has lowered to the allow pumping setpoint. 1) The CITY LIFT STATION ALLOW PUMPING and MAX LEVEL levels shall be available to be set via the City Lift station and City SCADA system only. 2) An adjustable 0 to 3 minute timer in the PLC shall delay the disable of the pumps to verify a stable liquid level in the City's wetwell. 3) If the high level is reached in the City's wet well,the waste management pumps shall stop operation with an adjustable delay of 0-3 minutes between lead/lag pump stop. 3. Speed control and pump starting/stopping shall be as follows: a. Process Engineer will direct programmer on desired speed(VFD HZ)for each of the following setpoints. b. The level control mentioned below shall be as sensed by a radar level transducer. c. When the wet well level is below the STAGE 1 START elevation,all pumps shall be off. d. When the wet well level rises above the STAGE 1 (lead pump on)elevation for a preset time period,the lead pump shall start.The VFD shall be ramped up to an adjustable STAGE 1 PUMP MINIMUM SPEED setpoint. e. If the wet well level stays at the lead pump start elevation or starts to drop,the pump shall stay at the minimum pumping speed.If the level rises,the lead pump's speed shall be increased until the maximum speed setpoint is reached. £ If the lead pump is at maximum speed and the wet well level rises above the STAGE 2 START setpoint elevation for an adjustable time period,the STAGE 2(lag)pump shall be started and ramped up to an adjustable STAGE 2 PUMP MINIMUM SPEED and the lead pump shall decelerate until they match speeds.The speed of both pumps shall then be controlled in tandem to maintain the wet well level. g. If the wet well level starts to drop,the pumps shall decelerate until they reach the STAGE 2 PUMP MINIMUM SPEED setpoint. If the level drops below the STAGE 2 STOP setpoint elevation for an adjustable time period,the lag pump shall be stopped. h. If the level continues to drop,the lead pump shall decelerate until it eventually reaches the STAGE 1 PUMP MINIMUM SPEED. If the level drops below the STAGE 1 STOP elevation for an adjustable time period,the lead pump shall be stopped. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903-6 4. If the City Lift Station's daily pumping capacity has been met,the West Side Lift Station shall shut down and not be allowed to run again until the next daily pumping cycle has begun. 5. Station priority: a. If the Tank No.4 pumphouse is running,the West Side Lift station shall be locked out of operation until the Tank No.4 pump has discontinued operation. b. Normal operation shall alternate the operation of the West Side station and the Tank No.4 pumphouse. If both sites receive a required signal at the same time,the West Side Lift station shall be given priority. c. If the West Side Lift Station receives a high level alarm while the Tank No.4 pumphouse is running,the Tank No.4 pump shall discontinue operation and the West Side Lift Station shall be allowed to run. Once the wet well level is restored to a low-level condition,the West Side Lift Station shall discontinue operation and the Tank No.4 pumphouse shall be allowed to continue to run. d. If the City Lift station maximum pumping limit is reached for the daily cycle,the West Side Lift station shall not be allowed to pump regardless of wetwell level. 6. A restart delay relay shall prevent the pumps from starting for an adjustable time delay of 0 to 3 minutes after it has stopped.The RESTART DELAY indicator shall be displayed on the operator interface screen during the restart delay period. a. The restart delay timer setpoints shall be operator adjustable via the operator interface. D. Auto(Backup)control mode: 1. Backup control shall be provided by 2 floats.Control relays and timers shall be independent of the transducer and controller 2. A high level alarm float shall initiate a"High"wet well alarm and start both pumps with an adjustable time delay of 0 to 15 minutes between each pump's starting.Pump starting sequence during the backup control mode shall be fixed(1 to 2). 3. Once the elevation drops below the high level alarm float,no additional pumps shall be started. 4. A low level alarm float shall initiate an alarm and stop both pumps with a 0 to 60 second time delay between each pumps stopping. 5. The backup start signal shall be connected to a"Preset Speed"inputs of each VFD. a. Speed setpoint shall be coordinated with the process engineer at time of start up. E. Truck Loadout Station: 1. An existing truck loading station is located north of the new lift station. Existing start/stop control station at the load out station is to remain and be reused. 2. When the Start button is activated,a pump in the wet well shall start. 3. If the process level in the wet well falls below a low level setpoint the pump shall turn off. 4. Control panel shall alternate the use of the pumps upon each start/stop cycle. F. Temperature sensors supplied with the pump shall initiate a pump fail alarm and stop the pump upon an over temperature condition.Pump shall be locked out until manually reset.Temperature monitoring units shall be furnished by the pump supplier for installation in the lift station control panel.Provide an auxiliary contact on the associated pump circuit breaker(and slave relays as required)to disconnect the over temperature circuitry when the circuit breaker is in the off position. G. Seal chamber moisture sensors supplied with the pump shall initiate a pump fail alarm upon detection of moisture in the seal chamber.Moisture monitoring units shall be furnished by the pump supplier for installation in the lift station control panel.A moisture alarm bypass switch shall be provided inside the control panel's inner door to allow disconnecting the moisture alarm from any alarm horn,exterior alarm light,and telemetry,if provided.Provide an auxiliary contact on the associated pump circuit breaker(and slave relays as required)to disconnect the moisture sensor circuitry when the circuit breaker is in the off position. H. Motor chamber moisture sensors(if supplied with the pump)shall initiate a pump fail alarm and stop the pump upon detection of moisture in the pump motor.Pump shall be locked out until manually reset. Moisture monitoring units shall be furnished by the pump supplier for installation in the lift station control panel.Provide an auxiliary contact on the associated pump circuit breaker(and slave relays as required)to disconnect the moisture sensor circuitry when the circuit breaker is in the off position. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903-7 L Phase monitors shall initiate an alarm and lockout pumps upon phase failure. J. A pump fail alarm shall be initiated if the pump circuit breaker trips or the pump VFD signals an alarm. K. Level Measurement: 1. A radar transducer is to be mounted in the wetwell. 2. The radar transducer shall create a 4-20mA signal proportional to wetwell level and is to be monitored by the lift station PLC. 3. This level is to be displayed on the operator interface and communicated to the City's lift station. L. Generator: 1. Control enclosure shall be set up to allow a portable generator connection. 2. Power failure will be communicated back to the SCADA system and displayed on the SCADA PC. M. Power Fail: 1. A UPS shall be provided to provide back-up power to the control circuit. 2. A relay shall be provided ahead of the UPS to indicate control power failure. 3. Upon restoration of power,time delays shall be provided between starting of the lead and lag pumps. N. Vault Flood: 1. A floor flood switch is to be mounted in the valve vault. Upon activation of the flood switch,the SCADA system shall send out a VALVE VAULT FLOOD alarm and shut down the pumps. O. Telemetry: 1. The Waste Management West Side Lift Station site shall communicate to the City's SCADA system via radio. a. Wetwell levels,stage(pumping)setpoints,speed setpoints,level setpoints,flows,run times, pump status and alarms shall be communicated to the City's Lift station and wastewater collection SCADA system. P. Alarm Handling: 1. Appropriate alarm light(s)on the panel inner door shall illuminate.The inner door light(s)shall stay on continuously until the alarm condition is cleared 2. The exterior alarm light shall flash until the alarm condition is acknowledged.An alarm acknowledge button,an acknowledge button on the operator interface and/or acknowledgement via the SCADA PC shall shut off the exterior alarm light. 3. Alarms shall be telemetered and shall initiate the existing SCADA software alarm dialer,SCADA 911. a. Operator shall be able to use the SCADA PC to determine which alarms are to be dialed out and to whom. 1.9 WASTE MANAGEMENT TANK NOA PUMPHOUSE CONTROL DESCRIPTION A. The existing pumphouse pump will be re-piped to pump water to the City Lift Station. B. The existing pump will be replaced with new. C. The existing control panel will be reused. D. A new remote telemetry unit will be provided at the pumphouse to allow for radio communications and automatic control of the pump. 1. Contractor shall modify existing control panel as needed to achieve the specified control. 2. Contractor shall provide cabling between the existing control panel,new control panel,and tank level monitoring equipment as needed to achieve the specified control. E. An existing wire from this control panel is ran to the existing tank located at the West Side Lift Station site. The existing tank will be removed and replaced with the West Side Lift Station. This wire is used to communicate a tank full signal and will be reused to communicate a back up High Level alarm from the new West Side Lift Station to the pumphouse. F. A"RUN-OFF-AUTO"selector switch is to be provided on the control panel door for the pump. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903-8 1. In the"RUN"position the associated pump shall run regardless if the control system is operational. Alarms,except motor overload or any other alarm that would void the pump manufacturer's warranty,shall not shut the pump down. 2. In the"OFF"position the associated well pump shall not be called to run. 3. In the"AUTO"position,the control panel shall run the well pump dependent on the liquid level of the wet well. G. AUTO(Normal)control mode: 1. The pump control shall operate the pumps based on the liquid level in the existing Tank No.4 and City Lift Station status. 2. Tank No.4 Level: a. A user setpoint shall be made available on the pumphouse RTU OIT to allow the operator to enter a TANK LEVEL START PUMPING setpoint. Once the level in the tank reaches this setpoint,the pump shall be required to start pumping to the City Lift Station. b. A user setpoint shall be made available on the pumphouse RTU OIT to allow the operator to enter a TANK LEVEL STOP PUMPING setpoint. If the level falls to this setpoint,or is below this setpoint,the pump shall discontinue operation. c. The lift station shall also monitor the liquid level in the City's lift station.Control of the pumps will be dependent on the available capacity in the City's lift station wet well. 3. City lift station wet well level: a. Prior to starting the lead pump,the lift station shall verify the wet level of the City's lift station is below a preset CITY LIFT STATION ALLOW PUMPING setpoint. If the wetwell level in the City's lift station is below this setpoint,the Tank No.4 pump controls may enable the operation of the pump. b. If the Tank No.4 pump is in operation and the liquid level in the City's lift station reaches the CITY LIFT STATION MAX LEVEL setpoint,the operating pump(s)shall discontinue operation until the level in the City's wetwell has lowered to the allow pumping setpoint. 1) The CITY LIFT STATION ALLOW PUMPING and MAX LEVEL levels shall be available to be set via the City Lift station and City SCADA system only. 2) An adjustable 0 to 3 minute timer in the PLC shall delay the disable of the pump to verify a stable liquid level in the City's wetwell. 3) If the high level is reached in the City's wet well,the waste management pumps shall stop the pump operation. 4. If the City Lift Station's daily pumping capacity has been met,the Tank No.4 pump shall shut down and not be allowed to run again until the next daily pumping cycle has begun. 5. Station priority: a. If the West Side Lift station is running,the Tank No.4 pump shall be locked out of operation until the West Side Lift Station has discontinued operation. b. Normal operation shall alternate the operation of the West Side station and the Tank No.4 pumphouse. If both sites receive a required signal at the same time,the West Side Lift station shall be given priority. c. If the West Side Lift Station receives a high level alarm while the Tank No.4 pumphouse is running,the Tank No.4 pump shall discontinue operation and the West Side Lift Station shall be allowed to run. Once the wet well level is restored to a low-level condition,the West Side Lift Station shall discontinue operation and the Tank No.4 pumphouse shall be allowed to continue to run. d. If the City Lift station maximum pumping limit is reached for the daily cycle,the Tank No.4 pump station shall not be allowed to pump regardless of tank level. 6. A restart delay relay shall prevent the pumps from starting for an adjustable time delay of 0 to 3 minutes after it has stopped.The RESTART DELAY indicator shall be displayed on the operator interface screen during the restart delay period. a. The restart delay timer setpoints shall be operator adjustable via the operator interface. H. Level Measurement: 1. Existing Tank No.4 level measuring equipment shall be used. 2. The Tank No.4 level is to be displayed on the operator interface and communicated to the City's lift station and City SCADA System. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903-9 L Telemetry: 1. The Tank No.4 Pump Station site shall communicate to the City's SCADA system via radio. a. Tank levels,stage(pumping)setpoints,level setpoints,flows,run times,pump status and alarms shall be communicated to the City's Lift station and wastewater collection SCADA system. J. Alarm Handling: 1. Appropriate alarm light(s)on the panel inner door shall illuminate.The inner door light(s)shall stay on continuously until the alarm condition is cleared 2. The exterior alarm light shall flash until the alarm condition is acknowledged.An alarm acknowledge button,an acknowledge button on the operator interface and/or acknowledgement via the SCADA PC shall shut off the exterior alarm light. 3. Alarms shall be telemetered and shall initiate the existing SCADA software alarm dialer,SCADA 911. a. Operator shall be able to use the SCADA PC to determine which alarms are to be dialed out and to whom. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTROL PANELS A. All control enclosures to be Arc Flash Rated to reduce the potential of incident energy. B. Outdoor Lift Station Control Panel Enclosure: 1. Free-standing,low profile,rainproof,Type 3R per UL-508. 2. Stainless steel door-in-door construction.Interior white. 3. Floor stands 18 inches. Skirts to cover space between floor stands.Material and finish to match the panel.A barrier shall be provided in the skirted area to separate conduits from the wetwell and non- wetwell. 4. Maximum overall height 60 inches.Enclosure width shall be as required.Double sided enclosure if required due to space requirements of devices specified. 5. Exterior gasketed doors with continuous hinge and 3-point handle-operated latching system.Handle with provisions for padlocking;tumbler type lock is not acceptable. 6. Internal doors with continuous hinge and quarter-turn latches. 7. Control devices and indicating lights mounted on interior doors. 8. Circuit breaker operating handles and VFD Keypads accessible with interior doors closed. 9. Internal heaters with adjustable thermostat control to prevent condensation.Heaters shall be sized as required to maintain temperature required for proper operation of all components inside the panel. 10. Panel Ventilation/Cooling:ventilation and/or cooling shall be as required to maintain proper operating temperature for the VFDs. a. Ventilation—As recommended by Control Panel Supplier 1) Thermostatically controlled vent fan and fixed intake/discharge louvers. 2) Air filters,filter retainer,filter sealing gasket and finger guard. 3) NEMA 3R steel shroud kits with finish to match panel. b. Air Conditioning—As recommended by Control Panel Supplier 1) Closed loop air conditioner with removable filter and integral thermostat. 2) UL Listed for outdoor use. 3) Mount on side of control panel. 4) Size:Air conditioner shall maintain an ambient temperature inside of the enclosure(with both drives operating at full speed)of at least 10 degrees F less than the maximum operating temperature of the drives: a) Design shall be for direct sunlight exposure with an outdoor air temperature of 95 degrees F. 11. A 12 inch by 12 inch by 1 inch pocket inside the exterior door shall be provided for clipboard and information storage. 12. A barrier shall be provided to separate the high voltage components from the low voltage components. 13. Transformer a. 480 volt to 120/240 volt, 115 degrees C rise dry type single phase transformer. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903- 10 b. Two-pole breaker or 2 primary fuses with fuse holders for primary side protection. 14. Provide a laminated plastic nameplate,which identifies station voltage,electric service size,and pump horsepower.Attach nameplate to exterior of panel with stainless steel screws directly above the generator receptacle. 15. Weatherproof GFCI receptacle mounted flush on the exterior of the panel. 16. Door stop kits to hold exterior doors in desired position;Hoffman A-DSTOPK,or approved equal. C. Indoor RTU Panel: 1. Wall Mount,low profile,NEMA Type 12 per UL-508. 2. Painted steel door-in-door construction.Interior white. 3. Internal doors with continuous hinge and quarter-turn latches. 4. Control devices and indicating lights mounted on interior doors. 5. Outer door to have a clear window to allow operator to view OIT screen and pilot devices with the outer door closed. 6. A 12 inch by 12 inch by 1 inch pocket inside the exterior door shall be provided for clipboard and information storage. 7. Provide a laminated plastic nameplate,which identifies station voltage,electric service size,and pump horsepower.Attach nameplate to exterior of panel with stainless steel screws directly above the generator receptacle. D. Power Distribution/Service Entrance: 1. Electrical service as detailed in the Contract Documents. 2. Service disconnects for the lift station enclosures shall be located outside of the lift station control cabinet to reduce the Arc Flash Hazard potential inside the lift station control panel. 3. Neutral bus for terminating the service neutral,the grounding electrode conductor,the force main ground connection(if any),and the equipment grounding conductors a. Bond neutral bus to the control panel enclosure. 4. Waste Management(West Side)Lift Station: a. Standby generator receptacle: 1) Contractor shall coordinate with Owner the desired receptacle for the generator connection prior to submittals. b. Provide bonded ground stud on the exterior of the panel to allow Owner to clamp their generator frame grounding cable during periods when station is powered by the standby generator. c. Mechanically interlocked(key interlocks not acceptable),dual circuit breakers for service entrance and standby generator d. Both breakers shall be molded case,thermal-magnetic with interrupting capacity as required for electric service specified above. e. Interlock shall permit only 1 breaker to be closed at a given time and shall permit both breakers to be locked open with a single padlock. 5. Surge capacitors rated 650 Vac RMS,3 poles, 1.0 mfd per pole. 6. Valve type lightning arrester rated 650 Vac RMS,20,000 amperes discharge capacity,900 joules per pole,UL listed. 7. Current limiting fuse for each pole of the lightning arrester.Fuse type and size shall be as recommended by the lightning arrester manufacturer. 8. Control Circuit Surge Arrestor a. UL-1449 recognized,diagnostic indicator,power line tracking,filtering,315V peak clamping voltage(L-N), 10,000-amp single pulse surge capacity. b. Manufacturer: 1) EDCO 2) MTL 3) Or equal. E. Main&Generator Breaker: 1. Electronic trip,molded case. 2. Operating mechanism shall be quick-make,quick-break with provisions for padlocking in the open position. 3. True RMS sensing. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903- 11 4. Adjustable settings for a. Long-time pickup. b. Long-time delay. c. Short-time pickup. d. Short-time delay. e. Instantaneous pickup. 5. Interchangeable rating plugs. 6. Thermal magnetic backup protection. 7. Long time and ground fault memory. 8. Trip indicators for overload,short circuit,and ground fault. 9. Approved Manufacturers: a. Cutler-Hammer b. General Electric c. Siemens d. Square D. F. Power distribution breakers: 1. Thermal magnetic,molded case. 2. Operating mechanism shall be quick-make,quick-break with provisions for padlocking in the open position. 3. Adjustable magnetic trip. 4. Approved Manufacturer: a. Cutler-Hammer b. General Electric c. Siemens d. Square D. G. Circuit Breaker Panel: 1. 20A thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with 10,000 RMS amperes symmetrical interrupting capacity. 2. Poles as required for circuit,do not use multipole breakers for multiple single phase(120V)circuits. 3. Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers as follows: a. Control power. b. Duplex GFCI receptacle. c. Control panel heaters. d. Control panel ventilation/cooling e. Area pole light f. Flow meter g. Spare. h. Additional breakers for City Lift Station enclosure: 1) Generator heater 2) Generator battery charger 3) Generator receptacle/lights. H. Programmable Logic Controller 1. Provide backup memory module and battery backed RAM,with 25%spare capacity for future programing and control functions. 2. Power supply. 3. Discrete inputs,discrete outputs,analog input modules,and analog output modules as required for the control scheme. 4. Diagnostic indicators for CPU status and status indicator for each I/O point. 5. All UO shall be optically isolated. 6. Provide fusing for all inputs and outputs. 7. Cables and all accessories as required for complete system operation. 8. Communications port,cards,software,programming,and all required appurtenances for a complete and operating system. 9. Minimum of 2-spare digital inputs(each type used),2-spare digital outputs(each type used),and 1- analog input. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903- 12 10. Provide communications ports/modules for a data connection to allow for remote monitoring and programming. 11. Approved Manufacturer: a. QCI Model 1500ct w/color touchscreen. L Operator Interface 1. Color touchscreen display on the QCI Model 1500ct control unit. 2. Screens: a. Screens on the operator interface shall be programmed in a manner to look similar to the existing City's existing lift stations and offer similar control and information.A summary of the screens are as follows below. b. Main screen: 1) Wet well with active bar graph and numerical displays of actual and simulated wet well levels. 2) Display the status of each pump. 3) Display the active flow rate(City lift station only) 4) Display menu for access to other screens. c. Setpoints Screen: 1) Wet well with active bar graph displaying current wetwell level. 2) Sliding bar graph to set the ON/OFF levels for STAGE 1 and STAGE 2. 3) Sliding bar graph to set the HIGH/LOW ALARM setpoints for the wetwell. 4) Simulated"Auto-Manual"pump alternation selector switch and 1-2,2-1 sequence selection capability. d. Pump Alternator Screen: 1) Options for FOFO,Rotary and Time alternation with adjustable setpoints for each. 2) Fixed and Jockey options for alternation. 3) Option to select lead pump. e. Data Screen: 1) Flow rate. 2) Flow total. 3) Daily and weekly pump runtimes,for each pump. £ City Lift Station/West Side Lift Station 1) Provide a screen to display the levels at the both sites. J. Wireless Telemetry: 1. Provide radio telemetry study to determine viable path for radio communication between the City SCADA System,City Lift Station,West Side Station,and Tank No.4 Pumphouse. 2. Contractor to provide telemetry study to Engineer. Contractor to provide recommendations for successful communications system in the report. 3. Basebid for telemetry system shall be as follows: a. Radio to provide unlicensed communications. b. Radio unit to utilize Digital Transmission Systems(DTS)and Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum(FHSS)technology. c. Provide yaggi style antenna attached to the dedicated antenna pole to allow for 2-way communication. d. Provide antenna cabling and lighting arrestors. e. Provide power supplies as needed. £ Modifications to existing City's Remote Telemetry Unit at the Water Tower to pass through and determine priority of new signals. g. Approved Manufacturer: 1) MDS 2) Or equal. K. Selector Switches: 1. Heavy duty,30.5 mm,oil tight units. 2. Selector switches with black knob type operator with white insert. 3. Contacts as needed for control scheme. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903- 13 4. Approved Manufacturer: a. Allen-Bradley b. Square D c. Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse d. Or equal. L. Pushbuttons: 1. Heavy duty,30.5 mm,oil tight units. 2. Black operator. 3. Contacts as needed for control scheme. 4. Approved Manufacturer: a. Allen-Bradley b. Square D c. Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse d. Or equal. M. Indicating Lights 1. Heavy duty,30.5 mm,oil tight units. 2. High visibility cluster LED. 3. Push-to-test type. 4. Lens color as specified. 5. Approved Manufacturer: a. Allen-Bradley b. Square D c. Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse d. Or equal. N. Running Time Meters 1. 6 digit in hours and tenths of an hour. 2. Synchronous motor driven. 3. Non-reset type. 4. 120 Vac,60 Hz. 5. Approved Manufacturer: a. Trumeter 710 b. Hobbs 20017 c. Pre-approved equal. O. Relays 1. General purpose, 120 Vac,60 Hz,plug-in type with contacts rated 10 amp. at 240 Vac,screw terminal base,and dustproof cover. 2. Approved Manufacturer: a. Allen-Bradley b. Square D c. Pre-approved equal. P. Alarm Horn: 1. 30mm panel mounted alarm horn. 2. Manufacturer: a. Mallory b. Or Equal. Q. External Alarm Strobe: 1. 2.3M peak candela strobe. 2. Weatherproof,NEMA 4X. 3. Heavy duty,polycarbonate outer dome,immune to shock and vibration. 4. Red,flashing stobe. 5. Approved Manufacturer: a. Edwards 27EDF b. Or Equal. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903- 14 R. Uninterruptible Power Supply(UPS) 1. True on-line with spike,line noise,and RFFEMI Filtering. 2. UL listed. 3. Battery sized to power 115 percent of the panel power requirements for 10 minutes. 4. Surge protection shall pass ANSI/IEEE C62.41. 5. Operating temperature range 32 degrees to 113 degrees F. 6. Fail alarm circuit internal to the UPS which bypasses the UPS and initiates an alarm upon activation. S. Phase Monitor 1. Electronic,programmable voltage monitor for use on a 480 volt system,UL labeled. 2. Monitor phase failure,phase reversal,under voltage,and voltage unbalance. 3. SPDT relay with contacts rated 4 amps at 120 volts. 4. Automatic reset,adjustable dropout voltage;programmable trip time delay for phase/frequency and voltage faults. 5. Fault memory with a minimum of last four faults stored. 6. Digital display,flush mounted on inner door of panel. 7. Approved Manufacturer: a. Motor Saver b. Pre-approved equal. T. Panel Wiring 1. Stranded copper conductor. 2. Color coded 600-volt insulation. 3. Terminal blocks 300 volt with box lug for terminating all field control wiring;motor leads shall be terminated at the overload relay lugs.Terminals shall be identified with the number on the wiring diagrams. 4. Both ends of all conductors identified with wire tags which are numbered in accordance with the wiring diagrams and which are protected with a clear,heat-shrinkable sleeve. 5. Complete wiring diagrams prepared specifically for this Project.All termination points shall be numbered. 6. Provide enclosed wire ways in the panel. U. Identification 1. Devices on interior doors shall be identified with engraved phenolic tags which are engraved with white lettering on a black background and are attached with stainless steel screws. 2. Devices mounted inside the panel shall be identified with embossed labels as shown on the Contractor submitted wiring diagrams.Label shall be on the mounting panel,near the device. 2.2 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES(VFD'S) A. Shall be electronic,with adjustable frequency and voltage,three phase output,capable of driving three- phase induction motors at full rated speed. The control technique shall be pulse width modulation (PWM)waveform,utilizing a full wave bridge design incorporating diode rectifier circuitry(third generation IGBT power electronics). Silicon controlled rectifiers or other control techniques are not acceptable. B. Suitable for variable or constant torque loads,as required per the application. C. Shall be capable of providing sufficient torque to allow the motor to break away from rest upon first application of power. D. Shall operate within voltage parameters of plus 10 to minus 15 percent of line voltage and be suitably rated for the full load amps of the maximum watts(HP)within its class. E. Minimum efficiency: 1. 95 percent at full rated speed. 2. 85 percent at half of the rated motor speed. F. Displacement power factor shall not be less than 95 percent under any speed or load condition. G. VFD shall include a 3%line reactor and a RFI/EMI filter. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903- 15 H. Surge Suppression: 1. Provide three-phase protection against damage from supply voltage surges in accordance with UL 1449. L VFD shall have the additional following features: 1. Isolated power for control circuits. 2. Manually resettable overload protection for each phase. 3. Adjustable current limiting circuitry to provide soft motor starting.Maximum starting current shall not exceed 200 percent of motor full load current. 4. Independent acceleration and deceleration time adjustment,manually adjustable from 2 to 2000 seconds. Set timers to the equipment manufacturer's recommended time in the above range. 5. Thermostatically controlled cooling fans,including fans integral to VFD and enclosure cooling fans if applicable. 6. Emergency stop push button as required by U.L.or other requirements as specified in the Contract Documents. 7. Speed Control input circuitry: a. 4 to 20 mA current or 0-10 VDC voltage control signals from an external source. b. Digital input from an external source. c. Manual via the local interface. 8. Automatic frequency adjustment from 1 Hz to 300 Hz. 9. Circuitry to initiate an orderly shutdown when any of the conditions listed below occur.The VFD shall not be damaged by any of these electrical disturbances and shall automatically restart when the conditions are corrected. The VFD shall be able to restart into a rotating motor operating in either the forward or reverse direction and matching that frequency. a. Incorrect phase sequence. b. Single phasing. c. Overvoltage in excess of 10 percent. d. Undervoltage in excess of 15 percent. e. Running overcurrent above 110 percent(VSMC shall not automatically reset for this condition.) £ Instantaneous overcurrent above 150 percent(VSMC shall not automatically reset for this condition). g. Short duration power outages of 12 cycles or less(i.e.,distribution line switching,generator testing,and automatic transfer switch operations.) J. VFD shall include front-accessible operator station,with sealed keypad and digital display,which allows complete programming,operating,monitoring,and diagnostic capabilities. 1. Typical control functions shall include but not be limited to: a. HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC-RESET,with manual speed control in HAND mode. b. NORMAL-TEST,which allows testing and adjusting of the VSMC while in bypass mode. 2. Typical monitoring functions shall include but not be limited to: a. Output frequency(Hz). b. Motor speed and status(run,stop,fault). c. Output voltage and current. 3. Typical fault and alarm functions shall include but not be limited to: a. Loss of input signal,under-and over-voltage,inverter overcurrent,motor overload,critical frequency rejection with selectable and adjustable deadbands,instantaneous line-to-line and line-to-ground overcurrent,loss-of-phase,reverse-phase,and short circuit. b. System protection indicators indicating that the system has shutdown and will not automatically restart. 4. Interface shall allow the operator to adjust all application,protection,programming,and control parameters. 5. Operator station shall be mounted on front door. K. Harmonic Distortion 1. Current and voltage harmonic distortion shall not exceed the values allowed by IEEE 519. 2. Drives shall be designed to limit the harmonic currents which are generated on the AC service and which would produce electromagnetic interference(EMI)or radio frequency interference(RFI). RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903- 16 Individual current harmonic distortion and the total demand distortion expressed as percent of maximum demand load current shall not exceed the values specified in IEEE 519-Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electric Power Systems,Table 10.3. 3. Total Harmonic Distortion(THD)shall not exceed 5 percent,and individual voltage harmonic distortion shall not exceed 3 percent per IEEE 519. 4. If the drives generate objectionable interference,EMI or RFI drive manufacturer shall provide the specifications for the equipment required to reduce it to acceptable levels.The VFD supplier shall have in possession filters to alleviate interference if encountered. 5. The Owner will provide the equipment specified to correct the problem through a direct purchase or a Change Order to the Contract. L. Manufacturer: 1. Allen Bradley Power Flex 2. Square D ATV 3. Danfoss 4. Or Equal. 2.3 FLOAT SWITCHES A. Non-Mercury mechanical switch. 1. Impact/corrosion resistant ABS float body. 2. Foam-filled body. 3. Heavy duty,Type SJOW#16/2 cord.Cable long enough to reach control panel without a splice. 4. Completely potted switch-to-cable-to-body connection. 5. Float cable hanger mounted near hatch of wetwell. 6. Provide anchor with cable for securing floats. 7. Approved Manufacturer: a. Gems Sensors&Controls (Warrick)Series M b. Siemens 9G c. Anchor Scientific Eco-float d. Pre-approved Equal. 2.4 RADAR LEVEL TRANSDUCER A. Free space,non contact radar level measurement in liquids and slurries;non affected by changing media, temperature changes,gas blankets or vapor. 1. Provide complete with electronic controller and mounting hardware. 2. Hazardous location rating suitable for the application of which it is installed and used. 3. Output signal to be monitored by PLC. 4. Programmable by entering all operational data via a Bluetooth connection. 5. Memory which does not require a battery to ensure protection of stored data. 6. Approved Manfuacturer: a. Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR50&Mounting Bracket b. Pre-approved equal. 2.5 ANTENNA POLE AND LIGHT A. Pole 1. Direct Burial pole. 2. Dark bronze or black pole which matches the luminaire color. 3. Mounting hardware for luminaire and directional antenna: a. Provide two 6 inch arms at 180 degrees from each other. b. The luminaire shall be mounted on 1 arm. c. The directional antenna mast shall mounted to the 2nd arm. 4. Hand hole approximately 18 inches above base of pole. 5. Pole installations shall be capable of withstanding the forces produced by 90-mph winds with a 1.3- gust factor and the total number of luminaires and additional equipment required per pole. B. LED Area Luminaire: 1. 120V driver with internal surge protection RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903- 17 2. Driver and luminaire rated life expectancy of 100,000 hours or greater at an average ambient temperature of<40 degrees C with use of the luminaire it is supplied with for a lumen output not less than 70% 3. Formed and welded or cast aluminum housing with dark bronze electrostatically applied and baked finish. 4. UL label for wet locations. 5. Minimum operating ambient temperature of-40 degrees C. 6. Integral daylight control and motion control. Motion control to dim luminaire to 50%when motion is not detected. a. Motion sensor shall detect motion 180°on the front side of the fixture. b. Sensor shall detect motion at a total distance of twice the height of which the fixture is mounted. Example:A sensor provided on a fixture mounted at 20' shall cover an area 40'wide. c. Motion detector shall be wired directly to the luminaire driver to provide the specified control. d. Sensor shall be low profile. 7. Manufacturer shall have a 5 year history of producing LED lighting drivers for the North American market. 2.6 METER SOCKET A. Power Company approved meter socket. 2.7 SPARE PARTS A. All spare parts shall be delivered to the City's Waste Water Treatment facility.Parts shall be appropriately packed and labeled for storage.Label shall identify the part(s)and station of which they are associated for. 1. 2 spare fuses of each type used. 2. 2 spare relays of each type used. 3. 2 spare lights of each type used. 4. 1 spare power supply of each type used(not including PLC power supply). 5. 1 spare intrinsic safety barrier of each type used. 6. 1 spare PLC CPU(fully programmed for City Lift Station operation). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Control panels shall be secured to concrete pad using stainless steel hardware. B. Panels shall be constructed using fabrication techniques that allow for removal and maintenance of all equipment after installation without removal of unrelated components. C. Contractor shall provide all hardware required to install equipment.The Contractor shall review the wiring diagrams for the equipment actually furnished and modify the wiring to conform to the requirements of the equipment furnished.The Contractor shall not be compensated for extra labor and materials,which are required to change wiring which was not confirmed with the equipment manufacturer's drawings. D. All programmable devices shall be completely programmed by the Contractor.This shall include modification in the field to obtain the mode of operation as specified herein.Programming shall be done in such a manner as to allow complete access to the program in the future by the Owner for changes and or additions.Program locks shall not be used. E. Program variable speed motor controllers per the manufacturer's instructions and in coordination with other trades so that a complete and functional system is delivered. F. Adjust trip settings of circuit breakers and motor circuit protectors with adjustable instantaneous trip elements. Initially adjust at six times the motor nameplate full-load ampere ratings and attempt to start motors several times,allowing for motor cooldown between starts. If tripping occurs on motor inrush, adjust settings in increments until motors start without tripping. Do not exceed eight times the motor RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903- 18 full-load amperes(or 11 times for NEMA Premium Efficiency motors if required). Where these maximum settings do not allow starting of a motor,notify Engineer before increasing settings. G. Install wiring between equipment and remote devices as specified and as required for the control specified in other sections. 3.2 LEVEL MONITOR INSTALLATION A. The level monitors shall be installed by Contractor. B. Provide DC power supply if existing supplies are not adequate. C. Provide all mounting hardware and cabling. D. Refer to Process drawings and sections for device mounting and elevation details. 3.3 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall evaluate proposed conduit runs containing conductors to and from a VFD to reduce possible harmonic or VFD noise interference with other circuits. Such conduits shall be run perpendicular to other conduits wherever possible. B. VFD conduits shall be separate as far as possible,or a minimum of 12 inches from other equipment and conduits containing circuits for sensitive equipment/instrumentation such as meters,level monitors, signaling circuits,network/communication cabling,supervisory control equipment,etc. 3.4 RADIO INSTALLATION A. Provide testing radio communication to each lift station prior to installation of the antenna to determine optimum location and height of the antenna. B. Ground and install the radio antennae and cable per manufacturers recommendations. C. Secure antenna to light pole arm designated for antenna. Run antenna cabling through light pole to underground conduit to lift station enclosure. D. Check,test,calibrate,and put into operation all radio systems specified herein. E. Instrumentation shall be provided as required to aim antennae for maximum signal strength. F. Re-aiming of antennae shall be provided where need arises during the warranty period. G. Coordinate any required modifications to the existing FCC radio license.Owner will pay any required FCC fees. 3.5 SCADA SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS A. Provide all programming,wiring,and hardware modifications to transmit,receive,display,trend,report, alarm,and handle the data between the lift stations and the SCADA Master at the City's Wastewater Treatment Plant. B. Programming shall be done in a manner consistent with the existing programming and shall include but not be limited to 1. Master radio. 2. Master PLC. 3. Human Machine Interface Software. 4. Software Alarm dialer. C. Alarm dialer shall be modified as required to incorporate the new alarms in similar fashion to existing lift station alarms. D. Screens/Reports 1. Addition of new Lift Stations to existing map screen. 2. Provide graphic screens,reports,and trends to match existing lift stations.In general,the screens shall display: a. Real-time wet well level. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903- 19 b. Current wet well set points. c. Status of pump Hand-Off-Auto selector switches. d. Pump runtime(24 hour and cumulative). e. Pump start counters(24 hour and cumulative). f All user setpoints specified above. g. Flow rates,both real time,24 hour and cumulative(City lift station only) h. Pump alternator controls. i. Radio communication status and historical summary. j. Alarm status and historical summary. k. Reports 1) Daily,monthly,and annual run time reports. 2) Daily,monthly,and annual flow total reports. 3) Provide means for operator to readily input flow rate of each pump(gallons per minute)to be used in flow total calculations. 3.6 ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE A. Verify that the neutral to ground bond is in place at the service entrance equipment prior to energizing. B. Enclosures shall be secured to floor/equipment pad with stainless steel hardware. C. Provide the service feeder,wire in conduit,from the transformer or cable termination cabinet to the main service disconnect. D. Provide a grounding electrode(ground rod)under the panel 1. Provide a grounding electrode conductor to connect the grounding electrode to the neutral bus and to the ground bus. 2. Connect the grounding conductor in the pump motor cables to the ground bus. E. Provide grounding per Section 26 05 26:Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 3.7 COORDINATION OF WORK WITH THE UTILITY A. Power company will be responsible for the following: 1. Furnishing and installing the primary overhead conductors and pole line. 2. Furnishing and installing the riser pole,primary cutouts,lightning arresters,and grounding. 3. Furnishing and installing underground primary conduits and cables. 4. Furnishing and installing transformer. 5. Termination of underground primary cables at riser pole. 6. Termination of underground primary cables at the transformer. 7. Termination of secondary conductors at the transformer. B. Contractor will be responsible for the following: 1. Make all arrangements with the power company for obtaining electrical service,obtaining and completing all forms required by the utility,and furnish all labor and material required for the electrical service which the utility does not provide. 2. Completing power company load forms,if required by the Utility. 3. Verifying locations of power company equipment with the power company. 4. Furnish secondary conduits and cables. 5. Furnish and install a power company approved metering enclosures. 6. Terminating all secondary conductors at the service entrance equipment. 7. Terminating and providing conductors required for the metering cabinet. 8. Furnish transformer concrete pad. 9. Installing equipment which is supplied but not installed by the power company. C. Contractor shall obtain and complete all forms to apply for all applicable equipment rebates available from the power company serving the project. D. The cost of the work in which the power company provides shall not be included in the Bid Price,unless noted or requested otherwise. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903-20 E. Contractor is responsible for all scheduling and coordination with the Electric Utility. Engineer can not be held responsible for delays in schedules,providing information,or completing power company forms. 3.8 GENERATOR CONNECTION TESTS A. Lift station operation shall be tested on generator power. B. Contractor shall test rotation and change wiring if required. This shall occur prior to powering the control panel on generator power. C. Where the Owner has a portable generator,the lift station shall be tested with the actual generator the Owner intends on using for the station. D. All generator monitoring,alarms and remote control shall be tested. 3.9 ADDITIONAL PROGRAMMING A. If during the course of construction,Engineer directs control integrations programmer to make changes to the control programing which are not outlined above and Contractor feels additional programming time over and beyond the basebid controls specified above,Contractor shall submit a Change Order proposal for the programming time he/she feels is required to make the suggested modifications. B. Contractor shall not make programming modifications which he/she feels is outside the scope of work unless Contractor's Change Order has been approved by Engineer/Owner. Work done prior to approval of such Change Order request will not be retroactively awarded to Contractor. C. Contractor shall provide an additional 40hours of programming time to occur in the field after equipment has been installed,over the base bid programming mount. The first 40 hours will be credited to Contractor Change Order request forms upon approval of the request by Owner/Engineer. Time not documented in such a manner will not be acknowledged as additional programming time needed and will be considered as base bid programming time. 3.10 SYSTEM TESTING A. All components of the system shall be thoroughly simulated and testing in the control supplier's facility prior to shipment. 1. Contractor shall provide testing approval certification from the panel manufacturer prior to receiving shipment. B. On Site Testing: 1. Provide services of a factory-trained person to checkout,test,and commission the system on Site. 2. Place equipment into service and provide operation as specified. 3. Provide actual activation of each control function and alarm in the system.If actual activation is not possible,the function shall be simulated. 4. Record all Changes in the Control Systems a. Revise all wiring diagrams and schematic diagrams to show final installation. b. Insert revised diagrams into each operation and maintenance manual in place of original diagrams. 3.11 SYSTEM COMMISSIONING&DEMONSTRATION A. Upon completion of Contractor's acceptance checks,settings,and tests,the Contractor shall demonstrate that the equipment is in good operating condition and properly performing the intended function. B. Process Engineer will witness operational tests and instruct programmer to adjust setpoints to achieve the operation desired by the Process Engineer. C. Contractor shall have system programmer at site for the commissioning process. D. A minimum of 2-week notice will be provided to the Contractor for scheduling of commissioning dates. E. If Contractor has not completed programing and system tests prior to the system commission and demonstration,Contractor shall reschedule the demonstration at Contractor's expense. RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903-21 3.12 OPERATOR TRAINING A. System commission and demonstration shall be completed before factory-trained personnel instruct the operating personnel. B. Training shall be not less than two 2-hour sessions.Sessions shall be on 2 separate dates selected by the Owner. C. Training time specified shall be time actually spent at the Site and shall not include travel time. D. Training time does not include startup,testing,demonstration and time used for system modifications. 3.13 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors,interconnecting wiring,and components. B. Provide warning signs as required by the NEC and where noted in the specifications. C. Label each enclosure-mounted control and pilot device. D. Mark up a set of manufacturer's connection wiring diagrams with field-assigned wiring identifications and return to manufacturer for inclusion in Record Drawings. ***END OF SECTION*** RI 6.115896-Elk River Landfill,Inc SUBMERSIBLE LIFT STATION CONTROL SYSTEM March 2019 PAGE 16903-22 APPENDIX REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION AMERICAN ENGINEERING TESTING, INC. CONSULTANTS ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL • •GEOTECHNICAL MATERIALS EXPLORATION • •FORENSICS Waste Management Lift Stations Elk River Landfill Elk River, Minnesota Report No. 26-20033 Date: October 5, 2018 Prepared for: Bolton& Menk, Inc. 7533 Sunwood Drive NW, Suite 206 Ramsey, Minnesota 55303 www.amengtest.com AMERICAN CONSULTANTS ENGINEERING •ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHN TESTING, INC. •MATER A SICAL I •FORENSICS October 5, 2018 Bolton &Menk, Inc. 7533 Sunwood Drive NW, Suite 206 Ramsey, Minnesota 55303 Attn: Mr. Kevin Bittner, PE Kevin.Bittnergb olton-menk.com RE: Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations Elk River Landfill Elk River, Minnesota AET Report No. 26-20033 Dear Mr. Bittner: American Engineering Testing, Inc. (AET) is pleased to present the results of our subsurface exploration program and geotechnical engineering review for the lift stations project located within the Elk River Landfill in Elk River, Minnesota. These services were performed according to our proposal dated July 11, 2018. We are submitting this report as an electronic pdf copy. If you would also like hard copies, please contact me. Please contact me if you have any questions about the report. Sincerely, American Engineering Testing, Inc. Thomas Evans, PE Engineer I Phone: (701) 690-9732 tevansg,amen Zest.com Page i 550 Cleveland Avenue North I Saint Paul,MN 55114 Phone(651)659-90011(800)972-6364 1 Fax(651)659-1379 1 www.amengtest.com AA/EEO This document shall not be reproduced,except in full,without written approval from American Engineering Testing,Inc. Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. SIGNATURE PAGE Prepared for: Prepared by: Bolton &Menk, Inc. American Engineering Testing, Inc. 7533 Sunwood Drive NW, Suite 206 550 Cleveland Avenue North Ramsey, Minnesota 55303 St. Paul, Minnesota 55114 (651) 659-9001/www.amengtest.com Attn: Mr. Kevin Bittner, PE Kevin.Bittnergb olton-menk.com Authored by: Reviewed by: Thomas Evans, PE Jay P, Brekke, PE Engineer I Senior Engineer I hereby certify that this report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under Minnesota Statute Section 326.02 to 326.15 Name: Thomas Evans Date: License#: Copyright 2018 American Engineering Testing,Inc. All Rights Reserved Unauthorized use or copying of this document is strictly prohibited by anyone other than the client for the specific project. Page ii Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................... 1 2.0 SCOPE OF SERVICES............................................................................................................ 1 3.0 PROJECT INFORMATION..................................................................................................... 1 4.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION AND TESTING................................................................ 1 4.1 Field Exploration Program .................................................................................................... 1 4.2 Laboratory Testing ................................................................................................................ 2 5.0 SITE CONDITIONS................................................................................................................. 2 5.1 Surface Observations............................................................................................................. 2 5.2 Subsurface Soils/Geology...................................................................................................... 2 5.3 Groundwater.......................................................................................................................... 2 6.0 RECOMMENDATIONS.......................................................................................................... 3 6.1 Approach Discussion............................................................................................................. 3 6.2 Lift Station Support/Installation............................................................................................ 3 6.3 Open Trench and Retention Systems..................................................................................... 4 6.4 Caisson Installation................................................................................................................ 5 6.5 Foundations ........................................................................................................................... 5 6.6 General Design Recommendations ....................................................................................... 6 6.7 Utilities .................................................................................................................................. 6 7.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS................................................................................ 8 7.1 Potential Difficulties.............................................................................................................. 8 7.2 Excavation Backsloping........................................................................................................ 8 7.3 Observation and Testing........................................................................................................ 8 8.0 LIMITATIONS......................................................................................................................... 8 STANDARD SHEETS Trench and Jacking Pit Backfill Standard Recommendations for Utility Trench Backfilling Bedding/Foundation Support of Buried Pipe APPENDIX A - Geotechnical Field Exploration and Testing Boring Log Notes Unified Soil Classification System Boring Location Map Subsurface Boring Logs APPENDIX B - Geotechnical Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use Page iii Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. 1.0 INTRODUCTION Two new lift stations are planned within the Elk River Landfill in Elk River, Minnesota. To assist planning and design, you have authorized American Engineering Testing, Inc. (AET) to conduct a subsurface exploration program at the site, conduct soil laboratory testing, and perform a geotechnical engineering review for the project. This report presents the results of the above services and provides our engineering recommendations based on this data. 2.0 SCOPE OF SERVICES AET's services were performed according to our proposal to Bolton & Menk, Inc. dated July 11, 2018. The authorized scope consisted of the following: • Drilling two standard penetration test borings to depths of 30 feet; • Performing routine soil laboratory testing; and, • Conducting a geotechnical engineering analysis based on the data obtained and preparing this report. These services are intended for geotechnical purposes. The scope is not intended to explore for the presence or extent of environmental contamination. 3.0 PROJECT INFORMATION The project includes the construction of two lift stations within the Elk River Landfill. The lift stations are located on the western edge of the landfill, adjacent to the Great Northern Trail. The exact dimensions and depth of the lift stations were unknown at the time of this report. However, Kevin Bittner of Bolton & Menk on October 1, 2018 gave us preliminary information. The southern lift station is planned to have a diameter of 6 feet and a bottom elevation of 940 feet. This equates to about 22 feet below grade. The northern lift station is planned to have a diameter of 6 feet and a bottom elevation of 950 feet. This equates to about 20 feet below grade. Our foundation design assumptions include a minimum factor of safety of 3 with respect to localized shear or base failure of the foundations. We assume the structures will be able to tolerate total settlements of up to 1 inch. The above stated information represents our understanding of the proposed construction. This information is an integral part of our engineering review. It is important that we be contacted if there are changes from that described so that we can evaluate whether modifications to our recommendations are appropriate. 4.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION AND TESTING 4.1 Field Exploration Program The subsurface exploration program conducted for the project consisted of two standard Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. penetration test borings drilled on August 30, 2018. Boring B-1 is located within the footprint of the southern lift station, and Boring B-2 is located within the footprint of the northern lift station. The subsurface boring logs and details of the methods used appear in Appendix A. The logs contain information concerning soil layering, soil classification, geologic description, and moisture condition. Relative density or consistency is also noted for the natural soils, which is based on the standard penetration resistance(N-value). The approximate boring locations are shown on the Boring Location map in Appendix A. Bolton & Menk staked the boring locations and using GPS and provided boring location elevations. Before drilling, we contacted Gopher State One Call to locate the public underground utilities. 4.2 Laboratory Testing The laboratory test program included visual/manual classification of the soil samples, moisture content, and #200 sieve analysis tests. The moisture content and #200 sieve analysis test results are included on the attached boring logs adjacent to the samples they were performed on. 5.0 SITE CONDITIONS 5.1 Surface Observations The area around the southern lift station is mostly flat but slopes downward to the east towards a pond. The site has nearby trees and short grasses. The area near the northern lift station has hills with nearby trees and grasses. The site slopes downward to the northwest. 5.2 Subsurface Soils/Geology A brief description of the general subsurface conditions encountered at the boring locations follows. We wish to point out that the subsurface conditions at other times and locations at the site may differ from those found at our test boring locations. If different conditions are encountered during construction, it is necessary that you contact us so that our recommendations can be reviewed. The soils encountered at the southern boring (Boring B-1) consist of 7 feet of silty sand fill underlain by medium dense to very dense sand coarse alluvium that extended to the final drill depth of 31 feet. The soils encountered in the northern boring (Boring B-2) consist of mostly silty sand fill to a depth of 22 feet underlain by various alluvial deposits that extended to the final drilling depth of 31 feet. The alluvium consisted of firm clayey sand underlain by medium dense silt. 5.3 Groundwater The groundwater levels were measured in the borings upon completion of drilling. Groundwater Page 2 of 8 Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. was observed in Boring B-1 at a depth of 12.2 feet and at a depth of 24.5 feet in Boring B-2. This correlates to elevations of 950.1 feet and 945.9 feet, respectively. This correlates to about 10 feet above proposed bottom of lift station and 5 feet below proposed bottom of lift station for the southern and northern lift stations, respectively. The groundwater depths noted at the boring locations should be representative of the actual ground water levels at the time of our exploration due to the relatively high permeability nature of the site soils. Groundwater levels also fluctuate due to varying seasonal and annual rainfall and snow melt amounts, local irrigation practices, as well as other factors. 6.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 6.1 Approach Discussion There are several options that could be considered for installation of the new lift stations;therefore, we have provided general comments regarding various excavation and retention systems. Please refer to the following sections for additional information. 6.2 Lift Station Support/Installation 6.2.1 Installation Discussion Typical lift station installation methods include: • Performing an open trench excavation. • Providing a retained system (such as sheet pile) to allow dewatering from within the "contained" system and constructing the structure. • By lowering the structure as a caisson. It appears there is enough space for open-trench excavations to be used for both proposed lift stations. Additionally, there are no nearby structures that we are aware of that would be adversely affected by ground vibrations due to retention system installation and the use of sheet pile could be considered. The main geotechnical issue appears to be the groundwater at Boring B-1. Significant dewatering will be required for an open trench or retained system at the southern lift station. Cobbles and boulders could be present in the fill and alluvial soils encountered at this site, although neither of the borings met an obstruction which would suggest the presence of boulders. Cobbles and boulders can cause significant installation issues using the caisson approach, and could also create obstructions to retention system installation. The caisson method does provide an opening (i.e., within the caisson) to remove cobbles and potential boulders if they are encountered and create an obstruction. Page 3 of 8 Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. 6.3 Open Trench and Retention Systems 6.3.1 Open Trench Excavation Based on our soil borings, these lift stations will bear on mostly silty sands and sands. Most of these soils (including the silty sand fill and sand) encountered throughout the site are judged to be Type C Soil under OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) Construction Standards for Excavations, 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P guidelines. Unsupported excavations in Type C soils need to be maintained with a maximum slope no steeper than 1'/2H:IV. 6.3.2 Retention System If a temporary earth retention system is chosen for the lift station excavation, a common method for this type of construction in this area is braced steel sheet piles. The toes of the piles must be driven deep enough to provide lateral retention at the base. The responsibility for the design of a temporary retention system lies with the contractor. 6.3.1 Dewatering Groundwater was encountered in Boring B-1 at a depth of as shallow as 12.2 feet (elevation of 950.1 feet) and in Boring B-2 at a depth of 24.5 feet (elevation of 945.9 feet). Based on this, we expect groundwater to be encountered in the required excavation for the southern lift station, but not necessarily in the northern lift station. However, due to seasonal and annual variations, groundwater may be encountered in the northern lift station during construction as well. The excavation must be properly dewatered so that the base soils can be observed and tested for both the open trench and the retention options. The design of the dewatering system is the contractor's responsibility; however, considering the fast draining nature of the sand soils present, it appears that the system will require well points or wells. To reduce the potential for disturbance to the underlying soils, we recommend that the groundwater level be lowered to at least 2 feet below the planned depth of excavation. 6.3.2 Backfill If backfilling of the excavation is required, we believe the site silty sand fill and sand soils may be used as backfill around the full height of the lift station. The backfill around the lift stations should be placed in lifts, mechanically compacted with manually operated equipment to a minimum of 95% of the maximum Standard Proctor dry density (ASTM: D 698). The fill should be placed in lifts thin enough to attain the specified compaction level throughout the entire lift thickness. This normally requires that fill be placed in loose lifts less than 8 inches thick. Large towed or self- propelled compaction equipment should not be used as this equipment could damage the new structures and impart permanent lateral stresses against the structure which are not accounted for in the structural design. The backfill around the lift stations should not be loosely dumped, nor should it be compacted by "puddling" or flooding. Page 4 of 8 Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. 6.4 Caisson Installation Performing a caisson installation could also be considered for construction of the lift stations (especially for the southern lift station). Caisson installations are typically performed to minimize the extent of the excavation and reduce potential dewatering. If the lift stations are installed by the caisson method,the soils around the perimeter of the structure will likely become disturbed during construction and may cause settlement of any adjacent utilities or pavements. The contractor should be aware of this settlement and use techniques to minimize it. For protecting the proposed utility pipes, we recommend that flexible fittings or joints be used to connect the utility lines to the structure for this method. 6.5 Foundations It is our understanding of the southern lift station that the bottom of the base slab will be at elevation 940 feet. Based on our review of Boring B-1, we recommend that the new southern lift station can be designed for a maximum allowable soil bearing pressure of up to 3,500 pounds per square foot(psf)and a modulus of subgrade reaction of 225 pounds per square inch/inch(psi/inch). At the proposed bearing elevation, the lift station will be bearing on medium dense to very dense sands. We understand the northern lift station base slab will be at an elevation of 950 feet. We recommend that the new northern (Boring B-2) lift station can be designed for a maximum allowable soil bearing pressure of up to 2,000 psf and a modulus of subgrade reaction of 200 psi/inch. Based on the proposed bearing elevation and our soil boring, the lift station will be bearing on the dense silty sand fill. This should limit total settlements of the lift stations to 1 inch or less, provided that the bearing soils are not disturbed,wet, or frozen at the time of construction. The specifications should include a note that the contractor must avoid disturbing and freezing of the bearing soils; if these soils are disturbed, remedial subcutting and fill placement may be required. AET Geotechnical personnel should observe and test the base soils under the lift station using hand augers to drill shallow probes, and a Hand Cone Penetrometer (HCP) to evaluate the soil bearing pressure. If encountered at the excavation base, soft/loose soils should be subcut. The excavation may be backfilled with the existing site silty sand fill and sand soils. To provide a stable working surface at the base of the lift station, we recommend placing a working mat of at least 6 inches thick of well-graded crushed rock or 4 inches of concrete. Page 5 of 8 Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. 6.6 General Design Recommendations We recommend that the lift stations be completely waterproofed, with water-stops at all construction joints.We recommend the southern lift station to be designed to withstand hydrostatic lateral and uplift forces, along with lateral soil pressure associated with groundwater at an elevation of 955 feet. We recommend the northern lift station to be designed to withstand hydrostatic lateral and uplift forces, along with lateral soil pressure associated with groundwater at an elevation of 952 feet. The design of the structures should consider uplift forces (buoyant forces) from groundwater. Pipe connections at the lift station should not be factored into the downward resistance to buoyant forces. Lateral pressures may approach the "at-rest" situation. Where sands (SP) to sands with silt (SP- SM) act on the wall, we estimate the lateral pressures would act similar to an equivalent fluid weight of 50 pcf above the potential zone of saturation and of 90 pcf below the potential zone of saturation. Where silty sands are present against the wall,the potential lateral pressures would then be higher. In the case of silty sands, we estimate the lateral pressures would act similar to an equivalent fluid weight of up to 65 pcf above the potential zone of saturation and of up to 100 pcf below the potential zone of saturation. 6.7 Utilities Based on the conditions encountered at the boring locations, most of the soils present should provide adequate support for utility construction. However, in areas where wet soils are present at invert elevation, granular bedding will likely be required for proper pipe support. Please refer to the attached standard sheet entitled"Standard Recommendations for Utility Trench Backfilling" and`Bedding/Foundation Support of Buried Pipe" for additional information. 6.7.1 Utility Trench Subgrade Preparation Excavation for underground utility construction will extend into sand and silty sand soils (fill and naturally-deposited). If clayey/silty soils (USCS Classification of CL, SC, ML, CL-ML) are present at the pipe invert, the soil at the bottom of the trench should be over-excavated to allow placement of a minimum of 4 inches of granular bedding below the pipe. If the contractor is not careful, excessive amounts of soil disturbance will occur, requiring remedial subcutting and backfilling. If the soils are soft and susceptible to disturbance, we recommend placing a geotextile separator fabric between the subgrade and the pipe bedding to reduce mixing of the subgrade and bedding. We also recommend the removal of any cobbles or boulders in the trench bottoms prior to utility installation. This will reduce the potential for the development of point loads on the pipe that would not be accounted for in the pipe design. Page 6 of 8 Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. 6.7.2 Pipe Bedding For pipe bedding and pipe zone material, we recommend a sand or sand and gravel mix, such as MnDOT 3149.2132, with less than 12% of the particles (by weight) passing the No. 200 sieve. Based on the soil types encountered in our borings,we anticipate that imported fill will be required for the pipe bedding. Pipe bedding should be carefully placed and hand-compacted under the haunches of the pipe, around the pipe, and to a minimum of 6 inches above the crown. As backfill is placed in the trenches, special caution must be given to the densification of the soil around and over the pipe. The contractor may have to use special manual techniques to properly compact the backfill under the haunches of the pipe, in order to prevent voids and prevent lateral movement of the pipe. The bedding must be in direct contact with the pipe before the trench is backfilled. 6.7.3 Trench Backfill The degree of compaction and the soil type used for backfill above the pipe zone within open cut trenches depends on the function of the overlying land surface. Where trenches are located below or near pavements, we recommend using Suitable Grading Material. These backfill soils should be compacted per MnDOT Specification 2105.3.17.1 (Specified Density Method). This specification requires 100% of the Standard Proctor within an excavation trench. Note that MnDOT Specification 2105 includes water content range requirements (Table 2105-2)which are important for proper subgrade stability. Soil types used in the upper frost zone should match the in-place soil types up to which the fill will abut for frost uniformity purposes. In grass/ditch areas, backfill soils should be placed in reasonable lift thicknesses and compacted to a minimum of 90% of the Standard Proctor density (ASTM:D698) and/or per the MnDOT "Quality Compaction Method." If lower compaction levels are attained, more noticeable subsidence at the surface can occur. Clayey soils are often difficult to compact, as they may be naturally wet or may become wet due to ground water or surface/rain water during construction. Soils will need to be placed within a certain range of water (moisture) content to attain desired compaction levels. Moisture conditioning to within this range can be time consuming, labor intensive, and requires favorable weather. Failure to compact the trench backfill to the recommended compaction levels could result in excessive settlement of pavements over the trench. Page 7 of 8 Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. 7.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 7.1 Potential Difficulties 7 LI Disturbance of Soils The on-site soils can become disturbed by construction traffic, especially if the soils are wet. If soils become disturbed,they should be subcut to the underlying undisturbed soils. The subcut soils can then be dried and recompacted back into place, or they should be removed and replaced with drier imported fill. 7.1.2 Runoff*Water in Excavation Water can be expected to collect in the excavation bottom during times of inclement weather or snow melt. To allow observation of the excavation bottom, to reduce the potential for soil disturbance, and to facilitate filling operations, we recommend water be removed from within the excavation during construction. Based on the soils encountered,we anticipate the runoff water will infiltrate into the granular subgrade soils, or can be handled with conventional sump pumping. 7.1.3 Cobbles and Boulders The alluvial soils at this site can include cobbles and boulders. Fill soils could also contain rubble and debris. This may make excavating procedures somewhat more difficult than normal if they are encountered. 7.2 Excavation Backsloping If excavation faces are not retained, the excavations should maintain maximum allowable slopes in accordance with OSHA Regulations (Standards 29 CFR), Part 1926, Subpart P, "Excavations" (can be found on www.osha.gov). Even with the required OSHA sloping,water seepage or surface runoff can potentially induce sideslope erosion or running which could require slope maintenance. 7.3 Observation and Testing The recommendations in this report are based on the subsurface conditions found at our test boring locations. Since the soil conditions can be expected to vary away from the soil boring locations, we recommend on-site observation by AET geotechnical personnel during construction to evaluate these potential changes. 8.0 LIMITATIONS Within the limitations of scope,budget, and schedule, we have endeavored to provide our services according to generally accepted geotechnical engineering practices at this time and location. Other than this, no warranty, either express or implied, is intended. Important information regarding risk management and proper use of this report is given in Appendix B entitled "Geotechnical Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use". Page 8 of 8 Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. Standard Sheets Standard Recommendations for Utility Trench Backfilling Bedding/Foundation Support of Buried Pipe UTILITY EXCAVATION BACKFILLING GENERAL Clayey and silty soils are often difficult to compact,as they may be naturally wet or dry, or may become wet due to ground water or runoff water during construction. Soils will need to be placed within a certain range of water (moisture) content to attain desired compaction levels. Moisture conditioning to within this range can be time consuming and labor intensive,and will require favorable weather. The degree of compaction and the soil type used for backfill within open cut utility excavations depends on the eventual function of the overlying land surface.Details are as follows: ROADWAYS Where trenches are located below roadways, we recommend using inorganic fill and compacting these soils per MnDOT Specification 2105.3F1 (Specified Density Method). This specification requires achieving 100% of the Standard Proctor density in the upper 3-foot subgrade zone, and 95% below this. Note that this specification also includes moisture content range requirements which are important for proper subgrade stability. Where available soils are wet or of poor quality, it may be possible to use the "Quality Compaction Method" (MnDOT Specification 2105.3F2) for soils below the upper 3-foot subgrade zone if you can tolerate some subsidence.However,a high level of stability is still important within the upper subgrade zone and recommend that the "Specified Density Method" be used in this upper subgrade area. We caution that if backfill soils in the lower trench area are significantly unstable, it may be difficult or even impossible to properly compact soils within the upper 3-foot subgrade zone. In this case, road subgrade stability can be improved by placing a geotextile reinforcement fabric directly over the unstable soils followed by properly drained granular fill placement. STRUCTURAL AREAS If fill is placed beneath or within the significant zone of influence of a structure (typically a 1:1 lateral oversize zone), the soil type and minimum compaction level will need to be evaluated on an individual basis. Because trenches result in variable fill depths over a short lateral distance,higher than normal compaction levels and/or more favorable (sandy) soil fill types may be needed. If this situation exists, it is important that special geotechnical engineering review be performed. NON-STRUCTURAL AREAS In grass/ditch areas, backfill soils should be placed in reasonable lift thicknesses and compacted to a minimum of 90% of the Standard Proctor density (ASTM: D698) and/or per the Mn/DOT "Quality Compaction Method." If lower compaction levels are accepted, more noticeable subsidence at the surface can occur. Steep or high slopes require special consideration,and if this situation exists,it is important that special geotechnical engineering review be performed. SPECIAL CASES Structural retention systems are often used to reduce impacts on adjacent streets/improvements. If localized excavations/pits or annular spaces are created which need to be backfilled, it may not be possible to place and compact soils by the conventional means of backfilling. Retraction of structural systems can also leave soils loosened. Significant settlement can occur in areas where backfill cannot be compacted. If these situations are located in non-structural or non-paved areas,it may be reasonable to accept the settlements and associated follow-up maintenance in order avoid the high cost of trying to compact the soil or placing flowable lean concrete fill. However, there may be areas where fill settlement needs to be avoided, especially as the settlement will be differential from the surrounding surface,or differential from a buried structure in the case of higher piping entering the structure. Where settlement needs to be avoided, the specification should require that the contractor submit a backfill compaction plan along with the retention plan. Improper sequencing of retention system removal and backfilling of the pits could result in excessive settlement and/or lateral movement of nearby improvements. 01REPO 18(07/14) AMERICAN ENGINEERING TESTING,INC. BEDDING/FOUNDATION SUPPORT OF BURIED PIPE GENERAL This page addresses soil bedding and foundation support of rigid pipe,such as reinforced concrete,and flexible pipe, such as steel and plastic. This does not address selection of pipe based on loads and allowable deflections,but rather addresses the geotechnical/soil aspects of uniform pipe support. Bedding/foundation support needs relate to local conditions directly beneath and to the sides of the pipe zone, which may be influenced by soft in-situ ground conditions or by soil disturbance due to soil sensitivity or ground water.Bedding relates to granular materials placed directly beneath the bottom of the pipe (usually 4" to 6" thick), which is intended to provide increased support uniformity. We refer to foundation soils as thicker layers of sands and/or gravels (beneath the bedding zone) intended to provide increased foundation strength support,usually needed due to soft,unstable and/or waterbearing conditions. GRANULAR BEDDING With circular pipes, high local loads (approaching point loads) develop if pipes are placed on hard surfaces. Load distribution is improved by placing granular bedding materials beneath the pipe, which are either shaped to match the pipe bottom or are placed without compaction to allow "settling in." The bedding should be placed in such a manner that the pipe will be at the proper elevation and slope when the pipe is laid on the bedding. Common bedding material is defined in MnDOT Specification 3149.2F,Granular Bedding.Published documents recommend rigid pipes having a diameter of 12"to 54"be placed on a bedding thickness of 4",which increases to 6"of bedding for pipe diameters ranging from 54" to 72". Beyond a 72" diameter,the bedding thickness can be equal to the pipe outside diameter divided by 12. Typically,the need for bedding under small diameter pipes (less than 12")depends on the pipe designer's specific needs,although in obvious point loads situations(bedrock,cobbles, significant coarse gravel content),bedding is recommended.Note that bedding should also account for larger diameter bells at joints. FOUNDATION FILL Positive uniform strength is usually compromised in soft or unstable trench bottom conditions. In this case, deeper subcuts and foundation fill placement is needed beneath the pipe. In moderate instability conditions, improvement can likely be accomplished with a thicker bedding layer. However, in more significant instability situations, particularly where ground water is present, coarser materials may be needed to provide a stronger foundation. Thicker gravel layers can also be a favorable media from which to dewater. The following materials would be appropriate for stability improvement, with the coarser materials being appropriate for higher instability/ground water cases. • Fine Filter Aggregate—MnDOT Specification 3149.27 • Coarse Filter Aggregate—MnDOT Specification 3149.21-1 When using a coarser material which includes significant void space, we highly recommend enveloping the entire gravel layer within a geotextile separation fabric. The gravel material includes open void space, and the fabric acts as a separator which minimizes the intrusion of fines into the open void space.If additional granular bedding sand is used above foundation gravel, the fabric would also prevent downward infiltration of bedding sand into the rock void space. Although it is preferred to not highly compact thin granular bedding zones directly beneath the pipe center, it is desirable to compact the foundation materials to prevent more significant pipe settlement. We recommend foundation fill be compacted to a minimum of 95%of the Standard Proctor density (ASTM:D698).It is not possible to test coarse rock fill,although this material should still be well compacted/tamped. Often,pipes entering structures such as catch basins,lift stations, etc., enter the structure at a higher elevation than the structure bottom,and are therefore placed on the structure backfill.Fill beneath these pipes should be considered foundation fill. Depending on the flexibility of the connection design, it may be necessary to increase the minimum compaction level to reduce differential settlements,particularly with thicker fills. SIDE FILL SUPPORT If the pipe designer requires support from the side fill,granular bedding should also be placed along the sides of the pipe. In poor soil conditions,the sand fill may need to be placed laterally up to two pipe diameters on both sides of the pipe. With rigid pipe, compacted sand placement up to the spring line (within the haunch area) is usually sufficient. With flexible pipe, side fill should be placed and compacted at least to the top of the pipe. For positive support,it is very important to properly compact the sands within the haunch area. 01REPO 17(07/14) AMERICAN ENGINEERING TESTING,INC. Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. Appendix A Geotechnical Field Exploration and Testing Boring Log Notes Unified Soil Classification System Boring Location Map Subsurface Boring Logs Appendix A Geotechnical Field Exploration and Testing AET No. 26-20033 A.1 FIELD EXPLORATION The subsurface conditions at the site were explored by drilling and sampling six standard penetration test borings. The locations of the borings appear on Figure 1,preceding the Subsurface Boring Logs in this appendix. A.2 SAMPLING METHODS A.2.1 Split-Spoon Samples (SS)-Calibrated to N60 Values Standard penetration(split-spoon)samples were collected in general accordance with ASTM:D 1586 with one primary modification. The ASTM test method consists of driving a 2-inch O.D. split-barrel sampler into the in-situ soil with a 140-pound hammer dropped from a height of 30 inches. The sampler is driven a total of 18 inches into the soil. After an initial set of 6 inches, the number of hammer blows to drive the sampler the final 12 inches is known as the standard penetration resistance or N-value. Our method uses a modified hammer weight, which is determined by measuring the system energy using a Pile Driving Analyzer (PDA) and an instrumented rod. In the past, standard penetration N-value tests were performed using a rope and cathead for the lift and drop system. The energy transferred to the split-spoon sampler was typically limited to about 60% of its potential energy due to the friction inherent in this system. This converted energy then provides what is known as an N60 blow count. The most recent drill rigs incorporate an automatic hammer lift and drop system, which has higher energy efficiency and subsequently results in lower N-values than the traditional N60 values. By using the PDA energy measurement equipment, we are able to determine actual energy generated by the drop hammer. With the various hammer systems available,we have found highly variable energies ranging from 55%to over 100%. Therefore,the intent of AET's hammer calibrations is to vary the hammer weight such that hammer energies lie within about 60% to 65% of the theoretical energy of a 140-pound weight falling 30 inches. The current ASTM procedure acknowledges the wide variation in N-values, stating that N-values of 100%or more have been observed. Although we have not yet determined the statistical measurement uncertainty of our calibrated method to date,we can state that the accuracy deviation of the N-values using this method is significantly better than the standard ASTM Method. A.2.2 Disturbed Samples (DS)/Spin-up Samples(SU) Sample types described as "DS" or"SU" on the boring logs are disturbed samples, which are taken from the flights of the auger. Because the auger disturbs the samples,possible soil layering and contact depths should be considered approximate. A.2.3 Sampling Limitations Unless actually observed in a sample, contacts between soil layers are estimated based on the spacing of samples and the action of drilling tools. Cobbles,boulders, and other large objects generally cannot be recovered from test borings, and they may be present in the ground even if they are not noted on the boring logs. Determining the thickness of"topsoil" layers is usually limited, due to variations in topsoil definition, sample recovery, and other factors. Visual-manual description often relies on color for determination, and transitioning changes can account for significant variation in thickness judgment.Accordingly,the topsoil thickness presented on the logs should not be the sole basis for calculating topsoil stripping depths and volumes. If more accurate information is needed relating to thickness and topsoil quality definition, alternate methods of sample retrieval and testing should be employed. A.3 CLASSIFICATION METHODS Soil descriptions shown on the boring logs are based on the Unified Soil Classification(USC) system. The USC system is described in ASTM: D2487 and D2488. Where laboratory classification tests (sieve analysis or Atterberg Limits) have been performed, accurate classifications per ASTM: D2487 are possible. Otherwise, soil descriptions shown on the boring logs are visual-manual judgments. Charts are attached which provide information on the USC system, the descriptive terminology, and the symbols used on the boring logs. The boring logs include descriptions of apparent geology. The geologic depositional origin of each soil layer is interpreted primarily by observation of the soil samples,which can be limited. Observations of the surrounding topography,vegetation,and development can sometimes aid this judgment. A.4 WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENTS The ground water level measurements are shown at the bottom of the boring logs. The following information appears under"Water Level Measurements"on the logs: Appendix A-Page 1 of 2 AMERICAN ENGINEERING TESTING,INC. Appendix A Geotechnical Field Exploration and Testing Report No. 26-20033 • Date and Time of measurement • Sampled Depth: lowest depth of soil sampling at the time of measurement • Casing Depth: depth to bottom of casing or hollow-stem auger at time of measurement • Cave-in Depth: depth at which measuring tape stops in the borehole • water Level: depth in the borehole where free water is encountered • Drilling Fluid Level: same as Water Level,except that the liquid in the borehole is drilling fluid The true location of the water table at the boring locations may be different than the water levels measured in the boreholes. This is possible because there are several factors that can affect the water level measurements in the borehole. Some of these factors include: permeability of each soil layer in profile, presence of perched water, amount of time between water level readings, presence of drilling fluid,weather conditions, and use of borehole casing. A.5 LABORATORY TEST METHODS A.5.1 Water Content Tests Conducted per AET Procedure 01-LAB-010,which is performed in general accordance with ASTM: D2216 and AASHTO: T265. A.6 TEST STANDARD LIMITATIONS Field and laboratory testing is done in general conformance with the described procedures. Compliance with any other standards referenced within the specified standard is neither inferred nor implied. A.7 SAMPLE STORAGE Unless notified to do otherwise,we routinely retain representative samples of the soils recovered from the borings for a period of 30 days. Appendix A-Page 2 of 2 AMERICAN ENGINEERING TESTING,INC. r., ELK RIVER LANDFILL t 223RD•,4VE'NW 0 2'�S7',4vL NW - PROJECT: Elk River Landfill Lift Stations AMERICAN Elk River, Minnesota PROJECT NO. 26-20033 ENGINEERING SUBJECT: Boring Location Map DATE: Sept. 13, 2018 TES"fING, INC. SCALE: 1"=400' DRAWN BY: TE REVIEWED BY: BA AMERICAN ENGINEERING SUBSURFACE BORING LOG TESTING, INC. AET No: 26-20033 Log of Boring No. B-1 (p. 1 of 1) Project: Waste Management Lift Stations; Elk River,MN FIELD&LABORATORY TESTS DEPNTH Surface Elevation 962.3 GEOLOGY N MC SAMPLE REC FEET MATERIAL DESCRIPTION TYPE IN. WC DEN LL PL 6420 FILL,mostly silty sand,a little gravel,trace FILL 1 roots,brown 6 M SS 11 2 FILL,mostly gravelly silty sand,trace roots, 3 brown 16 M SS 12 4 - 5 - 26 526 M SS 6 — x 7 SAND,fine to medium grained,light brown, COARSE 8 moist,medium dense(SP) ALLUVIUM 18 M SS 18 9 - 10 SAND,a little gravel,fine to medium grained, 11 brown,waterbearing,medium dense to very 20 W SS 18 dense(SP) 12 13 14 W SS 16 14 15 16 W SS 18 16 17 18 19 20 64 W SS 16 7 21 22 23 26 W SS 16 24 25 51 W SS 18 26 27 28 39 W SS 18 29 30 46 W SS 18 31 END OF BORING J �JJ F a DEPTH: DRILLING METHOD WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENTS NOTE: REFER TO w Q SAMPLED CASING CAVE-IN DRILLING WATER DATE TIME THE ATTACHED a 0-29'/2' 3.25"HSA DEPTH DEPTH DEPTH FLUID LEVEL LEVEL c� 8/30/18 2:45 14.0 12.0 12.5 12.2 0 SHEETS FOR AN N 8/30/18 3:35 31.5 29.5 29.0 18.2 EXPLANATION of U BOMPLETED: TERMINOLOGY ON 8/30/18 Q DR: GH LG: MH Rig: 92 THIS LOG 03/2011 01-DHR-060 AMERICAN ENGINEERING SUBSURFACE BORING LOG TESTING, INC. AET No: 26-20033 Log of Boring No. B-2 (p. 1 of 1) Project: Waste Management Lift Stations; Elk River,MN FIELD&LABORATORY TESTS DEPNTH Surface Elevation 970.4 GEOLOGY N MC SAMPLE REC FEET MATERIAL DESCRIPTION TYPE IN. WC DEN LL PL 6420 FILL,mostly silty sand with organic fines,trace FILL 1 roots,dark brown 14 M SS 5 2 FILL,mostly silty sand,a little gravel,trace roots,fine to medium grained,brown,moist, 3 medium dense to dense 35 M SS 24 4 5 FILL,mostly sand with silt,a little gravel,fine 6 grained,dark brown,moist,medium dense 16 M SS 22 FILL,mostly silty sand,a little gravel,trace 8 roots,fine to medium grained,brown,moist, 20 M SS 3 g medium dense 10 FILL,mostly silty sand,a little gravel,trace 11 Food,trace roots,fine to medium grained, 17 M SS 22 brown,moist,medium dense 12 FILL,mostly silty sand,a little gravel,fine to 13 medium grained,brown,moist,dense 39 M SS 18 14 15 FILL,mostly silty sand,a little gravel,trace 16 wood,trace roots,fine to medium grained, 30 M SS 20 19 brown,moist,medium dense 17 FILL,mostly silty sand,a little gravel,fine to 75/.2 M SS 6 18 medium grained,brown,moist,dense 19 20 41 M SS 22 21 — x 22 CLAYEY SAND, gray,firm(SC) MIXED 23 ALLUVIUM 5 M SS 10 26 24 25 W TW 30 26 27 SILT,reddish brown,wet,medium dense(ML) FINE 28 ALLUVIUM 16 W SS 16 29 30 27 W SS 18 31 END OF BORING J �JJ F a DEPTH: DRILLING METHOD WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENTS NOTE: REFER TO w Q SAMPLED CASING CAVE-IN DRILLING WATER DATE TIME THE ATTACHED a 0-29'/2' 3.25"HSA DEPTH DEPTH DEPTH FLUID LEVEL LEVEL c� 8/30/18 12:30 31.5 29.5 29.5 24.5 SHEETS FOR AN 0 EXPLANATION OF N U BOMPLETED: 8/30/18 TERMINOLOGY ON Q DR: GH LG: MH lig: 92 THIS LOG 03/2011 01-DHR-060 Report of Geotechnical Exploration Waste Management Lift Stations—Elk River,MN AMERICAN October 5,2018 ENGINEERING Report No. 26-20033 TESTING,INC. Appendix B Geotechnical Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use Appendix B Geotechnical Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use Report No. 26-20033 B.1 REFERENCE This appendix provides information to help you manage your risks relating to subsurface problems which are caused by construction delays, cost overruns, claims, and disputes. This information was developed and provided by ASFE', of which, we are a member firm. B.2 RISK MANAGEMENT INFORMATION B.2.1 Geotechnical Services are Performed for Specific Purposes,Persons,and Projects Geotechnical engineers structure their services to meet the specific needs of their clients. A geotechnical engineering study conducted for a civil engineer may not fulfill the needs of a construction contractor or even another civil engineer. Because each geotechnical engineering study is unique, each geotechnical engineering report is unique, prepared solely for the Client. No one except you should rely on your geotechnical engineering report without first conferring with the geotechnical engineer who prepared it. And no one,not even you,should apply the report for any purpose or project except the one originally contemplated. B.2.2 Read the Full Report Serious problems have occurred because those relying on a geotechnical engineering report did not read it all. Do not rely on an executive summary. Do not read selected elements only. B.2.3 A Geotechnical Engineering Report is Based on A Unique Set of Project-Specific Factors Geotechnical engineers consider a number of unique, project-specific factors when establishing the scope of a study. Typically factors include: Clients goals, objectives, and risk management preferences;the general nature of the structure involved,its size, and configuration;the location of the structure on the site; and other planned or existing site improvements, such as access roads, parking lots, and underground utilities.Unless the geotechnical engineer who conducted the study specifically indicates otherwise, do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report that was: • not prepared for you, • not prepared for your project, • not prepared for the specific site explored,or • completed before important project changes were made. Typical changes that can erode the reliability of an existing geotechnical engineering report include those that affect: • the function of the proposed structure, as when it's changed from a parking garage to an office building, or from a light industrial plant to a refrigerated warehouse, • elevation,configuration,location,orientation, or weight of the proposed structure, • composition of the design team,or • project ownership. As a general rule, always inform your geotechnical engineer of project changes, even minor ones, and request an assessment of their impact. Geotechnical engineers cannot accept responsibility or liability for problems that occur because their reports do not consider developments of which they were not informed. B.2.4 Subsurface Conditions Can Change A geotechnical engineering report is based on conditions that existed at the time the study was performed. Do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report whose adequacy may have been affected by: the passage of time; by man-made events, such as construction on or adjacent to the site; or by natural events, such as floods, earthquakes, or groundwater fluctuations. Always contact the geotechnical engineer before applying the report to determine if it is still reliable.A minor amount of additional testing or analysis could prevent major problems. 1 ASFE,8811 Colesville Road/Suite G106,Silver Spring,MD 20910 Telephone:301/565-2733:www.asfe.org Appendix A-Page 1 of 2 AMERICAN ENGINEERING TESTING,INC. Appendix B Geotechnical Report Limitations and Guidelines for Use Report No. 26-20033 B.2.5 Most Geotechnical Findings Are Professional Opinions Site exploration identified subsurface conditions only at those points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are taken. Geotechnical engineers review field and laboratory data and then apply their professional judgment to render an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the site. Actual subsurface conditions may differ, sometimes significantly,from those indicated in your report. Retaining the geotechnical engineer who developed your report to provide construction observation is the most effective method of managing the risks associated with unanticipated conditions. B.2.6 A Report's Recommendations Are Not Final Do not over rely on the construction recommendations included in your report. Those recommendations are not final, because geotechnical engineers develop them principally from judgment and opinion. Geotechnical engineers can finalize their recommendations only by observing actual subsurface conditions revealed during construction. The geotechnical engineer who developed your report cannot assume responsibility or liability for the report's recommendations if that engineer does not perform construction observation. B.2.7 A Geotechnical Engineering Report Is Subject to Misinterpretation Other design team members'misinterpretation of geotechnical engineering reports has resulted in costly problems.Lower that risk by having your geotechnical engineer confer with appropriate members of the design team after submitting the report. Also retain your geotechnical engineer to review pertinent elements of the design team's plans and specifications. Contractors can also misinterpret a geotechnical engineering report. Reduce that risk by having your geotechnical engineer participate in prebid and preconstruction conferences, and by providing construction observation. B.2.8 Do Not Redraw the Engineer's Logs Geotechnical engineers prepare final boring and testing logs based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory data. To prevent errors or omissions, the logs included in a geotechnical engineering report should never be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings. Only photographic or electronic reproduction is acceptable,but recognizes that separating logs from the report can elevate risk. B.2.9 Give Contractors a Complete Report and Guidance Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they can make contractors liable for unanticipated subsurface conditions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To help prevent costly problems, give contractors the complete geotechnical engineering report,but preface it with a clearly written letter of transmittal. In the letter, advise contractors that the report was not prepared for purposes of bid development and that the report's accuracy is limited;encourage them to confer with the geotechnical engineer who prepared the report(a modest fee may be required)and/or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of information they need or prefer. A prebid conference can also be valuable. Be sure contractors have sufficient time to perform additional study. Only then might you be in a position to give contractors the best information available to you, while requiring them to at least share some of the financial responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. B.2.10 Read Responsibility Provisions Closely Some owners, design professionals, and contractors do not recognize that geotechnical engineering is far less exact than other engineering disciplines. This lack of understanding has created unrealistic expectations that have led to disappointments, claims, and disputes. To help reduce the risk of such outcomes, geotechnical engineers commonly include a variety of explanatory provisions in their report. Sometimes labeled "limitations" many of these provisions indicate where geotechnical engineers' responsibilities begin and end, to help others recognize their own responsibilities and risks. Read these provisions closely. Ask questions. Your geotechnical engineer should respond fully and frankly. B.2.11 Geoenvironmental Concerns Are Not Covered The equipment,techniques,and personnel used to perform a geoenvironmental study differ significantly from those used to perform a geotechnical study. For that reason, a geotechnical engineering report does not usually relate any geoenvironmental findings, conclusions,or recommendations;e.g.,about the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or regulated contaminants. Unanticipated environmental problems have led to numerous project failures. If you have not yet obtained your own geoenvironmental information, ask your geotechnical consultant for risk management guidance. Do not rely on an environmental report prepared for someone else. Appendix B—Page 2 of 2 AMERICAN ENGINEERING TESTING,INC g to 10 [b� Qaz Z J o _ z 3 _ W H ,t W } �H z Q W J Vr -.� SAbMH�M SH ^ Z — � z Q LL _ w� Z o w �� .o z Q W zz N W� m xo O u J p o yup J� X V zLL N LU NLL, z = mo ry o WV V \J W Q� Wm Q aC Z O Q Q w U I O Y z0 H �= w JZ W z�o�w o=o _ _ �ao a _a ��� a o� =oapa zowwow - a — � o 3 3 z - 3 0 a w o~ E m o m o z o o o o w x - _ �„ �, >>>>>3 a uu uw w Z a a' w u Z w 3 o w� W o�3 >poW - a �+a u z a m o z _� a z a w_ - .u„ o < x d=Q N o o I o z z pd d,z a G a, d� a j> _ _ z a a t z z o p tn G a p z - ox x x x x_u z z z o a a a a a a a a a a a a x >>>>o o o o d x x x x x_Y z z z z o a 10 a a a a a a a a a a? x z d o� x� � o o J o j� < _ 3 H V < o - a z a a - z- a a z w x > z - a w - a� 3 ��a w x x w o� o m - � > - - _ - x z z u w k o a pZ ¢ a m m m m m m LD - - u a s a o 0 � z z - m - w - - �z - - - - - m X - - - d� � x m m a a 3 - w w aaammmmmmu�uo�������usoawwwwwwwLLLLLLLLLLLLLL� - o i - - - - o o x,�LL��m umu w a wa w a ��o� G33 G33 a z � ��o W ul o V4 Z�g OZ HW i r OE " 1 T ? II ? tet O � � mad - c a z 11 ? " TATlrl , a ill - I ITr- I z - ? I i 1 0 a - o O 11 , - rl z I TI 1 — , a c� r a z �� z z 1 ? I ? I w=� m m i i O - X m a x uT I � z c7 a� v�} o g _ _ - _ 3 3 3 3 3 o _ - - S 3 a0 - - < La Ll 0 u m a m - v} - lu xa 8 S 3 3 8 k So a LD oz < G - o G o = _ - - 3 LD a a a m m m m m m u o a a a a a a a a N a a a s S a s a a w w w o o a w ® ® ® . cp ,� ❑ ® ® s m ® ® b 3 ® ® m Q © # O O O O O O O ® o w o w - w _w u m � ~3aoJoaa� ~m 3 LD --I aca 3z Z a o Q .v-z .. � �ama3Wa�auw J a OZ k$ 3a = z z F a3o3� n� - m m _ 33p _ x� coj>9 zx 33o << ak tx �3 3 Q�w zN o� u za>a z� oz Awa o - a3� z O7 u3a a z m� j -4< as = T > 5 �� a � _ O a a G3 a g > u Q QMM » - W w �u _ 0 Asa olol - a� W- a3F a N Fo o a3 O W> maw aW "A00911, Io 00'Lb6'A A'ANI e NItlWADHOAAdOHA \ I NMS'Ntl am.B <a o�a3j 33 .E,z o�a3F G g3 <c 33a _ � g3 ado a a m� og J a ii � a LL aQ _ � m o a x a a > w w V J W J m aZ J NIVw33aW = J = K Q ry > 3 ZO p w a a------------------ 38 m 3 Q �z a 33a s, o� O Z I.-LLI 33>�Jzw��pLL OE x�mwooaa m �o, oz $1\ � 33 F� N � ,•a- � - o�>a �o - � Po <53 _ - z 1NaNl MA O A \ V IT--7- w b'pY3 X33 a aLLs 50 - 3 a + � o�a3F NU 33 33 03 <o o< m 33o m� m� ~gz //o x 3 § o+ \\\} \}\\\\ /2 \\ \ \y EE: aby9)Q . � \ \ °o \ < / ^\ \ / \ - z It ) : \ ^ \\ ~ : \9 G � \ \\\ )\ 2 hd \\ )/ IjW OE ol =K(! \\ \ B » ^ 2 \\ � \\o< } \ - 21 }\o \\\\\ \ \\ } _� ~ ( ` / - * ) )\ \( ~ )j § / } \ - / \< \ \ \�� \ \ - ` 8 -� / - --— ( ) } # e ( --- : _; ® _ - : \ < » - - -- ; )} q : 0 3 _ ~ _ \ / ;°,�:° \ y® / _ - \ ° - - w: / LD 2� \�� //\/ \ \ \ \ \ \ § }\ �W . Jz y : /\\ . \ . � § mad ` \ \\ }E/\ \ }}} s Q� § rz : ƒy/ . §[[ /§ } _ \}(: I i / §_ 1;: ' •! //: Q> , � 00 \ £( . " / \ __/ 0 " lv IN III\' r2 J w 3 \ - r2 „0-.Z ..0-.T „9 Q �� WO III51 Y 3 0 0 W om LD III, N OHS v5 I \• x5 �¢ m - a Hz _c _ _ a� OOO Ihi s 3 TIS' z OOOaQ �o R a a � a z w I� � 5 vt — — 1 .9'Za Oona 3���9 ��sp3 ..9-.T a r a m _ LD E Zhd ------------- �S OZ 0 z JW o mod 5 HVPEPMH g Z Z� a a a z v w 3 a= z� _ s3iavn Ni�i3N V/VA//VA//VA a 8¢ xvw,.o,b-s3iavn � v / O w w«�.s,o�nzrc..PEoo�Pwn,wF.w.�P�„m�d<-x.w3,.nm�x Pa��Amid iry s.oz Ni.aw s�,i�® |§§|§f ) \ }OZ WW WW \(�� § §> }\ } (�§\ 2 2 hd /§ }§ �W owe<z_ - z ; oz Mau < � v} � : v\ ' \\ x ° i ~ !; ` x ° \ t5 \ \ j \ ) [j ) @ § ! E § \ 2 # 8 G - \ :» z \§ �`� �`�\ ®gE - G 2hd ozes \$ oz 3 mad - - -J § - !;: •! )` } ® } \ �iuf rr o - _ § \§ [ I< / } § / °\ ZUu\° - \ Q \ m \ / \ K \ \ o - z o w a V z m m ? a KI / I —ZM aoo/ I_�` � � � 38 ♦ � �a � b3HB_ .� j L I _ zF ��sp3 m� Zhd Oz I II o II II N III II III I j m l m IIII O modI i II II b m o II II I I�IIII o III IIII I I I III I I � IIII El I III O III I li �n Q III I - - �I o za z I NO I 1 1 1 11 III b III �I z —�° \ao`l �bt/ 3 � i o i"III i I imj li IPI iI 14 co / ' x�x III ��I i�1 Ism Iih IIII �`�656 6°i� " I�PREPtHo �� / /� II / I I l�.A� 1 �I// ���� �� /96�0 5656✓ I I I ss � 0' fess „1 vu— AJl—J _ ��- -_ __ X6oa \\�,-�i�J d��iwo \\ 'Sb0[ �� J��`-�a'�/P \ � / l �- � ZbOL _/ '✓ � ��_ � W 8 -�� q ✓ i'\> ..�`_ - ---Oso, — °,-_�� _ �� t �r-� --------- _ —osaz— �. ozZhd oz mad --_-_---__�-__-_ _______�.� � -_-- — - ------------- -_-------- 6 - ------------ �_�� -��y -�• � �-586� --_ - --�\ ��__--_. - _` bis -_-- -I IN,1�-- � 1 y'�' �,. , -- ►��'� ' AE �,�� '�1 � ` a��. �� ® 'w�' r/r/�� ���, �l�����- ,� ���.� �'v • 1�0 ���' �V �IIIIII �® _ � : 1111111 q ������� 7 _ ��O ' ® �' �' � ��� ,® �_ '. ��� .�� . I � � � ,/, '� � ,, . ��a�� ��� ��� � �►®+ � ��; � r, ; � � ,� • � M -, �� � � �� ��i�► . �i ���� �� _ �® '�. .� ���° �� '►'� I� � � 0j0 \ § ( ) w -j( (/ (§° ' \ }: §K \!* < (\\ < \\) .<<< te < / e _ <« oz I-j W az o� � w � Mau / / ^~ � - _ \� § ` , E ( § 0 / � 0 r/ m • �w ° i� a °1 E o 0 o a �aOJ *��i - �•i �Ev3 _Lo - 21 g =o'a�l• �r f aJ v w3v t w �fM4�i'�'ti—+��-� � .�•� a 3_nm - m a a Y Oz ,,t ,�/'�C•p~ :_1y - ��w�o- ai=r� a' o �•.; ,�:�` 3 v E=a-- a c o o� • 9 w ��-�17 ♦ f ly"y• ` m 3; a ¢ �`y c•��nA> -`�`•`," ': - _ f`� 'nc 3 < m a aE 3E_v o-oEv • � c�. `�� by^o-�._�wv - oo _ _ � - `�'E � v__ - -moo 8.; a +`, `•�`.6 01,i o v3ma ma�� Wm >Q • w?)Z o o z�jQ m= i E 3 - E zo E o Wg Z - `o> s 3W` 3 i E Ea E = m�6W O a � � s 33 3 mEvE OW lo a.E 3Gc aE O Mau to EE m .3 u E o lo 3 w _ z -- - z o - - _ 2 a - - o - - 0 3 - _- _ c 5HN . z0 nm o lu _ ¢N - 3 0 0 >3 oow m a E zi E c - tS E E- 3 E¢ - - - 3 - _O Q E a N a m O - - o- E So Z W Z a oEr �Er LU LU d U Q w d O ? Z W o a G a3 VI W W D �O C n E G�c� s S 0 - z Q 0 N '� �Ea O O Q ccV W moc 3Eo- J V Z U - to d J Q VW=t a - - G - O m3 0 - of _o�Eig E o o :.-n a a v a �„ a t m cc o c cc 3 cm 3 _m 3 - E E r `s _ _ _ c v E o_E L _ _ E E 1O t.+_o > - c c E E r m3 n - c E m w occ o v w E - m_3 E> _cm ,S Q U o v _~ S. E; - sE >� >.3.E Eo o� E EwE� m 3 -1. 3 E 10 E w E a 3 3 w - U 10 v 3`w -c E - _ - a Z 3 v E E 3 0- V w' .E - E` s E.3 E c E w Z H m o = 1O Em E w o E w a - w E o.t o- o E _ o D O 3 _ - E E p - - = E w o j r u IE E Z Q E L - _ 3E w Q m - Wu - - - - w 3 0_E E o o E E E E o = m - E r ? �m _ E E E E 3 3 0 «E _ E _ - - E o o¢ c - o E- E E z - - E? E - _o E 3 c - Q m m mNr _ o_E = E_ -0 2' E_L v¢F _ _ L E 01 E m 3s E Fa w3 - E - - E w _ _ w E a.E o 3 _ o `w, E m o o a o o E�-E v - E a - a E„" o wE o-- z =r E E`o - - c "'w o - E _-- - - E m z0 - v E E E „ _ m E`w 0 Q E v m E w .3 aR o °«'E « = v - - _ - - v E - w E o u E g o -Pu E E v o"' 3 o w E E o 3 E -0 w_ E c 3 - 0 3 3 - �4E E G E - o E o f.E w`� o lw E a 3 w E m 3 0 o E -w E E E " .« - w _ - - o w E E E a E m 3 E 3 °`'E - w E E«E o_ _ wm - E - E 3 E v o «m E z F N E r _ n r v m 'o o f rc E ry w 3 3 W o E E - - rvE ¢- = E �E _ - - m E s _ 3 0 Eo - o E u - u E - - 3 3 _E.r m m. Nm 3E 2 Ery - E ?E� - _ _ - L3 EEo � 3 _ - = 3o QE - O% m' 3s Z�G of ` wpw $-vE¢- - wE 3 'o Eo 3o EG E o EwE - 0330 O7 oEv = = EaEo _ -EEo" _ - - -- -- 3vE E E LEv J`W v 3m of«q = oE - 3 - m % m.` a L" - - �-3av OM Mau E .E o o - m - _ _ Y mm E - ¢3 0 = 1 3 0 3 E - w E 3 - %_ - W�Y n E« -« - r Y E m - >m = - _ _ ¢; a z _ v r r m 3 - O - 0 z. - Y E'o r - E E o E Y 0' 3 w m Qs - O - - E - - 6s> 3 3 a m E _ E 0 Q E r�-lUO 3 0 o _ z v" E - 3¢ E r _ 1O = z E U E 3 E a w 3 m m 3`m w r E m O _ - _ wm E 3 r 3 mem m w'3 - - v Eo- - �°m� E� a �E 2 w w - - E� - - - 1 3� _ '�' o _ -a _ O _ E _ n E E s E .�o - w3w3m-a�wo3 _- o - E o O E o D> _ v E r L„- o a v _ v o o G - 3 a a _ g= E_ w F o E_ 3 F„E 3 n E E o_ w F Q x v .n n m E m 3 m E -0 m E w m E m E o f E E E u - _ _ = mEm E w _ E n - E E - L' 3 v o? Er 10'3^ a L m„ _ r - >m¢'m 3 Im = m 3 o w ¢ E w _ E ¢v - w¢ 0 v E w 3 0 $ -m E - .E E L = o f o o E m S w E w u E L - > 0'"° v _ - E 1,¢m w E E 3 o - >_ _ n� - o_o f '�°u - a O n o mE - n q E - E - u m Y Im 2 15 E E E E E¢ .mm 3 .E «m E 3 0 3�' - z.a E« 5 n 3 - - _ - E Im s m - 3 E _ ` 3 v- _ 3 o E w - - - w0 "EL = _ m _ _ 1-0 3 z 3o o o °"-'N o E E E _ E_ o.3 L' m r m E v o.E °° E m o E m 7E Q _ - _ s- m - r 3 3 v n- v 6E v3r O K „ _ _ m C o o Y o E m E o f m E w z i o_ - - _ W E m 3 L=u_v E E 'n3^ E - E« E o Q Q z w - - - z0 = w E E F z E o o E w r o0p v aE z "' - ti` N a w > o E «m3 3L �G o_m Er - m E w - O V _ 10 E w w E v n 3 0 `w - E r o` - v_ = o'E m z0 - = 3« E'� 3 o °'E 3 - z E f E E0 E O - = E _ - o- - E _- _`w u E „E w v-m ¢z a m F r n m `L o -`o�. In n m n m o �..��Am�O iro s.m Ni.aw skim© _ Amo z o = a m o a a � z a o F u zo z l z O z Q Z n woo u Ir- 10 z - o - o s b o � a �• � - m ® ® � pp a�e�o � 3W� v -c=7 - d •� OZ j OE0 �p (� a , dna Mau P opO � E) I � lll�'lII z LD lLD l�ql l i PI II I Fo to a F- 1- 1-I; ll;lll' IIm wm �o, sx III I 11I o I I I I;I I II��i�/I III, \ I ;IIII 3.mo _ W. 3W oE3 Il it IgA1 I ylj / I I I 1 ISI m�aEa �I I li I I Jz II(I Ill 1 i�I it i�'` ,9 JE� Zhd Z l l r I11 ' Ali ILII+Egy$ I % % % %�% x O •OT 1 �w � mad ISI rll; II it III 1� 'l �� °I � � IIIII m '711' 11 1 5'�TE5 GATE l ° 5 GATE 5'GATE / �� I I I b� ������„ �V � � i t I,I!�I'� Ili,9 s� I II T_ ;�� xI• I as I, I IIA �1 ° � x—x� % x-j s l egG�ab ----- / i %If/f//% /i/ // /`d II II'I I III II Iwo IDp \ \ ' \ \ NNV 1�1 �IIa I I m 1� v NN hyo Zhd �� �1 - Z ljw X11 I II 3 Ja , w v \' oz mod It r, I 6 6 'N I G, � I( \ \ \ \I 1 NNNf 1 e I I V 1 I I 1 n / 1 I was[aec[a[/st/rampio[.�scesa\ao\am\ztes[[s[Nxa rvaw3ssam\x r+�a+aa main iiv stat zi huaw sumiae0 Amo V z Z G O O Z Z O � w � 3 3: g n�o - ��sp3 _ Zhd la0 abOl O1 NWi,9/„£ z w OW NWiIl aa,zt/„9 - \¢_ = 5 OE Z modae EIAAOINW Ilya„ZI/„9 o w m3 3 0,01 a� 0 00 o m — — — --- — o kt O a a ® a a _____________fie. ----------- _- _ __ -------------�OiCC Ca o .. ouo o Nhy/ _ (i�=�. �-- �J `moi/�_� � �� `�•���;���`p 1 � „m�d<-x.w3 pm�d iry s.� -l— Ni.aw sw,i�® r� o" �oQ� / z �g o Z � � w 2 v Z a z J J w Y O�9 C7 Z � f _ � 3 � a S v 1 I I I I iv 1 91 m a a ZhC \\ \ h\\ \ I 1 O`7 HW 0 rL — \ \�\\�\ �\ \\\\ \ l\\ \ I 11 0� \ \ ��~Q 1\��Y \\1 \ �I Arg 11 / / 3'•/6•FM\� — 3'� � l'J 6E y „m o0 5L� - J o 1\ IIIA / 11 I 11 I \\ s v _ (mN o \ \ \ \ \\ \ \ \ I\\\ \\\A\"\ \ \ l \\\ \\ \\ \ \ \ \ \\\\ \ \\\ Ol _ =n '00+SZ'I B'Z46 n X o. OE bEb EZ46 rZ ►/ 06 EE6 0 m F .. ... W az 0� ...... 0 z 9 Tb6 Z Q�o N w z .. .. ... .... m OF . ; . . .: BT EE6 o Q a ~ n .. _ w a m m .: Y o .. � O E 26 a w.n m a -i6 TES 9'045 Z I .. ... W 1 0 is TESo t .. ... .. -ZL OE6 0 9 6£6 n -ZE OE6 a Z6£6 z Lu Q Z66Z6 0 O I:; . .. .. .... .. .. .... m @➢ig m ES'6Z6 3 W�E % O \ LL E'6Z6 0 m F t / _ z _ ZhdZ o ELai6 z Q 99£6 _ I � �W = I 0 LU\ :: 6?::::: \ Q :::::::: "4'9£6.^. mad 2 t6'LZ6 J — 6. 9£6 Q _ Z'9£6 ti W ti'LZ6 ] 5^ 1: ::tt'9Z6 0 - 9'S£6 ti a E ::SE'9Z6 - - b'S£6 o� xQ 56SZ6 0 .... ti w z� W .. ... ... .:: S 5Z6 0 44E6.m ow 9L W6 8££6 m 9E bZb o .. 9'6£6 ti Z C a ? 16 U6 5.L'££6 a .. .. .:!'� .. .. o��a�o � 9s EZ6o 9 Z£6 0 Fz6 ET£6 O+OB'a b6E6+ o 5 oa��Amid iry s.�Ni.aw sm,i�® o00 � � voi a m o o a n m m m m m m 0 86'E46 0 o- + X - 9 T56 ..... m y - 3 .'II: .. -. ..... ...:: LL EZ EL6 Z Q Q it E T56 � w d o C a p O O O Z O O o� -96 ZL6 o Z m m a K Z n � a "T;T96 V zI t mm w 1 z.zzs a Q i0"Zb6 .. ... ..' ...... ......... m= .. .. .. ..... .. .. .. ...... m 0'096 n :: ......... m EL OL6 646 ¢ - O / Q o :Zt OK 0 m_ 68.m z. LU O U 'O OI .. 3 n o LLZhd 8L'6E6 0 m 6O Z 946E O'8b6 e jW LU jn ::" ::tS'6b6 o O �R::::: :: �mad�i . J ::ca"abb J ....... .. Q ::i5'8b6 0 "Z`Lb6 m W - ......... ......... as 8'94'0 6= ::l8'1 E6 0 .. o¢ of ` ttT'96'o o� F9 bZ'L E6 0 D'm _ Z6'9E5 ......... ......... ........ ....... ......... ........ 09'9 E6 0 m� — 8Z 9E6 n 9'DD6 . 6966 0 7:E446 N 9 666 S I DD6 EE SE6 0 B£D6 n _ G1 TO"5E6 F a00+9 Z'I 69 bE6 0 5 .. .. .. . ... .. 8Z46 r\ � oa��Amid iw s.�Ni.aw sm,i�® /I l 9 N N N N N 01 / 1 I LL'L46 0 6'556 N / i .. .. .. .. .. -------i 61 cab I..... Z. ® E8 Lbb o V z� . ,. � �. �' H8 tL6 U Z 5 956 — Q .'�.. LL p oil a Zb O O Z p at£aFS: .. ... ..... :::". ... a 3 Z< K Q LO'8h5 0 a ry a Z... t 0 I Z .. W I ......... ......... ...::::.. ... ..... ,.. ......... ......... .......:: . .I . .. r J ? .. r9s6 96146 o a 996 N Z81b6 0 A J 956 Z Q t9'LL6 0 vl 6... zz_o U LL .EZ'Lbb o a p —;NU 5996a Zed LL a �Z .6-6 D 6456 J W a-l {�I / I I I .. ..... . LU :.i:. ad .:.:.k::: . : ¢an_ ... .. ........ ..:.::.:".:.:"..".iiO0O6II.:..v>zOTB09tbZ0846E6C5"""'''''`'''''?949b9454££ZZZ55bbSE�5i'bb9459L5b9b99s544-: 666666666666666b6b66 a00000o0 a3-m w- om . .: 5 ...... ... :. ... ::. ......... ......... ......... ......... .... .. ... Ooa�Q �S � 6E bbb o Z Z96 0 ... ... .... .... .... ... ..... ..... :6S'bbb .... .... ::0':Z96 is a� ......... ......... ......... ....... . ..... ... ......... ......... ......... . 86'Eb6 0 5 n � � — bL 056 0 i4 056 ® 8856 `I � ii 056 0 98 646 u w + ... .. .... O O Z O ..t9 646 o Z aC a Z 6 V ...... ....... ..:...... .. .,. .::::: .. .. ... ..... .... .: 4x646 _ ... .._..... .. . .. . _ 6956 l Oi 646 8'956 0646 0 8'956 6"e45 9'956 / 1 sw_oE / .E8"846 3 t9 o E a Z956 m�a� OW 9L UK a 1555 Zhd U . O Z .. .. I I / I --.. .....-. 698b6 / Q .. ... ..Z 956 .. JW w - - oz - Q :::Z'956 a mad I 2 — g I SS'8b6 I _ J E'956 I J I o I Q ::ar'abb o W iY"8b6 9'956 5 ::>E'8b6 o aoW e - B'956 - Z 8L6 956 o� Q w 8b6 0 / c'955 4i 8b6 ... .... .... .9'956 LO'8G6 0 .. ... .00`8L6 9'956 E6'146 0 B'956 ... ... ... ... 98'L46 5 ......... ......... ......... ......... ....... .. .. .....9'956 j.. i8rbb o ... r.... ... 8L{46 ...: ;: _ . .. �.. s I LL L46 0 _ N I — w<w�a,w nao,xs�,rs�n,w�w.A�„mmd<x.w3,.nmcx oa��Amid iry s.�Ni.aw se,i�® - bb 0960 7:5-4N6 .. .. . .. .. . ..... .. u 0 095 ® :: .: Z896 / f 85 656 0 w 8 L96 m r x v 3w z F z o w Q w o O O Z O a m � o zLL z j w m a K Q Z o 9856 G 48156 0 ry £'996 m rr m .. .. .. LL.. ¢ ... - .09'955 .. ... ..9;496 I I - I 9Z 956 a z ...... m 1 a 4c w ii ........: ..... ........ �...'... ....... ....... ....sb"555 e e s a 496 Z Q e9 556 o d Lu ... �@9 Lu �� s4"556 3 W�E '✓ "BE96 Neap LL - tzs56 a .+ '£95 m Zhd �� pZ � zo'sss Q .: 'E 9" I.-W LU Mad6'Z96^ O - _ _ ¢ Z . x56 3 czss o � Q ::tE":456 0 9'96 W .4: 4 O 1 Q 5 'I � ...... rl I 5s:E56 - - "8;T96 z .00856 0 a .. .... ...... ..... o ...... ...... x 86 Zs6 9'Z 6 >E'Z55 Q':T96 ZO Z56 0 ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ......... O1 T56 S -Y ......... ......... ......... ......... .. .. .. 9096 8E... 0 096 .... ..... ....... .... ... ..... ..... .90"z56 ......... ......... ......... ......... ........ ......... ......... ......... .. ::tt'056 0 5 oa��Amid iry s.�Ni.aw sm,i�® — E96 0 Ezi6O I` \ � t9 E96 S:zi6 . LS E96 0 r .. m ......... ......... ......:I. ..... ... ......... ......... ......... ......... .......:: u.l OS E96 z ,bub J baa u. s, .. .. .. .. .... "' o .. .... .....: ..... ... ......: ...... LL .. O o Z .. ;I :;. ...:::::. ......::. :EB;TL6 m d Oo 11 .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .. .... .... ..... .;... .. : .. :: ::: ........ .. .. .. ..5'TL6 : :::: z:::::: m- � 9 TL6 -ZO E96 a z S;T{6 m .... E Tib Z Q a i96 0 m� � bTL6w zz_o LU p U OB Z96 3W oE3 LL ZL'Z96 o W LTL6^� ZU Oo i O Q jib F W J LU z �s"z�6 o O mad J as"z96 � Q b'Z 95 0 S'I L'o W Q SE Z96 � L`TL6 !Z Z96 0 6 w .. a� my 9Z Z96 = 5`TL6 o� Q :ZI Z96o m . .. ..... .... ... ... + .. .... ...... .... . ....... ...... ...... ........ m O'Z96 90 6'T96 0 "9'OL6 m m :: ...:. Ls I% 00'05+LB I I z4 b .... .... ... .... ......... ......:.. OL 596 0 8L696 5 L696 bi T96 0 .. .. .. ... .. ... ... o E'696 m .... .... ..... ..... ... ..... ..... .S8"096 6896+ W W096 0 5 ' � x oa��Amid iry s.�Ni.aw s�,i�® - 96 T96 77 0Z 6 .. �� A I` \ EEZ96 l \ .. .. ..0;Zi6 .. .. .. .. :�. .. .... i ..' z F z a .. ..�: .. .. w I _ � 96 Z96 Z Q Q a a m m � � am a m a m a I a ~ 8E E96 Q Q J ' OC r I t i -- : : TS E96 :76. .�. 89 E96 8 T,L6 .. .. ... ... ... Z9 E95 F O az o - L9 E96 O E96 q o B i b O z - Z ZL6 l7 LU OR E96 U I - 1R o Ob8 E96 off` 0 3W Z'Z L6 a so+s9 T:Id W N 68 E96 0'Z L" Zed o - E6'E 96 o Z o' I'M 1d OW o IL6'E 96 O� " T'E c'o (E T MNabOy NJNba .�a'686 Q �^ I _ _ ei'b96 "CRL6 ::6::: :: "S�l'1d j 1 Q O OTC,'.I . o L96 `\\\ .. ..... .... .... 0 1 496~ — is¢ x .iO`b96 O'Zi6 mo z _ a Z 8':Ti6 x i O 66 E96 Q — 1 Sii6 0 .. .. .. ..... 1 Z6 C96 5 m -6 x .. .. .. .. ...... .LL ... ...... o 1 9'iL6 0 aL'696 ` ......... ......... ......... ....... ... ......... ......... ......... .....Z.L.L. '^ ... .. .::.. W ER L6 0 �N — ^ i oa��Amid iw s.�Ni.aw sm,i�® I 1 / Lres6 I - I LL". T996 m 1 LZ 156" :. :: ... `I'\\ ... ... ..... .. 9996 LE L56- n- Z_ G O O Z p "LS'L S6 Z 6196 w a o "w Z L9L5G z w a '.E;896 3 :. .: :...... ... ......... ......... o .....,... .... ......... .... - .... ...:[!'156� ,^� .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. ..1'896 n .... " .. .. .... .. .... ... .. ... .. .. .. .. .. :: �.:. ...... r ... ti 4 696 ........ ...... . ::.:LQ 916 856 Z OL6 n cz 95s "9'OL6 Z Q .LE'856 ti-J � Z TL6 n z z_o w ... U L4"856 3 W n o '✓ 'E?L6 ��s H 5 LL .. .. .. .. LSv 86� p .. .E`Ti6 n q n I mW ry zhe .". iy .. ,. 19856 Q 9IL6 j W :. . . ::11'855 o p 4 :: .'0'Z ^' mod "� l7 J ..:9956 EZ-Lb f� J r/ Q :6956 ,^ ] ��B'Zi6 r"i W ::I:: . ::LO'655 I 6'116 5^ ::LI'656 0......... n E - 5RL 6 F� 46'656 ......... .°'. t9 555" p, 0'896 M. .. ... ....... ......... ......... ......... per. 68 656 j ......... ......... ....... L......... ...... 6896 m 8T 096 ab .. .. I .. 096 �' 9 Tib 8 096" 5 6'116 .. .. �.. ... Fz j96 '1'_1'16,'O. " .09 z95" O'Z16 d 0 96 T96 0 5 �m c1111 1111 1111... ......... 1111.. ... .. ......... ........ ...B':T96 a ,. ...... I.....I .. .. ...... ...... 1111 1111.. .. 1111... .. .. EZ E56 9':T96 8Z E56, IyP a� Z Z96 a w ... a LL LL ® A, EE E56 Z Q Q m f w w 6 T96 a 4 S3 w . .:: J u oy O Z p bE E56 o Z a� in K a Z m b.T96 V w' Z � I t � w < Q o 0 J � t ES E56 .. ... ... ... ... ......... .. . .::: .. . ......... 11:11 .. .. ...... .. .. .. 1111.:. ...: .. .. .. ... . 1111... ......... til, B. I V 6 T96 B6 E56 96 0 � 66 E56 QIz 96 Z6�a Q 80'456� _E �M2 U 61 455 3 W E w m m� E a1111 .. ... w LL IE 6s6 m SZhd a .LL ..... O LU Q ..9.; jW 0 LU €9'456 w ......... ......... ......... ......... 1111 OO o mad B'b S6 J �o z Q E'E96 m 11^ _ 9i'S56 6'£96 r 5^ r 6>'S5'S 9'496 m E B'496 ok Q a .. 1111. ... ... €6 556 .. 1111 1111... 1111 .. 1111.. 1111.. .....T 596 m 91956 E196 9E 956 4596 m 45'956 \ _ Z'S96 \ ......... ......... ...... .. 1111. .: 1111.: �...... .11..1..1 ......... ......... ......... 1111 ... 1111.. ......... ......... OL 956 \ : T'.. m 1111 1111 .. 1111... .77.77.. 1111... ...... ......... ..58'956 S 1 / \ .. .. .. .. ...... .. .. .. . a 1 I ���0'996 \ :: :: :: .::. :: :. r 1 1111.. W 6 555 1 I 1 1 84'59 ETIc0'{56 1 1 / :: :: ..:.: '. w :: :: N 1 1 / .. .. .:: .:: ::5'596 w I I !T{560 5 o / .. .. oa��Amid iry s.�Ni.aw sw,i�® �o 9E'T56 656 .. .. .. .. " Lb'S56 r ......... ......... ......... ... ......... ....... . ......... ......... .....6656 ...... 85 T56 a 665'O 3 W. r x w w a z a _ m a LL LL LL x �+ 69 T56 6656 � w 1 0 p w O . :: O O Z O ti o M B8 T56 Z J a \ -L6:L56 ~ f �� m sT.. V�' z I ? m o / / � � J I • - - TO Z56 a -/ .-90 Z56 L096 a .. .. .. .. .:'... .. ....:: . ti� OT96'O � f 9T ZS6 t'T96 Z Z56 96 N � 6 QIz 9'I96 ao TE'Z66 LT96 u�i z: Lu U�.y wzsb 3W O m� W LL Ob'ZS6 0 .I Z95 ZhdU Oz......Z O z � w p jW N oLU .: 05Z, OE p mad > _ ssz66 J 6'.96 J p A9756 6'... N ,^ �: W ::�:: - ;:65 Z56 6'.96 5 69256 Y 296 Ga 1_ tL 256 E 8'.96......... ......... ......... ......... ....... _ { i .. .. .... ....... .... .. ... ...... ...... .....B'Z96 a 48'255 6 ..... .. ... ... ... .....: ..:::.. .... ..... .... a .... ...... ..... ..... 2'£96 a t6'z56 696 ..... 2'£96 0 W 40 E56 S 6296 BO... > :IZ96 a ES'656 9'96 8T'656 o g n � I I LZ 646 0 0656 I �I ZE 645 I I 0656 `VI\ \ I o I LE bb5 6856 n a ..:. .... 4!J I Z46b6 Z Q o .. .. ... w ... o O p Z p 80'89+ZCI'J w Q 1 ZS'6bG6 Q 10;656 �n 1 Q ul I .....,... .... ......... .... ......... ......... ....85'645� .. .: .::.. .. :...... . ... .. ... .:: . l .. .... ..... ..... ..; \ ......... .. .::::: \ \ .... .... ......::.. ......... ......... ......... .... ... ....... ......... ......... .�.- .. .. LL 4 856 � J EL 646 4856 .. .::. o .:.. ... w � ......... ...... .....:.. Q ..::.... ....::. ....8E646 0. 4856 / O z1 1 9 856 / Z 6�a / yI Q ae 645 .. .. ., ..., ..4856e zo_E �o w = U E6"545 3 W 0 O .. .. W 6 ¢ .. . F LL 86646 .... .. ... ... 4... e � Oz "Z856 F W Lu J 6 .0'956 m O mod — 2 J J ..t'�56 Q ..6T'056 _ t'�56 lD 5Z'956 o; a s= .EE'055 - 4'856 e Ga E - "E"856 ....... 0- - \� -6'956 :.. ..::. ...: 9"056 5856 1 ..... ......... ......... ........ Z8 055 6'956 ... ... .... ... ... ......... ......... ......:.. E6056 ! 6'956 W T55 S z 8956 55 T'656� O .. .. ... .. .. .. + j .. .. .. ...: ...... .... .... .. .... ..... .... ..... ..... :9Z'T55 .... .... .... .... ::4'556 9E T55 0 5 oa��Amid iry s.�Ni.aw s�,i�® ^µ I o EL Lb6 0 ori ....... A 8L Lb6 ® .. E 956 'I 4t; I E8 Lb6� �` ♦�i i � Z 956 m 3 Z... = U d+ NO O Z m y .46'{bb Z J 4956 w "'d o - .. .: .. .. ..66 Lb6 z I t .. 956 3 W I 40845 o W O w � : .: .. it ... ..'. I .. - .. .,::::: 3...: ...... '' .. .. .. .. .. ...::E;L56 .. .. . .... LL .::: ...... .ST 846 a \ l a b. — ez 846 B O "Z... II O I I � II ..... m £� 1 / F a w w956 N / Wo Q N wE m w W. / - U iY 8L6 3 W o E 0 w LL 94'8L6 9956 m - Zed w m 0 oc 9846 9'956 j W LU a ........ ......... ..... . . .... .95'8b6� 'a y�.� 8'956m Q O - mad ::i9'8b6 J T Y56 I J I _ I 1 T'L56 m gtl» 1^ 3=. - . s. "::::: ::fi'8b6 0 Qa:?: o: :: 9'956 m s �W I .i3':O': I Z88L6 .... g� - iQ w .. ..... ... ... .. .... ....... a ...... ...... 6 846 { 6846 I I { ZO'6L6 I Q'856 L06b6 646 S E'856 ... T Li bb6 I -... L'856 n ZZ 646 .. .. .. .. 1 ... .. .. .. .. ::LZ'646 o g I N I oa��Amid iry s.�Ni.aw s�,i�® m aoo o � 0 0 o c m m m m m m m Ob'846 0 „ 3 96 0 ' \ {{ N LL .... .. .. .. .. ..: r . ¢ � ...... ......... ....6"096 0 u ... 00 {{ .. 49... ,I EI 946 Z 10 o I t 9456 w d+ \ _ 1 O O Z p II i65b6 Z �J H I o > a m ¢ i ¢ a 4E... .::: .. i ... .... 8L56 0 w ' I:I ... ....00146 .. .. ... .. ... ' Q .. .. .. I .:6;. w .. .. .. :..: lif .�. .; II 18146 I ...... ..... I,I: :.: 4 096 . o I II ....5... 9 24646 09'IZ.00Z:d I / I 94960 LU ZZ 056 U - I 5£96 / LL .. �I ... 4£96m zo_ ' I e I � 3.z sl,l E8 155 3�oP➢iP I pW 49 256, E w +o I 6£96 m I o a OZZ O z� m ��w., o�wd Ie :PR� m = :�«. mSn .. ..£496 JW \ S49p{b6 O� m, I'58+96TId LIQ L856 m �� ¢ n .......� II ] a i- wL46 •• N S :�fi0''Lbb I9856 m 9 A .. ..... ..... ..... » / .ti{b6~ 00 z ::::: ..0';... m Z I I ' .' - \ 1 :E856 - w 1 P°� OE ci6 9{56 m 10, 9` 9E'c46 4856 b'Lb6 0 94'146 [ Z'i56 DD'SZ+Z6Id I' : Lb6 I I 9'Ls6 m r^ :.. :.. ... ... W ..11.. 7 .LS tbb a S E'. T... rt Z9 Lb6� r I .... .. .. .. Ti56 m " W I I L9146.. r. .�. .. .. .. ... { .. .. ::6956 .. .. .... 1 ... ... I of I EL{46 _\ 8956m I � � � I w<re�E.s,w nao,x��,d r9�n,wF�w.�9�„m�d<-x.w3,.nm�x �a SZ'Z56 Wp _ 1. I: 4£96 rr \\\ 3 d ! g OZ Z56 ry N p a III TZ96 9... 0 11 ® 1 oT Z56 BT.. = u 2 � w i 1�1 .:: I I I p= .II o0 i55 � O X .1... :. ' - .. .. ......- .. . 6T56 0 1 ZZ 6pa9t2'.yd I..:' II {'496 ... .. ... .:. f II x .. II .. —16 II 1 N 9596 w "'Il -T8'T55 I I 9;696 II II I I E 0{6 II Io. fII SII I „II Qrvll l 99... z: LU T9 TS6 3 W o I i'986 N a s" O P I 9'Tsb rvll \ III 9'L{'°.'". Zhd U 0 LULU . 94'.56 pL,n O D mod 2 J I T4�Tss {pc- Ifl� ::II o Q ::11 9E'Tss g e-_ - Z9'bEap ::::: Jd ::f::::: .. g= .I9Z'TSb� - I ..E'996 a 1..... ::j ..0'996 moi * . .I ......... 0- g 596 0 :: I I I I {I ZT S56 4'.. 11 ' ry a O. 0 o ::�.. l it .:'. :: �ail 6'6'05'6 I ?6c6 .' SII SII .. .... ry nR O ... 1 0 4� .Tb5 z 696 m I > { ti \I a ..I I 68 646 O Z S... 0 Y w \\/ 1 ZZ... r :9'896 II I W ry W8>6 0 5 Z's 96 0 oa��Amid iw s.oz Ni.aw s�,i�® 1I oEKK 68wO m \�\\11111\�II1 �\\ 1�f1,\ j1�\ 40 Z66 w � I 1 111 I1111�11�i,1•-,\\\�\\\\�\i��\,`�\\11�\�'�MN <<I IIvv v1,v� v1;vv 11,11F� 0 68 6 z a Q �v I v v v 1 11i vvAv�Av�vJv 11w`' o ` ot1 n O 0�� V�� vvv v Pvh v�vvvv1�vA1� o + V A 1 11 AAVA 1 ll,l � w �t V1 vvv0vIv v��gj�1�+vl�v�1y 110v�vv J1v � �z �z o 111)11,�vv , v1v`vv11vI",1 w �1\\\\s.11\\1\\\% ��y\\\1\\\\\1\\\`\\ w \ \ 8L 096 Y Q W~ \ \l Q m w \ 1, \ •,I \\�\\\\\\\\\\1\\\\\moi 1\1\\\\\\ °'Z � \\ OB'556� 2596 ry 1111 ;;Ii \\ 1�(\�\\\\� 111I A, 11� 1/lull n \ 11 Z,E56 0T96 N `p11�\\\\�\ \ II III Ill I1111IIIIII11)1I�1111111 rc n l v \'\ .,v v v 1 111,Io11hl 1111 r'411 VI AAVAa t l 1 Ijq 1111((1I1111 IhI Intl 11111 wz r �mll 11111,"yq�III�II�I 1111 j11�11�\\1111 II �rcm � � �� I EE E56� T- t 111 \\ c>" III 1 I'.9'111 1111 I Illlllll Il I/ = E'E96 m 11\'..;11/\ .\I 11j IIII 1dll1 1111/11111111 i1�111 - I MI \'1�1I�I��I I s\1111 �R�II�II1'II`lll 11 ll(�Il�ll'Il mil SII m w / N I I I � � -IIIII II 1 Ill(//IIII IIII 1 ll\ BZ E56 l I l Ii I Ili l/I(I11/111 I IIII 1 a 1 '.�.w t��I lIl 1111111 Illll llllf ///1 I I 4'596 n ij Ifs/ I 11,1111 z �II11111jlllllllllll l�IlJ III / o EZ E56 1\I\\1 J\��lIJJ IIIII II111111�111 11 I\1 m 6016 m 11 l III11hll^.�0 1 IL �ii1. /Ilt l I I i1 11 IIII\III IIII h\11 1\ BT 556 6 bt6 � e It B mtisE o I NNmEo �i l X1`1 l 1\ i.i\ bT E56� \\ LuI i Z'6L6 r 3 60.816 zW oE3 1 1111 I LJ_ Al j 5 1 Ii i\I tvv1A v 111111111,1 � '. w � II wes6� 98L6N ZJi��// l � I v1Al./\�l�� II)��1�A1I 11111 l 1-11V � o 66 zs6 oz o, OLS Lu �W X11;v ���v11,,1,1v Al �� I, \ivJ( lv dl IAVIA 1 1> V �� 41n A1AI �I ' III 46Z56� oz (l v IA bTL6N mod x 11 I V 1 8�w Ih 1�)/i1v Illi J I 11 \ 4 696 4B Z56� DLw \ \ 1 1 N 6L Z56 9996 0: \/\�=�I,l I Ill 1 1111 r 11111 I �I so I 4L Z56 1`- r \' `l .�1�\\\III 1IIYC�!III1J%, II 69 Z56 � (rte O V® � v'111\111p 1111 I II o�=g `may '1 Z56� m w \ RR11 J �\i 1111 I I L496ry 1 s \ i l 11 ¢� I I 45 Z56 OS'Z56 i\ E E96 I \ / Sb Z56� 6 Z56 5 E OL6 SE Z56 0 > o ¢ z GE ZL6u .. \ OE Z56 a 6196 Z I t , II f I SZ Z56� g oa��Amid iry s.�Ni.aw s�,i�® sZ� 96EOT sE KM OObOT 1 � 6L KOI % 1 94990L Q -- �-- o9 TLOL OS T80L \ /,/ •-' .� �/ — 6801���� _ 060T TE Shpt 99 6w� / ZOOLTa �-- Y f L a 1 _ BO SOTL 68w0t T / LU 3 69 wpL Zhd /1 ) bo— IjLu cr- V I In\ 1 1 \ O 1[\ Illy 1 y w 90TTT a I I mad I�g ori � w i � 1 1111 � � O z n l 9'SOTT a s=` I / 5602 SE 9601 OL'wM o 98 ZZ'bbm of UM 5 LEOI V^ K Kg t2 w<�.�s,wmrt�n-6�-x�.wndo,a�o�oe<w�w.A�„mmd<x.w3,.nmcx oa��Amid iw s.�Ni.aw se,i�® a a a a c o� \ I� O o Z p z a V J O 1O vt O Q 9v 6zM H H O � ti ti ti N N N ti ti ti N H Z ;s W 6ZOT \\y\ r •I i 3 z I I 0 :d3 w \ m 60 / � E Zhd e\ \Y 0Z a/ 5E bEOT n 10 IjW }\ O I 6L 9EOL� UM 05 L80T o 0Z60Ta 99 660T \ Q6 LU LL \ l 1 9 L4TT a I� 3 0 66'tOtiT 5 /n w b'$OLL a N a F 69 HOLE� 1 \ w O w = Z 60TT v - b'9TTT 1 V 0 5'0TTT g \ s w z 11H MW N N = e Q� � oo aea4r€eag�g�c a S� aaah aS��= 7 3 G 0 z Q � fff8s$ffi ooff t � a 1E RHLUH bw MH HIM m J w8p1H g� LU LU 0000000 uG $s AlmsaaflH h542s E "H 2R c o f t y3i a 8 8="- i igg 8� 888 H8 _ e sz n �"ry E s 3£L�� g 1z Z ozg _ . E 4flw Lu JE e9 E 4 16g 0000009213SG o t ^ e0 pO ® ® q�q cT �� ® ® ® o-a a eA o o O ® ® o ® ® Is c- c- o a s Is e w ® 0 4t ® © ® ® ® o o ® w r 8 .LU s ca ga �2 o a a € ? € G e 8 8 0 � � ❑ 9 � �8 � a � " €w � �] ® � © ` o a ► -� Dao o a o a o 0 5 a am a g �� nJ 3 awa a9" w3 - 3 a L5 w � �.m Yee ra43N E. $ 8 $w $ �d x YL { } | ƒ \ o _ \ e 0 'o §| 2 w ) § / § § a / @ ) [ | 2 ; \ [ ��ƒ \ Ql `� -- -----�`� o 1C� _ © r}4; oz I.-W HH 0� m \j as )M( ,|`•. , H ; |1`\; H ( !! ` \ / ! § } | U} \ } § ) ` z § , - \ ) \| m � §\ \/ §\ 5n .; j # @ r do . O ! ^ He ~ ! ƒ/]& \) ) /5 � § . O2 �W ) OE Mau \ ) N : ;).§ ui !E! /[! in ! e` LU � !,! LO \))[ §i \ ` ,| |` ; � z § § 2R \ j \ } / 0 @ # § � / e ! _ (| \� ( fiwh § ;!|! r` � ^ )§ Z \\ � _•:..I 2 \\\ Jw §§H H OE ;\` � }) � \ ; i- :., \.Q_t,§,§ . e= ,,9 G G fl / — §( ( \ (\ §)| .l;! .���— -.�. !! �� \! adG\©! 4!] m c 8i 3 °g 5 _ w I 3 e � � � S o a � � S spa _ s s w G ZY OZ JW moi HM 4 - � e Lu r — z Lu 3 Lu H " 5m= r— oe o J- x z a3 �i C <� W �as s \ | § k � ) . 3 § § !r !:(!_ ! k ) § ) f )i (\( !) A.gg r § ! - . MOM H �!} %` .,, ,, . !„!!_ Jp | ! ; !` d\ \ 2\ e ! 2�d W n ,\\ E moo Z )§ § - < }( � ( § ! ( (, � ! - \§ LU[%\I Z §� E ! / § W } e . I^:` •` : ( ; ~' iW /� I . § � § \ a 0 He s a�oo� o Ne ON ZZs 3oa d Y 3 a ogplz3 0N � 5 spm 0� Da o g� 2 as io,'n.of _ePaiE a � _ os Z 0z I.-W o� ao __ e go r �m �s �Ro 3° rc �_ I " NEW€ o "�� 3 9 emH33p o s €a g 0— 7 $m "z =Lu W„ b o0G `sA gy L> £ gip L v y� wrca pe'<6wZ/e/Zenp't'Z3sl!waa-ww�s aps�vm\Izwwl3\suru�suot\voeers Unrvawaeuew w'em�an!n YI3-tw pwxayaVa!tl!!r 6IDz aul XwaW e�vw® ! / © . \ \ ) § . \ ) k ; e ® | !: M,8!4 ! # @ o \ � © - \ (()\) 2�d \ | �z OE . moo N. 41 g | ; El ���� \ { d0 ) K / ) ^ } \ . \ ..� \- - - o ƒ ; . }_e Z. u} WH / \I; a}: � s �\ z ) §< \ lz ^ / b ! \ \ / ! r | } ( k @ « § ` \ - \ ❑ }i \ ❑ (� \� I � I I ; -; � I / } z� r O2 | ( �W g E O �� «-----i F-- « _ \ I R ;| ) !!! ( � \ / , ` E., _;r \/ \ , i g! z in } \§ Lu L\ /. 4 \ . \ 77 {( § } to ©R /